Page 1
මෙය රාජ්‍ය භාෂාවෙන් වෙනම මුද්‍රණය කර ඇත
SRI LANKA Y
198

PEAR BOOK

Page 2


Page 3
| CLASS
32/STA
57
SRI LANKA
198
DEPARTMENT OF CENS
COLOMBO, SE

COMMUNIS
JAFFNA
PEAR BOOK
2
CLASS
NO.
-CCN.
NO.
US AND STATISTICS RI LANKA

Page 4

АУАТТЯ,

Page 5
PREFA C
Sri Lanka Year Book is a factual narrative, presenting historical background, geographical features, social al also on the various development activities of the Go delay in preparing and printing the 1980 Year Book, with information up to the year 1981 wherever possible Sri Lanka Year Book–1982, contains a supplementary summarises the principal activities in 1980 and 1981.
The co-operation extended by the Government De Boards and Private Sector Institutions in providing th greatly appreciated.
Any suggestion that may help to widen the scope an welcome.
Department of Census and Statistics, P. O. Box 563, Colombo, Sri Lanka, 17th June, 1983.
A 60689-2,525 (81/12)

in a compact form the salient facts on the nd economic conditions of the island and vernment. Since there was an unexpected it was decided to update this publication 2. As a result this twenty-fifth issue, i.e., chapter at the end of this volume, which
partments, Public Corporations, Statutory Le necessary material for its compilation is
1 usefulness of this publication will be most
W. A. A. S. PEIRIS, Director of Census and Statistics.

Page 6
2.
3} * *
5
ਇr d p Dੜ ਬੰਸ 13 a 3. ਤ ਲਈ ਪE T
ਘ3ਲ ਦੇ ਕਲਾ ਨੂੰ ਕਿ 2 ॥
ਤੇ ਆ ਬੀ ਡੀ ਡੇ . ਜੋ ਤਉ ਨੂੰ 2 ਤੇ 3rtin
ਗਏ 30 ਲਏ ਖਲ
ਕਬਰ ਨਾ aa ਬਰਕਰ

9 ਪੀ Epਤ 1 ਕੇ ਪਈਆਂ ਤੇ ਇਵੇਂ
Bਤੇ ਦੋਸ਼ ਵਾਦੂ 25 ਤੋਂ 3
ED at EGਨ ਨਾਲ 2 ਪੰਜਣ
ਦੀ ਸ਼ਹਿ ਦੀ ਸਤਾ ਸਵਾge 3
ਕਾਲ ਇੰਤਹ ਤੇ ਤੇ
ਪੰE BE

Page 7
CONTEN
PREFACE LIST OF TABLES CHAPTER -HISTORICAL SKETCH
CHAPTER II—GEOGRAPHICAL FEATURES
Area and Location Relief of the Land Rivers and Waterways Climate and Meteorology ang Geology
CHAPTER III-CONSTITUTION AND GOVERNMENT
Constitution The President Parliament Cabinet Other Ministers District Ministers Deputy Ministers
Ministries and their Functions Local Government
CHAPTER IV--DEFENCE AND SECURITY AND FOREIG
Defence Immigration and Emigration
Registration of Persons Foreign Policy Diplomatic Relations
CHAPTER V-POPULATION, VITAL STATISTICS AND
General Population Growth Mortality Fertility Age and Sex Compositione apo Ethnic and Religious Composition
Marriage Patterns Population Density and Urbanizati Internal and External Migration Family Planning Population Policy Implementation

T sus ਹਨ ਪਰ ਹੁਣ
| ਅਤੇ 15
PAG ਮਖ ਨ ਹੀ ਧਰਤco Dukoor kaua n
ਕHਘ ਤੇ 5ਧਾਰ ਤੇ
Fਸੰਤੇ ਤਤ aaLVਹ ਕ ਖ ਦੇ
» » » * * * ॥
ਸctu ਰੋਸ : ab
ਗੁਰੂ ਨੇ ਮੈ
ਹਮ Engoduq gu wਡਲ
1o
10
ਪ37 ਵਿਜੇ ਸੀ ਹt 2
12 13 13
ਹਰ
15
N AFTARs a - 3
ਤੇ ਲੋਰ 5 ਵdਰ ਤੋਂ
ਤੇ el
'ਤੇ ਕ. ਵੀ ਹੋ ਸaਹਿੰiਤੇ ਏ.
35
38
IGRATION la | Bel Dyਲ ਪਿੰਡ
33
9 38
40
40. 41
gadat ਮੱਤ ਕਿਸਚੇ ਤੇਮ
41
RICE ਨੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਤੇo aaB

Page 8
vi
CHAPTER VI—THE NATIONAL ECONOMY
Review of the Past Development since July 1 Gross Domestic Product Private Consumption Ex} Capital Formation Balance of Payments
CHAPTER VII-LAND DEVELOPMENT
Land Settlement Land Commissioner's D Land Surveys Irrigation Department River Valleys Developme Central Engineering Con Mahaweli Project Land Reform Forestry Timber Production
CHAPTER VIII-INTEGRATED DISTRICT DE
CHAPTER IX-AGRICULTURE AND FOOD
The Tree Crops Sector Future Development
Minor Crops Field Crops Subsidiary Food Crops
Livestock Agricultural Developme Food and Nutrition
CHAPTER X-INDUSTRY
General Industrial Development Changes in Fiscal Polic Public Sector Industry Public Sector Corporati Special Boards Support Industrial Progress of ti Small Industries

PAGE
45
45
977
T
venditure
49
понра била
* X * * *
323. ਤ. partment Oloroetan has amilo
55
nt Board sultancy Bureau
Tasbianan
nasis
ateini adto
VELOPMENT PROGRAMMES
* * * * * * 3. S N . * *
DE 10 CAA igeon de Da-VE
mongolila
nt Authority
Ono --
Programme enganossa
88
94
ons engaged in Industrial Activities ing Industrial Development
ne Greater Colombo Economic Commission
103 109 111

Page 9
CHAPTER XI—FISHERIES
General Fisheries Resources Fishing Methods Fishery Limits The Ceylon Fisheries Corporation The Ceylon Fisheries Harbour Coi Policy Changes in Fisheries Indust
Fishing Technology and Training CO
Fishery Credit Fishery Development Project Coast Conservation
Research CHAPTER XII—ENERGY, MINERAL, WATER SUPPLY
Energy Economic Minerals
Water Supply
CHAPTER XIII–PUBLIC FINANCE, BANKING AND IN
Government's Fiscal Operation Economic Planning Foreign Assistance Foreign Investment Tax Reforms Decentralized Budget Central Bank Commercial Banks State-sponsored Long-term Credi Savings Institutions Insurance State Lotteries
CHAPTER XIV-FOREIGN TRADE
General Pattern of Trade Trade Promotion Trade Agreements-1979 International Commercial Relation Export Promotion Secretariat Sri Lanka Export Credit Insurance Tea Export Promotion Department of Commodity Purcha Coconut Marketing Board Sri Lanka State Trading (General) Sri Lanka State Trading (Tractor) Sri Lanka State Trading (Consolida Sri Lanka State Trading (Textiles) Registration of Companies Import and Export Control Change over to Metric System

vii
PAGE a ama TV T113
113
O diang-sui a ladavine
ieguvo
Tornin qisaboo rporation aloittanut
113 113 113 114 114 114 115 116 116 117
Zabrisas antes
srov Rucav
inaan
Lausanabilonyolons
di soigilarobsado
117
118 118
Stenece aloqa
122
123
SURANCE C latit
SURANCE
mit bilang
Won Diamantala
heloniour ano
od V.
126
126 129 130 130 130 131
131
t Institutionale
133 137 139 140 140
obubadiniog
141 141 141
Goitsuisvinis
145
EVE
Corporation
Lszawo nosili i sering He
146146 147 148 149 150 150
151
Corporation Corporation ated Exports) Corporation
Corporation–Salu Sala
nie boo
151 151 151 152 153 154

Page 10
Wii
CHAPTER XV—THE CO-OPERATIVES AND CON
General The Co-operative Wholesal National Co-operative Cou Co-operative Employees' C Food Supply Food Stamp Scheme Price Control Department National Prices Commissio
Consumers' Price Index CHAPTER XVI-LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT
General Industrial Relations Employees' Provident Fune Safety and Health Occupational Hygiene Vocational Training
Manpower Assessment and Foreing Employment Workers’ Education Statistical Surveys Youth and Training National Youth Service C National Apprenticeship B Employment and Manpow
Women's Bureau of Sri La CHAPTER XVII-EDUCATION
General Educational Policy Organization
Management Training Educational Finance Community Support to Ed Schools Special Education
Non-formal Education Teachers Pirivena Education Private Schools Education Reforms Comm
Higher Education CHAPTER XVIII--HEALTH
General Health Administration Health Expenditure Health Services Organisati
Maternal Health Service Control of Communicable School Health Programme
Health Education Laboratory Services Food Hygiene Blood Transfusion Service Dental Health Service Health Manpower Private Sector Health Car Ayurvedic Medical Service

PAGE 156 156
156
ASUMER PRICES
ਹੋਰ e Establishment ncil of Sri LankaLuਏ Te Commission
ਖੇਤ ਮੁil 2
ਤੇ Bਰੋ onD = act) T ਵਾਇਰ ਬਰ ਤੋਂ sola an uddਰ n gED HTo
ਨਵੇਂ ਮgus Airi
158 158 158 160 160
160
161 162
162
428 ਪ Riggi
a Human Resources Development
1 & 2 ਤੋਂ 3 ... Dunciliਤੇ ਤੋਂ ਭੱ13 -0ard .
ਤK34 Fer Planning . ਪੰing _nka
162 163 163 163 163 164 164 165 166 166 168 169 170 171 172 172 174 174 175
3 heE2
ਨੂੰ ਕਰ
ਹਿਲ ਰਹੀ
175 175
ucation
TT Tਮਵht
ਅਰ
: Tuttpਰਪਿਤ пет — аддэгтака AT
mittee
ਚਉ puਸ਼ ਸਨ ਤੇ 33 ਹੈ ਕਿ
176 176 176 177 178 178 178 179
182 182 182 183 183 184 185
87 188 188 189 189 189 18) 189 89
Eon and Management Mano
= Diseases 2 348
ਤੇਜੀ 2nik s
ਨੂੰ ਸ਼ੇਅਰ ਦੋ ਕਬਰ ਤਬ
ਬਨਾਵੈ ਗੁਲ ਪਾਰ ਕਰਤੇ .

Page 11
CHAPTER XIX-TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATION
The Department of Motor Traffi Ceylon Transport Board Sri Lanka Government Railway Inland Water Transport Shipping Central Freight Bureau of Sri La New Ports Authority Civil Aviation Post and Telecommunication Ser
CHAPTER XX-TOURISM
Tourism Plan Performance Pattern of Traffic Resorts and Hotels Future Programme Ceylon Hotels Corporation
CHAPTER XXI-SOCIAL WELFARE AND HOUSING
The Social Framework The Department of Social Service
Welfare Services Protection of workers against inj Rehabilitation Services Department of Probation and CI Sri Lanka School of Social Work
Housing Department of National Housing National Housing Development Common Amenities. Building Materials Corporation Town and Country Planning Urban Development Authority
CHAPTER XXII—INFORMATION AND PUBLICITY
Information Service
Family Planning Communicatioi The Press Sri Lanka Press Council Sri Lanka Broadcasting Corpora Television in Sri Lanka The Film Industry
National Library Services CHAPTER XXIII--SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN 1980 AND

PAGE 191
191
191 192 193 193
aka
195
196 198 200
vices
202 202 202 203 203 203 204
206 206 208 210 210
210 213 214
ury and invalidity
hild Care Services
214
B
Authority
215 216 217 218 218 219
221 221
ns Project
222
ation
222 223 223 226 226
228
- 1981
231

Page 12
KOJipya
angot
ITO E
YLEIlanca Colavio

-
CE
STO
-
Tas

Page 13
LIST OF T
TABLE
GEOGRAPHICAL FEATURES 2.1 Principal Mountain Peaks in Sri Lanka
2.2 Lengths of Principal Rivers | 2.3 Annual Rainfall, Temperature and Relative
1978 and 1979
N NON
DEFENCE AND SECURITY AND F 4.1 Monthly issue of Travel documents–1979 4.2 Monthly statistics of Foreigners visiting Sr 4.3 Monthly Progress of Indo-Ceylon Agreeme
POPULATION, VITAL STATISTICS A 5.1 Population of Sri Lanka (Ceylon) in Census
of the population from 1972 to 1979 5 .2 Inter-censal increase-births, deaths, natur 5.3 Population of Sri Lanka (Ceylon) by Ethni
estimated population for 1978 5.4 Population of Sri Lanka (Ceylon) by Relig
THE NATIONAL ECONOMY 6.1 Sector-wise distribution of the G. N. P. :
changes over the preceding Year 6.2 Private CoAsumption Expenditure by obje 6.3 Gross Domestic Fixed Capital Formation 6 .4 External Transactions
LAND DEVELOPMENT 7 .1 Region development under the Mahaweli 7 .2 Progress of Estate Management Service Pi 7 .3 Timber production, 1978 and 1979
AGRICULTURE AND FOOD 9 .1 Coconut Production, 1978 and 1979 9.2 Coconut Production in relation to exports 9.3 Paddy Production and G. P. S. Purchases,
INDUSTRY 10 .1. Value of Industrial production, 1975 to 19 la 10 .2 Industrial Exports (Selected items) by valı
10 .3 Production of State Industrial Corporatio 10 .4 Distillery production of Arack 10 .5 Arrack sales by blend of manufacture, 19 10 .6 Quantum and Value of Arrack sales-Mo 10 .7 Investment approvals in industry within ( 10 .8 Investment approvals in industry outside t
1978-1979

ST
BLES 10 ans
PAGE
aano anello
05
05 Humidity at nine principal stations during 08
ae.
OREIGN AFFAIRS
Lanka by Country of Origin—1979 nt
ND MIGRATION years 1871 to 1971 and mid-year estimates 39
39
al increase and migration increase c Group as on 9th October, 1971 and the
41
ion as on 9th October, 1971
42
at constant (1963) Prices and percentage
48
ct at current market prices at current prices
SAS
Programme ojects--Land Reform Commission--1979
a
1972-1979
e, 1976 to 1979
85 88
89
102 7 to 1979
102 thly figures reater Colombo Economic Commission 110 e Greater Colombo Economic Commission, 110
103

Page 14
xii
TABLE
ENERGY, MINERALS, WATER : 12 .1 Demand for Electricity, 1960-1979 12 .2
Generating Plant Power and Energy P 12 .3 Hydro power potential of Sri Lanka (1 12.4
Consumption of different oil products i
PUBLIC FINANCE, BANKING AN 13.1.
Government fiscal operations 13.2 Revenue of the Government, 197713.3 Assets and liabilities of the Centra 13.4 Distribution of Bank Offices and d 13.5 Bank clearings, 1965-1979
(Monthly Average in Rs. Million 13.6 Money Supply, 1975 to 1979 13.7 State Mortgage and Investment Bank
outstanding 13.8 Development Finance Corporation of C 13 .9 National Savings Bank and Total Saving
FOREIGN TRADE 14 .1 Imports and Exports 14 2 Composition of Imports, 1976-1979 14 3 Composition of Exports, 1976-1979 14 .4 Principal Markets for Exports, 1978 14 .5 Sri Lanka’s principal sources of supply, 14 .6 Category-wise Investment of capital
companies–1979 14.7 Registration of Business names, 1975-1 14.8 Total value of licences issued and debit:
LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT 16 .1A Population projections for Sri Lanka, 1 16.1B Labour Force projection for Sri Lanka 16 .2 Unemployed population by educational 16 .3 Mahaweli Scheme—Manpower Require
EDUCATION 17.1 Number of schools, pupil enrolment ar
1979/80 17.2 Educational expenditure as a per
GNP_1978-1979 17 .3 Number of Students in Universities17 .4 University Admissions, 1975-1978
HEALTH 18.1
Indicators of well-being 18 .2 Hospitals, Total bed strength and Heal
tions, 1975 to 1979
TOURISM 20 1 Tourist inflow, average duration of stay
Trade, 1975-1979
INFORMATION AND PUBLICITY 22.1 Number of Cinemas and Ineome

PAGE SUPPLY
118 ptential
119 River Basin-Wise) as per Pfiefer Report--1958 119 a Sri Lanka (Inland Sales in 1000 Metric Tons) 120
D INSURANCE
127 1979
3 canecaneris
128
TER TOE E Bank
132 eposits
134 MAYER A apiagam
135 pretiranocertains de laat
136 Loans granted, capital repayment and amount 138
eylon–Financial operations
OSTAJOS
139 140
141
Ontstaan dooniastiet Nota Ligonensitat de
Sileetan og hitti
142 142
144
- 1978 and 1979
by private and public limited liability
144 152
979 s during the year 1979 under free exchange
153 153
981 to 2001 (Medium projection)
166
166 .attainment-19710. a
167 ments ab IMIGO 168
id Teacher population by Education Districts, 173
centage of the Government Budget and 175
-1979 oni oltar jaro 179
Dannii 180
182
tih Personnel in Government Medical Institu- 184
and foreign exchange earnings from Tourist 202
227

Page 15
CHAPTE
HISTORICAL S
SRI LANKA (Ceylon) is an island situated in the Indian sub-continent. It was called Lanka in the great Indian referred to as Taprobane, Serendib, Sila Diva, Seylla had been inhabited from mythical times and is regard continent of Lemuria.
Recent studies regarding pre-historic and proto-hist pre-historic men. A small race with heavy brow rid single brow ridge, that occurred in association with Hi District, is the earliest race known in Sri Lanka. Pri interglacial are not uncommon and the palaeolithic of phase". Succeeding it is a combination of the mesoli culture phase". Its human beings known from a nu males were about 5' 10" and the females 5' 5" in heigh palate wide, and the last molars were as large as the o race named Homo Sapiens Balangodensis dates back to the fact, that many of the stone implements found wi and these as well as pitted pebbles, microliths and gro neously by this race. When Homo Sinhaleyus inhabi mammals as hippopotamus, rhinoceros and two speci these became extinct and Homo Sapiens Balangodensis animals that now inhabit Sri Lanka, including such sp extinct locally, are yet found in India. Eventually w over Adam's bridge and the degenerated hybrid descen came to be known as Veddhast.
The history of Sri Lanka may broadly be divided Modern-each of which has distinguishing characterist century B.C. to about the end of the 12th century A.D. ancient chronicle “Mahawansa', an Indian Prince nam the island in about 543 B.C. and further immigration Veddhas, a dwindling minority which is being absorbe of the legendary tribes of Yakkas and Nagas who w period belongs the rise of the four ancient cities of Anura and the amazing irrigation system of artificial lakes in our day. This phase reflects the existence at that ti level of technology and an informed and effective cei period that the Sinhalese and Tamils, the chief races Theravada Buddhism, which is the religion of 67·3 per the country in 247 B.C. It was Asoka the Grea king Devanampiyatissa of Sri Lanka, the message of the Another unique event which occurred during this peri Bodhi Tree (Ficus Religiosa) from India. Documented to this day at Anuradhapura. Buddhism thus became
South Indian contacts disturbed the peace of the northern part of the island was held by King Elara. A battle by prince Dutugemunu from Ruhunu. The e ruler was the direct result.

RI
SKETCH
- Ocean close to the southern end of the Indian a epic Ramayana andat various times had been n and Zeilan among other names. The land ed by some to be a mountain peak of the lost
oric ages in Sri Lanka have revealed traces of -ges named Homo Sinhaleyus', known from a -ppopotamus fossils in a gem pit in Ratnapura
mitive stone artefact assignable to the second E Sri Lanka is termed the “ Ratnapura culture Ethic and neolithic, known as the “ Balangoda -mber of skeletons were delichoc-ephalic; the t, the brow ridges were heavy but diffuse, the thers and always well worn with usage. This D early historic times. Of special interest is th these skeletons are of the palaeolithic type
und and polished artefacts were used simultated Sri Lanka, the fauna included such large Ces of elephants with heavy brow ridges. All
came up on the scene together with the pecies as the lion and the gaur which although aves of metal-using races crossed from India dants of these stone age and metal using races
a into three periods-Ancient, Medieval and sics. The ancient period extends from the 6th - It was in this period that, according to the ed Vijaya with his band of 700 men colonised E took place subsequently. The present day 1 into village life, are said to be the survivors ere the original inhabitants. To the ancient adhapura, Magama, Sigiriya and Polonnaruwa
which, in part, has been brought into use me of a considerably large population, a high atral government. It was during the ancient inhabiting the island, settled in the country. cent of the people today, was introduced into -t, Emperor of India, who sent his friend, Buddha through his own son, Thera Mahinda. od was the arrival in the island of the sacred as the oldest tree in the world, it has survived the main source of inspiration of the people.
island from about the 1st century B.C. The After a time, however, he was vanquished in stablishment of peace under one sovereign

Page 16
HISTO
There followed a period of prosperity leading architecture and the foundation of temples.
Irrigation engineering had attained a unique reservoirs and tanks. These ensured an adeq learning and fine arts, the Indian influences ha
which is noticeable in the monuments of the 6t into the residential palace of Kasyapa where i later in the seventh century the Pallawa infi Isurumuniya bears witness to this tradition.
The 9th century appears to have been a ed evidence, either as rock inscriptions or in have been due to religious differences or polit
During this early period, Sri Lanka suffered who from time to time overran the capital, bu to be abandoned. Finally the scattered Sinn later defeated the enemy and brought comple Vijaya. Bahu I. To him, more than to any oth ing their race. The results of his victory were
King Parakramabahu the Great used his 1 The revival of learning, restoration of monum Some of these monuments stand to this day as y ruler. He also developed irrigation works and ing self-sufficiency in food. After his reign t kings at times contended with each other as V prosperity. It was with considerable sacrifice tł
mittent feuds and preserved its spirit.
The so-called Medieval period of the history century A.D. to the end of the 15th century. Thi shifted from Polonnaruwa to the wet zone witi gala, Gampola and Raigama. The last of 1 who had again unified the country, shifted hi capital of the island till 1565 when it was repli death of Parakrama Bahu VI led to the rise o the eastern part of the island came under the s
It was during the sixteenth century when th came to be felt. The Portuguese arrived in 1 this period that Christianity was introduced i Dutch in 1658, and the British conquered the the Kandyan kingdom, bringing to an end the country was ruled by a Governor appointed island's history.
The nineteenth century was a period of g “ agrarian revolution " through which the . Between 1833 and 1880 well over million acre with full title to the buyer and free of land tar lions in 1818 and in 1848 respectively. After the Gam Sabha, the traditional village counc destitute state, weakening social cohesion in

UCAL SKETCH
to the spread of learning, the development of art and
position in ancient Sri Lanka as is evidenced by large iate food supply to the population. In the sphere of ve been considerable, particularly the Gupta influence 1 century A.D. The fortress at Sigiriya was converted ne well known frescoes are still preserved. Somewhat ence was also felt in the Island. The monument at
dood is o
lark period in Sri Lanka's history. Little record21y other tangible form, seems available. This may cal disputes which troubled the land.
again at the hands of the Cholas and the Pandyans, ent buildings and looted wealth. Anuradhapura had alese forces rallied together under Prince Kirti who te victory to the island. He ruled at Polonnaruwa as er ruler, the Sinhalese owe an eternal debt for preservrealised during later times.
nighty influence to revive the prosperity of the island. ents and the construction of buildings were organised. Porthy records of the spirit and greatness of an eminent ! Constructed new tanks with the sole object of achievhere followed a period of strife and struggle. The vell as with outsiders to preserve freedom, peace and rough centuries that the nation recovered from inter
- of Sri Lanka extends from the beginning of the 13th S was a periodof disunity and insecurity and the capital a centres of power moving to Dambadeniya, KuruneEhe Raigam rulers, Parakrama Bahu VI (1412-1467) s capital in 1415 to Kotte which continued to be the aced by Colombo. The breakdown of unity after the f the Jaffna kingdom in the North. The highlands and
way of the Kandyan Kingdom.
e capital was at Kotte that the first European contact 505 A.D. and conquered parts of the island. It was in nto the country. The Portuguese were ousted by the Dutch in 1796 and later in 1815 obtained control over traditional monarchy and its long line of rulers. The rom England. Thus began the modern period of the
eat economic and social upheaval. It saw the great xport-oriented plantation economy was established. - of Crown land were sold for plantation development - Political and economic causes had led to two rebelthe 1818 revolt and the the proclamation of that year Is, ceased to receive legal recognition and fell into a the villages and impairing some irrigation practices

Page 17
HISTORICAL SE
By Ordinance' No. 12 of 1840 all forests, waste, unoc to be the property of the Crown until the contrary v tomary rights in land use, particularly of chena and ju economy based on immigrant Indian labour and im expenditure, and the growth of city-based commero significance. Nevertheless, to this day the populatio
majority live in over 23,000 villages.
The demands by the elites for political consultation a though gradually. With the Donoughmore Constitu suffrage, both men and women particularly in the people, once again had access to political power2. H only in 1948 with the attainment of Dominion Status.
A new constitution was adopted on 22 May, 1972, a Independent Republic known as the Republic of Sri exercised through a National State Assembly of elec Assembly was dissolved on 19 May, 1977, fixing a number of electoral districts was increased as propose overall membership of 168 elected representatives in the
| Far reaching constitutional changes were made in 1 can Constitution was passed in the National State Asse on 4th February, 1978. In terms of the second amen introduced for the first time vesting the executive power
The people of Sri Lanka by the mandate expressed an ed and empowered their elected representatives to dr achieve the goals of a Democratic Socialist Republic. gated on 7 September, 1978, and thus became the Sup Constitution also enshrines those principles that wo development and establish a just and free society.
Today Sri Lanka is a Free Sovereign, Independen Commonwealth.
1 This paragraph is based on researches conductes
Museum, Publications Series * Sri Lanka commemorates the 50th year of Universi

ETCH
cupied and uncultivated lands were presumed ras proved. This impaired the villagers’ cusigle resources. With the rise of the plantation orted rice, new forms of taxation and public e and trade, the village began to decline in i is only about 20 percent urban and the vast
nd representation led to constitutional reforms tion of 1931 which embodied universal adult villages, constituting the vast majority of the owever, the country regained its independence
nd the island became a Free Sovereign and an
Lanka. The sovereignty of the people was ted representatives. The first National State General Election for the 21 July, 1977. The d by the Delimitation Commission, giving an second session of the National State Assembly.
977. The second amendment to the Republi
mbly in October 1977 and came into operation Iment, a Presidential form of government was : of the people in the President of the Republic.
id granted at the 1977 General Election entrustaft, adopt and operate a new Constitution to
Accordingly a new Constitution was promulpreme Law of the Republic of Sri Lanka. The suld help ar hieve progress towards economic
nt Democratic Socialist Republic within the
1 by Mr. F. E. P. Deraniyagala, Colombo
al adult suffrage in June 1981.
Sango egon ondo in morees and
sanini mollalg aonroe olladolino

Page 18
Tehn GEOGRAPI
Area and Location Sri Lanka (Ceylon) is an island with an are situated in the Indian Ocean close to the sou 90 501 N. latitude and between 790 421 and 81 sub-continent by a strip of shallow water, the (25 miles) wide.
Excepting Mannar island in the North-Wes islands, the largest of which are Kayts and D length of the island North and South is 445 kil Head in the South. The greatest breadth is mankanda on the East coast.
From the earliest times the island's history | sea route from West to East. Today Colo call for sea-borne traffic in the Indian Ocea airport situated at Ratmalana about 13 kilor Today, besides Ratmalana (which is mainly national Airport, south of Negombo and 34 K airport where some of the major airlines of
Relief of the Land The relief of the island may, generally be said
more correctly in the south central part, avera is again surrounded by an upland belt of abo the rest of the island is narrower on the west :
The coastal plain continues for some dista fathom-line is close to the coast, except aba area in line with the Indian Continental She for the most part submerged, can be discerner the coast line.
The essential framework of the hill counti “T?" or anchor, with the Central Ridge form in Sri Lanka-Pidurutalagala (2,524•5 metres
metres), and also the high plains such as Nuv and Horton Plains (over 2,100 metres). At 1 arm of the anchor extends westwards to terr the eastern arm extends through Haputale ai part of the north-south aligned Lunugala rid hills, with Knuckles (1,862:9 metres) forming ainous anchor-shank are two plateaux, th (or Welimada Plateau) to the east each ave: the “ Anchor ” is termed the southern mount 1,200 metres to the southern platform lying at to the south-west lies the Rakwana hills and t

(PTER II
Geyiminoidlaisistaan
ICAL FEATURES
a of 65,000 sq. kilometres (25:3 thousand sq. miles) thern end of the Indian peninsula, between 5°551 and 0 521 E. Longitude. It is separated from the Indian 'alk Strait, which at its narrowest is about 40 kilometres
it, the Jaffna Peninsula in the North and the adjoining elft, the island has a compact land area. The greatest lometres from Point Palmyrah in the North to Dondra 225.3 kilometres from Colombo in the West to Sanga
has been conditioned by the fact that it lies on the main imbo, Trincomalee and Galle are important ports of 1. With the development of air travel, the Colombo netres to the south of the City was first established. used for domestic air services) the Katunayake Intercilometres north of Colombo has become an important the world call regularly.
- to comprise a mountainous area in the central part or
ging in elevation from about 900 to 2,100 metres, which out 300 to 900 metres, while the coastal plain occupying and south but broadens out to a vast tract in the north.
nce out to the sea as the Continental Shelf. The 100 out the north-west where it opens out to include a large elf’. A coral reef lies close to the coast, which, though d by the breaking of the waves at a short distance from
y over 1,500 metres appears in the form of an inverted Eng the ‘shank' on which are some of the highest peaks -, Kirigalpotta (2,388:7 metres), Totapalakanda (2,357•0 Para Eliya (over 1,800 metres), Elk Plains (1,800 metres)
he base of the ‘ shank ' is Kirigalpotta from where one ninate at Sri Pada (Adam's Peak 2,237•5 metres) while ad continues north-east to form Namunukula which is ge. To the north-west of the "shank’ are the Matale the highest point. On either side of this central mounte Hatton Plateau to the West and the Uva basin raging 1,200 metres in height. The east-west arm of ain wall, because here it presents a sheer drop of over its base. Forming a detached portion from the massif he Bulutota massif averaging 900 metres,the intervening

Page 19
GEOGRAPHICA
tract being occupied by the upper tributaries of th “ relict mountains o composed of resistent rock-lik level stretches. The Jaffna Peninsula and the islan
The following table shows the relative heights of
TABLE 2.1-PRINCIPAL MOUNTAIN P
Mountain Peak
Height in metres
Pidurutalagala Kirigalpotta Totapalakanda Kudahagala Sri Pada (Adam's Peak) Kikilimana Great Western Hakgala Conical Hill Mahakudagalan One Tree Hill
Waterfall Point Namunukula Gommolli Kanda O SE Knuckles Kotagala
2,524 2,389 2.357 2,320 2,238 2,238 2,212 2,170 2,166 2,097 2,100 2,074 2,036 2,034 1,863 1,753
Rivers and Waterways The hydrographic pattern is a function essentially central hilly mass, a general radial pattern is clearly south being shorter than those flowing to the nort the longest river is the Mahaweli-ganga which the “ anchor”. The principal rivers of Sri Lanka
TABLE 2.2-LENGTH
River
Length in kilometres
Mahaweli Ganga Aruvi-aru Kala Oya Kelani Ganga Yan Oya Deduru Oya
Walawe Ganga i Maduru Oya
334.7 164:1 148.0 144•8 141•6 141•6 138-4 136-8
Waterfalls girdle the central mountain massif Lanka e.g., Laxapana, Aberdeen, Dunhinda (Badt and Perawella. These are found to occur especi: Owing to the heavy rainfall on the central mounta as a result of variations in the seasonal rainfall. 2-A 60689

· FEATURES
> Kalu and the Walawe rivers. Monadrocks or e granite, stand out to break the monotony of the 1 of Mannar are entirely featureless plains. the principal peaks in Sri Lanka :
BAKS IN SRI LANKA
District situated
Nuwara Eliya
do. do.
do. Ratnapura Nuwara Eliya
do.
do.
do. do.
do. Redonia.
do. Badulla Ratnapura-Badullanos
do. Kandy-Nuwara Eliya
Source : Survey Department.
of relief and structure, and in Sri Lanka with its revealed ; the rivers flowing to the west, east and h-west and north-east. The most important and rises on the western side of the "shank" of with their respective lengths are given in Table 2.2.
S OF PRINCIPAL RIVERS
River
Length in kilometres
Maha Oya Menik Ganga Calu Ganga Cirindi Oya Cumbukkan Aru Gin Ganga
i Oya Gal Oyai
1335 114:3 128.7 117.5 115•8 112.6 109:4 107.8
and offer some of the best scenic features in Sri alla),Diyaluma (Koslanda), Elgin (Hatton Plateau) Elly to the west, south and east and are perennial in mass, though fluctuations in their volume occur

Page 20
GEOGE
Climate and Meteorology as
CLIMATE Sri Lanka being in proximity to the equator temperature is high ranging from 26.6°C to influence (the maximum breadth of the island b in the lowlands by sea breezes. The highland
TEMPERATURE
Variation with altitude.--In the hill country th for each 91.4 metres rise. Thus at Kandy, 48 1,250 metres it is 20.0°C and at Nuwara Eliya, elevation it is 15:50 Celcius.
SEASONAL VARIATION A noteworthy feature in many parts of Sri Lank tures throughout the year. The mean tem November to February, is 26•1°C, 16•1°C lower At the other stations the mean annual range of north and east it is slightly higher.
Highest temperatures are experienced in the the north-eastern low country, generally duri the blood heat (36:8 Celcius).
Lowest temperatures are experienced during the coast they occur during December and Ja decrease with altitude; at Nuwara Eliya (1,890 m of the order of 7•2°C (February), occasionally
Diurnal variation of temperature i.e. the rise 1 minimum shortly before dawn is well marked. I ing winds. There is a gradual increase in the rar
HUMIDITY The relative humidity varies generally from ab cent at night, rising as the temperature drops. about 5 per cent, while in the driest areas in tl to about 60 per cent. In the south-western pa in April and May on account of the high meas
RAINFALL Rainfall is of three types-monsoonal, convecti the two monsoon periods viz; south-west and i annual precipitation. Convectional rain occu afternoon or evening and is likely to be exper. also occurs mainly during the inter-monsoor
The annual average rainfall varies from belo and south-east of the island to 500 millimetres hills,

APHICAL FEATURES
itaire lo
İying within latitudes of 6° and 10° North the mean
27.7°C over the lowlands. Anyway the oceanic eing only 225 kilometres) helps reduce the temperature s in the central region enjoy cooler climate.
e temperature falls at a steady rate of about 17•2°C 8 metres above sea level, it is 25•0°C, at Diyatalawa the chief hill station in the island, 1,890 metres in
a is the small variation in the mean monthly temperaperature at Colombo during the coolest months, than that during the warmest months April and May. temperature does not vary very much, though in the
districts to the north or north-west of the hills and in ng the period March to June, but they rarely exceed
= early hours of the day a little before dawn. Along nuary and range between 21.1°C and 23.3°C. They metres) the minimum temperatures, which are generally
fall below the freezing 0°C point.
to a maximum early in the afternoon and the fall to a Its magnitude depends on the direction of the prevail. age with altitude as well as with distance from the sea.
put 70 per cent during the day to about 90 or 95 per
In the dry zone, however, these values are lower by he north-west and south-east the day humidity drops rts, the absolute humidity is rather high, particularly a temperature.
onal and depressional. Monsoon rain occurs during north-east and is responsible for a major part of the urs during the inter-monsoon periods, mainly in the ienced anywhere over the island. Depressional rain a periods.
w 100 millimetres in the arid parts of the north-west - at certain places on the south-western slopes of the

Page 21
GEOGRAPHICAL
There are four rainfall seasons during the year w considered as follows:
(1) the South-West Monsoon period, May to S (2) the inter-monsoon period, following the Sou (3) the North-East Monsoon period, December (4) the inter-monsoon period, following the No1
SOUTH-WEST MONSOON The rainfall is mostly confined to the south-western in the south-western low country and as winds stre considerably heavy rain in the hill country from exceeds 2,540 millimetres at some stations in the sou monsoonal weather these stations aggregate month
NORTH-EAST MONSOON The rainfall is mainly confined to the north-eastern December and January, February being normally on the north-eastern slopes of the hills where som the two months. There have been occasions when some of the hill stations in December or January.
INTER-MONSOON PERIODS During inter-monsoon periods winds are generally from about noon and is also responsible for the evening. These showers may occur anywhere over periods is depressional activity.
Depressions are most frequent in October and N the precipitation during these two months. Rainfall -widespread and exceeds 50 millimetres at many sta
rainiest period of the year.loodit
Conditions are similar during the second inter-m is less, mainly because of less depressional activity
These four seasons are marked out by the positio boundary between the Northern hemisphere air north and south with the sun between the Tropic of the island moving from south to north in May an and India in its rear. On the return journey, the 17 during October and early November, bringing in it Monsoon seasons are the periods when the ITF fi island.
- HAIL 22 sia
During intense thunderstorms, hail is occasionally e but reports have been received of the occurrence o
GROUND FROST Ground Frost occurs at Nuwara Eliya on a few da | February.orofoto-rioittaa

. FEATURES
ith corresponding periods which may roughly be
eptember, th-West Monsoon, October and November, ' to February, and th-East Monsoon, March and April.
| parts of the island. At the beginning it occurs ngthen, it spreads gradually to the interior, with June to August. South-West Monsoon rainfall uth-western hill country. During periods of active ly totals of 1,270 to 1,524 millimetres.
parts of the island. Most of the rain occurs in a dry month. The heaviest rain is experienced le stations receive about 1,270 millimetres for over 2,540 millimetres of rain were recorded at
| light except for the sea breeze which develops thunder showers that occur in the afternoon or the island. Another source of rain during these
Tovember and are responsible for a good part of during the first inter-monsoon period is therefore tions. Taking the island as a whole, this is the
monsoon period March and April but the rainfall
n of the Inter-Tropical Front which serves as the and Southern hemisphere air. The ITF moves Cancer and the Tropic of Capricorn. It crosses 1 brings the South-West Monsoon to Sri Lanka
F moving from north to south, crosses the island S rear the North-East Monsoon. The two Interactuates over and in the immediate vicinity of the
xperienced. It occurs mainly in the hill-country E hail in low-country stations too.
ys of the year during the months of January and ir iad bodieses

Page 22
GEOGRAPI
METEOROLOGY Climatic data have been collected in Sri Lanka records of temperature, rainfall, wind, atmo:
wind observations with pilot balloons are reco pheric pressure and wind of the upper air up to with radiosonde and radar instruments.
TABLE 2:3-ANNUAL RAINFALL, TEMPE
PRINCIPAL STATION
Annual Rainfall
Millimetres
Station
1978
1979
Colombool 1,954:4 2,450-6 Jaffna
aires 1.162.0 s 1,391-3 'Trincomalee
1,464•6
1,473•0 Hambantota
976-5
7966 Ratnapura
3,742:5
3,490-4 Anuradhapura
1,194•7 1,371:3 Kandy
1,924:51,995-4 Diyatalawa
1,275-1
1,658•3 Nuwara Eliya
2,604-6
2,195.8
The Colombo observatory provides weather collection of climatological data, determinatio paration of astronomical data such as the phase seismological work.
Geology
The island is part of a larger “ Shield” area wł undergone any major earth movements since ea: are mostly Pre-cambrian in age, the youngest o
Occupying a belt which runs through the islan highlands is a group of meta-sedimentary rocks of which are quartzites, marble, quartz-felspar, gneisses. These are the metamorphosed equ limestones and maris, sandy clays and clays, Closely associated with the metasediments of th green rocks, known as the Charnockite series y south-western extremity of this central belt Wel sillimenite gneisses are prominent.
To the east and west of the central belt are g collectively known as the Vijayan series. Tho frequently black-and-white banded rocks, wh

ICAL FEATURES
since 1880. Meteorological observatories make daily pheric pressure and humidity. In addition, upper -ded at stations, while temperature, humidity, atmosa height over 15,000 metres are recorded at Colombo
RATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY AT NINE S DURING 1978 AND 1979
Mean Annual
Temperature (Degrees) (Celcius)
1978
1979
Mean Annual Relative
Humidity (percent)
1979
1978 Day Night Day Night
27:5 27.1 74, 89 76 89 28-0 28-0 26-375 86 69 82
26-3 28•6
26:6
26:6 70 81 7165 27•2
26•5
26:5 76 8775, 87 27:4
27.1 76 9476 87 27:8
26:3
68 $ 89 e 73 24:7
24.5 74 92 80 e 90 20-4
19:3
6785 75 87 15-4
15:5
82 9170 81
92
· forecasting for aviation, shipping and local needs, 1 and distribution of Sri Lanka standard time, preof the moon, times of sunrise and sunset, planets and
ich embraces most of South India and which has not 1y geological times. The rocks within this "shield" f them being approximately 500 million years old.
d from S. W. to N. E. and forming most of the central known as the Khondalite Group, the major rock types granulites and garnet-sillimenite-graphite schists and ivalents of such sedimentary rocks as sandstones, formed at high temperatures and at great depth.
Khondalite Group are distinctive series of greayishhich appear to be metamorphic in character. In the astenite-scapolite cale gneisses and garnet-cordierite,
ieissic and granitic rocks of various types which are le on the east are predominantly light-coloured and le to the west similar light-coloured gneisses are

Page 23
GEOGRAPHICAL F
obscured by later reddish to pinkish series of granit Tonigala Complex. The Vijayan series once thought lite Group metasediments were originally laid down are lite group and in part derived from it.
Several late granites and pegmatites, many zircon o dykes, cut across all these Pre-Cambrian rocks, and r
The Pre-Cambrian rocks (Khondalite Group and V island, the remaining part being underlain by the Ja Jaffna Peninsula and the north-west coastal tract) as sands and clays, sandstones and laterite of pleistocene of the island and along the coasts). Two small pocke of Jurassic age are found at Tabbowa and Andigama the Pre-Cambrian rocks.
The structure of the island is complex. The rocks V parallel series of open and recumbent folds which ri trend between northwest, southeast and north•cast, the rocks have suffered greater deformation, major fr yary from north-South to east-west.
ਹੁਣ ਤ ਛੁਪਾ ਉਪ .
ਹੋ ਕੇ ਬਵਨ ਦੀ ਨਵ
ਦੇ ਆ ਤੇ ਗੜ ਪ ਸ 0 ਬਾਦ ਕਰਨ
ਫਤ ਦੀ s tea Eਹ ਵੀ
ਕਰਣਧਾਨ ਆਰ ਰਚਣ
- i ae : ਹੈ ਬਹ0 ਨੂੰ ਕਤਾਰ ਕਰ ਲਏ ।
ਕਵਲਦਾਰ ਪਰਤ ਸਕਦੇ .
ਕੇ ਚ ਹੋਟਲ Gil 30 det

EATURES
oid rocks and gneisses together known as the of as the " basement on which the Khonda} now thought to be younger than the Khonda
'allanite bearing, as well as a series of delerite ange from 450 to 600 million years in age
ijayan Series) occupy nearly four-fifths of the ffna limestone of upper Miocene age (in the ad by red earths , gravels, unconsolidated ; to recent age (mainly in the northern portion sts of coarse sediments alternately with shales | where they are preserved by faulting within
vithin the central belt are folded into an almost in continously for considerable distances and
souith-west. In the Vijayan series, however, ɔlds are fewer and less regular and the trends
ਰੇਪ ਅਤੇ 9 ਕਹਾ
ਨਦਰ ਲਵਲ ਕਰਤੇ ,
ਚ ਧਵ ਰਾਸ ਟ ਦੇ 3 2 ਦੇ ਬੀ ਕੇਰਕਾ nih
ਦੇ ਤੋਂ ਹਟ
: ਸਣੇ 3
3100 ਤੋਂ ਵਧ ਸ
ਪani on ਝਾਤ ਗsT ਤ ਤ ਤ ਹਰੀ 10
ਕਰ ਬਾਤ ਹੈ a 0 ਕਮਲ ਤੇ ਬ

Page 24
tienoillage
bol strategorioliso C
CONSTITUTIO
Constitution Sri Lanka possesses a broad-based Democra Sovereign, Independent and a Democratic
The Supreme Law of the Democratic So was promulgated on 7th September, 1971
The Constitution recognizes that all poj People and has, therefore, given effect to the Judicial powers of the People to be exercise provided to prevent any erosion of the sover Constitution, such as the term of office of the mental rights could only be changed with t have been provided for the protection of action. The concentration of all powers of feature of the earlier Constitution. This F for the exercise of the executive power of th the People and is independent of the Parliai is vested in an independent Judiciary. Th powers of appointment, dismissal, transfer independent Judicial Service Commission. is secured by making Constitutional provi establishment of the Superior Courts and Courts. Such Constitutional provision pre parallel jurisdictions by ordinary legislat
The present system of parliamentary el in that representation in the Legislature is i The deficiencies of this system have been r portional representation have been adopte political parties in the Legislature. The ( Parliamentary elections in this country by a
As further recognition of the sovereignty of the People to be consulted in various m to certain fundamental rights, changes in Buddhism in Sri Lanka, extension of the te
ment. The participation of the People dir practicable. The Constitution, however en regarding any question of national importan to a limited extent, in matters of national in
The Constitution preserves the status of S ing constitutional recognition to the Tamil
Sinhala.
The President The executive power of the People is exerci for a fixed term of six years. The Presiden
ment and of the Executive. Though not a attend, address and send messages' to th

53ਵੇਂ ਸੰEਮੈਂ ਹt b s
TA PTER HI
IN AND GOVERNMENT
tic Socialist Government. Her position is that of a Free, Socialist Republic within the Commonwealth.
cialist Republic of Sri Lanka is the Constitution, which
wer and authority within the State is derived from the at principle in providing for the Legislative, Executive and d by different agencies. Adequate safeguards have been eignty of the People. Thus certain basic provisions of the a President, duration of the Parliament and certain fundahe consent of the People themselves. Specific remedies fundamental rights against infringement by executives the People in the legislature, was somewhat significant has been done away with. The Constitution provides e People by a President who derives his authority from ment. The exercise of the Judicial power of the People e independence of the Judiciaryis secured as regards the and disciplinary control by vesting such powers in an The independence of the Judges of the Superior Courts sion for the security of tenure of such Judges, for the for the entrenchment of the jurisdiction of the Superior ecludes the abolition of these Courts and the creation of cion.
nections has been the subject of considerable criticism, not fairly reflective of political opinion in the electorates. ecognized in many countries and varying systems of proed to achieve more exact representation of the major Constitution ushers in a major change in the system of adopting a system of proportional representation.
of the People, the Constitution provides for the wishes matters of basic importance. These include amendments the basic structure of government, the rightful place of erm of office of the President and duration of the Parliaectly in the process of government does not always seem npowers the President to refer to the People for decision ce, thus making direct participation of possibility though nportance. Sinhala as the official Language of Sri Lanka, while grantLanguage by making it a National Language along with
sed by the President who is directly elected by the People t is the Head of State as well as the Head of the Govern
member of the Legislature the President has the right to e Parliament.

Page 25
CONSTITUTION AND GO
Any citizen who is qualified to be elected to the office candidate by (a) a recognized political party, or (6) if he i ture, by any other political party or by an elector whos electors. No person who has been twice elected to the qualified thereafter to be elected to such office by the Pe
The election of a President shall be conducted on the the poll shall be taken not less than one month and not the term of office of the President in Office. The term o the fourth day of February next succeeding the date of
In addition to the powers and functions expressly conf tion or by any written law, the President shall have the p
ment Policy in Parliament at the commencement of ea ceremonial sittings of Parliament, (c) to receive and reco sadors, High Commissioners, Plenipotentiaries and othe Seal of the Republic, (e) to declare war and peace and, inconsistent with the provisions of the Constitution or
and usage he is required or authorized to do.
While any person holds the office of President, no p against him in any court or tribunal in respect of anythin in this official or private capacity. However, this immun ings in any court in relation to the exercise of any powerp to the President or remaining in his charge or to procee
election of the President.
Provision is made in the Constitution for the rem violation of the Constitution, (6) treason, (c) bribery, ( abuse of the powers of his office, or (e) any offence une
The President is responsible to the Parliament for the his powers, duties and functions under the Constitution time being relating to public security.
Parliament Under the Constitution of the Democratic Socialist Repu which shall consist of one hundred and ninety-six mem electoral districts constituted in accordance with the under the Transitional Provisions in the Constitution, t hundred and sixty-eight members, being the number el general election held in July 1977.
Unless the Parliament is dissolved earlier, every Parli date appointed for its first meeting and the expiry of th dissolution of Parliament.
The Parliament shall have the power to make laws in repealing or amending any provision of the Constitution, It shall, however, not make any law (a) suspending the thereof, or (6) repealing the Constitution as a whole unl to replace it. The Parliament shall not abdicate or in and shall not set up any authority with any legislative p notwithstanding any vacancy in its membership and its that it is discovered subsequently that a person who was otherwise took part in the proceedings.

VERNMENT
11
ce of the President may be nominated as a s or has been elected member of the Legislase name has been entered in any register of - Office of President by the People shall be
ople.
basis of a preferential system of voting and
more than two months before the expiry of of office of the President shall commence on
his election.
erred on or assigned to him by the Constitupwer (a) to deliver the Statement of Governuch session of Parliament, (b) to preside at ognize, and to appoint and accredit Ambasr diplomatic agents, (d) to keep the Public f) to do all such acts and things, not being written law, as by international law, custom
proceedings shall be instituted or continued ng done or omitted to be done by him either nity conferred shall not apply to any proceedpertaining to any subject or function assigned edings in the Supreme Court relating to the
oval of the President for (a) international 1) misconduct or corruption involving the ler any law, involving moral turpitude.
due exercise, performance and discharge of | any written law, including the law for the
blic of Sri Lanka, there shall be a Parliament bers selected by the electors of the several provisions of the Constitution. However, he present Parliament would consist of one ected to the National State Assembly at the
ament shall continue for six years from the 1e said period of six years shall operate as
cluding laws having retrospective effect and or adding any provision to the Constitution. : operation of the Constitution or any part ess such law also enacts a new Constitution
any manner alienate its legislative power, ower. The Parliament has the power to act proceedings shall be valid notwithstanding | not entitled to do so sat and voted or

Page 26
12
CONSTITU
The present Parliament which came into of the Constitution shall continue for six y
Cabinet His Excellency JUNIUS RICHARD JAYEWA Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka is the ! Implementation.
Mr. R. Premadasa (First Colombo Cen
Housing and Construction and Minist Mr. Montague Jayawickreme (Weligan
Plantation Industries. Mr. K. W. Devanayagam (Kalkudah), 1 Mr. N. H. A. M. Karunaratne (Rambul Mr. E. L. B. Hurulle (Horowpotana), Mr. M. H. Mohamed (Borella), Minist Mr. E. L. Senanayake (Mahanuwara), Mrs. Wimala Kannangara, M.B.E., (Ga Mr. C. P. J. Seneviratne (Mahiyangan Mr. Gamini Jayasuriya (Homagama), Mr. D. B. Wijetunga (Udunuwara), Mi
Power and Energy. Mr. Wijayapala Mendis (Katana), Mini Mr. A. C. S. Hameed (First Harispattu Mr. Nissanka Wijeyeratne (Dedigama), Mr. S. B. Herath (Hiriyala), Minister of Mr. Cyril Mathew (Kelaniya), Minister Mr. Ronnie De Mel (Devinuwara) Min Mr. Gamini Dissanayake (First Nuwara
and Minister of Mahaweli Developme Mr. M. Vincent Perera (Colombo North
Government Whip. Mr. Lalith Athulathmudali (Ratmalana Mr. Ranil Wickramasinghe (Biyagama),
of Education. Mr. Festus Perera (Wennappuwa), Mini Mr. S. Thondaman (Third Nuwara Elis Mr. Anandatissa De Alwis (Kotte), Mi Mr. C. Rajadurai (First Batticaloa),
Other Ministers
Dr. Ranjith Atapattu (Beliatta), Minist Mr. Dharmasena Attygalle (Kesbewa), Mr. Lionel Jayatilleke (Kuliyapitiya), 1 Mr. T. B. Werapitiya (Pathadumbara)
Defence. Mr. Harold Herat (Nattandiya), Minis
Estates Development.

ON AND GOVERNMENT
seing on the 7th September, 1978, with the promulgation rs from 4th August, 1977 unless it is dissolved earlier.
DENA the first Executive President of the Democratic iad of the Cabinet and is also the Minister of Plan
al), Prime Minister and Minister of Local Government, r of Highways and Leader of the House of Parliament. 1), Minister of Public Administration and Minister of
linister of Home Affairs. kana), Minister of Social Services. sinister of Cultural Affairs. r of Transport. Minister of Agricultural Development and Research. ligamuwa), Minister of Rural Development. ), Minister of Labour. sinister of Health. nister of Posts and Telecommunications and Minister of
ster of Textile Industries. wa), Minister of Foreign Affairs. - Minister of Justice. A Food and Co-operatives.
of Industries and Scientific Affairs ister of Finance and Planning. - Eliya-Maskeliya) Minister of Lands, Land Development ent.
), Minister of Parliamentary Affairs and Sports and chief
e, Minister of Trade and Shipping.
Minister of Youth Affairs and Employment and Minister
ster of Fisheries.
a-Maskeliya), Minister of Rural Industrial Development. aister of State. Cinister of Regional Development.
er of Colombo Group of Hospitals.
Minister of Indigenous Medicine. Minister of Education Services.
Minister of Internal Security and Deputy Minister of
er of Coconut Industries and Deputy Minister of Janatha

Page 27
CONSTITUTION AND
District Ministers
Mr. R. M. Appuhamy (Bandarawela), District M Mr. M. L. M. Aboosally (Balangoda), District Mij Mr. R. M. Abeykoon (Hali-Ela), District Ministe Mr. H. B. Abeyratne (Yapahuwa), District Minis Mr. K. Abeywickrema (Deniyaya), Disttict Mini Mr. K. W. R. M. Ekanayake (Dambulla), Distric Mr. M. Canagaratnam (Second Pottuvil), District Mr. Rupasena Karunatillake (Bentara-Elpitiya), ] Mr. Tudor Gunasekera (Mahara), District Ministe Mr. P. Dayaratne (Ampara), District Minister, Mr. Merril De Silva (Minneriya), District Minist Mr. W. P. B. Dissanayake (Gampola), District M Mr. H. G. P. Nelson (Polonnaruwa), District Mir Mr. Jayawickrema Perera. (Katugampola) District Mr. Abdul Razak Munsoor (Kalmunai), District Mr. Weerasinghe Mallimarachchi (Kolonnawa), } Mr. M. E. H. Maharoof (Mutur), District Minist Mr. G. D. Mahindaroma (Kekirawa), District Mi Mr. H. B. Wanninayake (Nikaweratiya), District 1 Mr. U. B. Wijekoon (Dambadeniya), District Min Mr. P. M. B. Cyril (Tissamaharama), District Mini Mr. N. A. Seneviratne (Kegalle), District Minister, Mr. Indradasa Hettiarachchi (Horana), District Miss Renuka Herath (Walapane), District Minis
Deputy Ministers
Mr. D. B. Welagedara (Kurunegala), Deputy Mir
Mr. P. C. Imbulana (Ruwanwella), Deputy M a Construction.
Mr. G. M. Premachandra (Mawatagama), Deputy Mr. Percy Samaraweera (Welimada), Deputy Min Mr. Alick Aluvihare (Matale), Deputy Minister o Mr. V. L. Wijemanne (Kalutara), Deputy Ministe Mr. Harindra Corea (Chilaw), Deputy Minister of Mr. J. L. Sirisena (Bingiriya), Deputy Minister of Mr. W. M. G. T. Banda (Galagedara), Deputy Mi Mr. H. Kularatne (Rakwana), Deputy Minister of Mr. K. D. M. C. Bandara (Anuradhapura West), I
and Research. Mr. Harish Wanigasekera (Hakmana), Deputy Mi Mr. M. Joseph Michael Perera (Ja-Ela), Deputy M Mr. Premaratne Gunasekera (Maharagama), Depu Mr. A. Pilapitiya (Kalawana), Deputy Minister of Mr. M. A. Abdul Majeed (Sammanturai), Deputy Mr. R. M. Dharamadasa Banda (Bibile), Deputy )
3—4 60689

GOVERNMENT
inister, Badulla. nister, Ratnapura. er, Moneragala.
ter, Anuradhapura. ster, Matara. et Minister, Matale.
Minister, Batticaloa. District Minister, Galle. r, Gampaha. titilgaien artean Amparai.
lon im er, Polonnaruwa. minister, Kandy. nister, Trincomalee. - Minister, Kurunegala.
Minister, Mullaitivu. District Minister, Colombo. cer, Mannar. nister, Vavuniya. Minister, Puttalam. aster, Jaffna. ster, Hambantota. Baada
Kegalle.
des rosa Minister, Kalutara. Det ter, Nuwara-Eliya.
tister of Plan Implementation. inister of Local Government, Housing and
Telest pole Minister of Highways. sanesi ister of Home Affairs.resto ist ' Plantation Industries.da da r of State Plantations. Outeista i Public Administration.csolas Social Services. Lister of Cultural Affairs. Transport. Deputy Minister of Agricultural Development
nister of Rural Development. inister of Labour.
y Minister of Health. Posts and Telecommunications. In inister of Power and Energy. linister of Textile Industries.

Page 28
14
CONSTITUT
Mr. Tyronne Fernando (Moratuwa), Dep Mr. Shelton Ranaraja (Senkadagala), Dep Mr. Sarath Chandra Rajakaruna (Dompe Mr. N. Denzil Fernando (Negombo), Der Mr. M. H. M. Naina Marikar (Puttalam) Mr. A. M. S. Adikari (Kalawewa), Deput Mr. Nanda Mathew (Kolonna), Deputy Mr. D. E. Tillekeratne (Ratgama), Deputy Mr. M. S. Amarasiri (Hiniduma), Deput Mr. Gamini Atukorale (Nivitigala), Depu Mr. A. M. R. B. Attanayake (Udadumba Mr. Weerawanni Samaraweera (Wiyaluw Mr. S. S. Abeysundera (Yatinuwara), Dej Mr. S. K. Piyadasa (Matara), Deputy Mi Mr. Chandra Karunaratne (Nawalapitiya Mr. G. V. Punchinilame (Ratnapura), D
Ministries The Consititution provides for a Cabinet of Government of the Republic which shall be o The President shall be a member of the Cab of Ministers. However, notwithstanding 1 provisions of the Constitution, the Presiden as Prime Minister, the Member of Parliam confidence of Parliament. The President
Minister, where he considers such consultat Cabinet of Ministers and the assignment of appoint from the Members of Parliament, The President may assign to himself any sut or function not assigned to any Minister and to be in his charge, and accordingly, a to the Minister to whom such subject or func to the President, The President may, at ai and the composition of the Cabinet of Mini: of the Cabinet of Ministers or the continui
A new feature in the Constitution promi empowered to appoint from among Membe the Cabinet of Ministers and to determin
Ministeries, if any, which are to be in the shall be responsible and answerable to the ( of the Cabinet of Ministers may, by notifi who is not a member of the Cabinet any po to him, or any power or duty conferred or
The President may, from time to time, a Ministers to assist the Ministers of the Cał

ON AND GOVERNMENT
uty Minister of Foreign Affairs. uty Minister of Justice. , Deputy Minister of Food and Co-operatives.
uty Minister of Industries and Scientific Affairs. , Deputy Minister of Finance and Planning.
Minister of Lands and Land Development. Minister of Mahaweli Development.
Minister of Parliamentary Affairs and Sports. y Minister of Trade and Shipping. ty Minister of Youth Affairs and Employment. ra), Deputy Minister of Higher Education. a), Deputy Minister of Education. puty Minister of Fisheries. nister of Rural Industrial Development. ), Deputy Minister of State. eputy Minister of Regional Development.
Ministers charged with the direction and control of the collectively responsible and answerable to the Parliament. inet of Ministers, and shall be the Head of the Cabinet che dissolution of the Cabinet of Ministers under the t shall continue in office. The Presidnent shall appoint ent who in his opinion, is most likely to command the shall, from time to time in consultation with the Prime ion necessary, determine the number of Ministers of the subjects and functions to such Ministers. He will also Ministers to be in charge of the Ministries determined. ject or function and shall remain in charge of any subject
may for that purpose determine the number of Ministries ny reference in the Constitution or any written law tion is assigned, shall be read and construed as a reference -y time, change the assignment of subjects and functions ters and such changes will not affect either the continuity y of its responsibility to Parliament.
Igated in 1978 is the provision whereby the President is Es of Parliament, Ministers who shall not be Members of e the assignment of subjects and functions to, and the =harge of, such Ministers. Every Minister so appointed abinet of Ministers and to the Parliament. Any Minister sation published in the Gazette delegate to any Minister ver or duty pertaining to any subject or function assigned
mposed on him by any written law.
point from among the Members of Parliament, Deputy net in the performance of their duties.

Page 29
CONSTITUTION AND
Ministries and their Functions The President in the exercise of powers vested in him 1978, determine the number of Ministers and Ministri and functions to such Ministers of the Cabinet. A given below:
Ministry of Defence.--The Ministry of Defence fu responsible for the formulation, co-ordination and ex
(1) maintenance of the internal security and defen (2) maintenance of law and order ; sed (3) (i) control of entry into and departure of perso
(ii) control of residence and employment of nor (4) implementation of the Registration of Persons .
age, lawfully resident in Sri Lanka and issui (5) the operation of domestic, regional and internat
general regulation of civil air traffic operate the necessary infrastructure requirements for national standards and conventions.
In pursuance of the above objectives, the Ministry p ments and State institutions as the Sri Lanka Army, Lanka Police, Department of Immigration and Emigr Origin, Department of Registration of Persons, Depart
Ministry of Plan Implementation.-The main objecti of the President are
(a) formulation and appraisal of Plan Implementati (6) the co-ordination of the implementation proge
agencies for the achievement of national ol (c) evaluation of the performance of institutions ar (d) dissemination of information concerning achie (e) regional development ; (f) employment and man-power planning; (8) formulation and implementation of populatio (h) food and nutrition policy planning ; (i) development of statistical services in relation to (G) formulation and implementation of programmes
In addition to the various divisions that constitut Department of Census and Statistics also functions
Ministry of Local Government, Housing and Construc is charged with the overall responsibility of formulati ment programmes and ensuring their effective implem (a) Guiding, assisting and supervising Local Authori
of the areas within their jurisdiction ; (6) Providing technical assistance and advice for the (C) Providing schemes for planned development of

GOVERNMENT
a under the Constitution, did on 7th September, es and the assignments of Departments, subjects brief outline of their objectives and functions is
enctions under the President of the Republic is
xecution of policy relating to--- ce of Sri Lanka ;
ons from Sri Lanka; binomgolays 2-nationals in Sri Lanka ; Act, viz, registering all persons over 18 years of ng them identity cards ; ional air services by Air Lanka Limited and the a by international carriers and the provision of - the safe operation of air services under inter
rovides policy direction and guidance to depart
Sri Lanka Navy, Sri Lanka Air Force, the Sri ration and the Registration of Persons of Indian tment of Civil Aviation and Air Lanka Limited.
ives of this Ministry which is under the charge
Eon strategies ;
rammes of governmental and non-government bjectives ; ad enterprises engaged in economic activities ; =vement of plan targets ;
mildega)
on policies ;
Tayu)
development strategies ; and s to prevent environmental pollution.
te the Ministry of Plan Implementation, the
under it.
tion and Ministry of Highways.--This Ministry on of desirable policies, initiation of developentation in the following areas : ties for the proper and efficient administration
planned development of local authority areas ; certain sacred areas ;

Page 30
16
CONSTITUTIO
(d) Investigation, designing, construction ar
technical services on schemes as de (e) Investigation, designing and constructie
authorities ; C) Providing policy directions in housing,
ing, acquisition of lands and rental (8) Formulating building construction prog
) Securing building materials for the co (i) Promoting research in solving problems (G) Development and restoration of canal (*) Planning and development of adequate
and estate roads, inland water ways (1) Planning and construction, maintenanc (m) Conducting research and training of of
In pursuance of the above, the Ministry pr programmes of work of the departments and of executing these objectives, viz., Depart and Country Planning, Department of Local
Department of Buildings, Local Loans and De Board, State Engineering Corporation of Cey
Manufacturing Corporation, Common Ame Owned Business Undertaking of the Colombo of Highways.
Ministry of Public Administration.--The M for the formulation of policies, initiation of implementation in Public Administration.
Administration are :--
(a) establishment services for all Ministrie
Services ; (b) consultancy services to an managemen (c) superannuation benefits to Public Ser (d) implementation of the Official Languag
Enactments.
The Department of Public Administration Ministry.
Ministry of Home Affairs.---The Ministry { (a) district administration, for co-ordinat
grammes for other Ministries and (b) registration of vital events, viz., births,
preservation of such records ; and (C) administering Enactments pertaining t
je isprang

N AND GOVERNMENT
ad maintenance of water supply schemes and providing termined by local authorities ; on of sewerage and surface drainage schemes for local
both urban and rural, low cost housing, loans for hous
grammes for the public sector ;
astruction industry ;
relating to housing and building construction ;)
highway network inclusive of public roads, agricultural , ferry services, etc ; e of highway network throughout the inland ; ficers relating to objectives of the Ministry.
-ovides policy directions, controls and co-ordinates the institutions specifically charged with the responsibility
ment of Local Government, Department of Town Government Services, Department of National Housing, evelopment Fund, National Water Supply and Drainage lon, Building Materials Corporation, Building Materials enities Board, National Housing Fund, Governmento Commercial (Engineers) Limited and the Department
ministry of Public Administration is chiefly responsible development programmes and ensuring their effective Among major activities of the Ministry of Public
es and Departments and administering the Combined
t development of the Public Services ; vants ; and se Policy within the framework of the Official Language
a and the Department of Pensions function under the
of Home Affairs is responsible forcion of activities and execution of development pro
Departments at the district level ; deaths and marriages, and the registration of deeds and
o Mosques and Muslim Charitable Trusts.

Page 31
CONSTITUTION AND GI
It is the function of the Ministry of Home Affairs to d of work of the following departments, which are sp these activities :
(a) Government Agencies (Kachcheries); (6) Department of the Registrar General; (c) Department of Mosques and Muslim Charitable
Ministry of Plantation Industries.--The Ministry is i plantation agriculture and associated processing and in perennial crops other than coconut which are ex
Ministry are :-
(a) direction and supervision of all departments, corf
its purview, viz., Sri Lanka Tea Board, Sri I Smallholdings Development Authority, Rubbe facturing Corporation, Rubber Research Inst
and Allied Products Development Authority; (6) preparation of short-term and long-term plans fo
and related activities and their implementatio (C) undertaking and/or encouraging the establishment
tion of existing plantations and the processi (d) undertaking and/or the promotion of research and
and processing of plantation crops ; (e) dissemination of information on cultivation, pro
crops ; 0) undertaking continuous review of the market sti
with a view to ensuring that the country and th
for these products ; (8) promoting markets abroad for plantation product (A) preparation of new legislation, where necessary to
Ministry of Social Services.---The Ministry is charged v guidance, policy direction, co-ordination and supervisic namely: the Department of Social Services and the Services.
Management of the Sri Lanka School of Social Work
Ministry of Cultural Affairs.--The Ministry of Cultur tion, analysis, and review of the work performed by the Archives, National Museums and Archaeology.
Major functions of the Ministry are (a) the executive direction and supervision of all depar
Council of Sri Lanka ; and (b) the formulation of general policy in regard to fun
Council of Sri Lanka.
Ministry of Transport.-It is the responsibility of this (a) provision of efficient, adequate and economical i (6) control and regulation of motor traffic, and the lice

VERNMENT
17
rect, control and co-ordinate the programmes cifically charged with the implementation
aldiagoa dubbi in se Trusts.
esponsible for the overall development of Lustrial activity. It is mainly concerned with port oriented. Specific functions of the
orations and institutions which come within Lanka State Trading (Tea) Corporation, Tea r Control Department, State Rubber Manuitute, Sri Lanka Cashew Corporation, Silk
r the development of plantation agriculture n and regular review; of new plantations, replanting and rehabilitang and marketing of plantation products ; experimentation on all aspects of cultivation
cessing and market prospects of plantation
ucture and trends, for plantation products e producer obtain fair and reasonable prices
s; and implement the Ministry's objectives.
rith the responsibility of providing necessary in of the two departments un der its charge Department of Probation and Child Care
is also a function of this Ministry.
il Affairs is responsible for policy formulaDepartment of Cultural Affairs, National
tments under the Ministry and the Cultural
tions of such departments and the Cultural
Ministry to formulate policy relating to-- iland transport services by road and rail ; ising of motor vehicles for use on highways.

Page 32
18
CONSTITU
The execution of these functions is car Sri Lanka Central Transport Board assiste Departments, viz., The Ceylon Governme
The Ministry in addition is responsible determining fare structure and formulation of transportation in Sri Lanka.
do Ministry of Agricultural Development ar and Research is charged with the responsibi evaluating the progress in respect of the Corporations which come under its purvie
(a) Agricultural research and extension (6) Agricultural productivity (C) Agricultural education (d) Agricultural propaganda (e) Botanical gardensmaoiardi (f) Soil conservation is also be (g) Plant pests
nomino (h) Work connected with the Food and (i) Import and export of planting materi: (j) Administering of the National Freedo (k) State and co-operative farms (1) Minor exports crops-Cinnamon, Ca
Ginger, Ground Nuts, Oil Palm, F
Grass, Nutmeg and Pyrethrum (m) Agricultural diversification of tea a (n) Land reforms (O) Agrarian services including minor ir (P) Measures for increased production.o! (q) Crop insurance, paddy land tenure ai (r) Guaranteed prices scheme for local a
Departments and Corporations under Minor Exports Crops, Department of A National Agricultural Diversification and Paddy Marketing Board, Sri Lanka Sugar Sri Lanka Fruit Board, National Freedom sion, Agricultural Insurance Board and th
Ministry of Rural Development.—The ov on rural development, initiating and prom effective implementation particularly in
Ministry :-
(a) Stimulation and promotion of peopl
their social, cultural and economi
societies and other village level f (6) Mobilization of the enthusiasm, effo
of village tanks, irrigation channe .syyde basis ;
Os oenia

ION AND GOVERNMENT
ed out under aegis of a statutory organisation, viz., the by nine Regional Transport Boards and two Government t Railway and the Department of Motor Traffic.
or the overall co-ordination of inland transport facilities of plans for the development and investment in the field
I Research.--The Ministry of Agricultural Development ity of formulating the agricultural development plan and, ollowing which are executed by the Departments and N:
Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations
m from Hunger Campaign, World Food Programme
ardamoms, Cocoa, Coffee, Cinchona, Citronella, Cloves, Pepper, Kenaf, Manioc, Kitul, Arecanuts, Ramie, Lemon
ad rubber lands
rigation functions als E food rka, ਤੇ CRPM 3018ਣ Esev JINRNL
gricultural produce.
Ministry are—Agriculture Department, Department of grarian Services, Agricultural Development Authority,
Settlement Authority, Ceylon Fertilizer Corporation, Corporation, Agrarian Research and Training Institute, from Hunger Campaign Board, Land Reform Commise Janawasa Commission.
erall responsibility of formulating the Government policy pting rural development programmes and ensuring their the following subject fields has devolved on this
's participation on the development and improvement of e conditions through rural development societies, kantha eople's organizations ; -ts and participation of rural people in the rehabilitation s and other rural upliftment projects on a Shramadana

Page 33
CONSTITUTION AND GO
(C) Promotion of training programmes for representa
samithies and other village level organizations :
and agencies connected with rural developmer (d) Granting of financial and other assistance to organ
ment work. As its special function, the Ministry supervises, prom the Department of Rural Development.
Ministry of Labour.-The Ministry of Labour is charge sary guidance and policy direction to the Department o labour. It also advises the Government in the formulat
Ministry of Health.--The responsibility of this Minist policy direction to the Health and Ayurveda* Service amenities under approved schemes of the Government.
The objectives of the Ministry are (a) the provision of establishments and services (inclı
prevention and treatment of diseases and gene
the health of the people ; (b) the encouragement of study and research in subjec
the grant of scholarships and other facilities top ed in the Department of Health Services and by t
to institutions providing courses of study or en (c) the development or encouragement of measures fo
and for improvement of the public health stand
investigations and dissemination of informat
Among the major functions of Health and Ayurveda (a) afford indoor and outdoor treatment to all needy (b) stress greater emphasis on preventive health by inte
paigns and educate the public in environmenta (c) grant financial assistance to private sector institutic
institutions or associations would afford relief (d) provide for general administration of the health se
The Ministry also in addition provides policy direction Corporation*.
Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications.--This Mini the determination of policy relating to the provision of a
vices to the country.
Specifically, the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunici vision and financial control over the Department of Pos the implementation of policies as laid down by the Gov
Ministry of Textile Industries.—The main objectives of (a) the development, control and regulation of texti
weaving, knitting and finishing of textiles, manu apparel exclusive of foot wear ; carpets and r and textile printing, excluding Batik printing
*Department of Ayurveda and Ayurvedic Drugs Corpo of Indigenous Medicine.

OVERNMENT
19
tives of rural development societies, kantha and for officers of Government departments it ; and nizations which are engaged in rural develop
notes and develops programmes of work of
ed with the responsibility of providing necesf Labour in dealing with matters relating to tion and execution of labour policies. try is to provide necessary guidance and s in providing the country with health
iding courses of training) necessary for the rally for the preservation and promotion of
t fields relating to health administration by versons employed or proposed to be employhe grant of financial aid and other assistance gaged in research in such fields ; and ir the investigation or prevention of disease ards, including research and epidemiological ion.
Services are cases ; ensification of the activities of special cam1 sanitation ; ons and associations to such extent as these to State health services ; and ervices in Sri Lanka. s and guidance to the State Pharmaceutical
stry is charged with the responsibility for dequate postal and telecommunication ser
ations provides executive direction, super-ts and Telecommunications and evaluates ernment.
- the Ministry arede industries including spinning of yarn, facture of made-up textile goods, wearing ags, cordage rope and twine industries
ration are now attached to the Ministry

Page 34
20
CONSTITUT
(b) the supervision of management of
establishment of new enterprises (C) the regulation, supervision and co-ordi
in the State, private and co-operat
Processes ; (d) the promotion and regulation of the
and (e) the supervision of the mangement of
The Ministry achieves these objectives b the departments and Statutory institutions Industries, National Corporation, Governi watte Spinning and Weaving Mills Ltd.), Ceylon Silks Ltd.) Government-owned Bus Ltd.) Government-owned Business Undert: owned Business Undertaking (formerly o
The Ministry is also responsible, through i and co-ordination of textile industries in ti
Ministry of Foreign Affairs.--The Minist co-ordination and execution of policy relati
(a) the conduct of foreign relations of th (6) maintenance of diplomatic and consi (c) representation of Sri Lanka in inter (d) negotiation of treaties with foreign In pursuance of these objectives the Mini Missions abroad.
Ministry of Justice.--This Ministry is ch: dance and policy directions to all departm General, Legal Draftsman, Public Trustee, Debt Conciliation, Law Commission and t
Ministry of Food and Co-operatives.--Th tives are to produce and re-orient its activit
(a) supply, control and distribution of (6) co-operative undertakings.
Major functions of the Ministry are—t exercise of control and supervision over acti
ment of Co-operative Development and Employees Commission and the Statutory
Ministry of Industries and Scientific Affai (a) foster growth in the industrial sectorii (6) provide employment opportunities to
and efficiency, plan, location of in teria to provide employment oppo

ON AND GOVERNMENT
itate-owned textile manufacturing enterprises and the
nation of the manufacturing activities of textile industries ive sectors so as to ensure cordial relation development
Export of textile goods including ready made garments ;
private textile industries vested in the State.
i formulating policy, guiding, directing and supervising within its area of authority, viz—Department of Textile nent-owned Business Undertaking (formerly of WellaGovernment-owned Business Undertaking (formerly of iness Undertaking (formerly of J. B. Textiles Industries iking (formerly of Libra Industries Ltd.) Governmentf J. B. Fishing Industries Ltd.) te ao
ts development and regulation division, for the regulation 1e private and co-operative sectors.
ry of Foreign Affairs is responsible for the formulation Ing toe Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka ; ular relations with foreign countries ; national organizaticns ; and
countries. stry provides policy direction and guidance to Sri Lanka
arged with the responsibility of providing necessary guients under the Ministry, viz., Department of Attorney- Government Analyst, Prisons, Bribery Commissioner,
he Council of Legal education.
e main objectives of the Ministry of Food and Co-operacies in regard to---
food; and
he formulation and administration of policies and the vities of the Department of Food Commissioner, DepartRegistrar of Co-operative Societies, the Co-operative - Body, the Co-operative Management Services Centre.
Prs.--The main objectives of the Ministry are to a such manner as to make optimum use of local resources; p the maximum extent possible consistent with economy ndustries in consideration with economic and other cri
rtunities in areas with population concentration ;

Page 35
CONSTITUTION AND GO
(c) establish social control of industry so as to avoid } (d) develop within the public sector such basic and he
industrial development and generate growth in (e) re-orient industrial research for practical ends and () stimulate and provide maximum support to export (8) establish and maintain quality of industrial produ () promote scientific and industrial research.
In pursuance of these objectives the Ministry provides i departments, corporations and other statutory institutic Department of Meteorology, Ceylon Plywoods Corporat Ceylon Cement Corporation, Paranthan Chemicals Corp
Mineral Sand Corporation, National Paper Corporation Small Industries Corporation, Ceylon Petroleum Corpor Tyre Corporation, Ceylon State Hardware Corporation Fertilizer Manufacturing Corporation, State Graphite Corporation, Jute Industries Corporation, Industrial 1 Business Management, Ceylon Institute of Scientific and rity, National Engineering Research and Development Ce of Ceylon and fourteen public Limited Liability Compan
Ministry of Power and Energy.—This Ministry is charge (a) investigation, planning and development of power (b) development of electricity generating and distributi
hydro-power and thermal power, rural electrifica tration of the electricity Act, sale of electricity
facilities in Sri Lanka ; (C) rehabilitation of the Peasantry of the Kandy areas
The Ministry provides general administration guidano tions under its charge, viz., the Ceylon Electricity Board Rehabilitation:
Ministry of Finance and Planning.--The Ministry of Fi formulation, analysis and review in respect of matters W the Ministry is to direct and implement policy and pract tion of financial resources of the country in such manner t the Constitution and consonant with the national aspir butive and social justice and full employment.
Specifically it has the following major functions :- (a) Executive direction and supervision of all Depart
Ministry ; (6) General supervision over the financial affairs of t} (C) Study, formulation and administration of fiscal po
Government, initiating legislation appropriate (d) Undertaking public borrowing on the credit of the
authorities in the management of public debt ; (e) General supervision of public funds invested unde (F) Collaboration with planning authorities in the for

ERNMENT
21
izards of heavy industrialisation ;
vy industries as would give depth to local ne economy. to develop industrial technologies ; of manufactured goods ; cts at reasonable prices ; and
Policy directions and guidance to operating
ns viz, Department of Geological Survey ion, Ceylon Leather Products Corporation, pration, National Salt Corporation, Ceylon , Ceylon Ceramics Corporation, National ation, Ceylon Steel Corporation, Sri Lanka a, State Flour Milling Corporation, State Corporation, Sri Lanka Tobacco Industries Development Board, National Institute of Industrial Research, Atomic Energy Authontre of Sri Lanka, National Science Council ies vested in the State.
ed with the responsibility for the
ng facilities throughout the Island including tion, issue of electricity licence and adminisinstallation and maintenance of electrical
comprising of Central and Uva Provinces.
e and policy direction to the two instituand the Department of Kandyan Peasantry
mance and Planning is responsible for policy ith financial implication. The objective of ces to ensure optimal and satisfying utilisao attain rapid development as laid down in ations of the people as regards re-distri
ments and financial institutions under the
e entire Government ; licies and budgetary and financial plans of to the needs of the country ;
Government, collaboration with monetary
the provisions of the law; and nulation of national development policies.

Page 36
22
CONSTITU
The departments, corporations and other i are the Treasury, Department of Inland Re of Excise, Valuation Department, Departme Ceylon, People's Bank, National Savings State Mortgage and Investment Bank, SI National Lotteries Board, Lady Lochor Department of National Planning and the
Ministry of Lands and Land Development.- (a) investigation, planning and developm
other purposes ; (6) investigation, planning and designing
drainage and flood protection; (c) bringing new land under cultivation
provision of civic facilities, settleme
in initial stages of development ; (d) reclamation and development of low-ly (e) maintenance and water management i
and ground water ; f) reclamation of low-lying land for ag
flood protection and salt water exc (8) conduct of research and training of off (h) survey of undeveloped land for plann (i) survey of cultivated land for alienatic
schemes ; (G) survey of land for settlement under Lar (k) providing upto-date maps of the Islan (7) administration of State land in the Isli (m) promotion of agricultural developmen
and other in various land settlemer (n) to reserve and maintain adequate an
conditions, the conservation of soil (0) to manage scientifically the forest resoj
of the country ; (p) to progressively build up plantation fo
both for internal consumption as we
tion of soil and water ; and (q) to settle title land at the disposal of
Ordinance.
The Ministry provides general administrat ments, boards and corporations under its cl Settlement Department, Survey Department ment Factory, Land Development Departm Timber Corporation, Water Resources Boa and the Colombo District (Low-lying Areas)
Ministry of Mahaweli Development.—The the responsibility for development of the basin development.

ION AND GOVERNMENT
istitutions which come under the purview of the Ministry venue, Customs Department, Loan Board, Department nt of Credit Councils, Central Bank of Ceylon, Bank of Bank, Development Finance Corporation of Ceylon, ate Gem Corporation, State Distilleries Corporation, ! Loan Fund, Department of External Resources,
Department of Economic Affairs.
-The Ministry is charged with the responsibility for the ent of water resources for irrigation, hydro-power and
f irrigation works including lift irrigation, ground water,
by provision of irrigation facilities, land development, nt of colonists and management of colonization schemes
ing land in and around Colombo for urban development; i all irrigation schemes inclusive of major lift irrigation.
ricultural purposes by provision of drainage facilities, lusion ; icers in regard to objectives of the Ministry ; Led utilisation, and for various purposes and projects ; vn for village expansion and middle class colonization.
nd Settlement Ordinance ; si illinct
d;
and ;
t of State land by alienation and sale of land to peasants et schemes ; d suitable forest reserves conducive to local climatic and water resources and for aesthetic purposes ; urces for purpose of utilization as timber requirements
rest estates to meet future requirements of the country Il as for export and also to contribute towards conserva
he state under the provisions of the Land Settlement
ion, guidance and policy directions relative to departnarge, viz., Department of Land Commissioner, Land
Forest Department, Irrigation Department, Governent, Department of Mechinery and Equipment, State rd, State Development and Construction Corporation Reclamation and Development Board.
Ministry of Mahaweli Development is charged with ahaweli River Basin, its tributaries and their trans

Page 37
CONSTITUTION AND G
It provides general administration, guidance and pol Board and the Central Engineering Consultancy Burea
Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs and Sports.—The o (a) encouragement and development of sports activ
and (b) proper functioning of Parliamentary Affairs. Som
to provide assistance and encouragemen local authorities, Government Agencies, (i) development and encouragement of s (ii) obtaining greater involvement of th
as spectators ; and . (c) organisation of sports, sports seminars and coac (d) co-ordinate participation in sports with foreig (e) assistance to Ministers regarding Parliamentary (f) provide staff for general administration and ad
The Department of Rehabilitation functions under
Ministry of Trade and Shipping.--The main objecti promote and re-orient its activities in regard to—
(a) commerce, trade and insurance ; (6) government supplies ; (C) marketing; (d) shipping ; (e) merchant shipping ; anduolib (f) provision of adequate and efficient port facilities
The major functions of the Ministry include form exercise of control and supervision over the activities V
The departments, statutory bodies and business unde of Commerce, Department of the Registrar of Compa Department of Commodity Purchase, Department of C for Development of Marketing, Department of Price Co Metric Conversion Authority, Export Promotion Seci Department of Coast Lights, Port Commission, Co-or Insurance Corporation, Sri Lanka State Trading (Ger (Textile) Corporation, Sri Lanka (Tractor) Corporati Exports) Corporation, National Prices Commission, Colombo Commercial Company (Teas) Ltd., Essential Investments Ltd., Port (Cargo) Corporation, Ceylon Shi Services Corporation and Central Freight Bureau of Sri
Ministry of Education. The Ministry of Education and the maintenance of general education and teacher
Specifically the main objectives of the Ministry are(a) to promote among all children of school-going ag
by the provision of educational facilities ; (6) to promote the development of a high level of leari
medicine, engineering and humanities, etc. ;

OVERNMENT
23
icy directions to the Mahaweli Development
pjectives of the Ministry are– ities and provision of recreational facilities ;
e of the major functions of the Ministry are— at to approved sports organizations, schools,
community centres and the public forports. e public both as active participants and
hing camps ;olo rossincais a representation ; sasa taas i Affairs ;
visory services. Os io oitavo
the Ministry.
ves of the Ministry are to foster, develop,
niiniothyglivadheval toteloitiiModlozovanafdo aian
oba airawinulo omsorgairan ora and services. Orego goille
ulation and administration policies and the vithin its purview. Te
rtakings under the Ministry are—Department nies, Department of Government Supplies, Control of Imports and Exports, Department ontrol, Bureau of Ceylon Standards, National retariat, Department of Merchant Shipping, serative Wholesale Establishment, Sri Lanka Leral) Corporation, Sri Lanka State Trading on, Sri Lanka State Trading (Consolidated Ceylon Manufactures and Merchants Ltd., | Oils (Ceylon) Ltd., Acland Finance and pping Corporation, Port Tally and Protective
Lanka.
soniodijo noievio ad is responsible for the design, implementation -education programmes in Sri Lanka.
je, physical, moral, cultural and social growth
ning and professional skills in fields as science,

Page 38
24
CONSTITUTI
(c) to promote adult education through
education facilities to physically-ha
and other educational institution (d) to promote moral and spiritual develop
citizenship and an awareness for W
In pursuance of these objectives, the Mini (a) design of educational programmes in c
the country ; (6) provision of appropriate resources fo
system as staff, buildings, equipme (c) implementation of Educational Progra
and continuous development to ensu
The Regional Departments of Education, I of Examinations Board fall within the purvi
Provision of appropriate resources in the function of the Ministry of Education Service the Ceylon National Library Services Board
Ministry of Higher Education. The Mini Republic and is responsible for formulating a all island level. It maintains all Universities Institutions which provide technically trained
Main objectives of the Ministry of Higher 1 (a) To devise a scheme of university educat
with intention of promoting the dev
skills in fields as medicine, engineeri (6) To devise and promote a system for the
and vocational skills through prog
institutes ; and (C) To promote moral and spiritual deve
propagation of the Dhamma throi
Dharmaрeetaya. Ministry of Fisheries.--The Ministry of Fis the development of the fishing industry, regula to those engaged in fishing. Its policy is deti Cabinet and is executed through the agencies Division of Fisheries Survey and Research, t Fishery Harbours Corporation, the Instituti Division.
The Division of Fisheries is charged more sp of the fishing industry through progressive me ment of social and economic conditions of th Research is responsible for a programme of I gement of marine and inland fishery resourci
The Sri Lanka Fisheries Corporation handl Harbours Corporation is charged with the r maintenance of fishery harbours, anchorages a would be responsible for the introducton of Coast Conservation Division for the conservati

ON AND GOVERNMENT
pecific programmes and to assist in the provision of adicapped children, students in estate schools, privenas
ment of youth and to inculcate in them a sense of good orking towards national development. stry undertakesonformity with emerging social and economic needs of
- implementation of such programmes in the school at and materials, etc., and mmes and their maintenance, supervision, evaluation re their relevance to present day needs.
UNESCO Secretariat in Sri Lanka and the Department ew of the Ministry of Education.
implementation of education programmes is now a es. The Department of Educational Publicatons and function under this Ministry.
stry at present functions under the President of the ad implementing the system of higher education at the s as well as technical institutes and Junior Technical and skilled persons for national development. Education are as follows: ion including traditional as well as an Open University elopment of a high level of learning and professional ng, agriculture, the humanities, etc.; acquisition of technical knowledge and training, social grammes provided in polytechnical/junior technical
elopment among the future generations and foster igh programmes as outlined in the Buddhasrawaka
heries is charged with the responsibility of promoting ting fisheries activities and providing welfare amenities ermined at Ministerial level with the approval of the ; of the Ministry, viz., the Division of Fisheries, the he Sri Lanka Fisheries Corporation, the Sri Lanka 2 of Fish Technology and the Coast Conservation
pecifically with regulatory functions, the development chanization and co-operative effort and the improvee fishermen. The Division of Fisheries Survey and eserarch connected with the assessment and mana
es.
les commercial activities while the Sri Lanka Fishery esponsibility of the establishment, construction and nd shore facilities. The Institute of Fish Technology
new processing and marketing echniques and the on of the coast strips of the Island against sea erosion.

Page 39
CONSTITUTION AND GO
Ministry of Rural Industrial Development.—The ma trial Development are— (a) to foster growth in the rural small industrial sect
use of local resources, provide maximum em
population and plan location of small industrie (b) to stimulate traditional handicraft giving maximi (c) to formulate policy regarding purchase of handic
Laksala ; (d) to formulate general policies of livestock develo
health of the national livestock herd and impi (e) to improve quality of breeding cattle and also ava
ing needs. (f) to make available animal feeds for livestock pror (g) to conduct research in processing, feeding, man:
maximising animal production.
In pursuance of these objectives, the Ministry prov departments and corporations viz., Department of Sm Export promotion for Handicrafts, Department of Ceylon Oils and Fats Corporation and the National Li
Ministry of Youth Affairs and Employment. This M all island Youth Services Programme which includes i youth employment.
Planning objectives of the Ministry are.-- (a) to foster among persons in Sri Lanka in general
national consciousness, sense of discipline, an
and concept sense of the dignity of labour. (b) to assist in the enlistment of continous and active
ment schemes and projects. (c) to encourage voluntary organisations in promo (d) to provide employment opportunities for youth
in regard to skill and aptitudes. (e) to co-ordinate government and non-governmental () to promote goodwill and mutual understanding
initiating youth exchange programmes.
In pursuance of these objectives, the Ministry underta tions to National Youth Service Council and Nationa
Ministry of State.--The objectives of the Ministry (a) to direct and supervise the activities of the Govern
ration, State Printing Corporation and the Sri to the general public about policies, projects
publicity. (6) development of the tourist industry in Sri Lan
services to the tourists. (C) preservation of fauna and flora and exhibition o
Zoological Gardens,

ERNMENT
25
n objectives of the Ministry of Rural Indus
rs in such a manner so as to make maximum ployment opportunities possible to the rural s consistent with economic and other criteria ;
m support for the export of such handicrafts ; -afts from craftsman and for sale through the
pment for increased production by ensuring pving the indegeneous livestock population ; ilability of meat supplies for efficient market
luction ; and aging and health of livestock with a view to
des direction and guidance to implementing all Industries, Department for Marketing an animal Production and Health, Milk Board,
vestock Development Board.
Cinistry is mainly responsible in providing an envolvement of youth in national service and
and among youth in particular, a spirit of | awareness of social and economic problems
participation of youth in national develop
ing youth service activities. ind training youth for national employment
activities designed to promote youth welfare. between Sri Lanka and other countries by
kes to provide necessry guidance and direc
Apprenticeship Board.
are--
ment Press, Sri Lanka Broadcasting Corpoanka Press Council and provide information nd activities of the Government giving wide
a and providing satisfactory facilities and
wild life in their natural habitat and in

Page 40
26
CONSTITU
Among the major functions of the Ministi (a) distribution of official news to the Pres (b) preparation and issue of publicity lite (C) advise on publicity to other Governm
· (d) dissemination of information about Sr
(e) information and publicity material for (f) international agreements relating to (g) sale, storage and despatch of Governm (h) film coverage on major Government a
arrangements for film shows. (i) providing facilities for the local film i (j) management of resthouses under Cey (k) registration of tourist agencies and op (7) development of the tourist industry. (m) fauna and flora protection. (n) game sanctuaries. (0) elephant and buffalo kraals ismia (p) zoological gardens.
The Ministry provides general administrati Corporations under its charge, viz., Departmen Department of Wilde Life Conservation, Zoo State Printing Corporation, Ceylon Tourist Corporation Ltd.
Ministry of Regional Development.--The 1 April, 1979.
Subjects and functions of the new Ministry (a) development of Jaffna, Mannar, Vavuni
districts ; (6) fostering and promoting Hindu Religie (c) implementation of the Tamil Language (d) rehabilitation work in the cyclone-aff
The Ministry has as its objectives : (1) REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT.— developmen
the island (2) HINDU RELIGIOUS AND CULTURAL AFF
and Hindu organisations functionin (3) Introduction of Hindu temporalities leg (4) Construction of memorials to Arumuga. I (5) Establishing a school for Hindu dance : (6) TAMIL AFFAIRS.-implementing the pro
| development of Tamil Language an
Tee Palmyralı Development Board which f has been transferred to the Ministry of Regioi for the development on the palmyrah industry

CION AND GOVERNMENT
y are s and arranging Press Conferences. rature.
nt Departments. i Lanka. Sri Lanka Missions abroad Ossucita of publications.
nt publications other than departmental publications, ctivities and preparation of films on them and also
ndustry lon Tourist Board and Ceylon Hotels Corporation. eration of tourist services.appen abaco
on, guidance and policy direction to departments and tof Information, Department of Government Printing, logical Gardens, Sri Lanka Broadcasting Corporation, Board, Ceylon Hotels Corporation and Asian Hotels
Ministry of Regional Development was established in
u are :-
ya, Mullaitivu, Batticaloa, Amparai and Trincomalee
ons and Cultural Affairs ; e provisions of the Constitution ; nog ected districts.
tof the districts in the Northern and Eastern regions of
AIRS.--Compiling a register of all the Hindu Temples g in Sri Lanka. cislation to conserve finances of Hindu temples. Tavalar in Jaffna and Swami Vipulananda in Batticaloa. und Music in Batticaloa.
isions of the Constitution on the use of Tamil and the 1 Culture.
anctioned under the Ministry of Plantation Industries al Development with a view to initiating programmes
a oinoloo

Page 41
CONSTITUTION AND GO
Ministry of Coconut Industries.--The Ministry of C development of coconut plantations, agriculture activity.
Specifically its main functions are : (1) Direction and supervision of the Statutory Boa
(a) Coconut Development Authority (b) Coconut Research Board (C) Coconut Cultivation Board (d) Government-owned Business Undertaki
(2) Preparation of Short-Term and Long-Term Pla
agriculture and related activities.
(3) Undertaking and encouraging the establishment
tion of existing plantations and processing ar
(4) Promotion of research and experimentation in
coconut ; (5) Dissemination of information on cultivation p: (6) Undertaking continuous service of the market st
view to ensuring that the country and the
coconut products ; (7) Ensuring of adequate and continuous supplies of
rials for the coconut plantation sector ;
(8) Quality Control and general improvement of the (9) Regulation of the coconut industry in the nation
The Ministry also undertakes discussion and negot organizations with a view to making international ar. ment of coconut prices and the promotion of markets
Local Government Local Administration in Sri Lanka dates back to th “Gan Sabha ' and the “Rata Sabha’ were institutions the elders who dealt with petty feuds, in particular tho of a serious nature were referred to the king who exerc These local institutions however, were void of much le seemed to have imbibed some fundamental principles
The ancient system of local government gradually d and the Dutch periods. There was some form of a rev recognition to these local institutions was given durin; was mainly confined to village agriculture and irriga government as known at present. The first ordinar 1865. The Local Board of Health and Improvement,
was first established in 1876.
Successive legislation was enacted to constitute mor and functions specially during the post-independance

VERNMENT
27
oconut Industries is responsible for the overall and associated processing and industrial
branib
-ds under its charge, viz.-
ng of British Ceylon Corporation.d ns for the development of coconut plantation,
E of new plantations, replanting and rehabilitaad marketing of coconut products ;
to all aspects of cultivation and processing of
rocessing and market prospects ;
ructure and trends for coconut products with a producer obtain fair and reasonable price for
fagricultural and other inputs and raw mate
s quality of coconut products ;
ial interest.
iations with other countries and international rangements for the stabilization and improves abroad for the coconut products.
Le times of the ancient sinhalese kings. The ; representative of village leaders generally se relating to persons and property. Offences ised his prerogative in dealing with such cases. galimpact though nevertheless they apparently ; of democracy.
lisappeared particularly during the Portuguese ival during the British occupation. Statutory g the latter part of the nineteenth century, but tion works. This was the beginning of local Ice establishing Municipalties was enacted in a precurser of the present day Urban Council
e local authorities with a wide range of powers
era.

Page 42
28,
CONSTITUTION
Excepting the area north of Colombo (with about 500 sq. kilometrs administrated by the C is a function of the various local authorities sc
The apex institution of local government i administrative and financial matters than th
Councils and Village Councils.
There are at present 540 Village Councils, 76 Councils.
Elections to these local authorities are quite governed by the Local Authorities Elections
ਵੀ ਨਈ DX 2 ਮਰਲੇ nair nirma as a 03
ਪਰ ਮੈਂ ਤਾਂ ਤੇrug une R En En sai ਤਨਹਾ
- ਪਾਏ ਤਬ ਲੜ
ਸD ann
ਤੇ ਸ਼ਹੜੇ ਸੱਤ Du Tਧੀ 430 21 ਮੇਰੀ acide d33053
724 Hag R0
ਗੁ 48 ਹੋEur it, ni ਵਪਨg੩ ਨੂੰ ਕਈ
ਬਤ - 6 ਵਧ ਰਿਹੈ
ਪੌਪ ॥ ਪਸੰਪa si
ਦੀਦਾਰ ਨੂੰ ਤਰਸੇ

AND GOVERNMENT
- Kelani river as an arbitrary demarcation) covering ੩.C. E. C. local administration of the restof theisland attered over Sri Lanka.
s the Municipal Council which has wider powers in eir other counterparts, viz., Urban Councils, Town
Town Councils, 35 Urban Councils and 11 Municipal
= similar to those of Parliamentary elections and are
Ordinance.
ET - BਧਵT 2 353
orਰ 88 ਈ ਨਹts bਲ ਹੀ ਗਈ
TT ਤੇ 31 b Bolajਰੇ ਵਿਚ ਵਿਕੀ
ਤੜਪ ਹੈgh0 ਤੇ ਹੈ
3saniLa bodgE500 Respoig (
3 ਫੋ8 233223%ਬਰ 20 ਤੋਂ
ਤog ਤੇ ਆ ਵਧ 3513 ਵੀਰਵ
ਕੋi& ਹੈ ਜੋ
ginint ਤੇ BA Br] ਕੈਪsansza
ai sara se i dod az
Euongin p: ਬਾਦਲ
ਖ਼ਤ ਹੋot ਤੇ Beeb 110ਡੇ ਸਭ ਲਏ

Page 43
CHAPTER
em v Boitogo
DEFENCE AND SECURITY
Defence The President of the Republic functions as the Mir the Police Service, Citizenship, Inımigration and Registration of Persons and Aviation fall within the
The following Departments function under the M (a) The Sri Lanka Army (6) Sri Lanka Navy (C) Sri Lanka Air Forcegoa Bayinsido (d) Police Department olay DNA RO12 (e) Departments of Immigration and Emigration (F) Department for the Registration of Persons (8) Department of Civil Aviation (h) Public Performance Board.
The primary function of the Ministry is defendin State.
THE SRI LANKA ARMY The Army consists of a Regular Force, Regular Res the authority of the Army Act, (No. 19) of 1949. of “ Arms’ and Supporting Services.
Role of the Army.—(a) To defend Sri Lanka again forces.
(6) To assist the civil authority in the maintenance law when called upon to do so by the legally constiti
(C) To participate in non-military duties as ordere with national development and in the maintenance o
The role of the volunteer force is to reinforce ther
THE SRI LANKA NAVY The Sri Lanka Navy came into being on 9 December, the Legislative Enactments of Ceylon provided for t the Regular Naval Force, the Regular Naval Reserve
Naval Reserve.
The roles of the Navy are many and varied. Impo (@) Coastal Surveillance (6) Anti-Illicit Immigration (c) Anti-Smuggling (d) Search and Rescue of fishing and other craft in (e) Flood Relief

IV
AND FOREIGN AFFAIRS
eister of Defence. The defence of Sri Lanka
Emigration, the Public Performance Board purview of the Ministry of Defence.
inistry of Defence :-
Daitos se americanos politics Fax Deatiga oidla base
and Registration of Persons of Indian Origin
g the country and ensuring the security of the
bending alegi
erve, Volunteer Force and General Reserve on It is organised into various units consisting
IS TIE
st aggression by any external forces or internal
- of peace and order, and in the enforcement of uted government. d by the government, especially those connected of essential services.
egular force at times of emergency.ro
rollo
- 1950. The Navy Act of the Revised Edition of he regulation and administrative procedures of e, the Volunteer Naval Force and the Volunteer
ortant among them areal
a distress at sea
ao algoridis

Page 44
30
DEFENCE AND SECUI
(6) Internal Security, Road Patrols, Aid to ci (g) Technical Assistance to Government
tugs and barges, supply of fuel and
services in time of strikes () Diving and salvage work (i) Assistance to Government Departmen
facilities, manning of ship of the Shi
Corporation and a tanker of the Pe G) Administration and operation of the Lig
Bases.
THE SRI LANKA AIR FORCE The Sri Lanka Air Force (SLAF), the younges inception the Air Force had certain well define scope and depth, to correspond with its expa.
The Sri Lanka Air Force has projected itself the country, or have saved the country's expe would otherwise have taxed Sri Lanka’s exch
In specific terms, SLAF objectives fall into t objectives within the Air Force are
(a) Ground Attack (6) Air support to the other Armed Services (C) Air Transport for VVIPs and VIPs (d) Internal Security Air Patrols (e) Development Project Air Operations (F) Search and Location of Vessels in Distr (8) Casualty and Emergency Evacuation by (h) Flying Training (i) Commercial Flying.
Air Cadet Corps.--The Air Force will short and Police Corps. The S. L. A. F. expects c Cadet Corps.
POLICE Police strength as at end of 1978 was 16,469. II in 1977 to 62,934 in 1978 ; a drop of 23.4 per c 18,108 cases, of which 1,088 proved fatal.
Some of the steps taken by the Department t (a) A crime Detection Bureau has been op
thereby facilitating criminal investiga (6) Radio communications between the out
are being taken to connect all police st
to the Superintendent's office. (C) Positive steps to remove the difficulties th
of public relations, have been taken an at Police Stations. Complaints ag thereby.

RITY AND FOREIGN AFFAIRS
ivil power in the maintenarice of law and order
Departments and Corporations by manning ports, - water to merchant ships, sewage and water supply
ts and Corporations by affording maritime training pping Corporation, a training vessel of the Fisheries troleum Corporation and hthouses at Beruwala, Dondra, Great Bases and Little
st of the armed services, was formed in 1951. At its ed objectives, and these were subsequently widened in ansion and development.
to programmes which have either earned revenue for nditure by accomplishing development projects which Lequer and resources.
Two categories of Air Role and Ground Role. Those
I RI lo eroido Fess at Sea as well as Rescue Operations at Sea - Air
ly establish an Air Cadet Corps, similar to the Army onsiderable enthusiasm among youth to join the Air
ncidence of grave crime showeda decrease from 83,082. ent. Road traffic accidents recorded an increase with
il 1o hobiy no co meet the increase in crime are as follows:
ened at each District and Divisional Headquarters, ations and the collection of criminal intelligence. stations and Colombo have been improved and steps tations in the outstations with radio communications
at existed between the Police and the public, in respect d the public are now less diffident to make complaints ainst the Police have been considerably reduced

Page 45
DEFENCE AND SECURITY A
(d) Measures have been taken to protect train an (e) Decentralised Security Committee meetings a
Service units and the Police in the field.
(F) Mobile Police Stations operate in more remo (8) The Special Police Reserve has been augment (h) The mobility of the Police Force has been im
DEPARTMENTS OF IMMIGRATION AND EMIGRATION AN Before gaining Independence in 1948, Sri Lanka, ha into and their stay in the Island. Therefore, after II necessary steps to remedy this. Accordingly, the I
was passed by the Parliament with a view to contro. regulate their departure. To implement this act, the I established.
Because of the Immigration and Citizenship Laws dence, the citizenship status of the Indian labourer were referred to as "Stateless Persons”. In 1964, the into an agreement on the Citizenship status and the the registration of Persons of Indian Origin
Agreement.
Both these Departments function under the Minis
Functions. The main functions of the Department (a) The issuing of Sri Lanka Passports and Eme
travel abroad ;
(b) The issuing of Visas to foreigners coming to S
issue of Residence Visas to foreigners fo: a foreigners leave the country on the expiry {
(C) The arrest and removal of illicit immigrants
The main fuctions of the Department for the Registi
(a) To repatriate 525,000 persons covered by the (6) To grant Sri Lanka Citizenship to 300,000 pe
Travel documents issued by the Department are
(a) Sri Lanka Passports.--Sri Lanka Passports
valid for travel to any country endorsed on th (6) Sri Lanka Emergency Certificates.-Sri Lar
citizens of Sri Lanka and are valid for travel to
(C) Sri Lanka Identity Certificates.-A Sri Lan
is not a citizen of Sri Lanka and who is unable reason or other and has to travel abroad urge.

ID FOR EIGN AFFAIRS
I bus commuters.
re held in order to ensure closer liaison with
te areas.
2d.
proved by allocation of additional vehicles.
ID REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OF INDIAN ORIGIN
no proper control over the entry of foreigners ndependence, it was considered essential to take nmigrants and Emigrants Act, No. 20 of 1948 ling the entry of foreigners to Sri Lanka and to Department of Immigration and Emigration was
- in force in India and Sri Lanka, after Indepen-s and their descendants were in doubt. They = Prime Ministers of India and Sri Lanka entered future of these persons, and a department for was established, in order to implement this
stry of Defence.
of Immigration and Emigration are : rgency Certificates to Citizens of Sri Lanka for
Sri Lanka as Tourists or short-term visitors, the r Residence or employment and ensuring that of their visas ; and
from Sri Lanka.
ration of Persons of Indian Origin are
Indo-Ceylon Agreement of 1964 ; and
ersons covered by the same agreement.
Eare issued to Sri Lanka citizens only and are nem.
aka Emergency Certificates are issued only to
India, Nepal and Pakistan only.
ka Identity Certificate is issued to a person who e to obtain a national travel document for some
ntly.
bo

Page 46
TABLE 3° 1(a)--MONTHLY ISSUE OF TRAVEL DOCUMENTS --1979
32
Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Total
Passports
11,067 10,099 10,794 10,535 10,590 12,483 11,762 12,702 10,817 7,380 7,146 5,066 120,441
Emergency Certificates
958 625 597 561 564 722 885 953 607 450 494 379 7,785
Passport Renewals
4,249 4,010 4,069 3,632, 5,151 4,704 4,862 5,039 4,113 4,708 3,588 3,217 51,342 13
4 15 2127 21 17 33 31 30 10 12 234
Identity certificates
Total
16,287 14,738 15,465 14,749 16,332 17,930 17,526 18,727 15,568 12,568 11,238 8,674 179,802
DEFENCE AND SECU.

ITY AND FOREIGN AFFAIRS
--------------
ਲrizi Intry 15 ਵਿਚ 231 (6)
-tE ਤਹਿਤ
ਬਹੁਤ
Snid 113 13:32 ਤੇ 5 ko
ਈ ਡਰ 38
2 31 enames ਤੇ 21ing fRE T 3ਣੀ ਤਕ DO tusi : 0)
RU ਕਹਾਵ
¤ ਕੈਰRTਤੇ ਅਤੇ 22ai auzaL ਬੱਕ
ਵਾਹਾ 510 ਰੋ E TUH Be ਤੇ swe Bia
ਵਿਨ ਏ ਹੈ ਗblak ) ਤੇ ਹੋ ?

Page 47
DEFENCE AND SECURITY AN
Visit Visas.--Nationals of several countries hav obtaining prior visas for entry into Sri Lanka provi given permission at the port of arrival by an endorsei of a valid passport, an outward ticket, or foreign excł foreignt exchange for their maintenance during the pe
The countries whose nationals have been exempte
Australia Austria U.K. and Colonies Belgium Canada Denmark Eire Federal Republic of Germany Finland France Indonesia Italy Pakistan
SRE Z ZA in FP4
Statistics of foreigners who visited Sri Lanka on Vi given in the table 3-2.
Residence Visas.—AResidence Visa, unlike a Visit foreigner to reside or be employed in Sri Lanka.
The Residence Visas for employment are issued unde visas for employment which were formerly issued on a Nationals are not available for particular posts.
However, the Residence Visas for employment are is if their services are recommended to be very essentia ment schemes implemented under Government poli
The Residence Visas under the “Resident Guest S ments on the conditions to be fulfilled, enabling dist Lanka.
Illicit Immigration.--An organisation for the conti under the immediate command of a Senior Army Off the Police all participate to prevent the entry of illicit i
The organisation covers the entire coast line in the Civil authorities in these areas assist this organisation
This Department of Immigration and Emigration " Combing out Operations " to arrest the illicit immig date.
Indo-Ceylon Agreement.--Under the Indo-Ceylon by the Agreement are to be repatriated to India and Sr. covered by the Agreement on the ratio of 7:4.
The Act No. 14 of 1967 amended by Act No. 43 of 1 citizenship in terms of the provisions of the Agreeme those persons who have been recognised as Indian Citi: matters connected with the implementation of the A

OD FOREIGN AFFAIRS
ve been exempted from the requirement of ded they come as bona fide tourists. They are nent made on their passports, if in possession mange for the purchase of a ticket and sufficient riod of stay in Sri Lanka.
ed are
Talaysia epan
uxembourg he Netherlands Cew Zealand Еorway ingapore
weden witzerland hailand .S. A. epublic of Philippines
sit Visas from January to December 1979 are
Visa, is issued for a longer period to enable a
er the revised Ceylonisation policy. Residence a quota, basis are now issued only if Sri Lanka
-sued to foreigners outside the aforesaid policy, -1 for the execution of socio-economic developcy.
cheme" are also issued, after making amendcinguished foreign personnel to reside in Sri
rol of illicit immigration was set up, which is cer, in which the Army, Navy, Air Force and mmigrants into the Island.
e North from Kalpitiya to Trincomalee. The
n in this difficult task.
a with the assistance of the Police carry out grants who had entered Sri Lanka at an earlier
Agreement of 1964, 525,000 persons covered Lanka citizenship granted to 300,000 persons
1971, provides for the granting of Sri Lanka ht, issuing of Temporary Residence Permits to zens, repatriation of such persons and for other greement.

Page 48
TABLE 3.2 (b)-MONTHLY STATISTICS OF FOREIGNERS VISITING SRI LANKA BY COUNTRY OF ORIGIN--1979
34
Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Total
India and Pakistan
3,596 3,337 3,540 3,652 5,258 3,494 2,863 3,702 3,971 5,026 1,565 1,763 41,757
Other Commonwealth Countries
3,500 3,422 3,157 2,338 2,030 2,099 3,215 3,213 2,591 3,102 3,232 4,960 36,859 23,606 22,295 22,536 14,5866,996 6,750 12,613 15,784 9,555 13,198 21,507 26,083 195,509
Alien
ਝ
Total
30,702 29,054 29,233 20,576 14,284 12,343 18,691 22,699 16,117 21,326 26,294 32,806 274,125
|top B
| Togo |branca
ovat bol | god
DEFENCE AND SECU

ale
cision |
iseinusgille.
TABLE 3.3-MONTHLY PROGRESS OF INDO-CEYLON AGREEMENT
Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
Total
RITY AND FOREIGN AFFAIRS
No. of Repatriats to IndiaPersons come under the Agreement 9281,444 1,928 1,519 1,377 1,774 1,643 1,134 1,503 2,689
03 -
15,942
Natural Increase
353 712 953
740 653 884
794 528 801 1,426
7,852
e || oittauco
To og o Lenoir
| i Larts
No. of Persons Granted Sri Lanka
Citizenship * Persons come under the Agreement
527. 907 1,001 922
A 7121,093
984 609 925 1,432
9,112
Natural Increase
193
384
374
392
303
645
437
525
299
609
4,161

Page 49
DEFENCE AND SECURIT
DEPARTMENT FOR THE REGISTRATION OF PERSON The Department for the Registration of Persons i Persons Act (No. 32) of 1968. All persons over 1 those who are exempted, have to be registered and
Persons entering Sri Lanka who are liable for arrival.
Persons reaching 18 years of age should apply fo years.
The scheme for issuing identity cards to studen ment of Examinations which was initiated in 1 of Examinations has been continued in 1977 and 1 Examination in April and G. C. E. (O. L.) Exami Rs. 2,020,000 have been saved by the parents of th
Statistics relating to applications registered an below:
Process (1) Number of applications received (2) Number of Identity Cards desp;
Students’ Identity Cards Number of applications received Number of Identity Cards issues Revenue (Total) Expenditure (Total)
The discrepancy in the number of identity cards due to the issue of identity cards in respect of appl course of the current year.
Foreign Policy In foreign affairs, Sri Lanka pursues a policy of st Asian or what is popularly known as the Bandung
The directive principles of state policy relating Constitution read : The State shall promote is the establishment of a just and equitable internatio to foster respect for international law and treaty ob
The Government would follow an independ imperialism and Colonialism in all their manifes interference by foreign countries in its domestic
In pursuance of this policy the Government wo principles and objectives as embodied in the U.) peace throughout the world and (b) introduce a nev support to eliminate poverty and its social ills th Support the principles of Non-Alignment as ador

years of age lawfully resident in Sri Lanka, except issued with identity cards.
၁gistration should apply within 6 months of their
= registration before they reach the age ofnineteen
S appearing for examinations held by the Depart75 on a request made by the Commissioner78 in respect of students sitting the G.C. E. (A.L.) aation in August. By this exercise approximately
ese students.
= identity cards issued for the year 1979 are given
1979
.. 189,913 .. 191,937
atched
Tromstudents 1 to students
.. 2,404
2,479 .. Rs. 881,575
Rs. 2,127,573
= issued and the number of applications received is ications received in the preceding year, during the
trict non-alignment which traces back to the Afro
Conference in April, 1955.
to international affairs as outlined in Sri Lanka?s nternational peace, security and Co-operation and -naleconomic and socialorder and shall endeavour aligations in dealing with other nations. ”
=ent foreign policy which would be opposed to tations, The Government would not permit any ၁r external affairs.
nld (1) continue to give unqualified support for the N, and its Agencies in their efforts to (1) p reserve =y International Economic Order(2) Give unstinted =at now characterise the Third World Countries(3) ၁ted at the Bandung Conference.

Page 50
36
DEFENCE AND SECURI
Sri Lanka hosted the first Non-Aligned Sum second summit of the non-aligned countries in l Excellency J. R. Jayewardene, the President of
Diplomatic Relations Sri Lanka is Concurrently accredited to the follo Afghanistan Argentina Australia Austria Bangladesh Belgium tydliad annianingsolaning Brazil
tem-orben talonposa Bulgarian artignifierulan Burma Canada China Cuba Czechoslovakia Denmark Egypt Ethiopia Finland France German Democratic Republic Germany, Federal Republic of Ghana
arodno Greece Guyana
ainda e Holy Sea Hungary India Indonesia Iran Iraq
dissilianses Italy
Sibongiarisii Japan Jordan Kenya Korea, Democratic Peoples Republic of g Korea, Republic of Kuwait Laos Laos cales na CONSULAR CORPS.
Honorary Consuls represent the following coi Austria Belgium insiderata Brazil anos ante Cyprus Denmark Dominican Republicarentinotarsaga Finland Greece Liberia necessitat

Y AND FOREIGN AFFAIRS
mit Conference in Colombo during 1975. At the Lawana in 1978, Sri Lanka was represented by His the Republic.
120 กรัม
5 FTA ก.ย. 2553 wing countries : Lebanon
SI จาก 22 ราย Libya
Malaysia. Mauritius 20านเรา Mexico IMongolia ราย Nepal
Netherlands SSADO 22.2ะบะ New Zealand E2 ระบะ TNigeria การไป 1 สมัย
Norway Pakistan Philippines Poland Portugal Qatar Romania
และมีสรรไกร สัย Saudi Arabia Senegal
รายงานการ Singapore ของรายได้รวม Spain
ได้รฯระบะ Sudan Sweden
การออกแบบ Switzerland
5. ระบะ Syria
Thailand Trinidad and Tobago Turkey Uganda Union of Soviet Socialist Republics United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland United States of America Vietnam Sาน 23 ราย Yugoslavia ปี 2003 Zaire Zambia 12 กันยายน นายธนา
เntries : Mexico Nepal Netherlands ปราการ Norway Peru Spain สร้างกระแสการ Sweden ได้ประสานงาน Turkey ในการ

Page 51
DEFENCE AND SECURITY
OTHER REPRESENTATION Palestine Liberation Organization United Nations Development Programme (UNDP United Nations Information Centre (UNIC) World Food Programme (WFP) United Nations Fund for Population Activities (U United Nations Industrial Development Organizat: United Nations Childrens Funds joita World Health Organization as International Monetary Fund International Bank for Reconstruction and Develo Food and Agriculture Organization Colombo Plan The Norwegian Agency for Development Co-opera
World Tourism Organization
SRI LANKA REPRESENTATION ABROAD INCLUDE THE Australia Bangladesh Belgium Britain Burma Canada China, Peoples Republic of Egypt, Arab Republic of France Germany, Federal Republic of India Indonesia nananali Grimo U Iraq do dolinobatrodamiesia Italysierras IF i Dale Y
HONORARY CONSUL GENERALS, HONORARY CONSU
LANKA IN THE FOLLOWING COUNTRIES Austria Denmark Federal Republic of Germany, Hamburg
West Berlin Munich Thailand New Zealand United States of America, Chicago, Illinois Seattle, Washington
New Orleans, Louisiana CGEE Los Angeles, California vositor Zambia
Hong Kong sa

AND FOREIGN AFFAIRS
37
NFPA) on (UNIDO)dano husoma
denominado en
assoas ei ole sa
pment (World Bank). Solo Deo
.tion (NORAD)
FOLLOWING COUNTRIES
pan enya salaysia ikistan
sabing nilippines
dhat ngapore veden witzerland hailand nited Arab Emirates nited Nations (New York) nited States of America ang isa sa nion of Soviet Socialist Republics nebondenil ugoslavia acestor
ILS AND TRADE COMMISSIONERS REPRESENT SRI
azomreligie
Constantingen af 185
yar einnig nota
siasa angiso o analisis againnisspiegtas anois

Page 52
С НА
POPULATION, VITAL ST
General Estimates of the size and distribution of the poj reasonable accuracy for want of adequate data. estimates of population in ancient times and the * Population of Sri Lanka’ published recently 1 Pacific and are as follows:
Author
Tennent Knighton Pridham Forbes Arunachalam Sarkar
More reliable population data for Sri Lanka is first modern census. Since then, with a few excep at ten-year intervals and the eleventh of the serie: is planned for 1981. In addition to the census d deaths and marriages, etc., are also available fr became compulsory only in 1897. In the carli censuses and compulsory registration was somer accuracy have greatly improved.
Population Growth At the census of 1871 the enumerated population census of 1946 showed a population of 6,657,339 figure. The year 1946 has a special significance In the pre 1946 period even with a substantialofne rate was below 2 per cent, ranging from 0-9 per contrast, the average annual inter-censal growth o
The census of population of 1971 showed a pop mid year population in 1979 was 14,471,000, whi over the previous year.
Migration in the post-1946 period did not co population. The rate of natural increase played t rate of natural increase was not a substantial incr the death rate.

PTER V
ATISTICS AND MIGRATION noteistinu
pulation of ancient Sri Lanka cannot be made with
Various writers in Sri Lanka however, have made se were summed up in the Country Monograph by the Economic Commission for Asia and the
Estimated population
(millions)
17:5
7:5 6.0
5.0 10-0 f8-47 (7-08
available only from 1871 when the country took its tions, Sri Lanka has conducted population censuses s was held in 1971. The next census of population lata on population, the registration data on births, ɔm 1867. Registration of vital events, however er years the reliability of data. both from the vhat dubious though with time both coverage and
was only 2,400,380. In 1931 it was 5,306,871. The indicating an increase of 25.4 percent over the 1931 in the demographic growth patterns of Sri Lanka. t migration, the average annualinter-censal growth cent to 1:7 per cent. In the post-1946 period in f population was over 2 per cent.
ulation of 12,689,897 and the latest estimate of the h amounted to an annual increase of 2:0 per cent
ntribute in a significant way to the growth of 1e major role. The crucial factor in the rise in the case in the birth rate but the spectacular decline in

Page 53
POPULATION, VITAL STAT
The trends in population growth in Sri Lanka ar TABLE 5•1-POPULATION OF SRI LANKA (CEYLON)
ESTIMATES OF THE POPULA
Census year
Populatio
1871
2,400,38 1881 d
2,759,73 1891
3,007,78 1901
3,565,95 1911
4,106,35 1921 euivao
4,498,60 1931
5,306,87 1946
6,657,33 1953
8,097,89 1963
10,582,06 1971
12,689,89
12,861,00 1973
13,091,00 1974
DE , Sos 10
13,284,00 1975
13,496,00 1976 inals
13,717,00 1977 eren ishte 13,942,00 1978
tras 14,190,00 1979 *Goa
14,471,00
1972
TABLE 5.2-INTER-CENSAL INCREASE—BIRTHS, DEA?
Total Period of Inter-censalia Births Deaths
oms increase avait & Bibi sਥੋਂ ਦੇ sqistgz G Sda
1871-1880 1881-1890 1891-1900 1901-1910 1911-1920 1921-1930 1931-1945 1946–1952 1953–1962 1963-1971
359,358
708,150 20
588,3 248,051
836,636
692,3 558,165 1,122,041 896,6 540,396 1,459,618 1,103,4 392,255 1,648,066 1,328,1
808,266 1,946,115 1,289, 1,350,468 3,209,520 1,928, 1,440,556 2,053,420
700, 2,484,169 3,517,929
912, 2,107,833 3,066,461
777,
Note.-Figures from 1946 onwards were adjus and deaths.

STICS AND MIGRATION
39
} given in tables 5:1 and 5·2 IN CENSUS YEARS 1871 TO 1971 AND MID-YEAR TION FROM 1972-1979
Inter-censal
increase
Percentage increase
15:0
9-0 18•6 15-2
u o - u - P U
359,358 248,051 558,165 540,396 392,255 808,266
1,350,468 5-awal 1,440,5560 bod
2,484,169 1,107,833
18-0 25•4 21:6000 30-7lioio 19.9 bis
ya ed
1.8
Õ Õ Õ Õ o
10o
10
230,000 193,000 212,000 221,000 225,000 248,000 281,000
1:5
ao ga 1-6
alios
1:6 Leido 1-6
1:6
1-8 | 2-0
---
CHS, NATURAL INCREASE AND MIGRATION INCREASE
000 Natural increase Migration increase
Number % of Number 3% of
total
estimated total increase
increase
66:7
16
119,792
33:3
239,566 144,260
58:2
103,791
41-8
225,406
40-4
332,759
59.6 356,147
65.9
184,249 34-1 319,410
81-4
72,845
18•6 656,950
81:3
151,316
18:7 04 o 1,280,916 94-8
69,552 5:2 14 1,352,606 92:2
87,950 6-1 76 2,604,953 101·2 - 120,784 -4-9 35 2,288,626 103.7 - 180,793 - 8•6
ed in conformity with the revised data on births

Page 54
40
POPULATION, VITAL :
Mortality The crude death rate has shown a declining trer down from 24:6 per 1,000 population in the pe it was 10-7. The crude death rate showed a ri 14•0 per 1,000 population from the level of 18 spectacular drop in the death rate is often attri control of malaria which had been a major other factors too, such as improvements in the public health consciousness of the people and < also appeared to have contributed to this reduct death rate was almost around 8•5 per 1,000 px declined and reached a figure of 6:5 in 1979.
The infant mortality rate and the maternal mo years. Due to improved and expanded midwi and environmental sanitation, the infant mort births in 1946 to 101•4 in 1947 and was 42:4 in 19 ment of ante-natal care, the maternal mortality 10:6 in 1947 and reached 0:9 in 1976, the lowest le to 1:0 in 1977.
The expectation of life at birth almost doub One of the striking features of the early estimat female mortality over that of males. The Life" in the expectation of life at birth for males over i facilities and changes in the patterns of morta changed and a slight excess of life expectancy for expectation of life at birth for males was 64-2 ye
Causes of Death Improvements in mortality controlachieved duri pattern of causes of death. One of the significar is the decline in deaths due to communicable dise infectious, parasitic and respiratory system disea the Malaria death rate fell from 128•4 per 100,000 improvements have been recorded for disease Typhoid, Influenza, Pneumonia, etc. Deaths due 12:7 per 100,000 polulation to 27•3 in 1965. This diagnosis and the increased coverage of death r same reason would perhaps explain a part of th circulatory system. The death rate due to the population to 91•8 in 1965. There has been ar to early pregnancy, but they still represent a ma
Fertility
While the crude death rate declined rapidly in th the neighbourhood of 40 per 1,000 population i in the birth rate was evident only after 1960. the crude birth rate showed a 12 per cent drop, 1963.
The crude birth rate declined further in 1971
A greater part of the decline in fertility in Sri L of females resulting in a decrease in the proport

TATISTICS AND MIGRATION
during the first half of the present century, moving Cod 1931-35 to 21:4 in the period 1936-40. In 1953 pid decline of 30 percent in 1947 when it dropped to
8 per 1,000 population in the previous year. The buted to the programme of D.D.T. spraying for the health hazard in the country for years. However
medical facilities of the rural areas, increase in the ther welfare measures adopted by the Government, on in the death rate. From 1960s onwards the crude -pulation. By the end of the next decade it further
rtality rate too showed a rapid improvement over the Fery and child care services and improved nutrition ality rate declined sharply from 141 per 1,000 live 79. For the same reasons coupled with the improve- rate fell from 15•5 per 1,000 live births in 1946 to vel ever recorded in Sri Lanka. It moved up slightly
led during the first seven decades of this century. es of life expectancy in Sri Lanka, was the excess of Table for 1900-02 showed an advantage of 2:2 years that of females. With improvements in the medical lity particularly among females, this situation has - females over males was recorded in 1963. In 1971, ars and that for females was 66•7.
ng the past three decades are reflected in the changing It features of the changing pattern of causes of death ases. The death rate per 100,000 population due to ses had declined from 507•3 in 1945 to 90-0 in 1965 ; population to 0-1 during the same period. Similar | such as Tuberculosis of the respiratory system, to cancer however have showed an increase from
may be partly explained by the improvements in the :gistration by medically qualified personnel. The e rise in deaths due to diseases relating to the se causes have increased from 60•6 per 100,000 pid drop in the death rate due to diseases peculiar or cause of death in the country.
2 post 1946 period, the crude birth rate had been in ntil about mid 1950s. A definite declining trend In the inter-censal period between 1953 and 1963 eclining from 38•7 per 1,000 population to 34:1 in
» 30-4 and in 1979 to 28•7 per 1,000 population.
.nka has been attributed to marriage postponement ons married among the younger females.

Page 55
POPULATION, VITAL STATISTI
Marital fertility changed very little between 1953 ar marital fertility rate contributed to about 40 per cent
Age and Sex Composition Because of the high fertility in the past, the populati children showing a broadbased age-pyramid. Child for 39.3 per cent of the total population in 1971 whi group of 65 and above was 4•4.
Accordingly, the age composition of the population Country inspite of the existing high trends in unemployr ratio in 1971 was 70-0 per cent while the dependency ra
Data on the sex distribution in Sri Lanka at all the females in the total population. In 1971, 51:3 per cent male immigration and higher mortality among femal situation. Relative under-enumeration of females ma ratio has declined gradually over the years. In 1871 114-3. It gradually declined to 105•5 in 1975.
According to the registration data the sex ratio at generally over 100. Recent available data on sex-rat female births.
Ethnic and Religious Composition A Census of Population was taken on 9 October, 1971 at this census was 12,689,897 as compared with 10,582 1963. The population increase since the 1963 census y of males enumerated at the 1971 census was 6,531,361 a tage-wise the composition in the total population was I
Tables 5.3 and 5.4 show the population of Sri Lanka
TABLE 5.3-POPULATON OF SRI LANKA (CEYLON) BY E
. THE ESTIMATED POPULA
ਕੁਝ ਵੀ ਪਰ) ਖਤਮ ਕਰ ਲਈ
A1 Ethnic groups and
Low Country Sinhalesenan
Kandyan Sinhalesetiwiteite in dienos Ceylon Tamils
Indian Tamils
Ceylon Moorsteinsson og Indian Moorseese
Burghers and Eurasians
Malays Others ਨੇ ਏ ਸਫ਼ਰ ਤੇਰੀ ਸ਼ਰਦਾ ਹੈ
-

CS AND MIGRATION
41
ad 1963. Between 1963 and 1971 changes in
of the decline.
Lentilaisso say
RO
on of Sri Lanka has a high proportion of ren under the age of 15 years accounted le the percentage of persons in the age
a showed a serious dependency burden to the nent and underemployment. The dependency atio of the older group was 7•7 per cent.
censuses consistantly shows more males than of the total population were males. Selective es were the main factors responsible for this ey also have been a contributory factor. This
the ratio of males per 100 females was
birth varied slightly over the years but has cio give a figure of 104•6 male births per 100
1. The total number of persons enumerated ,064 persons enumerated at the last census of vas 2,107,833 or 19•9 per cent. The number and the number of females 6,158,536. Percenrespectively 51•4 and 48•6 per cent.
a by ethnic group and by religion.
THNIC GROUP AS ON 9TH OCTOBER 1971 AND
TION FOR 1978
1971
1978
Number Percent Number Percent
29:2
12,689,897 100-0 14,190,000 100-0
5,425,780
42:8)
10,402,000 73:30 3,705,461 1,423,981
11:21
E 2,669,000 18-81 1,174,606
9:3 828,304
6:5 978,000 690 27,420
0-2
29,000
·20
45,376
0:4
48,000 43,459
0:3
48,000
·34 15,510 0:1 15,000•11
T-34
ETC Enačban os se

Page 56
44
POPULATION, VITAL
These are issued through the Registrar of N
Population Policy Implementation The Ministry of Plan Implementation is respo implementation. Accordingly a Population tions :
(1) Assist in the formulation of approp
Government. (2) Evaluation of the existing population
impact on population growth and deve (3) Co-ordination of all population activitie
and voluntary organisations such as th munity Development Services, etc., whi
Population Activities. (4) Advising line Ministries on the formua
approving such projects for external fur (5) Direction of research activities in relatie (6) Co-ordination of all UNICEF assisted (7) Co-ordination of all Asia Foundation as:
Fifteen population projects funded by the U by several line Ministries such as health, edi industries and voluntary organisations as the Sri Development Services, etc. These projects W appointed for the purpose and chaired by the S
A Population Information Centre was set up related information to those actively intere in the Country and in the region.
ਪਤਲd Is Guisਟ ਕਰ bpiano miestas
legalanoidan millestrierences rangan balansistorie
ਤ8 ਤੇ ਕਰ ਰਹੈ ਨ ਹੀ a (49) antelor canadienne stala
sig deilaga riniai
ਮਰਚਰਨ ਸRਸ਼ ( ਕਤੇਕ

STATISTICS AND MIGRATION
arriages in various parts of the island. niu na
sible for the formulation of population policy and its ivision has been established with the following func
connons Eate population policies for consideration by the
-olicies to determine their short-term and long-term Lopment.
that are being implemented by various line Ministries
Sri Lanka Family Planning Association, the Comch are being funded by the United Nations Fund for
tion of population projects for external funding and ding. m to population and family planning. Det er country programmes. sisted projects. Sodraetere bil
NFPA have been implemented during the year 1979 acatiion, higher education, state, labour, plantation
Lanka Family Planning Association, the Community were co-ordinated by a steering committee specially Secretary, Ministry of Plan Implementation.
> in June 1979 with a view to providing population sted and engaged in population activities both
bhris aureisendeix als singles moinsotische zooterinariamento do
estationerna ministro
article is gilerine
die inligte derd aangenisanan attesaagiciandonnina

Page 57
С НАРТЕ 1
THE NATIONAL
Review of the Past
When Sri Lanka gained independence in 1948, one of authorities was the disparity between the subsistence sector of the economy. Early development strategie trated on the upliftment of the subsistence sector. noted that earnings from the major exports (tea, rut meet the requirements of the rapidly increasing por standards.
The Government attempted to solve the problem placed on the diversification of the economy. The 1 fifties and sixties had as their main theme, the diversi rural sector, removal of social barriers which impaire Thus a general effort towards development commencei welfare measures such as free education and health se
The diversification efforts through industrial devel exchange control measures which had to be taken by the erosion of foreign exchange. These measures wh export markets for tea, rubber and coconut, emphasis tries to develop both in the State sector (through numb sector. In spite of the program for the modernisatic the industrialisation policy based on import substitu seventies. Sri Lanka, being a small country, could not ing into the export ħarket.
The modernisation of the agricultural sector was a organised cheap credit facilities and fertiliser at subsic the State for paddy and several other minor food cro potatoes. These prices were increased over time to Co-operative system was re-organised to make these pu ble rent payments were among welfare measures for Paddy Lands Act of 1958. The paddy acreage itsel schemes and improved irrigation facilities.
* The plantation sector was not neglected. To help t for replantation schemes. Although the total acreag years the replantation schemes helped increase produc available at subsidised prices. Modernisation of tea e Asian Development Bank during recent years.
In spite of these efforts, the country met with only lin continued adverse market trends for major exports since items, increased capital requirements for intermedia country had to choose between two alternatives which
The first was to allow imports and exports to flow rela high tariffs), allowing market forces to determine the including the value of the Sri Lanka rupee. Market f 4-A 60689

Igazionale
ECONOMY
the main areas which drew the attention of the agricultural sector and the modern plantations s, soon after independence, therefore concen
While dealing with this problem, it was also ber and coconut) were no longer sufficient to ulation and new aspirations as regards living
in a number of ways. Strong emphasis was budgets of successive Finance Ministers in the fication of the economy, modernisation of the
d increased production in the rural sector, etc. 1. In addition, the Government also introduced rvices, subsidised food, etc.
ppment were aided by a series of import and
the Government from the late fifties to arrest ich were precipitated by adverse trends in the ed the necessity for import substitution indusper of industrial corporations) and in the private on of the agricultural sector, the limitations of tion became clear by the late sixties and the forge aheadin industrialisation without break
ttempted through various means. The State lised prices. Guaranteed prices were paid by IS such as pulses, cereals, onions, chillies and over up increases in production costs. The 'chases. Better security of tenure and reasonatenant farmers that were provided under the
was increased with the help of colonisation
his sector, the Government provided subsidies s either remained static or declined over the tivity of the lands. Fertilizer was also made states was aided through assistance from the
ited success in its development efforts. The
mid-fifties, increases in the prices of imported e and consumption goods meant that the were open to it.
vely freely (with selective restrictions through quantum and prices of imports and exports :ces may also determine local activities with

Page 58
46
THE NAT
the Government intervening in only very fewc
mically weak sectors. The second alternativ the Government in the highly developed and
Excepting for the period 1965 to 1970 and a day since 1956 until July 1977 were inclined Government gradually built up controls on the Through aumber of trading Corporations t tually had the sole monopoly of all imports t operative system also helped the Government items in the local market. Aided by a series lesser extent other crops) and consequantlyt
Government.
Government control over foreign trade, to to rationalise export cargo and negotiate at transport of cargo to and from Sri Lanka by The controls on imports and stagnant expo have much scope for development. The exis became wornout.
Controls were also imposed over banking State banks (The Bank of Ceylon and the F (foreign) banks were restricted from opening n financial institutions such as the National S The Agricultural and Industrial Credit Corpo The Insurance Corporation was given the mo
In the field of transportation, the railwayo Bus services were nationalised in 1958 and h substantial portion of goods haulage by roa view of the serious foreign exchange difficulti by the private operators was almost negligi also made by the Government Trading Corp
Postal and Telecommunication facilities ha and Telecommunications Department. Sri 1978. Radio broadcasts have been oper:
Corporation.
The construction industry saw the growi Works Department was split into two orga large volume of building activities througho which has specialised in large building constri over by the Department of Highways which i The State Development and Construction 1 construction works in the irrigation and wa Organization undertook minor construction
The introduction of free education and hea referred to. Over the years, the State has t all levels. With the exception of a few privati sity of Sri Lanka too has changed from an au school examinations, including entrance to Examinations. The different campuses of th
University.*
* These Campuses now function as separat

IONAL ECONOMY
rucial areas to guide development and help the econo: was to resort to controls and direct participation by related activities.
brief 3 months spell in 1960, the Governments of the o follow the second alternative. Over the years, the imports and flow of foreign exchange out of the country. Le Government also became a direct importer and vir» the country. These trading Corporations and the coto exert considerable impact over the distribution of of land reforms, the plantations (especially tea and to a ne export trade, has come under the influence of the
gether with the creation of the Central Freight Bureau tractive freight rates contributed substantially in the the State owned vessels of the Shipping Corporation. rts meant that the Government owned ports did not ting equipment was somewhat neglected and gradually
; and the insurance systems in the country. The two People's Bank) expanded considerably while the other lew accounts. Savings and other development-oriented avings Bank, The Development Finance Corporation,
rationalso came into existence and gained importance. inopoly over all insurance business. ontinued to be operated as a Government department. ave been managed by the Ceylon Transport Board. A d remained in the hands of private lorry owners. In es however, the number of new lorries imported for use
ble. Some in-roads into goods haulage business was prations and the Co-operatives. e ve been provided by the Government through the Posts Lanka has not commenced any television services till ated through the State owned Sri Lanka Broadcasting
h of the State sector organisations. The old Public nizations—the Buildings Department which handles a ut the country and the State Engineering Corporation actions. Work on highways and bridges have been taken loes the designing, supervision and control of payments, Corporation, dealt with major road works and other er supply sectors and the Territorial Civil Engineering s in all these activities. lth services as part of welfare measures has already been -ken over the responsibility of providing education at schools, all the schools are State owned. The Univeronomous to a semi-autonomous body. All important the University are conducted by the Department of University conduct their own examinations within the
- Universities.
Ouvosllks. cum

Page 59
THE NATIONAL EC
Development since July 1977 The above summarises the tempo of development acti the Government has been involved in the economic ac power in July, 1977, realised the difficulties of making i The ill-effects of the stringent controls were not only { in the administration which had to enforce such contr areas where the State was directly involved in econo1 of inefficiency. These inefficiencies which grow wit State enterprises contributed to shortages and high co Under the prevailing conditions, at the time neither tl capable of absorbing the increasing work force.
The extent of subsidies on food items (even to those tion patterns, reduced the resources available to th acted as disincentives to increased food production. consumer items (including a number of food items) y advantage of the situation were making fortunes as (including foreign exchange) multiple prices were pr
There was thus a situation that called for quick rer The first was to bring back the market forces more into measures. The second one was to have further contro economic system. As the second path was somewha the Government, it thus decided to pursue the first cou
For a country which has gone through stringent con of Sri Lanka, liberalisation had to be carefully be plan cheap for many purposes. During recent years, mor quite considerably. Prior to liberalisation, action had of the money supply into longer-term deposits, thus leav tion. Towards this end, the Government introduced deposits scheme through the National Savings Bank w circles as was expected.
The multiple exchange rates which were prevailing ha be in keeping with the relative supply and demand cor exchange market. This was achieved through the new in November 1977. Negotiations with the IMF and 1 to the Rupee if any unforseen run on the currency were trends for major domestic exports in 1976 continued i
widened due to a substantial rise in the import bill an there was a recourse to foreign resources as part of the n
In spite of all these, liberalisation had to be done in s some 130 luxury items, have been relaxed. The custo revised, partly to collect increased revenue to the Gover sities at the expense of luxuries.
The limitations in the policy of industrialisation thi discussed. In order to make further progress in ind generation of employment opportunities, the Governm This has been achieved through the Greater Colombo As at end of 1979, a total of 92 projects have been appro sing Zone of the Commission representing 25 countries

DNOMY
wity since independence and the extent to which tivities. The new Government which came to much headway under the prevailing conditions. evident in the stagnant private sector but also ol measures over a long period of time. Even nic activities, there was a considerable degree h the monopolistic position of a number of -sts of production and hence spiralling prices. e State sector nor the private sector seemed
who were able to pay) distorted the consumpe Government for development work and
On the other hand there were other essential where the producers and distributors taking a result of scarcity. In a number of cases evailing.
nedial measures. Two paths were available. the picture through a package of liberalisation ols and more towards a truly centrally planned t contrary to the basic political philosophy of rse of action.
trols for so long a time-period as in the case ned. It was noted that capital was relatively iey supply in the country had also increased
to be taken to withdraw as much as possible ing lesss to be spent on imports after liberalisa( in August 1977) the new high-yielding term hich created a chain reaction in the financial
d to be unfited at realistic levels which would ditions for diffeerent currencies in the foreign parity rates and the floating Sri Lanka Rupee riendly developed countries ensured support to take place, Fortunately, the favourable n 1977 and in 1978. Though the trade gap 1 a moderate increase in domestic exports ew economic strategy.
tages. The import control on all, excepting ns tariffs on imports and exports have been iment and partly to enhance reliefs on neces
pugh import substitution have already been Istrialisation, diversification of exports and ent decided to demarcate a Free Trade Zone. Economic Commission Law No. 4 of 1979. ed under the Katunayake Investment Procesand an investment of US $ 170 million.

Page 60
48
THE NAT
As a step towards the reduction of the cons ment has withdrawn the subsidies in the case month. The Food Stamps Scheme introduced with the grovernment's policy of mobilizing development instead.
Self-sufficiency in rice has been one of Sri I period. With a view to achieving this early a early as possible, the Government has decide the UNDP/FAO Master Plan of 1968. Acco Programme, the original plan (which was ex) modified for implementation during the five when completed would help irrigate approx million kilowatt hours of hydro-electric ener The total investment involved has since been e Sri Lanka currency.
The previous section outlines the main econ has set about to satisfy these aspirations and the new Government in July 1977. This se
during recent years.
Gross Domestic Product The Gross Domestic Product at constant( 196 Rs. 14,548•8 million in 1979 as compared wi At constant (1963) prices therefore these ma 8•0 per cent in 1979 and 1978 respectively. corresponding annual growth rates of 4:3 an * Table 6·1gives sector-wise distribution of th change over the four year period ending 197 TABLE 6:1-SECTOR-WISE DISTRIBUTION
PERCENTAGE CHANGES ov
Sector
1976
619.2
1. Agriculture, Livestock,
Fisheries
3,573-7 2. Mining and Quarrying
205•7 3. Manufacturing 1,549-2 4. Construction 5. Electricity and Gas
104•1 6. Transport and Communication 1,396:2 7. Wholesale and RetailTrade 1,997:9 8. Banking and Insurance
194: Ownership of Dwelling 10. Public Administration and
Defence
561: 11. Services
1,393•2
518:7
als reino
13,113•
Note: The figures prior to 1979 are based
* Provisional.

IONAL ECONOMY
umer food subsidy, from January, 1978, the Governof those families with income of over Rs. 300. per 1 in September 1979 saw a radical change in keeping resources used earlier for subsidies, for purposes of
Lanka's major agricultural objectives for a quite long and to make maximum use of the Mahaweli water as d to expedite the implementation of the proposals in rding to the accelerated Mahaweli River Development pected to be implemented in 30 years) has now been
year period 1978-1982. This multi-purpose project imately one million acres and generate about 2,000 gy from an installed capacity of about 500 megawatts. estimated as being of the order of Rs. 22,550 million in
iomic aspirations of the country, how the Government what major changes took place since the formation of ection attempts a quantitative review of the economy
3) prices as based on the revised series of estimates was th the figure of Rs. 13,645•0 million recorded for 1978. Lgnitudes represent rates of growth of 6:6 per cent and
These rates were also substantially higher than the od 3·6 per cent recorded in 1977 and 1976 respectively. ne G. D.P. at constant (1963) prices and also percentage
OF THE G. D.P. AT CONSTANT (1963) PRICES AND VER THE PRECEDING YEAR
(Rs. Million)
Percent Change
1977 1978 1979* 1976 1977 1978 1979*
3,757:1 3,915.1 4,051-7 0•5 5•1 4-2 e 3:5
141-8 I 225.4 280-6 33•8 - 31:1 59.0 24:5 1,604:3 1,648.3 1,704:7 -1-0 3-6 2:7 3-4 594.1 706.2 870-160 - 4•1 18:9 23.2
106·2 121.8 134:7 5.8 20 14:7 10:6 1,507:2 1,673·3 1,725.4 9:9 e 8.0 11-0 3-1 - 2,120-8 2,399.4 2,623.6 4:4 6:2 13.1 9:3
211:1- 242:5 266.7 4:18:7 14:9 10-0 584.1 604-9 626-1 2-0 12:6 3-6 3.5
580-3 623.5 619.4 8•7 3-3 7•4 — 1,424•5 1,484.6 1,646-4 4-0 2-2 4-2 10-9
- 13,631-5 13,645-0 14,548-8 3:6 4:3 8-0 6:6
on the revised series of estimates.

Page 61
THE NATIONAL
The rate of increase in output of the agriculture increases recorded in the preceding two years. The this sector from 4:2 per cent to 3•5 per cent in 1979. attributed to a decline in the output of minor food crop associated with the policy of building up ‘ buffer sto chillies, onions, etc, as a means of stabilising domestic
* A detailed analysis of the main components of chan constant (1963) prices, showed that while there had be and paddy and fairly marked increases were recorde the order of 30•6 and 18•1 per cent respectively. T production despite favourable prices.
Adverse weather conditions affected overall agric during the latter part of the year. Thus paddy produc Maha season of the cultivation year 1978/79 decline conditions of drought resulting in a moderate incr preceding cultivation year.
Relatively high levels of production were maintaine turing, electricity and gas respectively. The appr of construction (23 per cent) while the rate of expansi manufacturing and under electricity and gas respect construction and manufacturing has been mainly due the severallead projects of the Government's investmen during the years 1978 and 1979. The result of the libera bility of imports associated with the Government's e economic activity in the trading and services sectors w 11 per cent and 9-3 per cent been recorded for these tw
Private Consumption Expenditure Private consumption expenditure at current market pi the 1978 figure. The pattern of consumption expendi ing year with food accounting for 56•5 per cent, a decl expenditure per capita increased from Rs. 2,190 to Rs per cent over the preceding year.
Table 6-2 gives the components of private consumpt
Capital Formation Atcurrent prices there was an increase of approximate Formation in 1976 and an increase of approximately important investment component rose sharply howev representing an increase of approximately 104-0 per ce of Rs. 14,532 million, an increase of about 53 per cent

ECONOMY
49
sector fell below the average annual levels of ze was thus a decline in the rate of expansion in
The uneven performance in this sector may be es which was partly due to market disincentives ck', imports of subsidiary food items such as e prices for the consumer.
ges in the agriculture sector of the G. D. P.at een modest increases in output of tea, coconut d in the livestock and fisheries sub-sectors of There was only a marginal decrease in rubber
ultural production during 1979, in particular stion which reached an all-time peak during the d sharply during the Yala due to the adverse rease in the total output of paddy over the
d in the key sectors of construction, manufac eciably high rate of increase was in the field on seems to have been moderately high under tively. The increased level of activity under to the impact of higher levels of investment in at programmes which have gathered momentum alization of the economy and the greater availaeconomic reforms have caused a buoyancy in rith rates of annual increases of approximately
o sectors during the year under review.
rices showed an increase of 33•4 per cent over ture was somewhat similar to that in the precedine of 2:6 per cent over 1978. Consumption . 2,808 in 1979, an increase of Rs. 618 or 28:4
tion expenditure at current market prices.
ly 26 per cent in the total of Gross Fixed Capital
4 per cent in 1977. The magnitude of this er to the figure of Rs. 9,481.5 million in 1978 ent, while in 1979 it rose further to the figure
over the preceding year.

Page 62
TABLE 6:2-PRIVATE CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURE BY OBJECT AT CURRENT MARKET PRICES
Rs illion
As Percent of total
Object
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979*1975 1976 1977 1978 1979*
1. Food
2. Beverages
3. Tobacco
4. Clothing
5. Rent
6. Fuel and light
7. Furniture
13,796•013,933•1 16,308:018,356:722,972•8 63:36343 63•359:156•5 593•8 612•། ། 510:6
1,148:21,850227 2:7 2:03:74:6
1,281:2 1,150:61,507:3
1,692:62,245:2 5:9 5:25:9 5:4 5:5
1,442:6 1,6877 1,776•0
2,081:8 2,739:36:6 7:6 6:96:76:7
697-0 707-0 719•4
841:71,645-93:23:2 2•8 2:7 4•1
438.9 502•6 439-1 5208 802:5 2:0
2:21.71:72:0
345-4 407:5
576:1
1:|:669:21,021:21:61:82:22:12:5
ཀྱི་
THE NATI

IONAL ECONOMY
8:5
8. Household operation 9. Personal care and Health Services 10. Transport and Communication 11. Recreation and Entertainment 12. Miscellaneous services 13. Expenditure abroad of residents 14. Less-expenditure of non-residents
304-7394-7 449.1 570-2878-2 1-4 1-8 1-7 18 2:2 273•0 277.9 383-1 5285 721•4 1-3 1:2 1:5
1-8
1,407-0 1,565•7 1,777•1
2,523-4 3,450-4 6-5 7-0 6-9 8•1
640-8 637•6
899:5
1,288•4 1,398•62:9 229 3-5 4-2 3-4
761-3 704-1
875•9
1,144-4 1,423•3 3•5 3•1 3-4 3-7 3.5
60-0 75.0 91:0 597:2
684-0 0-2 0-3 0-4 1-9 17
250-0 332•4 566:3
887.5 1,203•6 1:1 1:42:22:8 3-0
Private Consumption expenditure
21,791•7 22,323•2 25,745.9 31,075•6 40,629-4 100-0 1000 1000 1000 100-0
Note: The figures prior to 1979 are based on the revised series of estimates. * Provisional.
Toen
Tid
E

Page 63
TABLE 6:3-GROSS DOMESTIC FIXED CAPITAL FORMATION AT CURRENT PRICES
Rs. Million
Percent Change
1975 1976 1977 1978
1979* 1976 1977 1978 1979*
2.545.7 3,108•23,422-0 6,914•9 10,662•5 22•1 101 1021 542 994-1 1,367.2 1,225•3
2,566•63,898•5 37•5 - 10-4 109.5 51-9
I. Type of purchaser
(a) Private sector
(6) Public sector II. Type of capital asset
(a) Land
(6) Dwellings (C) Non-residential buildings (d) Other construction (e) Transport equipment () Machinery and other equipment
(8) Other durables III. (a) Private sector (type of capital asset)
Planting and Replanting Building and other construction
I ES i liialli,
I ag Eag Til I i i 1 ivil,
391.1 523•7 a 463•6 764•4787•1 33·9 -11:5 64•9* 3•0 1,543•1 2,002:3 2,051•8 2,683•5
4,657:7 29•8 2:5 30•8 73•6
303.8 257.3
2 306•5
655.3
761•1 - 15-3 19•1 113•8 16:1
407.0 523•3 663•7 2,192•6 3,171•9 28•6
26•8 230-4
44•7 894•8 1,168.8 1,161:7 2,943:55,109-0 30-6-0•6 153.4 73•6 --
242:2 |-
--81•3
2,545•7 3,108-2 3,422•0
6,914-9 10,662:5 —
190-8 102•8 108-8 1374
178•8 - 46-15•8 26:3 30-1
1.367-6 1.780-7 1.831-3 2.400.0
3.438•0 30-2 2-8 311433
THE NATIONAL

LUIGILID. ALI OVAAL
ECONOMY
Heavy Machinery and equipment Other machinery and equipment
Transport equipment A Locally manufactured machinery (Public sector (type of capital asset) Land
Dwelling Other construction Transport equipment Machinery and other equipment Other durables
Juozaitiota silazne
Ez 60 ਤੋਂ Daha
Daorsion
275.3
333•2
222.9
155.9
994-1
200-3
175•5
303-8
184•1
130•4
308•5
521-6
271-4
123•2
1,3672
420-9
221•6
257:3
251-9
215-5
306•7 1,182.0
519.9
1,218•0
493-5
1,8220
161-8
155•5
1,225-3
2,566•6
354-8
627-0
220-5
283•5
306-5
655-3
170•2
3706
173•3
388•0
242:2
2,195·9 12:1-0-6 285.4 85-8 2,104.1 56•5 - 0-4 134.3 72-8 2.490.9 21-8 81.8 269.2 36•7
254-8 -21-0 31-3 -3.9 63•9 3,869•5 -
608.3 110-1 -157 76•7 - 3-0 1,219•7 26•3-0-5 28-6 330-2
761-1 -15·3 19.1 113.8 161 681-0 36•8 – 32.4 117.7 83-8 5542 65·3 -19-6 123.9 428 45:2
-81-3
57
|S:40, 3
Total fixed Capital formation
3,539•8.
4,475•4H 4,647•39,481•5 14,532-0 26:4 38 1040533
I daoine
The figures for the period prior to 1979 are based on the revised series. * Provisional.
51

Page 64
52
THE N
It is noteworthy that in the recent two yea place at almost the same high levels in both
Balance of Payments The foreign exchange problems and the co mid-fifties have already been referred to. A summary of external transactions during also depicts the extent and nature of foreign
TABLE 6:4.
1. Exports of goods and non-factor servic
(a) Merchandise F. O. B.
(b) Other
2. Factorincome from the restofthe world
3. Current transfers from the rest of the wor
Current receipts from the rest of the
4. Imports of goods andnon-factor services
(a) Merchandise C. I. F.
(6) Other
5. Factorincome to restoftheworld
Current transfers to the rest of the world
Current payments to the rest of the wor
Current account su
Net long-term capi
Bal
The balance of payments position during 19 reforms that were introduced in 1977. The lib tic productivity and achieving an export-orie
On account of an immediate increase in de economic activity and with a substantial rise in account more than doubled to the figure of I

CATIONAL ECONOMY
rs the rates of expansion in capital investment have taken the public and private sectors.
nsequent difficulties the country has undergone from the Foreign trade has been discussed in a separate chapter. the period 1976 to 1979 is presented in Table 6°4 which i exchange problem in the recent past.
EXTERNAL TRANSACTIONS
(Rs. Million)
1976
1977
1978
1979
5,317•1 7,460•6 14,835•0 17,660-2 4,707-3
6,640-0 13,206•5 15,282:0
609.8
820-6 1,628:52,378:2
32:8
1026 313.8 614•5
111 118
rld
600-6
679.1 1,509.8 3,174:1
world
5,950•5
8,242.9 16,658:6 21,448-8
5,744-0 6,653•5 16,872:2 23,969:2 5,416:6 6,290-0 15,600-0 22,570-0
327.4
363•5 1,272:2 1,399-2
203•0 256•0 550.7 854•0
53·3
67.3
267:7
181:5
6,000-3 6,976•8 17,690-6 25,004:7
rplus
-49:8 1,266-1 -1,032:0 – 3,555-9 609.9 563.2 2,640-0 3,304-2
tal
ance
560-1 1,829.3 1,608-0
- 251:7
179 has to a large extent been influenced by the economic eralization of imports hadits sequelin increasing domesanted economic growth.
:mand for imports attributable to accelerated domestic nimport prices, the current trade deficit on merchandise Rs. 7,288 million during 1979.

Page 65
THE NATIONAL 1
Import payments on merchandise items rose sharpl million as compared with a 30 per cent increase in 197
NTFSiria
The increase in import payments in 1979 as in the pi diate and investment goods, viz. machinery equipment and this was closely related to the programmes of lar
momentum during the year. The performance of the Outcome, particularly as regards Sri Lanka's tradition
A Though appreciable increases were recorded in the s from abroad the higher trade gap contributed to an unpi
million in 1979. The overall position was a basic bale by a substantial increase in net long-term capital inflov
The value of the Sri Lanka Rupee has maintained its : in the foreign exchange market though it depreciater
Sterling and the Japanese Yen.
ana ingens

CONOMY
53
during the year by 37 per cent to Rs. 22,570
sezos cceding year was mainly in regard to intermetransport equipment, building materials,etc., ge-scale domestic investment which gathered export sector belied expectations with a poor al export crops.
ervices Account Surplus and in net transfers ecedentedcurrent account deficit of Rs.3555:9 nce of Rs. 251:7 million. This was possible
Ssena stability during 1979 against the U.S. Dollar I against other major currencies viz. Pound
apartenarionisme
na ito
canadischen air
aralan ana ing
nalai

Page 66
с н
LAND )
The two agencies which are responsible for t Commissioner's Department and the Land Ordinance (No. 19) of 1935 and the Crown ] the Land Commissioner. Provision of ba establishing new communities is a function of
Significant changes have taken place in stat to rationalise land use and for purposes of adopted by the government in this regard wer of 1979 (6) Physical Survey of encroachmen of the Land Grants (Special provisions Act Land (adjudication) procedures by amendin
Land Settlement The Land Settlement Department's chief fun at the disposal of the State. Under the Lan investigated and settled if there is evidence t for about 15 years or more, and if there is ev as private individuals are benefited by the wo Land Settlement Ordinance determines whic on whom settlements are made have indefea obtaining of loans and credit from lending i Kurunegala, Amparai, Nuwara Eliya, Ratnaj pura, Puttalam, Batticaloa, Kegalle and Mat
PARSI3
Since the inception of this Department an and 1.5 million heactares are in different stag
Land Commissioner's Department The Land Commissioner's Department has schemes of the government. The principal are :
(a) Sale of State Lands (Special Provision: (6) The Land Development Ordinance, N
No. 16 of 1969; (C) Crown Lands Ordinance, No. 8 of 19.
The Land Development Ordinance and s State lands to peasants and other citizens a lands alienated fall within the following cate
(1) Village expansion projects ; (2) Major colonization projects ; (3) Highland colonization projects ; (4) Youth settlement projects ; (5) Middle class projects.

PTER VII
EVELOPMENT
e implementation of state land policies are the Land Development Department. The Land Development ands Ordinance (No. 8) of 1947 are administered by ic amenities and the necessary infra-structure for the Land Development Department.
· land strategy since July 1977 adopting new measures national planning. Important among new measures : (a) State Lands (Recovery of Possession) Act (No.7) S on State Lands at the district level (c) Introduction
No. 43) of 1979 (d) Expeditious Settlement of State ; the Land Settlement Ordinance.
ction is the settlement of title to land presumed to be a Settlement Ordinance, claims of persons to land are hat the land had been in possession of the claimants vidence of continuous cultivation. Both state as well ork of the department. A Settlement Order under the h lands indisputably belong to the state, and persons sible title to their lands--a title which makes easy in nstitutions. Settlement activities were carried out in pura, Moneragala, Vavuniya, Trincomalee, Anuradhacale districts.
extent of 3•0 million hectares have been finally settled ges of settlement.
as its main function the alienation land under various ordinances administered by the Land Commissioner
-) Law, No.43 of 1973;
0. 19 of 1935, Land Development (Amendment) Act,
ale of State Lands Law provide for the disposition of f Sri Lanka to foster agricultural development. The gories. Settlement Projects viz :-

Page 67
LAND DEVEL
There are 54 youth schemes covering an extent of 7 Subsidiary food crops, paddy, vegetables, passion fru in these schemes.
en analisis na Land Surveys
No land can be alienated or otherwise dealt with by and demarcated by the Survey Department.
Records of systematic triangulation in Sri Lanka beş on the west coast in 1857 and the subsequent survey c
The earliest recorded levels were taken in 1865, the based on data at five tidal stations. Since then prir out providing the level net work for the Engineerin The Survey Department also carried out Engineering: Surveys, Air Surveys, Town Surveys, Resource Sui Surveys besides producing miscellaneous maps and
Agricultural Base Mapping Project.--The Agricu provide such information relevant to the utility of lan on the scale of 1: 10,000 and 1: 50,000 scales and tt
The project is a land mark in the history of the Sui magnitude covering the entire island was attempted the sclae of 1 inch to 1 mile (1 : 63,360) now in use
was commenced in 1897 and was accomplished by field by 12 topographical maps which hitherto were the t large scale development projects. The need for larg specific projects was met in a sporadic manner by the engineering agencies. The greater need for larger sca of such maps in the context of accelerated developm project is financed by the U.S. Agency for Internati 45 million to the Government of Sri Lanka and loc 2:2 million.
Agricultural mapping has several long-term object (a) Maximising food production on lands presen
would be provided through the maps and phot (b) Development of major plantation industries lil
information of the existing plantation. This to-date photographs and maps and further, a
identified. (C) Identifying and preparing feasibility reports
budget scheme presently suffers serious set b is identified till feasibility studies are complet of the maps availabe on a national scale The project would provide the necessary informati thus eliminate undue delay now being exper
necessary in identifying a larger number of pro (d) The wealth of information available in the a
and administrators in development activities. (e) About 60 per cent of all productive agricultural
in extent and therefore agricultural developme towards improving the small holding sector. maps in which land use data of corresponding

PMENT
55
854 hectares and settled among 4,425 youths t, tea, cinnamon and cardamom are cultivated
the Government unless it has been surveyed
man with the measurement of a base at Negombo fa net work of triangulation.
average determination of mean sea level being nary and secondary levelling has been carried g Surveys undertaken in parts of Sri Lanka. Surveys, Block topographical and Demarcation veys, Land Development and Land Reform diagrams.
tural Base Mapping Project endeavours to dof the entire country through maps provided arough aerial photographs.
-vey Department in that an endeavour of this
after 1925 when the topographical maps on was completed. The topographical mapping I methods. The entire country is now covered basic maps for identifying and planning most er scale maps for feasibility studies of smaller department, on request made by the respective le maps at very short notice and the importance ient prompted initiation of this project. The onal Development in a sum of U.S. Dollars. al funds to the value of about U.S. Dollars.
ives related to the overall national goals. tly under cultivation as land use information ographs of this project. ke tea, rubber, and coconut requires classified information could be generated through upreas for future development could also be
of land based projects under the decentralise ick due to delay from the time a project d. This is mainly because of the inadequacy
maps that would be produced through this on in preparing feasibility reports and would enced. It would also provide information jects both agricultural and industrial.
rial photographs could be used by planners
land units in Sri Lanka are less than 2 hectares nt inputs need be directed to a greater extent This will be possible through the 1: 10 000 nagnitude would be highlighted.

Page 68
56
LAND
Irrigation Department Following the winding up of the TCEO in Ap the development of water resources other tha
ment Board and the River Valleys Developm of the existing irrigation schemes, lift irrigat Irrigation Department.
Exploration and utilization of ground wat which were undertaken by the department ar
A heavy responsibility has been placed on All activities on irrigation and drainage, incl which were handled by the TCEO have been
River Valleys Development Board The River Valleys Development Board conce accelerated Mahaweli Programme. The mai units, Maduru Oya, Ulhitiya and the Victori
Kalawewa.--In an area of 16,000 hectares, irrigation. Earth work and rock excavation
major structures were completed.
Maduru Oya.--The Board undertook prelim cubic metres of rock excavation on steep sloj were also being done by the Board A road f. tunnel were constructed.
Ulhitiya.--The Board undertook the con Development Board. An extent of 24 hect 4,000 cubic metres of top soil removed. At Agala-Oya were constructed.
Victoria Dam Site.--The Board constructed built across the Mahaweli river close to the s
Walawe Project. In addition to the work continued the development of the Walawe Pi
A total of 364 hectares were provided with i the total irrigated acreage cultivated in the W
The Board also continued civil works at V been constructed at Embilipitiya. In the 1 Nakulugamuwa, Meddamulla and Sippikula
Metres of internal roads were constructed. in the Wellawaya electorate.
Fish breeding ponds for inland pisciculture of Fisheries.
Central Engineering Consultancy Bureau The Central Engineering Consultancy Bureau Act (No. 49) of 1957 on 10 April, 1973, by th purposes of :-
(a) The preparation of the feasibility and
and multipurpose irrigation, flood co projects ;

DEVELOPMENT
11978, the responsibility of all works connected with I those under the purview of the Mahaweli Developnt Board, all drainage schemes and the maintenance
and drainage schemes have been entrusted to the
r potential in the dry Zone and wind power studies
now handled by the Water Resources Board.
the department, since the TCEO was wounded up. ding those taken up under the decentralized budget, taken over by the Irrigation Department.
ntrated its resources in the development work of the i areas of work were at Kalawewa in the H4 and H5 ! Project.
8,000 hectares were jungle cleared, for provision of I in 12:9 Kilo Metres of main channel including 33
linary work at the Dam site and approximately 25,000 bes had been completed. Internal roads in the area com Maduru Oya to the " inlet portal" of the link
.struction of the Ulhitya Dam for the Mahaweli tares along the dam site were jungle cleared, and Ulhitiya a road from Girandu Kotte to Bathalayaya -
a the access road to the dam site and a bridge is being cite. in the accelerated Mahaweli Programme, the Board Foject. rrigation in both banks of the Walawe river, bringing alawe Project to 12,141 hectares. Falawe and adjacent areas. A hospital complex has Pangaile electorate 25 houses were constructed at m. At Kolonne 80 Kilo Metres of main and 8 Kilo Further 48 Kilo Metres of roads were reconditioned
vere constructed and handed over to the Department
vas established under the State Industrial Corporation e Minister of Irrigation, Power and Highways for the
detail project reports, plans and estimates for single atrol and power projects and similar engineering

Page 69
LAND DEVEL
(b) Carrying out investigations, studies and res
reports ; (C) Preparation of construction drawings and sug
at (a) above; (d) Training of engineering and technical person
The Bureau is reimbursed by the clientele on subm.
Apart from consultancy services afforded unde handled by Bureau during the year 1979 were :-
Bowatenne Project.--The bowatenne Power Proj requirements of the country's power demand and to
The complex which has been sited on the left ba from the already constructed Bowatenne Reservoii through an independent irrigation tunnel.
The water in the power tunnel would be emptied i down stream of the dam after the generation of powe along the Elahera-Minneriya Yoda Ela for irrigation
The estimated cost of construction of the project is
The rehabilitation of work damaged by the Novei civil work on the power plants has been completed.
Canyon Project.-The Canyon Power Project is loca from Maskeliya on the road to Sri Pada. The Proj of the Hydro power resources of the Maskeli Oya va
The technical report for the project was prepared by in 1976 and in the same year a cabinet directive w: to implement the project. The Asian Development the project and an agreement between the Sri Lan! Bank was signed in November 1977 for a special oper million U.S. dollars.
The Bureau entered into an agreement with the engineering consultancy services in respect of plannin of contracts on the project. Sir William Halcrow a advisory consultants.
The power plant of the project will obtain its water an active capacity of 88,000 acres feet already comple
The total cost of the project is estimated at Rs. 350 of permanent buildings for working Staff is almost o
Samanalawewa Project.--The Samanalawewa Hyd Metres south east of Colombo in the Walawe Gan constructed immediately downstream of the conflu Diyawini Reservoir is a secondary constructed acro Ganga.
The power plant is located on the left bank of the at Handagiriya.

PMENT
57
urch required for the preparation of projec:
ervision of construction of projects referred to
ssion of invoices for the services it undertakes. the Maha weli Project, other items of work
ct has been designed to cater for the peak operate only for a spell of 8 hours a day.
nk of Amban Ganga derives its water supply
which serves as a feeder to Kala Oya basin
nto the Amban Ganga about 0-80 kilometres E. The water in the river would be rediverted
requirements. - Rs. 225 million.
ent mber 1978 cyclone has been completed. All
ted in the Maskeliya Oya Valley 3 Kilo Metres ect is the third and last stage of development
Llley.
i the Central Engineering Consultancy Bureau as given to the Ceylon Electricity Board Bank has agreed to finance the foreign cost of ca Government and the Asian Development ration grant amounting to seventeen and half
Ceylon Electricity Board for providing the 3, designs and implementaton and supervision .nd Partners, London have been appointed
supply from the Mousakelle Reservoir having ed under stage I of the Maskeliya Oya project.
million. Work on the construction of some implete.
ro Power Project is located about 120 Kilo ga basin. The Samanalawewa dam is to be 'nce of Belinul Oya with Walawe Ganga. Is Diyawini Oya a tributory of the Walawe
Katupath Oya at the foot of the escarpment

Page 70
58
LAND
* In addition to the generation of 400 GWh additional extent of about 8,000 hectares w Ganga Reservoir.
The present estimated cost is Rs. 3,570 m is foreign,
The construction of the access roards is ir camps under the project had been finalised.
The Mahaweli Project The development of the resources of the M project of massive proportions. The “ Mast team in 1968 is for the provision of irrigation lands and the setting up of power stations plan contemplated the implementation of the programme formulated by the present govern hectares (of which 130,000 hectares of new 1 electric power capacity installed within a five
Of the 130,000 hectares of new lands, 113, and in the Maduru Oya basin and 17,000 hect
The five major reserviors are Victoria, Koti
The Kotmale Project.--The Kotmale projec ccelerated programme for the development antercepts a catchment area of 54,390 hecta. 408 million cubic metres. The estimated cos
Preliminary studies of the project were cari assistance of U.S.A.I.D. in 1961 and subseg feasibility study was also carried out by the V (India) Ltd., (WAPCOS) from 1973 to 1978.
All surveys entrusted to the Survey Depart are in progress. Geological investigations ar
Sir William Halcrow and Partners of U.K were appointed by a contract signed in Febru project in collaboration with the Central Engi
The project is to be financed by the Swe execution of civil works is undertaken by the
The SKANSKA has already commenced p tunnel.
Victoria Project.--The Victoria Reservior P “ Master Plan " as formulated by the UNDI between the Hulangama and Victoria rapids o
The proposed reservoir will intercept a cate a gross storage capacity of 728 million cub generation of 780 GWh firm electric energy.

DEVELOPMENT
>f firm electric energy annually under the project, an uld also be taken up for cultivation under Walawe
lion of which Rs. 2,285 million (U.S. $ 147 million)
progress. Proposals for the construction of the four
haweli, the longest river in the island, constitutes a er Plan" of development prepared by a UNDP/FAO :o 364,000 hectares of which 265,000 hectares are new
with a total capacity of about 500 MW. The project in 30 years. However under the accelerated nent, five major reservoirs will be constructed 142,000 inds) would be developed and 400 MGW of hydroto six year period
000 hectares are on the right bank of the Mahaweli ares are on the left bank in the Polonnaruwa district.
nale, Randenigala, Moragahakande and Maduru Oya.
cts one of the first projects to be implemented in the of the Mahaweli Ganga Basin. The reservoir which res at the dam site will have gross storage capacity of st of construction of the project is Rs. 3,650 million.
ried out by the Government of Sri Lanka with the uently by the FAO/UNDP from 1965 to 1968. A Vater and Power Development Consultancy Services
ment had been completed and new surveys taken up e in hand and good progress has been made.
in association with Kennedy and Donkin of U.K. ary, 1979, to provide the consultancy services for thə neering Consultancy Bureau.
edish International Development Authority. The
Swedish firm SKANSKA.
reliminary work for the construction of the diversion
Foject is the second project in phase I of the Mahaweli P/FAO team. The proposed dam will be located on the Mahaweli ganga.
hment area of 186,880 hectares at the dam site with c metres. The project would provide an annual

Page 71
LAND DEVEL
Under systems B and C 45,000 hectares of undev development of tourism and inland fisheries.
The estimated cost of the Project is £ 137•5 million
The Hunting Survey Corporation of Canada preser of the Mahaweli Basin and an outline plan for its de FAO/UNDP study of 1965 to 1968 culminating in the irrigation and hydro-power resources.
No further progress was made on the Victori the accelerated programme in 1977. Consequently carried out independent studies on the optimisatio These studies had revealed that the construction
more beneficial.
Geological investigations at the dam site commen Six access roads of total length of 43 kilometres completion along with the appurtenant structures. already commenced in varying stages of completior
Tenders were called for the construction of the ma from U.K. which were prequalified for tendering 1979. These tenders are being scheduled.
Sir Alexander Gibbs and partners had been selecte Sri Lanka’s counterpart of foreign consultants is th
Randenigala Project.--The proposed Randeniga implemented for the exploitation of the hydro pote Basin. The Project areas of the two reservoirs u Rantembe cover portions of Badulla and Kandy D
Randenigala Project consists of two dams and i Rantembe sites. The two reservoirs at the dam sit and 3,118 sq. kilometres with live storage capacitie cubic metres respectively. The Randenigala Rese capacity of 527 GWh of firm electric energy.
An annual installed capacity of 251 GWh of firm Rantembe Reservoir Project.
The estimated cost of construction of the Randen U.S. $ 123·385 million and $ 61•840 million. 3 The Master Plan prepared by the UNDP/FAO 1 1968 with Sri Lanka counterparts incorporated the
The Government of Sri Lanka decided in 1978 to ganga with a view to completing the major part of tt the next five years.
s Under the Sri Lanka Technical Co-operation ti entrusted to SALZGITTER consultants GMBE engineers. All topographical surveys and dri SALZGITTER from West Germany were complete
Representatives of the foreign consultants who carried out investigations and studies required for a
Discussions as regards financing of the next phas the Sri Lanka officials and KFW (Germany) in De

DPMENT
59
eloped land would be benefited in addition to
ated the first major Integrated Reservoir Survey evelopment in 1962. This was followed by the e master plan for the development of the Basin's
a Project after 1968 until the initiation of y the British Consultants and NEDECO had n of the Victoria and Randenigala Reservoirs. of a high dam at the Victoria site was
ced in 1977 were completed in 1979.
were under construction in 1979 and nearing Progress on house construction work has
ain civil works and seven construction agencies have forwarded their quotations in November
d by British ODA as consultants for the project. ne Central Engineering Consultancy Bureau.
la Project is another multi-purpose one to be ntial, and irrigation resources in the Mahaweli nder the Project, the second reservoir being istricts. two power plants located at Randenigala and ces have drainage areas of 2,330 sq. kilometres Es of 860 million cubic metres and 21-0 million ervoir Project would have an annual installed
1 electric energy would be generated under the
igala and Rantembe Reservoirs are respectively
team from its studies carried out from 1965 to - Randenigala Project.
accelerate the development under the Mahaweli ne work envisaged in the “Master Plan " within
he preparation of the Feasibility Report was I Germany in association with Sri Lanka Ellings required by the foi eign consultants ed during 1979.
were in Sri Lanka for the full period in 1979 a feasibility report.
e of the Project took place in Germany between ecember 1979.

Page 72
60
LAND D
Moragahakanda Project. The Moragahaka the Mahaweli “ Master Plan " formulate
Moragahakanda Dam is located across Amba The reservoir is intended mainly for storage a catchment supplemented by the Mahaweli flow Development. The drainage area at the dam an effective storage capacity of 686 million cul
The main features of the scheme are: (a) a da of height 78 metres, a concrete gravity type 396 rockfill 490 metres long and of height 42:0 metre
with a stilling basin and equipped with 4 number diameter tapering from 3·9 metres to 32 metr equipped with a generator of installed capacity energy.
The total land area to be benefited under this are existing and 13,900 hectares of new land hectares are also existing lands but are under o
The estimated cost of construction of the pr
In view of the irrigation and Hydro potential programme of the Mahaweli. The Governmer to provide assistance in the planning and imp engineers of the Engineering Consultancy Bu feasibility study for the project was agreed on i
Surveys, geological, material and other inves completed. The International Co-operation Age in association with Sri Lanka engineers in te governments for preparation of the Feasibility I Elehara Highway to be submerged by the pro prepared.
Maduru Oya Project.—This project which is ir Maduru Oya basin adjacent to the Mahaweli programme will utilize the water resources of th in the Maduru Oya basin. The Maduru Oya P system (3) and another 3,750 hectares of deve amounting to 36:18 GWh per year would also ! the left bank and the right bank below the dam
The UNDP/FAO team in association with formulating the Mahaweli “ Master Plan" h reconnaissance nature on the project.
The preparation of the project report and the p of the project were assigned to the Central Er commenced site investigations, in January 1978 data available were carried out by the CECB proposed reservoir will have live storage capac
The estimated cost of the project is Rs. 1,303 Surveys and drilling investigations were conti
Construction of access roads linking the dam progress during 1979. Progress has been hamp in the area.

EVELOPMENT
nda Project was the third project under phase I of 1 by the UNDP/FAO team. The proposed n ganga, a major tributory of the Mahaweli ganga. und regulation of the flow from the Amban ganga diverted at Polgolla for irrigation and Hydro Power site is 782 sq. kilometres. The reservoir will have bic metres. am consisting of 3 sections, a rockfill 490 metres long - metres long and of height 625 metres and another s. (6) an Overflow Weir Type Radial Gated Spillway -s gates 17:5 m x8•5m, (c) an 80 metres long penstock es and a power station below the toe of the dam 26 M.W. to produce annually 145.1 GWh of electric
project is 62,200 hectares of which 40,000 hectares s directly under this reservoir. The balance 8,300 -ther projects. oject is Rs. 2,600 million. oject Is KS. 2,000 millon. of this project it has been included under accelerated at of Sri Lanka requested the Government of Japan lementation of the project in association with the reau and the Mahaweli Development Board. A in October 1978.
tigations required for the main civil work had been ency of Japan commenced studies and investigations erms of the agreement signed between the two Report. The deviation of the section of the Naulaposed reservoir was surveyed and plans are being
Lcorporated in the “ Master Plan " is located within basin. The project included in the accelerated 1e Mahaweli ganga in addition to what is available roject would benefit 46,750 hectares of new land in eloped paddy lands. Secondary electrical energy be generated from the two power plants located on
the engineers of the Irrigation Department while ad carried out investigations and studies of a
rovision of consultancy services for the construction 1gineering and Consultancy Bureau. The Bureau . The designs based on the investigations and on * in association with SOGREAH of France. The ity of 447 million cubic metres.
million. inued in 1979 and almost all work completed.
site link tunnel inlet and link tunnel outlet was in ered mainly due to the adverse weather conditions

Page 73
LAND DEVELO
Clearing of the dam site was also in progress. SOCREAH (France) whose representatives are i gation and other technical matters. Tender docume The tenders which were received in November 1979
Kalinga Project. This project proposed by the UI ment, was to be located at Katuwanwila.
Investigations and planning of the project was com and tentative designs and plans have been comple commenced and completed during 1979. Due to en projects it was found desirable to locate the head wi The site selected is just below the confluence of Nav locality of the historic Kalinga Nuwara ruins. An i existed along with long contour canals on either bai canal (Gomathi Ela) is still in a state of preservation 19 kilometres.
Topographical surveys for the new site have been designs are in progress. A project report incorporati design data has been prepared. It is expected that th feasibility studies on the project as a joint venture of
The total expenditue on development work of the Rs. 729 million, as compared with a budgetary provi
Mahaweli Authority.-The Mahaweli Authority Mahaweli Authority of Sri Lanka Act (No. 23) of 19 the 19 April, 1979. The Authority is vested with the of the Mahaweli Ganga Development Scheme. Its ii determination and planning, co-ordination, monito responsibility.
The Appropriation Act provides for services during of loans within Sri Lanka and abroad, specifically vot Programme, including development in stages (1), (2) Randenigala ; Moragahakande ; Ulhitiya Oya ; Ro Kandakaduwa ; to the fund of the Mahaweli Autho would be disbursed by the Authority to statutory boa in the execution and the accelerated Mahaweli prog
Action was initiated during 1979 to augment the in operation of the project. Revised plans have been
“C”. A pilot study to try out a project oriented introduced in H-5 area covering approximately 3, cultivation season is being projected for the Yala 1 oriented scheme is in Giranduru Kotte in system “O national tenders for Civil Engineering Contracts and tunnel ; Maduru Oya Reservoir ; Minipe right bank systems for system “B”; and trans-basin river diver
The Mahaweli Authority envisages the opening of of approximately 140,000 families directly in agricult of the magnitude of the scheme. A large number of into the accelerated programme area to provide neces of the economy so developed.
Section 35 (1) of the Mahaweli Authority Act ref organisations within framework of the authority for su
* Work on the Victoria project was formally inaugurated an ou right grant of £ 100 million for this Project.

PMENT
61
a Sri Lanka assisted the CECB in the investihts were prepared and despatched to Canada.
are being evaluated. HDP team in its report on Mahaweli Develop
menced in 1978 and the topographical surveys ted. Geotechnical investigations too were merging concepts on project planning on major orks at a higher site with a better foundation. vagaha Ela with the Mahaweli ganga in the Encient diversion structure was known to have ak of the Mahaweli ganga. The right banks in several sections over a length of more than
- completed and geological investigations and
ng hydrological and geological data and other de Federal Republic of Germany would finance
Randenigala. e Mahaweli programme in 1979 amounted to sion of Rs. 1,142 million for the same year. of Sri Lanka was established in terms of the 279 and came into operation with effect from e overall responsibility for the implementation mmediate concerns are in such areas as policy ring, progress control and overall financial
financial year 1980 and also authorised raising ed monies for the entire Mahaweli Accelerated and (3) ; Victoria ; Kotmale ; Maduru Oya ; talawela ; Systems (A), (B), (C) and (D) and rity of Sri Lanka. The funds voted en-block irds, corporations and other agencies engaged ramme. stitutional framework required for the smooth Irawn-up for settlement in systems "H" and
“ settlement management approach '" was 200 hectares and 2,500 settlers. The first 980 season. A similar project management!” area. The Authority has called for Interconsultancy services for the Victoria dam and is canal ; supervision of canals and drainage
sion scheme.* about 129,000 hectares of land and settlement ire, and secondary employment, an indicative additional families would, it is hoped, move sary supporting services to the tertiary sector
ers to establishment and incorporation of osidiary operations, incorporating agricultural
in February, 1980. The U.K. Government has given

Page 74
62
LAND
development and development of agro-based necessary flexibility for organisational structu integrated development of the Mahaweli and
The authority is also actively pursuing a subsidiaries and joint-ventures, as the success
management of this aspect.
Area Activities
Area "H".--Work on the provision of it hectares of new land progressed steadily with a hectares) being allocated for settlement durin
Systems B and C.—The Feasibility Reports area) and C (24,000 hectares farm area) were
Work on two major townships in system the township and major construction areas ir were constructed on the left bank of system - of domestic and construction water during dr
Most of the field work pertaining to detail An aerial survey covering these systems have
Work on three major structures under tran to both systems “C” and “B” commenced o canal continues.
TABLE 7•1–REGION DEVELOPME
Maha
Region
77/78
Land available for
cultivation
(1) developed
3,743 3,464
Galnewa
2,841
Meegalewa
(2) cultivated
(paddy) Land available for
cultivation (1) developed (2) cultivated
(paddy) Land available for
cultivation (1) developed
--.
955 692
Madatugama
(2) cultivated (paddy) 437 Land available for
cultivation Galkiriyagama
(1) developed (2) cultivated
(paddy) The total estimated cost of the Mahaweli Pi is Rs. 22,550 million. Cumulative expendit

EVELOPMENT
ndustries, Provision of subsidiary operations gives !s to be built-up so that the immediate aspects of the s tributaries could be undertaken.
d examining the various aspects of establishing of the entire project would ultimately depend on the
rigation and social infra-structure in about 28,000 total of some 5,600 settlers (i.e. approximately 6,000 ; 1979.
in respect of both systems B (44,500 hectares farm ompleted in 1979.
; C and B were commenced ; Access roads to system “C” were formed ; Three small reservoirs C” in proximity to the new township for provision y period.
ed topographical and soil surveys were completed ; also completed. sbasin canal that would divert water from Mahaweli curing the year—Mannual excavation work on this
NT UNDER THE MAHAWELI, PROGRAMME
Cultivation season (figures in hectares) Yala Maha Maha
Yala 78 78/79 crop
Maha 79/80
79
3,751 3,768 3,468 3,476
3,832
3,832 (not
(not available) available)
2,722 3,441
3,310
3,533
1,058 1,493
854
324
1,509 to 1,696 GO
(note (not available) available)
1,018 1,671
77 813
949 1,147 830 i 1,058
1,416 2,748 (not (not available available)
971 1,81
567 1,044
----
1,153 (not available)
1,724
(not available)
1,671
971
pject under the acclerated programme of development are figure as at end of 1979 was Rs. 772 million.

Page 75
LAND DEVEL
Land Reform Estate Management Service. With the change of the Usawasama and Land Reform Co-operatives Janawasama were brought within the purview of Commission and the Janawasa Commission continu Thereafter, a decision was made for estates or State Plantation Corporation and the Janatha E totalling about 12,000 hectares which include un districts to be under the control of the Land Ref developed and neglected lands were initially mana the Commission. It was subsequently decided to supervise and control these lands within each ele Services were:
(1) Develop lands that were under its managem
(2) To generate more employment opportunities J (3) To afford training facilities in the plantation (4) To integrate the village and the estate secto TABLE 7:2-PROGRESS OF ESTATE MANAG
COMMISSIO
Project Location
Total Inc
845,
Rs. Pelmadulla
13,817, Nattandiya
624, Mirigama ..
1,401, Kurunegala
1,040,. Wariyapola
869, Hiriyala
1,837, Mawathagama Wennappuwatalba loan
1,266, Chilaw & ..
1,703, Divulapitiya
1,864, Kuliyapitiya
1,006, Akuressa ..
4,501, Jaffna Jaffna se.. dialece
283, Nikaweratiya
6,662, Puttalam .. Anamaduwa
297, Beliatta..
1,930, Akmeemana
10,365, Sanquhar
3,894, Katugampola
710, Mawanella
3,132, Dambadeniya
964, Deraniyagala
700, Bingiriya .. Haputale .. e o se
878, Attanagalla
Gracias a las 630, Rattota
605, Homagama
.bodol sa, 2,045,
2,189,
462,
Llota..
Osea Total 60,534,4
Source : Land Ret

LOPMENT
Government in 1977, it was decided to dissolve . The State Plantation Corporation and the the Plantation Ministry and the Land Reform sed to function under the Ministry of Agriculture. ver 100 hectares to be handed over to the Estates Development Board ; the smaller lands cultivated and under-developed lands in the 22 prm Commission. These uneconomical, under-ged by the District Land Reform Authorities of
set up a Estate Management Service to manage, =ctorate. Objectives of the Estate Management
ent and increase their productivity. - by diversifying and inter-cropping. industry to youths with aptitudes for such work. rs. =EMENT SERVICE PROJECT-LAND REFORM
N_1979
ome Total Expenditure Profit
Rs.
774 835
947
Rs. 15,544,430
597,265 1,067,905 9,775,575
669,035 1.817,500 769,300
372 875
27,570 334,042
62,797
· 200,840
20,402 75,880
902
180 230 817 B07
1,814,895
----
14,292
709,712
056
161,506
288
350
535 068 550 329
470,553
613
1,689,525 1,155,095
844,550 4,618,930 342,910
769,645 1,718,515
297,885 2,045,885 8,030,550 3,840,000
634,104 2,054,620 881,800 723,200 468,225 739,822 575,335 955,280 1,670,155
961
252 672 695 883 023
2,335,063
54,961
76,148 1,078,052
82,895
904
139,082 55,210
ini ani
545 335 540
—
375,485
38
57,313,936
6,274,490
form Commission, (Estate management Services)

Page 76
64
LAND
The estate management services division h hectares are under tea, rubber, coconut and
Multiple cropping and under-cropping are crops being grown as under cover to coconu
Pineapple, banana, vegetable, chilli
sweet potatoes, cinnamon and su Inter-cropping has been undertaken at K Beliatte, Deraniyagala, Kandy, Akmeeman Mawanella and Hewaheta.
Under livestock management dairies have be pola, Mawathagama, Matale and Chilaw proj pitiya, Kurunegala, Nattandiya, Beliatte, Wen
Intensive under-cropping has helped develo opportunities. There are about 21,000 emplo
A special project has been undertaken unde gramme aided by NORAD viz., a Sericultur Bedigama Estate, 63 hectares in extent. The has been approved by Foreign Consultants. to finance the entire cost of training personne irrigation and with this in view an existing tar
The project would provide indirect benefits kilometre, by way of social amenities. The by way of electric power supply and good ro:
Forestry Each climato-geographical region in Sri Lanka i wet low and mid-country forests have tall, loft forests occupying the populous part of the islar country. In contrast, the dry zone forests cc There is very little undergrowth. The tree spe of economic importance in Sri Lanka. Fore confined to hill tops and ridges. These forests from the point of view of climate, soil and water
Sri Lanka's forest area is roughly in the regi proposed reserves, state forests and forest plan reserves and sanctuaries are about 0-6 million
State agency for the development and manag of the Forest Department.
Strategy of forestry development in addition the initiation of a "social forestry’ programm requirements of the island and also the creati “Social Forestry programme pilot projects wei and Nuwara Eliya where catchments of the i pronged. The estate sector launched a progr tea land with forest cover. Technical know-ho Department. The second aspect of the progr at village level to educate the rural folk on the i

DEVELOPMENT
s under its charge, 17,000 hectares of which 12,000 addy.
indertaken on most coconut land with the following
pasture, cowpea, green pea, manioc, coffee, pepper, ar-cane. runegala, Nattandiya, Kuliyapitiya, Mawathagama, , Wariyapola, Nikaweratiya, Homagama, Chilaw,
en set up in the Dambadeniya, Katugampola, Wariyacts. Poultry keeping is being undertaken at Kuliyanappuwa, Homagama and Akmeemana projects,
p the livestock sector and thus increase employment yees in these projects at present.
: the Hambantota district Rural Development Pro2 Development and Settlement Scheme, located at project has been phased to be completed in 1987 and Provision has been made by the donor organisation
under the project. Cultivation of mulbery requires Ik in the project area is being restored.
to about 700 families who live within a radius of a village within the periphery would also be benefited id link.
Es characteristic of its distinctive type of forests. The y trees with a dense luxuriant undergrowth. These and are often scattered in isolated tracts in the wetlow omprise mixed evergreen and deciduous tree species. ecies consist of some of the best hard-wood varieties -sts in the sub-tropical montane zone are generally
are of the evergreen type and owe their importance - conservation and also of their aesthetic significance.
on of 1:9 million hectares and cover proclaimed and tations. National parks, intermediate zones, nature
hectares.
gement of forest resources in Sri Lanka is a function
to raising plantation forests is being directed towards e for purpose of meeting the timber and fuelwood on of better environmental conditions. Under this e initiated in the districts of Badulla, Kandy, Matale major rivers are located. These projects were two amme to plant up gullies, ravines and uneconomic
w and planting material were supplied by the Forest amme was to enlist participation of the rural sector nportance of afforesting wastelands. The response

Page 77
LAND DEVEL
at the village level has been quite encouraging and cer tary basis. This “Social Forestry' programme wa districts of the island.
Another strategy of Forestry Development was to going children. Schools in the Kalutara District v organisational and financial assistance from the Stat
There had been a rapid depletion of the country's from approximately 45 per cent to 25 per cent of the } (1) Shortage of fuelwood, affecting about 90 per
(2) Scarcity of construction timber now being imp
private organisations.
A USAID afforestation project proposal for a 5during 1979 with a view to
(a) afforesting 2,833 hectares of fuelwood or ener: (b) afforesting 1,214 hectares annually of degraded
areas in the up-country division.
This would afford significant contribution to for projects have been mooted for assistance from the A World Bank Aid Mission carried out a prelimina 1979.
Forest development was also given a fillip with the vehicles involved in forest offences were to be auton of law. This would prove quite effective in curbing i
On a directive of the Minister of Lands and Lan Group” has been established in each district compris Forest personnel to combat the menace of illicit fellin and encroachments at the district level.
A total of 6,245 forest offences were reported during to be the main development activity of the departn programme is 7,100 hectares, based on two projects
(1) The normal reforestation programme of the de
(2) Special reforestation project on the drelict t
areas—600 hectares.
Under project 1 of this programme an extent of 6,
An extent of 637 hectares was also planted under hectares of the target figure.
Planting of Ipil-Ipil as fuel, cover crop and animal experimental basis.
Under the National Agricultural Diversificatie refforestation work commenced in areas within cate Maha Oya. 925 hectares consisting of Pinus, Eucal

DPMENT
-tain wasteland areas were planted on a volunuld be expanded and intensified to cover all
create a tree planting awareness among schoolwere involved in a tree planting exercise with e Timber Corporation.
forest cover during the last 2 decades, a drop area of the island, resulting in
cent of the total population and ; ported at a premium price by both state and
-year period commencing 1980 was prepared
By plantations annually in the dry zone ; and I catchments in Dolosbage and Rambukpitiya
estry development in the country. Several FAO, UNDP, IBRD, Finland and Norway. ry forestry sector survey in Sri Lanka during
amendment to the Forest Ordinance wherein natically confiscated on conviction in a court llicit trafficking of timber.
d Development a “ Forest Protection Care sing the Government Agent, Army, Police and g, transport of timber, unauthorised gemming
1979. Afforestation/Reforestation continues ment. The target set for the reforestation
=partment—6,500 hectares,
ea and rubber lands, and other degraded
700 hectares has been planted during 1979.
these projects giving on overall excess of 237
feed was commenced during the year on an
on and Settlement Authority (NADSA), chments of Atabage-Nilambe-Gurugoda and
yptus, Albizziya and Mahogony species.

Page 78
66
LAND
Timber Production The State Timber Corporation had a sales 1 forest felling areas available to the corporatio government appears to have a declining rate however enabled the corporation to make be of the growing market for timber with the building activities.
Production.--The Corporation was able to result of improved management efficiency and
TABLE 7.3-TIMBER
Item
Hardwood logs (C.M.) Peeler logs (C.M.) Sawn timber (C.M.) Sleepers (No.) Transmission Poles (No.) Firewood (C.M.)
Exploitatiou of Cyclone felled teak.---Ab plantations were felled during the October 19 in Vakaneri and Pullumalai to expedite extra for replanting. About 70 per cent of the teal year.

DEVELOPMENT
irnover of Rs. 107 million in 1979. Restriction of n as a result of the strict conservation policies of the of business activity. A revised management policy ter use of the resources available and take advantage tremendous expansion of construction and house
make a significant improvement in productivity as a also the result of increased incentives to contractors.
PRODUCTION 1978 AND 1979
1978
1979
Percentage increase
88,419
56,299
3,188 11,511 1,993
57 asof - 37
11 die
2,022 12,737 14,425
23,007
624
7,979
188
121,739
99,845
4 - 18
-out 20 per cent of the Forest Department's teak 978 cyclone. Two new regional offices were set up ection of teak from these areas and prepare the land
available from these sources was felled during the
Tercerita tentang

Page 79
CHAPTE
INTEGRATED DISTRICT DEVE
The balanced regional development of the country faced and was willingly accepted by the Sri Lankan in 1948 and by successive governments in the post
For several centuries the island presented a com Western part of the country and a vast Malaria in of the country (excepting the Jaffna peninsula and a comprises the Wet Zone which is still the major por for major development activities of the country in new irrigation tanks, land development, new settle development, in more recent years.
The development of the agricultural resources oft it represent the response to the regional developm food scarcities, unemployment and broadening the in the agricultural sector.
From the point of view of regional development important measures conducive to rapid progress st other health programs, expansion of educational faci agricultural support schemes such as subsidies, gua agricultural extension, plant breeding and appropri ment's liberal welfare policies such as free health an substantial impact on regional development as well.
It may be also mentioned that all the major proje rural agricultural projects such as the colonisation o and Urban Development projects which have comn
The idea of formulation and implementation of one of the important innovations adopted in Sri La to contribute to accelerated development, particulai from farge-scale and extensive development projects <
s Under the first phase of this programme which y integrated development programmes prepared for tl
In placing this programme in its proper historical development of an important new trend towards de early 1970’s. Some of the significant events in this budget, the appointment of district Political Autho
Ministers and an increasingly greater role played administrative and development activities at the dis be further emphasised when the District Developm for decision-making on many aspects which would
A significant fact with regard to these changes is t! national division in the country. There are 24 d and a District Minister, and each district has a each district down to Assistant Government Agent level. This administrative set up has had a long per over the years.

R VIII
LOPMENT PROGRAMMES
was one of the major challenges that had to be Ministers upto the attainment of Independenc: ndependence era.
osition of a well settled Wet-zone in the Southested dry desolate forest and jungle in the rest few other isolated small pockets). The former ulated area. The latter has been the focal zone estoring ancient irrigation works, constructing ments (colonization schemes) and agricultural
he dry zone and the settlement projects based on ent challenge, as a solution to the problems of } productive base of the economy particularly,
the successive governments have adopted many ich as the anti-malaria campaign, extension of lities, roads and transport services development, .ranteed price schemes, marketing organisation, late price policies. Coupled with the Governd education and food subsidies these have had a
cts with a strong regional orientation have been r irrigation schemes, except the Free Trade Zone menced recently.
district integrated rural development projects is nka during the last few years. This has begun ly in districts which have not hitherto benefited of a capital intensive nature.
was initiated in 1976 several districts have had nem and these are now being implemented.
I perspective it could be considered as a natural ecentralisation observable in Sri Lanka since the
trend are the establishment of the decentralised erities, followed by the appointment of District
by Members of Parliament in Government's strict level. This decentralisation pattern would ent Councils are constituted with wider powers impinge the district administration.
ne emergence of the district as the foremost subListricts, each headed by a Government Agent vell established administrative network, within
(AGA's) division level and to the village group God of existence and has been strengthening itself

Page 80
68
INTEGRATED DISTRICT
Another important development that has ch attention that the successive governments have p with the purely administrative and legal functio district development programme is the combine economic development and the emergence of th consequence of the decentralisation process.
Thus the district integrated development pro Government to accelerate the economic and sub-national level), within the context of the o
development Projects.
The broad objectives of this programme are and the general living standards of the popul ntation of a medium-term programme of high pi institutional improvements. The fulfilment of for development is a dominant strategy employ
As was mentioned in the earlier section, this where no high investment projects are already i
Essentially it could also be seen as a progr populations. There is a mixed approach, invol development and integrated rural development.
In achieving these objectives it often becomes ment and also improve the government's servic This involves in many cases, strengthening of th capacity as well, so that the proposed progra target period.
The integrated development programme w ment selected Kurunegala district for integrat World Bank as regards projeci preparation and
Since then planning activities of the project from the IDA in order to finance two-thirds of tł tion commenced in January, 1979.
The Kurunegala district located in the North large and a populous area. It covers parts of th lowlands. The main crops of the district are pa
The project aims at improving the productivit by an intensified programme of tree planting of crops,increased fertiliser application and of impr fertiliser application and improvement of irrigati tural credit facilities. On the infrastructure sic supply, etc., are provided for. In the mainly soci and health facilities is a major component of th
ment of the directly productive sectors, and eco total project cost is Rs. 460 million and is to be c
Matara Project. --The Matara district is locat situated in the wet zone and also is a coastal dis per sq. kilometre) of population. Paddy, ( is an important activity along the coast.

DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES
caracterised the period since 1948 is the increasing paid to economic development activities as compared ns of the Government. One may conclude that the ed result of the Government's desire for accelerated e district as a political and administrative unit, as a
pgramme could be looked at as an attempt by the - social development at the district level (at the verall national policies, programmes and the other
to bring about an increase in income, employment cation of each district by the planning and implemeriority, mutually supporting investments and critical - local needs and realisation of the local potential =ed to achieve these overall objectives.
- programme is directed to the more rural districts taking place.
amme directed towards the rural areas and rural ving elements of regional development or resources
- necessary to strengthen the infrastructure developces that have been in operation over a long period. neir implementation,management and institutional Emmes can be successfully undertaken within the
ras commenced in 1976 when the then gove cd development. Rreliminary discussions will the
possible financing of the project ensued.
have been completed and a loan has been obtained ne total cost of the project. The project implementa
n-Western part of the country, is a comparatively e wet zone, the intermediate zone and the dry zono
ddy and coconut.
y of agriculture(particularly of coconut and paddy) coconut, under-planting of coconut land with other Poving paddy production by providing seed material, Eon facilities. There is also the extension of agriculde, roads and rural electrification, improved water ially important sectors improvement of educational e project. The project aims at a balanced developonomic and social infrastructure and services. The ompleted in 5 years.
red in the southern part of the country, completely strict. Consequently it has a very high density (535 Coconut and Tea are the main crops. Fishing

Page 81
INTEGRATED DISTRICT DEVEL
The project has been supported by a grant from annual planning basis, each year's " action plan "b development activities, which have been identified particularly in the agricultural sector, continues aloi
In the context of the problems and the developme on intensification and improvement of productivityi sectors. In addition, irrigation, roads, health and
Since the district is already in a relatively develoj » Lanka, the total allocation of funds will be around 1
the government of Sweden as a grant to Sri Lanka.
Hambantota District.—Hambantota is the southeri part of the district is located in the intermediate and d a large agricultural population of a very high density rehabilitation and increasing agricultural productior vely very dry and the water resources situation imp and domestic water supply, and therefore carries a sq. kilometre.
The fisheries sector is relatively important because however, a large scope for improvement in technolog extensive fisheries resources available. The quality ( health hazard, in addition to the existence of Malari: district.
The preparation of an integrated plan of developm have been covered by large irrigation projects) is no
The implementation of certain advanced activitie as from January 1979, pending the preparation of a
The plan preparation would be completed by July
The present financial framework for this project is by the government of Norway as a grant.
Nuwara Eliya District. This district is located in maximum elevation comprising mostly those of ru
The district is one of the largest areas in Sri L the economy and the agricultural pattern. The dua is very clearly seen in this district, not only in terms terms of crops, agricultural holdings, agricultural o culture of the two population groups in these two sect ted funds for the preparation of a rural development pr
A draft development plan has been prepared an It has been reviewed and a more detailed examinati are now being planned.
Certain advance activities have been included in the limited scale from January 1980.
Some of these activities are reforestation, irrigatio bandry services, minor export crop development an small holders.

DPMENT PROGRAMMES
69
the government of Sweden and operates on an eing prepared within the framework of the broad on a qualitative evaluation. Detailed planning, ngside implementation of high priority activities.
ent potential of this district the main emphasis is n agriculture and fisheries which are the leading education improvements are also provided for.
ped state as compared with other districts in Sri Rs. 75 million. The funds are being provided by
most coastal district of Sri Lanka and the major íry zone. The western part of the district carries
Main emphasis here would be on irrigation a. The eastern part of the district is comparatiDoses severe restrictions in regard to agriculture very low density of population, 152 persons per
of the long and favourable coastline. There is, Sy and increasing productivity in relation to the of the domestic water supply in many areas is a a which presents a special health problem in this
ent for the district (excluding those areas which w being carried out.
is and projects have already been commenced
detailed plan for the district.
enclair 1980.
Rs. 100 million and funds have been committed
the centre of the country and contains areas of zged topography.
anka where tea as a mono-crop dominates lism of domestic versus plantation-agriculture of the geographically distinct areas but also in rganisations as well as religion, language and Drs. The Netherlands Government has commitogramme for the district and its implementation.
| presented to the Netherlands Government. on of the proposals along with further studies
Iraft plan and these would be implemented on a
n improvement, strengthening of animal husd improvement of marketing services for tea

Page 82
70
INTEGRATED DISTRIC
Detailed plan preparation and evaluation w
Puttalam District.Puttalam is a long narr western coast. A large population with well d southern part of the district which has a favour part of the Dry zone with its attendant proble spell of drought, requiring irrigation facilities been the basis for a large fishing industry in tt and limestone resources or agricultural by-pro
An integrated development has been drawn i Bank. The completion of the plan prep would commence in later 1980 or early 1981.
The total project cost amounts to about Rs.
Matale District.—Matale is a centrally loc climate in the southern and eastern parts and parts. The eastern part is rugged and poo southern central area has a high population de the production of cocoa, coffee, cardamom, p in home gardens of small size.
An integrated plan for the development of by the World Bank. The total cost of the pro preparation continues and its implementation
The thrust of the main proposals under th productivity of spice crop production, irrigatio ments in education, health and domestic wa
Mannar District.--The preparation of a de The International Labour Organisation office the University staff have been assigned this ta
Mannar is a very thinly populated, coastal tural production is the large irrigation reserv low jungle with very sparse settlements. Fisk expansion and development. The overall de
Vavuniya District.—The preparation of an assigned to private local consultants. i The district also is similar to Mannar distr arid climate and an inland location. Irrigatio and density of population is very low with : Lanka.
Rural Development A separate Ministry of Rural Development i functions of Rural Development Societies ar with other development activities now takin
Community Development and Training.--] Rural Development Provincial Training Cen Institute in Colombo, functioning under the

T DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES
'ould be completed by end of 1980.
w district along the north and the central part of the eveloped agriculture and close settlements live in the table rainfall pattern while the rest of the district forms :ms of seasonal rainfall with a high variability, a long for settled agriculture. A long and rich coastline has ne district. Many and varied industries based on clay lucts have grown up in addition to production of salt.
ip for the district and has been evaluated by the World aration is being pursued and its implementation
300 million spread over a period of 5 years.
ated district with intermediate elevation and a rainy a dry zone climate with low elevation in the northern rly accessible and has an intermediate climate. The ensity and is one of the leading areas of the country for epper, nutmeg and cloves which are mostly produced
the district has been prepared and has been appraised vject is about Rs. 300 million. The completion of plan . would commence in late 1980 qr early 1981.
his project involves measures for the improvement of in improvement and road facilities along with improveter supply.
evelopment plan for this district is actively underway.
at Bangkok supports the project. Several members of sk and they work with the district officials.
district with a very dry climate. The basis for agriculoirs and their networks. The rest of the district is in cing is an important sector with much scope for further velopment scene is very backward.
integrated development plan for the district has been
ct and suffers from many disadvantages such as a very a development holds the key to extension of cultivation O persons per sq. kilometre, the lowest density in Sri
ras created in September, 1978, to co-ordinate various 1 Womens’ Development Societies in keeping abreast
place in the country.
a 1979, under the above Programme there were 11 res and a Rural Development Training and Research Department of Rural Development.

Page 83
INTEGRATED DISTRICT DEVELOP
The 11 Provincial Training Centres had a total of 8, of Rs. 33,386,366. The Rural Development Trainir total of 528 participants in its training courses and inc the year under review.
Community Development and Training received Fo tion of West Germany in both cash and kind. An Ag for Aid Projects for 1979 was Deutsch Marks 271,42 currency.
Shramadana Activities.--The Shramadana Movemei functioned with the aid of the World Food Programn and 942 Channels wre re-constructed and cleaned up d the World Food Programme was distributed among t
The aid programme includes the supply of foodstuffs
batain is gelys ago
ir susiladigol ang artistas
Lisana piedi de soireantar nog nisbian atas
-ibamaraan

MENT PROGRAMMES
71
604 participants requiring a total expenditure ng and Research Institute in Colombo had a curred a total expenditure of Rs. 42,826 during
reign aid from the Konrad Adenauer Foundareement was entered into and the total Budget e an equivalent of Rs. 2,271,802 in Sri Lanka
at of the Department of Rural Development ne. Under this programme 564 village tanks uring 1979. Aid received in this regard from hose participating in Shramadana activities. as wheat flour, sugar, dhal and dried fish.
C.R. aastohibnail
el grado
siglo na al des
band is coas out
angbangol patriotas
|maintindihalbiernocami Eicheir
Dar soni on ollut ainoa
Lanoihalacriticador
kanooit at inaasado

Page 84
die eerste genera
CH.
AGRICULT
As estimated by the Department of Census a Factor Cost Prices was Rs. 51,997•8 million was attributed to "Agriculture, livestock and Domestic Product. Detalied Analysis of th revealed that the sub-sector agriculture alone 88 per cent during 1979, a decline of about 3p agricultural crops, except coconut increased increased costs of production tended to squeeze production adversely. Coconut production result of drought in previous years, rose by 8:3 year 1979 (Maha 1978/79 and Yala 1979) has t kgs. though the Yala Crop was affected by a
According to the Fertilizer Corporation, t housand metric tons in 1979. This was 2 p
1978.
The Tree Crops Sector
Major changes have taken place in the Tree significant effects on both present levels of pr
Tea, Rubber and Coconut which constitute exports account for almost 70 per cent of the o alone bring in 46 per cent of Sri Lanka's forei on exports around 43 per cent of total Goveri hectares, Rubber 226,000 hectares and Coco1 of the total cultivated extent of land in Sri I
During the decade of the 1960s and the perio ties followed the long-termed downward trend of Tea, Rubber and Coconut have improved achieved an all time record. In spite of the dete ed marginally. Rubber production declined t in price. Coconut production recovered fron favourable since 1978.
The most significant change in the Tree Cr of land reform, firstly through the Land Ref individual holdings of agricultural land to 20 Law (No. 39) of 1975 which enabled the tak foreign into the hands of the State. While i several agencies there has been consolidation presently managed by two Corporations, the Development Board which now function une
The Land Reform Commission reviewed : over by the state under the Land Reforms Act owners during 1979. A total of 5,219 h over have so far been returned to the forme Rs. 44 million during 1979 as compensation

PTER IX
URE AND FOOD
id Statistics, the Gross Domestic Product at Current n 1979 of which Rs. 19,579•3 million or 376 per cent
Fisheries”, a major sectoral component of the Gross s Major Sectoral Component at current prices also accounted for Rs. 17,256•5 million or approximately er cent over the preceding year. Production of major only marginally. A decline in tea prices along with the profit margin in the tea industry, thereby affecting vhich had dropped to its lowest level in 1977, as a per cent in 1979. Paddy production in the cultivation een estimated to be an all time record of 1,918 million Iverse weather conditions.
ptal issues of fertilizer rose to a peak level of 377•9 er cent higher than the amount issued during the year
Crops Sector during the recent past which have had oduction and future lines of development.
e the three primary tree crops together, through their country's total foreign exchange earnings. Tea export gn exchange in addition to providing through taxation ament revenue. In addition, Tea with nearly 243,000 aut covering 451,000 hectares account for almost half Lanka.
d 1970-74 international prices of these three commodi-. However, since 1975, and particularly in 1977, prices -. 1977 was a spectacular year for Tea when prices riorating price of tea since 1978, tea production increas-y about 2 per cent in spite of remarkable improvement o its low level in 1977 and its price too appeared to be
ops Sector in the past few years was the introduction prm Law (No. 1) of 1972 which restricted the size of hectares and secondly the Land Reform (Amendment) ng over of all Company-owned lands both local and nitially the lands acquired by the State were held by of the holdings and most of the State Plantations are State Plantations Corporation and the Janatha Estates
er the President of the Republic.
ppeals made by land owners whose lands were taken - A total of 1964 hectares were returned to the former ctares, viz. , 2:3 per cent of the total lands taken land owners as at end of 1979. The L. R. C. paid o land owners. A total of Rs. 239 million has been

Page 85
AGRICULTURE A
paid to the land owner as at end of 1979. The fore the State under the 1975 Law received Rs. 69 millic been paid to 65 companies as at the end of 1979.
Tea.--Performance is reviewed in terms of the fo
Produ
Year
1977
1978
1979
Compared with 1977 there is a drop of 9:6 million in for 1978 was 206 million kgs. In analysing the r disaggregate the figures both on the basis of producti seasonal production-month by month breakdown
1977 (Million kgs.) (MI
High
78•6
Si Medium
66-6
erre Low 63•2
This breakdown would indicate that while as rega per cent of production of the cultivated area, produ the shortfall had actually occurred in the high and m overall increase in production even categorywise :
(a) Around 300 hectares of tea land which were fo
National Agricultural Diversification and Se moved out of tea.
(6) Mid-country teas received very poor prices durir
between the price which tea receives and its leve plucking which means greater production while This could have been a factor for low product concerned. There were frequent complaints d sector factory owners that prices obtained at the
mical. If in fact the cost of production in the average at the Colombo Auctions, the producer For example, net sales average price of mid-coun was Rs. 10-38 per kilo while the cost of produc around the level of Rs.9.50.
The reasons for the shortfall in the high-growns has bution of rain on the western high-grown area in the n

AND FOOD
73
sign companies whose lands were taken over by in during 1979. A Sum of Rs. 159 million has
llowing indicators :
ction
Теа (million Kgs.)
208•6
199.0
206•4
I production for the year 1978. The target set reason for the shortfall it would be useful to lon by elevation-high, medium and low and
which gives the following picture :
1978 1979 llion kgs.) (Million kgs.)
71-8
76•5
61:2
62:5 sa
66:067•4. sno
rds low-growns, which account for around 32 ction has in fact increased by 2:8 million kgs.; id-growns. However in 1979 there was an
und uneconomic have been taken over by the Etlement Authority and will be progressively
ng 1978 and 1979. There is a direct correlation 1of production (high prices stimulating coarser low prices generally result in a finer plucking. on, particularly as far as small holders were uring the year from small holders and private e auctions for mid-country teas were uneconoe mid-country is compared with the net sales
margin would be seen to be quite inadequate. Ery teas for the period January-December 1978, tion of kilo of mid-country tea is generally
been generally attributed to inadequate distrimonths of April, May and June. The Uva and

Page 86
74
AGRICULT
Uda Pussellawa region is also reported to have s December 1979. When production figures for it gives a picture as follows:
1973
(Million
15:3
January Febraury
March
1st Quarter
15:1
19-0
April
May June
2nd Quarter
20-2 20•6 19.3
13-2
July August September
3rd Quarter
11:2
12:7
October November December
4th Quarter
16:3 19-0 17•1
It will, therefore, be noted that while in the s 1979 has been better than production in 1978, it i have occurred. The shortfall in the first quart average net Colombo Auction price of tea in 19 price of Sri Lanka tea dropped by 9-2 per cent Bank.
The major projects with long-term implicatio (1) The “Tea Master Plan Study" whose ot
(a) the determination of an appropriate le
years ; and (6) the development of an action progran
and projects for a 5 year period whic
structure of production. (2) The Tea Rehabilitation Project with Wo
would take up for intensive integrated dev land in the Maskeliya--Dickoya area. T
modernization, housing improvements, p
The institutional framework of the State Se effective decentralization—by the strengthening bution of plantations between the two Co (J. E. D. B.) and Sri Lanka State Plantation Coi in the country.
Rubber.--Rubber production showed a 7 per o tion was 146 million kgs, and in the following ye there was a marginal decline in 1979 when com

URE AND FOOD
uffered drier conditions than normal, in November1978-79 are disaggregated into months and quarters
1979 (Million kilos)
kilos)
18•0 13-3 17:8 (49•1)
(49.4)
17:1 24:9 19•5 (61•5)
(60-1)
15:3
(37:1) isda
12:8 13:3 (41•4)
19:3 19.8 15:3 (54•4)
(52:4)
econd and fourth quarters of the year production in is in the first and third quarters that the real shortfalls ter has been of the extent of 0-3 million kgs. The 79 dropped by 4:3 per cent and the London Auction - according to the estimated figures of the Central
ns for the Tea Sector initiated in 1978 were : bjectives were vel and structure of production over the next 10 to 15
nme including detailed implementation programmes ch could hopefully achieve the determined level and
rld Bank assistance in a loan of 21 million US dollars -elopment an extent of 18,000 hectares of existing tea his programme involves replanting, infilling, factory rovision of transport and training facilities.
ector was further improved by providing for more of the Regional Offices, and by a more rational distrirporations. Janatha Estate Development board poration own about 62 per cent of the Tea acreage
ent increase in 1978 over 1977. In 1977 the producar the production rose to 156 million kgs. However pared with the 1978 figure.

Page 87
AGRICULTURE !
Although the market conditions in 1979 were high attributable to the International Buffer Stock Ag performance during that year was a discouraging o E A Master Plan Study of the Rubber Industry has Development Ministry of the United Kingdom. T of production levels and institutional structures to secondly the formulation of investment proposals ir prepared by the FAO with special emphasis on the
Twenty five percent of Rubber producing area S. L. S. P. C. and these two institutions are respor Lanka. Private estates, particularly small holdings production in the country.
Replanting subsidies to the private sector and sn September replanting subsidy was increased from R in Novemer it was raised to Rs. 16,062 per acre. from Rs. 8,500 to Rs. 24,711 per acre and the subs
The rising prices of petroleum indicates a brigt being a product of petro-chemical industry would i apparently show a bleak future for synthetic produc Rubber Agreement in Geneva during September Rubber in ensuing years.
Coconut.—The Coconut Sector in 1979 showed an 1978. Unlike in Tea and Rubber where production in Coconut as in paddy, figures of yield and total p to count the number of nuts, plucked and the esti this basis the Coconut Development Authority has e 2,393 million in 1979 as against 2,207 million in 1978 coconut and copra, the exported figures are actual
Here too the comparison between 1978 and 1979
TABLE 9-1--CocONUI
is a Volume
1. Coconut Oil 2. Desiccated Coconut 3. Copra 4. Fresh Nuts
(M. T.) 28,267 40,664
924
507•20 equivalent
Mn. nuts
Total Utilization
Source
The Land Reform programme of the Governmen early 1970s in the coconut plantation sector. Durin adversely affected the coconut yield and by 1973 tot:

AND FOOD
75
Lly favourable, consequent to the buoyant prices reement in Geneva the industry's production ine.
been initiated with assistance from the Overseas "his study has twin objectives, the determination support such levels over the next 10 years and 1 the short-run. An investment Project is being
replanting needs of small holders. of Sri Lanka comes under J. E. D. B. and isible for about 30 per cent of production in Sri account for the balance area of rubber lands and
1all holders were revised twice during 1979. In S. 4,000 per acre to Rs. 5,000 per acre and again
However the current cost of replanting ranges idy remains inadequate. it future for natural rubber. Synthetic rubber nove up in price to such an extent that it would ction. The signing of the International Natural 1979 would promote better prices for Natural
increase in production as compared to the year is an actual measurement of quantities produced, roduction are only estimates. It is not possible
mate of production is based on a formula. On estimated actual production of nuts to have been - However in the case of coconut oil, desiccated
quantities produced. shows the performance was better in 1979.
E PRODUCTION 1978 AND 1979
For Value
Volume
Value
(Rs. ’000)
(M. T.)
(Rs.’ 000) 317,225
33,961
535,148 626,263
41,766
819,252 9,811
1,080
16,489 347,550 (Nuts)
1,130 in 953,299 561:36 equivalent in 1,372,019
Mn. nuts 1978 (000)
1979 (000)
2,207,336
2,393,157
: Annual Review of Coconut Marketing Board
e brought in a state of inactiveness during the g the subsequent years severe spells of drought el production declined to an estimated figure of

Page 88
76
AGRICULT
1,948 million nuts. It was 1,821 million nuts in of over 2,600 million nuts in the previous deca. the island in November 1978 destroyed approxin quent loss of about 50 million coconuts per ai since then but it would take a few more years be
TABLE 9-2-COCONUT PRODUC
Estimated production i million nui
1,948
registar
1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978
2,445 2,668 2,818 1,948 2,030 2,585 2,330 1,821 2,207 2,393
1979
Since price fluctuations in the coconut trade the government introduced the new Export I coconut oil, desiccated coconut and fresh nuts w! this structure provided a basic price of Rs. 650 p with the increasing costs in maintenance of co Rs, 850 with effect from 29th January, 1979, a 9th November, 1979.
Since the coconut Processing Industry invol and extraction of fibre, needs extensive repair foreign aid investment projects are in the Institute of U. K. has conducted a survey of th have been identified. External finance suppor
The emphasis on future development of the in of production both through increased extensio through greater producer incentives. Sri Lan Coconut to Europe but due to the shortfall ir maintenance of these markets would demand th Coconut as in earlier years be maintained. Ir rapid increase in productiion is underlined. cropping on coconut lands have been substantia mono-cultural pattern of cultivation that now e:
Future Development Tea.--Since increase in production, at least upt expectation in the medium term, whilst continuir has become famous, the chief plan for future deve

URE AD FOOD
i 1977, compared to the national average production les. The cyclone that affected the eastern coast of nately 2 million coconut trees and there was a conseinum. Rehabilitation programmes are in progress efore normal production could be restored.
TION IN RELATION TO EXPORTS
Export
Export in million nuts
as year per center senal arts to produc-922
827
1,109 1,231
351 495 slot 914
36:3 41:6 43:7 negara 18:0 24:4 35.4
794
233 507 561
34:1 12:8 isegno di 23-0 236
adversely affected both consumer and the producer Duty structure for coconut kernel products—copra, hich came into effect from 1st August, 1978. Originally er 1,000 coconuts payable to the producer. In keeping conut lands, the above base price was increased to und to Rs. 1,000 per 1,000 coconuts with effect from
ving production of desiccated coconut, coconut oil and improvements, loans, credit arrangements and
process of formulation. The Tropical Products me Coir Fibre Industry and investment requirements ut for the modernization of Mills is also expected.
ndustry will necessarily have to be on the stimulation n services to the largely small holdings sector and ka used to be a traditional exporter of Desiccated a production these markets are being eroded. The at at least the same level of production of Desiccated, a the face of a rising home demand the urgency for
Subsidies for replanting, underplanting and interlly increased with a view to achieving a change in the exists.
o the historical maximum of 226-8 million kgs. is the ag to maintain the quality of tea for which the country elopment will be better management of the production

Page 89
AGRICULTURE.
aspects combined with greater care in processing management practices on the field plus greater inv be the main thrust in the future. Along with these, ! export, the promotion of new markets and an incr only 8 per cent of Sri Lanka teas are now exported component greater attention would be paid to the er An incentive scheme to promote the export of packet The cash incentive now provided is Rs. 2.50 per kilo from Sri Lanka.
} Rubber.—Sri Lanka presently produces only 4:1 pe Rubber prices internationally are expected to be good tion both through an intensified programme of replai
Whilst retaining Sri Lanka's pre-eminent position in t rubber, attention will be progressively given to 1 block rubber which is receiving increased demand in i is now Rs. 6,500 per acre to maintain an annual repl
Minor Crops Under ‘ minor crops’ are classed a wide range of cro Most of them are grown in small holdings and are se all of them are tree crops. Based on exports in 19
maize and cardamom has increased over 1978. The in existence since 1972 was revised in October 1978 diversification projects of the National Agricultur: are also designed to achieve increase production of * Developments in the production of Cashew economic importance.
Cashew.—The total extent under cultivation has been being in the hands of the State, managed by the Sri La
Since production is low, almost all of it is home cor Lanka cashew which is of a high quality but in view
have been exported.
Government proposals are to expand production bo ments to small-holders through a subsidy scheme whi to a minimum of 5 seedlings is in operation. There State's subsidy scheme has been expanded to cover 1 Anuradhapura and Mullaitivu districts.
Sericulture.--The development of Sericulture is the Development Authority. Mulberry plantations supp present. In addition to private sector ventures, the A at Pallekelle and five sub-stations at Horana, Aga Production of 15,000 kilogrammes of cocoons in 1978
Future programmes include bringing an additional the establishment of three more sub-stations for collec
Palmyrah.—A new agency the Palmyrah Developme the development of Palmyrah cultivation and processi It is estimated that there are 7 million palms at prese being exploited. The work of the Board will include assistance to the promotion and development of rese
5-A 60689

ND FOOD
Increased use of fertilizer and the highest stment in modernising factory equipment will ince Sri Lanka’s production is very largely for
ased emphasis on marketing, will follow. As in packeted form-which has an added value port of packeted teas directly from Sri Lanka. ed tea/tea bags was introduced in January 1979. gram of packeted tea and tea bags exported
- cent of the total world natural rubber. Since
in the foreseeable future, extension of producating and by new planting is to be encouraged. he world trade as regards manufacture of crepe he conversion of inferior rubber grades to world markets. Subsidy payable on replanting anted area of about 6,000 hectares.
ps both for export and domestic consumption ometimes inter-planted with other crops. No 79 the production of cinnamon, cloves, coffee
Minor Export Crop Subsidy Scheme which was 3 to provide enhanced incentives. The crop al Diversification and Settlement Authority these crops.
and Palmyrah and of sericulture are of
1 estimated to be 4,000 hectares-2,300 hectares nka Cashew Corporation. Isumed. There have been trade offers for Sri of the low production only limited quantities
th in the State and non-state sectors. Induceh provides a grant of Rs. 15 per plant subject, are 28 nurseries for raising planting material. Moneragala, Vavuniya, Amparai, Kurunegala,
responsibility of the Silk and Allied Products orted by the Authority cover 250 hectares at uthority operates a Central Sericulture Station awatte, Jaffna, Anuradhapura and Elpitiya. , shows an improved performance.
MER 400 hectares under Mulberry cultivation and ion of cocoons and weaving.
t Board was set up in early 1978 to undertake g of products in the Palmyrah growing areas. it in the country of which only 2 million are Il aspects as production, processing, sale and rch.

Page 90
78
AGRICUI
Field CropS Agriculture in Sri Lanka is dominated by the P 50 per cent of the production in the small hol group, paddy and other subsidiary food crops economy. Cultivation of paddy and other fi which forms the bulk of the peasant sector. for increasing production, mainly for domestic imports.
Paddy.-Rice is the staple food of Sri Lank ment prospects with the available land and i potential, there are other factors which make i which influence the overall growth of the coun per cent of the cultivated area, extends to near the North Central and North Western Provir
About 56 per cent of the agricultural land is with heavy concentration among small farmers changes in paddy production influences the ir
In 1978/79 Maha, 0•567 million hectares w production of 1,406•64 million kgs. This is In Yala 1979,0•259 million hectares were unde
The increase in the guaranteed price of pa in November 1977 and the bumper harvests th by the Paddy Marketing Board. The Paddy tion in 1979. Even though there is a margina the purchase of paddy during 1979 has decreas for their paddy from the private sector.
TABLE 9•3–PADDY PRODUCTIE
Paddy Production
Maha
'000 kgs. Yala
1971/72 1972/73 1973/74 1974/75 1975/76 1976/77 1977/78 1978/79
883,364•49 1972 876,623-48 1973 1,098,367•20 1974
719,138•46 1975 882,341-86 1976 1,144,364•70 1977 1,286,134•60 1978 1,393,615•10 1979
Subsidiary Food Cropse It is the policy of the Government to concer income generating for the producers. These items such as Milk and Poultry. On the ba crops is given a very high priority.

JRE AND FOOD
ntation Sector and the small holding sector. About ng sector is contributed by the field crops. In this 1y a very important role in the domestic agricultural d crops is mostly confined to small private farms e development of field crops offers a large potential onsumption, thus reducing the heavy dependency on
and rice (paddy) cultivation offers the best develop1own technology. In addition to the high growth addy the most i mportant crop among the field crops ry's economy. Paddy cultivation, covering about 30 y all parts of the Island with heavy concentrations in ses of Sri Lanka. in the Dry Zone and 44 per cent is in the Wet Zone,
By virtue of its small size and spread in the economy, come, employment and welfare levels in the country. re under paddy cultivation which gave an estimated he highest production on record for a single season. r paddy with a production of 523•8 million kgs. ddy from Rs. 33 to Rs. 40 per bushel announced at followed led to an increase on the paddy purchases sarketing Board purchased 28•3 gent per of the produc1 increase in production in 1979 compared with 1978, ed. This is because the farmers obtained better price
ON AND G. P.S. PURCHASES 1972-1979
G, P. S. Purchases
D00 kgs.
Total
'000 kgs. As a Percen
tage of Total
Production
'000 kgs.
41:9 36-4
27•2
20:9
429,379-38 1,312,743-87 550,049-72 436,099•52 1,312,723•00 478,256:92 504,323•55 1,602,690-75 435,661:25 435,285.59 1,154,424-05 241,674•60 370,567•72 1,252,909.58 268,742•99 533,311-98
- 1,677,676•68 512,504:59 604,791:73 1,890,926-33 675,144:50 524,296-14 1,917,911-24 541,388•67
21-4 30.5 35•7 28-2
Source : Paddy Marketing Board.
cate on the development of few crops which are high cops also serve as inputs for high priority production s of the above criteria, development of the following

Page 91
AGRICULTURE
Chillies, Potatoes, Kurakkan and Manioc, Pulses such as Cowpea, Green Gram and Black C Soya bean, Gingelly and other high value oil seed
With the import ban in 1970, price became the I onions. However, for the coarse grain imports an demand for these items.
The Government proposals to develop this sub-se (a) Improving the data on subsidiary food crops
cultivated, production, prices and cost of pro (6) Monitoring and evaluation of price and mark (C) Ensuring guaranteed for floor price at farm-g (d) Regulate import of these items with a view to
Coarse Grain and Grain Legumes Cultivation of Coarse grain and grain legumes have er price incentives. Of these two groups-grain legur, are of specific importance in view of the contributi the people. The following guaranteed floor p Agricultural Development and Research :-
Maize Soya Bean Cowpea (white)
(other varieties) Green Gram (large).
(small) 2 Black Gram (large)
(small) Soya Bean
Soya Bean.—Soya bean is a great potential source supplement food resources of the country in a substa been estimated at 1,575 mt, tons on an extent of about
* Gingelly.-Gingelly is traditionally a chena crop wh extent cultivated depends heavily on rainfall condition to 16,000 hectares in the past.
Sugar.-The Sri Lanka Sugar Corporation is respon at Kantalai, Walawa and Hingurana. The present ! 24,384 mt. tons, meeting about 15 per cent of the 1 capacity is 36,576 mt. tons per annum. Poor perform: to the 1978 cyclone which destroyed a considerable pe and Hingurana.

AND FOOD
am,
main incentive for the production of chillies and 1 low price of Wheat Four have depressed the
=tor by the following policy support :
with a view to collecting reliable data-extent duction, etc. et trend for these crops. ate level. stabilizing a reasonable price for the consumer.
Epanded during the last few years mainly due to ne (i.e., green gram, black gram and cowpea) on towards improving the nutritional level of rices have been fixed by the Ministry of
O Coroa
La Rs.
1,230 per mt. ton 1,476 per mt. ton
3•52 per kg. 3.30 per kg. la ortodo 5.73 per kg. Ook 4.40 per kg. 4.40 per kg.
sed eisioon oli 3.96 per kg. 5.50 per kg. amatniectarea
f protein and edible oil and therefore it could itial way. The production of soya bean has 1,300 hectares.
ch is grown mainly in the Yala Season. The s in the dry zone area and varied from 6,000
ble for the production of sugar at itsfactories roduction in these factories amount to about tal requirements of the country. The rated ice in sugar production in 1979 is attributable portion of sugar cane cultivation at Kantalai

Page 92
80
AGRICUL.
Livestock The National Livestock Development Board h Hitherto, it was created exclusively for the p function has since redefined, the Board is nov produce more milk and milkfoods.
i Upgrading of indigenous stock to provide husbandry development featured prominently Board has also within its authority an extent
The Board has four major projects, embra The Mid-country The Hill country The Coconut Trinagle The Dry Zone
The Mid-Country Project and the Coconut the basis that these provide the greatest poten the I. D. A. Mission, the best rate of return t by these two projects. A total of 725 mode developing the dairy industry on a sound for
Accordingly, an agreement was signed when the Government of Sri Lanka's contribution w
The I. D. A. team examined the World Ba 1978 and commended favourably on its progre ded a complete reformulation, with a view to phase II covering the period 1981-1985.
In the Mid-country and Hill country areas I the Board in August 1978. A considerable ai
Country Scheme of Development.
A total of 300 herd of Khillari Cattle are ti Programme for the Development of Animal
maintains 272 suhiwals, 644 Gir, 2,848 indig three acceptable breeds. These farms also ha animals.
The Mahaberiatenne farm maintains a poul and 2,500 pigs.
With the setting up of the Rural Industrial! and implemented to assist the small scale pro
With a view to saving the dwindling nation: slaughter of high yielding breedable cattle. increased from Rs. 141 per litre to Rs. 1.94 reduced from the former level of approximat per mt. ton. Similarly, all other categories o the quantity of feed produced by the Ceylon 30 per cent.
The producers were encouraged to form i ensure their participation and involvement ii formulated in collaboration with the Bank of high yielding cattle for the increased product

RE AND FOOD
assumed a new role in the performance of its work omotion, processing and marketing of meat. This mainly concerned with dairy farming that helps to
1e maximum number of improved stock for animal in the re-alignment of the overall functions. The T 800 hectares of fodder and pasture land.
ng :-
antibiotito inoltre bas gitnodigion ) Bancaiugnoot molestaan
Triangle were selected for financing by the I. D. A. on ial for increasing milk production. As evaluated by o investment of 15 to 19 per cent could be realised 1 farms in these two regions provided the impact on sting. e the I. D. A. contribution was 9 million U.S. $ and as 3.9 million U.S. $. nk I. D. A. Dairy Development Project in February :ss. In consequence, the World Bank has recommenusing not only balance funds but also give effect to
New Zealand Farm at Ambewela, was handed over to mount of work has already been carried out in the Hill
o be received under the Indo-Sri Lanka Co-operation Husbandry. The 11 farms in the coconut triangle nous and cross-bred neat cattle which are mated to -e a herd of 544 Surti Buffaloes and 145 Murrah cross
ry unit which provides 24,000 day-old chicks a month
Development Ministry several projects were formulated
ucer of milk and livestock.
Cherd, steps have been taken to stop the indiscriminate The purchase price paid to the producer of milk was per litre. Simultaneously, the cost of cattle feed was Jy Rs. 1,181 per mt. ton to a stabilized level of Rs. 787 animal feed were reduced by Rs. 394 per mt. ton, while Dils and Fats Corporation has been increased by over
iry co-operatives in order to develop self-reliance and Livestock and dairy development. A loan scheme was Ceylon to enable the members of the public to purchase n of milk. This scheme has already been introduced

Page 93
AGRICULTURE
on a pilot basis in the Nuwara Eliya District. Once tł it is intended to extend the scheme to cover the whol services, a planned programme for the opening of ad To upgrade the quality of livestock, the programme new techniques using synthetic hormones to enable inseminated.
With the collaboration of the F. A. 0., the Board bring into fold a large concentration of stray cattle in n ing to statistics available, the number of stray cattle operation to seize and tame wild cattle will be conduc the Nature Protection Society. This scheme will need experts as well as trained personnel
Gashes Livestock Development
obecnie Policies and plans to step up productivity in the live vital necessity to improve both the quality and numb towards this goal, particular attention has to be paid
(a) Manpower |(6) Supply of high quality breeding material
(C) Loan schemes (d) Supply of concentrate feed and mineral suppl (e) Adequate Animal Health Services (1) Marketing facilities.
These were some of the main considerations that Development that is being drawn up with the establish programmes in the sphere of animal production would
mention has to be made here of the Government's dec animals. This was a long awaited decision and it is t improve the patential of the dairy industry.
In carrying out the plans and programmes in differe bility of dependable data on stocking intensity, eco In order to meet this need special unit for collecting already been set up.
Animal Health Services.--The Island is divided int Services Activities. Each of these ranges is incharge lack of transport facilities, the vastness of the area co it is evident that the number of Veterinary Surgeons i Department of Animal Production and Health, Veter were further strengthened with the provision of additi
Several special programmes were initiated during 19 loan scheme at Nuwara Eliya and intensive servicing
Artificial Insemination Service.—This is one of the receiving special attention. The significance of the ; national herd and to improve its quality has been so g grammes are being considered in order to expand the being implemented with the object of providing artific services to the small farmer. There has been an incre to cater to the increased demand for these vaccines. artificial methods and inseminating them with quality s

AND FOOD
81
e results of the experiment have been evaluated, e Island. In order to improve the supporting ditional milk collecting centres, was launched. of artificial insemination was extended by the arge groups of animals to be simultaneously
Pas arranged to conduct trapping operations to any areas, including Yala Sanctuary. Accordin Yala alone is around 8,000 animals. This ed jointly with the Wild Life Department and che technological asistance and services of a few
Sa latina sono fouwiligiga no con stock industry have to take cognisance of the er of the national herd. In formulating plans to issues such as ;
nadal od actoscrecieria o
ements rood endast sooril assat
1ave gone into the Master Plan for Livestock iment of a separate department. Future action
mainly be based on this master plan. Special cision to ban the slaughter of breedable female Iound to have a great impact on our efforts to
.bacinogro od nt agro-climatic zones of the country, availa1omic viability, etc., is extremely important. and processing data for economic studies has
) 94 ranges for purposes of Animal Health
of a Veterinary Surgeon. However, due to rered by a single range and other constraints, | inadequate. With the formation of the new nary Surgeons were recruited. These services »nal veterinary staff. ionantoloog 79, such as mobile Veterinary clinics, farmers chemes in the Mahaweli area.
nany aspects of the new department that is rtificial insemination service to multiply the reat that an all out, concentrated action pro
operations. A pilot project is accordingly al insemination services and related health sed production of cattle and poultry vaccine An experiment to induce 'heat’ in cows by
men has proved quite successful.

Page 94
82
AGRICUL:
Agricultural Development Authority locis The Agricultural Development Authority comn tive of A. D. A. is to achieve high growth r productivity of private agricultural lands belo providing services and facilities.
The Authority is intended to implement its p of the Department of Agriculture, other govern
Another objective of the A. D. A. is to ens agricultural inputs such as seeds, plants, fertilize ties as well as technical know-how required by is aimed at creating an awareness among farm by them on agricultural crops and animal hus
The activities of the A. D. A., have upto da districts where integrated rural development electorates in Kurunegala District, seven in A survey was made regarding inputs such as services, marketing, irrigation facilities, loa to these inspectons the A. D. A. has taken n commence cultivation of new crops, and impr farmers in those areas have been provided and in respect of minor export crops like coffee, c
Regarding agricultural inputs and distributio A. D. A. As regard marketing co-operation of Cattle have been distributed for animal husba regional set-up has been initiated in each electo tors and Extension Officers have been appoin better and more efficiant functioning of the o been organised.
Food and Nutrition Food and Nutrition Policy Planning in Sri I Planning and signifies an increasing recogniti lower income groups and also the impact of
A new division has been set-up under the N as :-
(4) Development of a Food and Nutrition
Food Policy Committee (NFPC) ; (ii) To service the NFPC together with 1
relevant agencies as regards food com
etc. ; (iii) To identify the casual incidence of n
reduce malnutrition ; (iv) To formulate policy measures and pr (V) To strengthen food control means to e (vi) To monitor progress and performanc

JRE AND FOOD
nced functioning in March, 1980. The prime objecte in agricultural production through increasing 20 hectares in extent, as well as home gardens, by
ogrammes in consultation and with the co-operation nent institutions and State Banks.
ire, through organisation, the timely availability of ragro-chemicals and crop insurance, irrigation facilifarmers in areas covered by the A. D. A. Further it rs as well as to provide necessary training requiried bandry.
te been extended to cover 20 electorates specially in projects are under implementation ; namely, nine Matara District and four in Hambantota District. planting material, implements, agricultural extension 1, soil conservation, inter-crops, etc. Subsequent ecessary steps to provide assistance and services to ove existing crops. Loans with the consultation of steps have been taken to distribute planting material pcoa and cardamom.
n, certain private sector firms have been helpful to the the Markfed and the Co-operatives have been sought. andry. For the efficient working of the Authority a erate, covered by the authority. Agricultural Instructed to Agricultural Extension Centres. Further, for rganisation, administrative units, smaller in size have
anka is comparatively a recent aspect of Economic on of the importance of nutritional standard among development efforts in maintaining nutritional levels,
inistry of Plan Implementation with major objectives
Policy for Sri Lanka in concurrence with the National
e Market Assessment and Research Unit and other modity, prices, production, buffer stocks, crop forecast,
Llnutrition and determine strategies and measures to
og senere posals directed to target sections of the community ; sure safe quality and nutrition food to the consumer ;
of sectoral programmes on food and nutrition ;

Page 95
AGRICULTURE
(vii) Implementation of the UNICEF programme
tional status and primary health care of the (viii) Implementation of applied food and nutrit (ix) to work in liaison and collaboration with int
tion policy planning.
In carrying out the wide range of activities essent several specialised panels have been established to agencies concerned.
The Food and Nutrition Co-ordinating Committes from initiating matters itself constitutes a forum w are discussed and resolved.
i Major projects presently handled by the division o
(1) Nutrition Policy and surveillance
Nutritional status and socio-economic surveys are c Food and Nutrition Policy.
(i) The field survey work has already been comple
integrated district development projects and . (ii) The field survey work in the (H) area of the ]
the data are being processed.
This survey has a special significance, in the
by certain international agencies to study nutri (iii) Surveys conducted in the two wet zone distri
of these studies.
To facilitate Nutrition Surveillance work it is impo is now engaged in the setting up of a Data Bank for socio-economic indicators.
(2) Nutrition Education In view of the significant role that nutrition educatio several projects have been undertaken in this field.
The school farms project implemented in colla at establishing farms in schools for the purpose among school children while at the same time familia
For the purpose of imparting nutrition education made to prepare suitable school texts covering food
Adult Education Programme. This programme is covering mainly, farmers, workers and adult members to this sector of the population nutritiion values, sui
(3). Communication Support Programme
The broad objective of this programme is to dissemina awareness among a variety of clientele. The media nutrition 'message' in ways calculated to capture crossword competitions have been conducted in popu

AND FOOD
83
directed towards the improvement of the nutripopulation ; on projects ; ernational agencies dealing with food and nutri
al to the fulfilment of the division's objectives, ensure the active involvement of the different
has the role of an apex organisation and apart nere problems encountered by the other panels
puld be considered under the following heads
onducted with a view to forniulating primary
ted in respect of eight districts coming under the lata collected are being processed. Mahaweli development scheme, is complete and
at it is designed to test new approaches adopted tional impact on development projects. et Galle and Kalutara would increase coverage
rtant to ensure a proper data flow; the division the regular monitoring of nutrition, food and
o could play in increasing nutrition standards
boration with the Education Ministry aims of introducing nutritionally important crops rising them with the methods of cultivation.
it a more formal level arrangements have been ind nutrition aspects.
eing implemented in 6 districts on a pilot basis of their households. It is hoped to introduce table crop patterns and sanitation practices.
te the nutrition 'message' and create a nutrition
have been extensively used to put across the ifferent groups. Thus short story, essay and lar daily and weekly papers.

Page 96
84
AGRICUL
- In addition the division has its own publicat and Nutrition.
A school oratorical contest on the Nutritio
Special films on Nutrition are being screene a special appeal to local audiences.
With a view to harnessing the widespread cause of nutrition the division has succeede Physicians. At a seminar organised by the d proposals were made to enable the two branch awareness.
(4) RESEARCH Recognising the importance of research in th implementation of Nutrition Policies the divi
with the assistance of UNICEF.
(5) FOOD, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Several projects have been undertaken in th imported food items and promote nutrition v
A project to fortify wheat/rice flour with soy with the assistance of the Stae Flour Milling
(6) EVALUATION OF INTERVENTION PROGRAMMI It is the policy of the division to monitor the in Stamp Scheme, Triposha and the School Bisc their more effective implementation. Step programmes.
bni boni con loendotieron lugar
intensiten painooni ni vigilaro
eos diogel anoilun kent
disvalasalo bodies salu i onolit ni
di alimentadas lasi leol Torn !
aiged talig godsei o atitinonnolentigini Gorbatoiotteggibiotood
odongeni
doilun on bassentadinol Die Elementals Bn a ਖੇਡ ਸor Ryਰ ਮੈਮਰੀ

RE AND FOOD
1“ Poshana Puwath ” devoted to the theme of Food
Yans le theme has been conducted. and it is hoped to produce filmlets on this theme with
etwork of Ayurvedic practitioners in promoting the in initiating a dialogue programme with Ayurvedic ision for Western and Ayurveda practitioners several s of medicine to work in harmony in creating nutrition
to Teodlini shiriti
field of Food and Nutrition in the formulation and ion has attempted to promote research in this field,
22 Slapride k eh ਪਤਨੀ ਕਿਸਮ
s field to produce substitutes for certain high-cost Llues in staple items like wheat flour. a flour has been formulated and is to be implemented Corporation.
iliynaisia lainse Revue ainn tervention programmes in operation such as the Food uit Programmes to identify problems and to facilitate s have also been taken to evaluate these three
ongelolagitsoesi hemawon
maaaritionogio
moitoina olen A ( ਤਵੀਤ, 9 ਮੈਂਬਰ ਹਨ eloz Terg srh e By az
- ke an at sad sLuza ਕਾਰ
if u GD ਤੇ ਤੇਲ ][ LEDs Lਲ 3
ਤੇ ਰttpgoq it-gmASh2013 ashx
ਤਪਤ 4 i crong & to seeb 24 ਨੂੰ
ਦੇ 3 binod i 2 ਕDਬਾਈਲ

Page 97
JE -- CHAPT
CHAPT at nomor lo ostis
olan 10 noirse ai disiau INDUS.
INDUS. General tndustrial production in Sri Lanka is undertaken units are State-owned and the private sector. The t , the support of foreign collaboration in capital and 7. The Central Bank had estimated the value of pro
million in 1978. This is exclusive of the export p traditional agricultural crops, viz., Tea, Rubber
manufacturing industry sector reached Rs. 10,781 n the preceding year. Is
The contribution of the Manufacturing Sector to t cost prices as estimated by the Department of Census manufacturing industry covered registered and unre scale industry and also power and handloom textile i
Sub-sectorwise breakdown of the main manufa divisions showed that approximately 50 per cent of t} (a) textile and wearing apparel and leather industri plastics, (c) non-metallic mineral products, (d) basic (machinery and equipment, (e) wood and wood prod Is This remarkable trend in industrial activity is ati liberalisation of imports of spares, accessories and economic policies initiated in 1977. Another contribu installed capacities of the existing industries. The b also led to the establishment of new production units.
This value of industrial exports (including petroleur doubled over the 1977 figure to Rs. 1,963 million in 19 an all time high at Rs. 3,731 million and accounting f exports during the year.
TABLE 10.1—VALUE OF INDUSTRIAL
Category
(1) Food, Beverages and Tobacco (2) Textiles, Wearing Apparel and Leather Products
3) Wood and Products (including furniture) og (4) Paper and Paper Products (5) Chemicals, Petroleum, Coal, Rubber and Plastic
Products (6) Non-Metallic Mineral Products (except Petroleum
and Coal) (7) Basic Metal Products (8) Fabricated Metal Products, Machinery and Trans
Sport Equipment (9) Manufactured Products n.e.s.
Total
*Provisional
Adriano Tanillos

R x
In 11 iancois iedalaad SysG !ust 13ੜ 6 ho sado Bin G Eggsidieczogami sta io coi
intly by the public sector, where the industria ggest ventures have generally been set up with or technology in varying degrees.
uction of manufacturing industry at Rs. 8,852 pcessing industries associated with the major
and Coconut. Value of production in the illion in 1979, an increase of 22 per cent over
Lne Gross Domestic Product at current factory and Statistics was 11•4 per cent in 1979. The gistered manufacturing units including smallnits. nits. Eagoogie cturing sector of the G.D.P. by broad ISIC Le dvisional components were those relating to es, (b) chemicals and petroleum, rubber and
metal industries, fabricated metal products, Cucts including furniture industries. cributed to the response of this sector to the
raw materials under the Government's new itory factor was the reduction of the unutilised usiness optimism created by the new policies
a but excluding gems) at current prices almost 78. It escalated further during 1979 to record or 24 per cent of the overall value of domestic
PRODUCTION 1975 TO 1979
(Rs. Million) sa 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979*
1,503 ad 1,715 il 2,295 2,609 e 2,856
892680 698 1,008 1,128 115 129 127 - 124 166 270203 270 376 445 2,002
2,336 2,469 3,279 4,508
244
360 411 592
710
128 138 132. 219 381
474
571
590
349 569
| 20 26 34 55 50 5,556 6,061 7,004 8,852 10,781
—
ce: Central Bank of Ceylon. balanco
soiliko

Page 98
86
86
The Industrial Development Programme The major objectives of the Industrial Devel (1) Creation of maximum possible employ
areas and giving high priority to the
based, small and medium-scale industri (2) Expansion of production of essential co (3) Emphasis on establishment of basic
industries and establishing inter-indust
sectors of the economy. (4) Encourage the establishment of Agro(5) Promotion of industrial development
by creation of Free Trade Zone geared t
earnings and minimising dependence on Three different Ministries are responsible fo of different sub-sectors of industrial activity a (1) The Ministry of Industries and Scienti
purview of the Ministry of Textile Indus (2) The Ministry of Textile Industries, whi
falling under the textile manufacturing (3) The Ministry of Rural Industrial Develo
handicrafts, cottage and village level ind
Under the supervision of these Ministries, th cottage and village level industries ; the Dep decentralised powerloom workshops and cen the more modern small and medium-scale in Affairs and the Ministry of Textile Indus Corporations and other large production unit
Overall trends.--The Five-Year Plan, whic investment of Rs. 2,240 million on the industr public sector and Rs, 1,000 million en indus the private sector fell far short of the target { utilised in State Manufacturing Corporation i.e., by Rs. 2,636 million during this period. due to uncertainty following the enactment o of 1971. The higin investment in the public s
The value of industrial production by indu appears in table 10.1. The increase in valu 1978 to Rs. 10,781 million in 1979 showed
With adjustments for price changes, the real i to a 11 per cent observed during 1978.
Though the performance of the manufacti reached in the preceding year, nevertheless tt contributed towards a greater rationalizatic capacities.

DUSTRY
iment Programme of the Government are : ent opportunities by dispersion of Industry to rural stablishment of labour-intensive, local raw material
imodities of mass consumption. ndustries necessary for providing inputs for other ial links and linkages between industry and other
dustries by provision of greater assistance. hrough foreign collaboration or direct involvement » exports, with a view to maximising foreign exchange foreign aid. e the development and growth, control and regulation ; shown below: fic Affairs other than industries falling within the
itries,
ch was set up in March 1977, deals with all industries sector including the manufacture of garments. pment, which was set up in September, 1978, promotes Lustries.
as 10 estarit e Department of Small Industries services handicrafts, artment of Textile Industries services handloom and cres : and the Industrial Development Board services lustries. The Ministry of Industries and Scientific eries service direct to the public sector Industrial s in the private sector.
a covered the period 1972 to 1976 envisaged a total al sector—viz., Rs. 1,240 million on industries in the ries in the Private Sector. While the investment in eing under Rs. 100 million, the capital invested and - rose from Rs. 1,405 million to Rs. 4,041 million, The low performance in the private sector was partly the Business Undertakings Acquisition Act (No. 35) ctor was partly the result of rapid escalation in costs
trial categories for the five-year period 1975 to 1979.
of industrial production from Rs. 8,852 million in a expansion of 22 per cent over the preceding year. te of growth in 1979 was about 4 per cent in contrast
ing sector was rather low compared with the levels import liberalization policy of the Government has
resulting from optimum utilisation, of production

Page 99
INDU
Based on the results of a survey of manufactui major expanding sectors in the domestic industry products, food and beverages, textiles and wearii non-metallic mineral products.
Though a drop in output of the State textile mi compensated by the production increase in the priv. products sector was attributable to the expansion
As Customs data reveal, value of industrial expo1 Rs. 1,940 million to RS. 3,731 million in 1979. W increase recorded was about 87 per cent.
The tempo of industrial development could be g GCEC Area and outside the GCEC Area.
Changes in Fiscal policy and Juniors Liberalisation of imports.--A major constraint to t the small size of the local market. Heavy and coi competition and a widespread system of licensing i improving quality of product. Subsequent budget earlier policies. Imports were liberalised, freeing th permitting imports of machinery in consignments no ment approval.
Export Promotion Zone.--An Export Promotion has been established under the Greater Colombo Attractive tax incentives and infra-structure facilities promotion Zone demarcated in the area of authority during the year 1979 involving an investment of Rs. the approved projects is 13,000. An overall total of total investment of Rs. 2,675 million and about 40,0 1979.
Business Turnover Tax.—Rates of Business Turhov with the unification of exchange rates and revision earlier were reduced to three, namely 1 per cent, 5 pe rates in excess of 10 per cent were fixed. As a result o and anomalies were removed.
Further, the exemption limit for purposes of tax Rs. 75,000 per year to Rs. 25,000 per quarter or Rs.
Import Duty.–In view of the high import values re the customs duties on most items were scaled down. 25 per cent, 50 per cent and 100 per cent dependin introduced to protect local industry.
Lump-sum depreciation and Development rebate.- depreciation allowance and development rebates wer allowance amounting to full cost of plant and mact construction of agricultural and industrial buildings
Incentives for small-scale industries. —The 1978 B Holiday on profits for small industries. Small indust and situated outside a municipal area were made eli

87
g industries carried out by the Central Bank, ere Chemicals including petroleum and rubber apparel including ready-made garments and
- was recorded, this decline was more than e sector. Growth in the non-metallic mineral a output of cement, bricks and tiles.
s at current prices had almost doubled from een adjusted for changes in exchange rate, the
suged from approvals and investments in the
Load smolarnot wyd ne growth of the industrial sector has been tinuing protection to local industries, lack of und controls prevented these industries from
proposals constituted a major change in the e majority of raw materials from licensing and t exceeding Rs. 700,000 without prior Govern
Zone approximately 200 square miles in extent Economic Commission Law No, 4 of 1978.
have been offered to investors in Investment 1. A total of 37 new projects were approved,
1,041 million. The employment potential of '90 projects have so far been approved giving 00 employment opportunities as at the end of
ir Tax on manufactured products were revised of import duties. The tax rates that existed r cent and 10 per cent. For a very few items, f this revision the cascade effect was minimised
bis zilor tas increased from RS. 18,750 per quarter or 30,000 per year.
ulting from the unification of exchange rates, The present rates are 5 per cent, 124 per cent, on the item. Appropriate safeguards were
The then existing structure of lump-sum abolished. Instead, lump-sum depreciation nery and fixtures and 50 per cent of cost of are effective during 1979.
dget announced the grant of a 5-year Tax Es with a capital investment upto Rs. 500,000 ble to this concession.

Page 100
88
Credit Guarantee Scheme for Small Industri the inauguration of Credti Guarantee Schem the Central Bank of Ceylon guarantees up 1 tt is a well known fact that the small enter commercial credit initially for institutional e is a major landmark in the provision of easy in this country.
A sum of Rs. 15·9 million granted as loan
The Government of Sri Lanka has entered ment Association (IDA) for 16 million U.S. in the island. Of this sum 4 million U.S. D and assistance to the Industrial Development
Public Sector Industry
With a view to making public sector enterp out the following guiding principles :
(1) Public enterprises should normally be
exchequer. (2) The enterprises should be able to com
private sector and among themselves. (3) State industrial monopolies would be m
There were 27 State Industrial Corporation production to the Refining of Petroleum. ventures in 1978 and 1979 is given in Table 1
Value of industrial exports almost doubled figure. Group-wise petroleum products (excl over the preceding year. Value of textiles i at 128 per cent, also representing a gross valı Processing Zone at Katunayake.
TABLE 10:2—INDUSTRIAL EXPOR
(1) Food, Beverages and Tobacco (2) Textiles and Wearing Apparel (3) Essential Oils in (4) Chemical Products (5) Petroleum Products (6) Leather Rubber Wood and Ceram (7) Cement (8) Machinery and Mechanical Appli (9) Mining and Quarrying
(a) Include only selected items of industria (6) Exclude semi-precious and precious sto

DUSTRY
—In 1978 a sum of Rs. 10 million was provided for for small industries. On behalf of the Government, 75 per cent of loans given to small-scale industries. eneur, though at times a credit risk, urgently needs ablishments. Hence, the introduction of this scheme :redit for the development of small-scale industries
under this scheme covering 492 projects.
ito a loan Agreement with the International Developvollars to refinance small and medium-scale industries llars would be used to meet costs of technical services Board.
ises more efficient, the Government, in late 1977, set
riable institutions and cease to be a drain on the
pete on equal and non-discriminatory terms with the
ade to face some degree of competition from imports. s covering a wide range of activities ranging from Milk A summary of the performance of State Industrial .2. during 1979, an increase of 70 per cent over the 1978 uding bunker charges) showed a 106 per cent increase and wearing apparel accounted for a substantial rise se of Rs. 115 million from the newly set up Industrial
IS (SELECTED ITEM) BY VALUE-—1976-1979
1976
(Value Rs. million) (a)
1977 1978 1979
94•5 SE 116.9 256.4 361:5
69-7
119•8 478.6 1,092•8 10-5
11:7 i 25.4 24.7 11:7
8•8 22.3 16:9 505•2
598•4 926.9 1,910:2 CSO 315
36:6 e 70.0 i 72•5
Je 0.4 0:3
aces
2•4
3·9 17.4
20•0 29•7 (6)1 277•2 625.9 625•3
0:3
otal .. 755•5 to 1,164:3 2,423.3 4,124:2
exports. es.
No obras
Source : Central Bank of Ceylon.

Page 101
16 ropar cookie
TABLE 10-3-PRODUCTION OF STATE INDUSTRIAL CORPORATIONS
Production
O EOCENOOT COM Corporation/Commodity
,000 bagi
Unit
Production
as a
percentage
target
1979
Capacity
Production
1978
Target
1979
Actual
1979
1. NATIONAL MILK BOARD (MY/RID)
(i) Processed Milk (ii) Condensed Milk
33,750
25,000
17,294
12,309
25,101
23,040
'000 litres
'000 14-Oz.
Cans
°000 lbs.
18,988
13,932
75
60
(iii) Powdered Milk
12,000
20,6841
4,811
9,461
196
2. CEYLON OILS AND FATS (MY/RID)
(i) Provender
(ii) Fatty Acids
73,500 KG
M. Tons
M, Tons
90,000
3.600
41,520
5000
62,874 S


Page 102
TABLE 10-3.-PRODUCTION OF STATE INDUSTRIAL CORPORATIONS--(Contd.)
90
Production
Corporation/Commodity
----
Unit
Production
as a
percentage
target
1979
Capacity
Production
1978
Target
1979
Actual
1979
6. NATIONAL TEXTILE (MY/TI)2
VEYANGODA
(i) Yarn
(ii) Cloth Woven Gia Cloth finished VYD
1:45
Mln. kg.
Mln. M.
Mln. M.
1•4
12-0
31:2
1•35
6-68
21•68
1:41
6:43
9•73
97:2
85.1
7:55
28•70
38.9
THULHIRIYA

Ta 4
Mln. kg.
Mln. M.
Mln. M.
7-4
12:8
36:7
1.95
4:56
21:69
400
SE 8•70
38:27
(J'Z)
4•12
8-83
47:3
23-0
DUSTRY
(1) Yarn
(ii) Cloth Woven (iii) Cloth Finished TO PUGODA
(i) Yarn
(ii) Cloth Woven
MATTEGAMA
(i) Yarna
(ii) Minneriya Yarn
Mln, kg.
Mln. M.
1.4
11:0
1:18
7.03
1-45
8-20
1-30
7:25
89-6
88•4
0-91
1:01
Mln. kg.
Mln. kg.
2:0
1-6
1:75
1-40
57:7
53•5
0-75
7. CEYLON LEATHER PRODUCTS
(i) Foot Wear
(ii) Chrome Leather (iii) Bark Leather (iv) Leather Goods -
'000 pairs
'000 sq. ft.
'000 kgs. LENDE 02 '000 (Rs.) value
345
1,250
400
276
1,126
121
4,899
349
1,254
102:3
6,801
293•6
1,527
102:7
7,885-2
84
122
100
116


Page 103
10,650
8. NATIONAL PAPER
VALACHCHENAI
(i) Paper
(ii) Paper Board
EMBILIPITIYA
(i) Paper
M. Tons
M. Tons
7,005
9,003
10,560
11.946
8,215
8,019
12,200
M. Tons
15,240
9,192
19,289
6,972
3,251
*000 sq. Mt.
*000 Nos.
*000 Nos.
1,861
751
2,065
918•4
2,158
1,850
721:4
2,533
90
78
117
191
9. CEYLON PYWCODS
GINTOTA (i) Plywood 3 ply equivalent (ii) Tea Chests-Full (iii) Tea Chests-Haif SALAWA (i) Plywood 3 ply equivalent (ii) Tea Chests Full (iii) Tea Chests-Half (iv) Chip Board
6,967
1.306:4
55
328
32
*000 sq. Mt.
*000 Nos.
*000 Nos.
Cu. Mt. 2:ཀྱི
1,232
360
243
1,494
2,366:2
101:0
225:6
564:4
256
113
INDUSTRY
5,943
4.202
74

(V) K.D.N. Project (Timber)
Cu. Mt.
21,225
18,535
26,314•8
25,422
97
37
10. PARANTHAN CHEMICALS
(i) Caustic Soda
(ii) Chlorine (iii) Hydrochloric Acid (iv) Table Salt
M. Tons
M. Tons
M. Tons
M. Tons
3,556
• 2,845
2,012
427
1,877
1,165
668
490
3,000
1,750
1,200
900
1,723
1,272
1,039
518
73
87
58
102
11. CEYLON TYRE
(i) Truck Tyres (ii) Car and Jeep Tyres (iii) Agricultural Tyres (iv) Tubes and Flaps (V) Total in Standard Tyres
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
94,810
146,725
15,428
241,484
173,131
97,000
124,600
21,700
268,150
176,333
98,697
145,213
25,432
250,487
188,530
117
117
97
107
BTE 103 Sonca 182,000 van


Page 104
TABLE 10-3-PRODUCTION OF STATE IUDUSTRIAL CORPORATIONS—(Contd.).
92
A02
STOD Production as
Mog
Corporation|Commodity
Production
1 as a
percentage
target
1979
Hog
Unit
Capacity
Production
1978
Target
1979
Actual
1979
'000 Mt.
'000 Glns.
1,800
4,900
1,388
4,050
1,589
4,586
1,323
4,577
83
99.8
12. CEYLON PETROLEUM
(i) Refinery Products
(ii) Lubrication Oil 13. *COLOMBO GAS COMPANY
(1) LPG|Air Gas 14. CEYLON CERAMICS
NEGOMEO
Min. Cu. Ft.
219
197
50318

M. Hohs
M. Tons
1,219
305
1239
253
7པ
240
མ༡༠༠
280
117
DUSTRY
ལྟ2,302
102
M. Tong
M. Tong
༡ 1,661
740
2,135
796
2,177
745
790
94
M. Tons
5,588
4,110
4,268
4,356
102 .
(ii) Insulators
PILIYANDALA (i) Crockery ཀྱི ་ ་ (ii) Sanitary Ware
BORALESGAMUWA
(i) Kaolin
15. CEYLON CEMENT
KANKESANTHURAI
(i) Cement
(ii) Clinker
PUTTALAM
(i) Cement
(ii) Clinker
GALLE
(i) Cement
:= * = ཙམ་
M. Tons
M. Tons
275,000
275,000
191,931
214,512
210,943
229,500
245,194
235,195
116
102
M. Tong
M, Tons
440,000
440,000
321,411
340,142
403,000
425,000
379,956
349,341
M. Tons
100,000
61,724
60,000
35,448


Page 105
16. CEYLON MINERAL SANDS
(i) Ilmenite
(ii) Rutile
Tons
Tons
90,000
8,000
37,255
11,497
72,000
12,000
55,370
14,675
17. CEYLON STEEL
(i) Rolled Steel
(ii) Wire Products
M. Tons
M. Tons
72,000
12,000
43,574
14,149
40,095
8,691
45,354
8,400
baliogalosimus Alle sangenes Der Haia colinadie hoomi to sammenges
18. STATE HARDWARE
(i) Mammoties (ii) Cast Iron Products
colo vinga
Nos.
M. Tons
400,000
6,000
361,372
1,860
315,000
2,614
319,487
1,072
19. STATE GRAPHITE
(i) Bogala (ii) Kolongaha/Kahatagaha
Tons
7,024
3,555
a 7,619
4,064
Tons
5,992
3,368
anonimi
20. NATIONAL SALT
• 14
INDUST
Tons
149,825
130,000
121,443

21. *CEYLON OXYGEN LTD.
(i) Oxygen (ii) Dessolved Acetyle (iii) Welding Electrods
By products (nitrogen)
gre tett slibeti
FLOynesianicima inobu Atilog
'000 cu. ft.
'000 cu. ft.
'000 lb.
'000 cu. ft.
39,000
8,940
2,886
32,954
7,818
776
1,364
42,643
9,000
1.511
34,448
8,292
1,154
1,648
Welisara Factory was transferred to CWE on 1 October 1978. Only the quantity packed up to 30 September has been included. *Ministry of Textile Industries. * * B.C.C. Ltd. * Colombo Gas Water Co. Ltd.
Business Undertaking Vested in the Government Under the Business Acquisition Act.
* Ceylon Oxygen Ltd.
They do not function therefore as full State Industrial Corporations.
i sola
o sailak
93


Page 106
94
Public Sector Corporations engaged in Indu An outline of the Public Sector Corporation
Ceylon Cement Corporation.—The manufa at the Government Factory established in 19. 1956 to the Kankesan Cement Works Corị Cement Corporation, set up in January 1959. of 1957. The main objectives of the Corpoi an inland-wide basis and attainment of self programme of the corporation, which comm
The first project was to expand the produc 80,000 tons to 275,000 tons of Clinker per ai
The second project was the installation of a capacity of produce 100,000 tons of cement p
The third project, Puttalam Cement Wor with an installed capacity of 440,000 tons of :
The present total installed capacity of the annum.
Ceylon Ceramics Corporation.--Ceylon Cei 1955, under the Government sponsored Corp under the State Corporations Act under the 1
The Ceramics industry in Sri Lanka, howev small factory in Negombo. This factory was equipment were found to be obsolete and neo
The Negombo, factory the oldest of the fact completed in 1954, the planning, building and the then Department of Industries. This facto in 1956, which steadily increased to 834 tons by
The early 1970s saw the corporation underta to the diversification of the ceramic industry on new projects were commenced and launched, so (1) Lanka Porcelain Limited—the first exp
with Japanese collaboration. (2) Porcelain Insulator --a project designed
insulators utilising local raw materials. (3) Mosaic Tile Factory was launched in ea
export market. This project was commis (4) Ball Clay Plant—Dediyawela-Located a
tons of Ball Clay annually. This factory (5) Second Kaolin Refinery-La second ka
requirements of the ceramics industry as
Besides these, the corporation now manufactu stains, cardborad, scouring powder and washi feldspar at two sites in Matale. Production caj
metric tons.

NDUSTRY
rial Activities - engaged in industrial activities appears below:
ure of Portland Cement in Ceylon had its beginning Dat Kankesanturai. Its activities were transferred in oration and subsequently taken over by the Ceylon under the State Industrial Corporations Act No. (49) ation are the development of the cement industry on sufficiency in cement production. The development enced in 1961, consisted of three major projects.
Gion capacity of the Kankesan Cement Factory from num and an equivalent quantity of cement.
Grinding and Packing Plant at Galle in 1967 with a er annum by grinding Clinker.
Es, was commissioned during the period 1970-1973 Clinker and an equivalent quantity of cement.
three factories is 715,000 metric tans of clinker per
Pamics Corporation was incorporated in September prations Act of that year. Two years later it came Business Name " Ceylon Ceramics Corporation.”
rer, commenced much earlier, i.e. in early 1940 at a abandoned a few years later as the machinery and essary technical skills not available.
ories, established under the aegis of the State was quipping of the factory having been carried out by ry had a capacity of producing 200 tons of crockery 1965.
ke a programme of import substitution which led a somewhat large scale. A number of ancillary and
me of them being — ort-oriented venture Ianuched by the Corporation
to make the country self-sufficient in low tension
ly 1975 to manufacture 3,600 tons, primary for the tioned in December, 1974.
Kalutara, the factory is designed to produce 3,600 commenced production in 1976, plin refinery was established in 1976 to meet
well as other local industries.
!s glazcs, candles for filters, plaster of paris, ceramic z blue. It also mines its own requirements of .city of the corporation is in the region of 15,600


Page 107
INDUSTE
Ceylon Leather Products.--The Ceylon Leather Pr State Industrial Corporations Act (No. 49) of 1957 in
The objectives of the Corporation are (1) The tanning and sale of hides and skins. (2) The manufacture and sale of articles made of 1 (3) The export of raw and processed hides and ski (4) The purchase and sale of raw materials and c
goods.
The present installed capacities of the Manufacturi Tannery
(a) 1:3 Million sq. ft. Ci (6) 700,000 kgs. Bark L
(C) 90,000 sq. ft. Kattai Shoe Factory
(a) 345,000 Pairs Footw
(6) Rs. 3-2 million wort! Leather Goods Factory (a) Approximately Rs. 3
i Ceylon Mineral Sands Corporation.--The Ceylon December, 1957 under the State Industrial Corporatio and exploring the beach mineral sand deposits for the Zircon. Commercial production of Ilmenite comm amounting to 15,000 tons were effected in that year increased over the years and capacity production of
A by-product plant for the extraction of rutile Commercial production of rutile commenced in 1968 tons per annum. The production of zircon was insig which is essential for the manufacture of this mineral
The existence of two plants, one at Pulmodai ani transport of Non-Magnetic Tailings after the recove This involed additional haulage by sea, in addition t fore decided to establish an integrated plant for the The integrated plant involved the dismantling, tran Pulmodai, along with additional imported machinery
The expansion Project was to be in 2 stages. Une tons of ilmenite, 14,000 tons of rutile and 10,000 tons tons of raw sand.
Stage II envisages to increase the production of ilm tons of rutile and 10,000 tons of zircon, with an input of this project commenced in 1973.
With a view to meeting the foreign exchange expe Government of Sri Lanka obtained a loan of US $ 4 in 1971. This was increased by a further US $ 1 m
meet additional expenditure and the recurring inflat of the project was virtually completed towards the e
Development programmes envisaged are – (a) Exploration by drilling to ascertain the availa (6) Upgrading of ilmenite into titanium slag, syn

95
lucts Corporation was established under the ccession to the Government Leather Factory
ither.
nponents used in the manufacture of leather
ng Units of the corporation are as follows: rome Leather ather het algoties at word Leather
ather or anoidna od stromolens
bao osgoint nusios gadi of Leather Goodson Gieodna 6 million Leather Goods.wi orT
tar
fineral Sands Corporation was established in In Act (No. 49) of 1957, for purpose of mining recovery of the minerals Ilmenite, Rutile and 3nced in 1962. The first exports of Ilmenite . The production of Ilmenite was gradually
5,000 tons was reached in 1970.
and zircon was established at China Bay.
with an average production of 2,000 to 3,000 cnificant due to an inadequate supply of water,
product.
1 the other at China-Bay necessitated the Bry of ilmenite from Pulmodai to China-Bay. o the increased cost. The Government thereextraction of all three products at Pulmodai. sport and erection of the China-Bay plant at
er Stage I, it was envisaged to produce 85,000 of zircon with an input of 120,000 to 140,000
enite to 120,000 tons per year along with 14,000 of 220,000 to 240,000 tons of raw sand. Stage I
nditure involved in Stage I of the project, the -15 million from the Asian Development Bank llion in 1974 by a supplementary provision to onary costs. Work in connection with Stage I d of 1977.
Glities of additional ore reserves ; netic rutile for the production pigment.


Page 108
96
Ceylon Flywood Corporation. The Ceyle the Industrial Corporations Act of 1957. It which had been managed as a State-ownes corporation were to supply tea chests for the over the years.
The corporation undertook a modernisa 1963-1965 which involved the replacement the achievement of substantial increase in Į capacity of 30 million square feet of 3 Plyv production of approximately 1.5 million te black boards and commercial plyboards, etc.
With a view to meeting the island's total i expansion of the Corporation was undertake (i) Setting up of an Integrated Woodwort
Chipboard Factory, Saw Mill and Fui
The Plywood Factory of the Wood square feet of 3-ply hot press produ utilising waste of the Plywood Factor
metres annually. (ii) A Timber Extraction Unit was set up a
Group of Forests about 10,000 hectar requirement of timber (the key raw mat It was estimated that 850,000 cubic feet project.
Ceylon Petroleum Corporation.--The Ceylon business enterprise responsible for the natior 1961 under the Ceylon Petroleum Corporatio
(a) Business as an importer, exporter, selle (6) business of exploring, exploiting and ref (c) such other business as may be incide
objectives.
o The corporation commenced business in 19 oil companies in Sri Lanka where the supply were entirely in the hands of the three major i Caltex.
With the steady expansion of its activities Corporation has established itself as one of the The CPC is engaged in prospecting, refining, insecticides, candles, compounding of agro exploration activities.
The Corporation is the sole marketer of pet for the storage and distribution of all petro handles bunkers to international ships at the Aviation Turbine Fuel to airlines operating t fuel in 1979 totalled 483,506 metric tons earni

INDUSTRY
Plywoods Corporation was established in 1957 under ok over the activities of the Gintota Plywood Factory, Centure from 1941 onwards. Main objectives of the and's requirements, which had progressively increased
on programme at Gintota Factory during the period
number of key items of machinery. This enabled oduction at the Gintota Factory. With an installed od in 3– shift operations, it was possible to obtain a chest sets, besides plywood required for flush doors,
quirements of tea chests of 4-4.5 million sets, further e in 1969. This consisted of—
Complex at Kosgama including a Plywood Factory, niture Factory.
vork Complex has an installed capacity of 65 million ction on shift operations. The Chipboard Factory - has an installed production capacity of 4,813 cubic
* Kanneliya, Dediyagala, and Nakiyadeniya (K.D.N.) es in extent with the intention of supplying the total erial required for production), ta the Gintota Factory. of timber (logs) could be supplied annually from this
1 Petroleum Corporation is a State-owned monopolistic 's entire oil sector. The Corporation was set up in n Act (No. 28) of 1961 with a view to carrying on -- r, supplier and distributor of petroleum products ;
ning of petroleum ; ital or conducive to the attainment of the above
62 in competition with the firmly established foreign
and distribution of petroleum products as a whole preign oil companies, namely Messrs. Shell, Esso and
during the past 17 years, the Ceylon Petroleum najor well-run public sector institutions in Sri Lanka. lending of lubrication oils, manufacture of solvents, chemicals, supply of Liquid Petroleum Gas and
bleum products within Sri Lanka and is responsible um based products. In addition, the corporation ports of Colombo and Trincomalee, and supplies tough Sri Lanka. Supply of bunkers and aviation ga sum of Rs. 1,471-3 million as sales.


Page 109
INDUSTRY
The Ceylon Petroleum Corporation presently owns the Refinery at Sapugaskande, Kelaniya, a Lubricating tons, a Candle Factory, Agro-chemical mixing plan Kolonnawa.
Construction work of the Nylon-6 plant which pr yarn has almost been completed as at end of 1979.
a Ceylon State Hardware Corporation.—The Corporat at Yakkala and the Cast-Iron Foundry at Enderam Commenced commercial production in 1965 whilst the its activities in 1969.
The Hardware Factory manufactures the following i (a) Mammoties (6) Cutlery Items (C) Doors and Window fittings (d) Other Agricultural Implements locus (e) Brass Water Fittings.
Cast-Iron Foundry manufactures include (a) Pressure Pipes matindanaofita (6) Soil Pipes
(C) Cisterns atle uvijedan be ca Ligo DI (d) Water Fittings. Tai bus
Ceylon Steel Corporation.--The Ceylon Steel Corpo the Technical Co-operation Agreement concluded in project Report was prepared in 1960. Construction the Rolling Mill was commenced in January 1967 fol
There are at present two main Production Units ; Drawing, Galvanizing and Wire Products Unit. The
metric tons per annum, when operating on 3 shifts. and Unequal Angles, Channels, T-Bars, Flats, Hoops
The Wire Mill, which has a capacity of 12,000 met Wire Drawing, Galvanizing and manufacturing of Hexagonal Mesh. The main products manufacture Binding Wire, Galvanized Binding Wire and Staples 1
In addition to rolled products and wire products, tl It also operates a steel foundry and is engaged in tl manufacturing, the corporation also acts as local ag and the Soviet Union.
As ancillary by-products the corporation produces Soldering Lead, Gas Welding Filler Rods and Spring
The Second Stage of the Steel Project, viz. the Stee stage. The major Civil Engineering work has been c for the Project has already been received.

97
and operates a 38,000 barrels per day in Oil Blending Plant with a cpacity of 20,000 and a container manufacturing plant at
iduces tyre code, fish-net yarn and textile
on has 2 Factories. The Hardware Factory lla. The Hardware Factory at Yakkala
Cast-Iron Foundry at Endoramulla started
tems sal wonio Ioialigand
Non sanoituoto isinabolando
zaloia bissos en la autorius salamona lacula telesa
ration is one of the Projects established under 1958 between Sri Lanka and U.S.S.R. The
work commenced in 1962 and production in Lowed by the Wire Mill a few months later.
A Merchant and Wire Rod Mill and a Wire - Rolling Mill has a capacity of about 72,000 It is designed to produce Round Bars, Equal and Ribbed Steel.
sic tons per annum on 3 shifts, is eqipped for
Barbed Wire, Staples, Welded Mesh and 1 are Hard Drawn Wire, Black Annealed pr Barbed Wire.
e corporation also fabricates steel structures. e manufacutre of machine tools. Besides, ents for machine tools imported from India
Iron Oxide Stains. Welding Electrodes and Vire to cater to the needs of the local market.
Manufacturing Unit is in the constructional mpleted. Bulk of machinery and equipment


Page 110
98
National Paper Corporation.--The Nati Paper Mills Corporation) was incorporater 1955, to take over the paper factory from the the State Industrial Corporations Act (No. Valaichchenai and other at Embilipitiya. December 1977, the total production capacit Thus the total production could meet appro. paper board in Sri Lanka. The Corporat duplicating, printing, typewriting, bank and development envisaged are
(a) Substituting imported wood pulp wit]
cyprus species ; (6) Installation of a new plant at Valaichel
any shortages in the availability of exo
National Salt Corporation.--The National the State Industrial Corporations Act (No. 4 (1) the processing, recovery, purification,
derived from inland and marine water (ii) the processing, manufacture and sa
manufacture of the aforesaid articles ; (iii) the sale of electrical energy, water an
The salterns are located along the coast a three regions in the North, South and West. I salterns in the Northern Region, Maha Leva Puttalam and Palavi Salterns in the Western
The present annual capacities of the three r
Todenia
Nothern Region Southern Regio
Western Region
A rich harvest was gathered during 1979 to
Paranthan Chemicals Corporation.—The C Government sponsored Corporations Act (N Corporations Act (No. 49) of 1957, the Para the Government connected with the implement Soda and Chalorine at Paranthan. This co Caustic Soda, Chlorine, Hydrochloric Acid a Chloride and Zine Chloride. Since the corpo 25 per cent of the Island's requirements of C of this item to meet balance requirements of th to progressively increase its production capaci

INDUSTRY
nal Paper Corporation (formerly known as Eastern under the Government Corporations Act (No. 19) of Department of Industries and later reconstituted under 49) of 1957. The Corporation runs two mills, one at Vith the commissioning of the Embilipitiya Mill in - of both Mills has been 38,100 metric tons per annum, imately 40 per cent of the total demand for paper and on manufactures paper of all varieties. viz, writing. bond paper and paper board. Main programmes of
E local fibrous raw materials as eucalyptus, pinus and
anai to produce 275.5 million exercise books to counter ercies book.
Salt Corporation was established under Section 2 of P) of 1957, its objectives being
manufacture of salt and other chemicals and products
s ;
le of any by-produce produced the the course of
d other amenities not required by the corporation.
nd these are, for administrative purposes, assigned to Elephant Pass and Kurunchativu salterns are the major ya and Bundala Levaya in the Southern Region, and Region.
egions are :
Tons
inomio
iario at
62,100 na 33.500
incends an anort
Total 130,900 a Sailer
inaalalenin as
alling 239,403 metric tons.
orporation was established in April 1956 under the ). 19) of 1955. Subsequently under State Industrial ithan Chemicals Corporation took over activities of ition of a project for the local manufacture of Caustic poration is today engaged in the manufacture of nd other by-products such as Table Salt, Ferric ration is at present equipped only to satisfy around ustic Soda, it also undertakes the import and sale country. Action is being taken by the corporation y to satisfy the entire needs of the Island.


Page 111
INDUSTR
The first stage of the Expansion Project was compl capacities from 1,600 metric tons of Caustic Soda to of Liquid Chlorine to 2,800 metric tons.
The corporation produced 1,723 metric tons of Ca metric tons of table salt and 1,042 metric tons of E
Sri Lanka State Flour Milling Corporation.--The established on March 12, 1964, under the State Indu construction of the Flour Mill, located at Mutuwa Corporation Agreement with the U.S.S.R. comm Commercial production began on 13 December of th
The Flour Mill originally had a gristing capacity of the modifications and improvements carried out by progressively increased and today the corporation is of wheat grain annually.
Government has approved certain proposals to e these improvements it would be possible for the c produce quality flour.
The Corporation proposes to established rice flou tons per day. Experiments carried out have reveal per cent of wheat flour could be used in making bak
Sri Lanka Tyre Corporation.--The Corporation Industrial Corporations Act (No. 49) of 1957, with was later increased to 67.5 million. Commercial ! with the production of four sizes of tyres and tube has increased its production capacity and presently i truck tyres, three sizes of agricultural tyres, eleven : tyres and a total of 18 sizes of tubes and flaps, and i
Experiments are being made to introduce chlorobu of a new tyre 5•50x12 is in progress.
The corporation hopes to obtain technical servic related to the quality of products and further expan
State Mining and Mineral Development Corporati Corporation was established under the State Indust of
(a) engaging in the mining, separation, refining
products ;
(6) undertake their sale and export; and (c) the manufacture of products from such min
further with the alternation of the incorporat and preparation of all minerals. In keepin been re-named and functions as the State M
Bogala.--Development work at Bogala Mines ha the established are reserves.

ed by the end of 1976, enhancing production 1,200 metric tons and from 1,400 metric tons
stic Soda, 1,273 metric tons of Chlorine, 563 drocholric Acid during 1979.
Sri Lanka Flour Milling Corporation was trial Corporations Act (No. 49) of 1957. The
under the 1958 Ecomonic and Technical nced in 1964 and was completed in 1968. same year.
'0,000 metric tons of wheat per annum, With the mill technical staff, the capacity has been capable of milling about 120,000 metric tons
fect improvements to the existing mill. With orporation to work at optimum capacity and
ir milling plants with a capacity of 500 metric ed that 20 per cent of rice flour mixed with 80 ery products.
was established in January 1962 under the an authorised capital of Rs 56•0 million which production commenced in third quarter of 1967 5. Over a period of 11 years, the corporation manufactures and markets five sizes of bus and sizes of car and jeep tyres, two sizes of scooter rubber carpets.
tyl rubber in curing bags and tubes. Designing
es of reputed firm for advice on improvements sion.
en.--On the 1st of July, 1971, the State Graphite rial Corporations Act primarily for the purpose
and preparation of graphite and other allied
erals. The sphere of activities was broadened on order to include mining, separation, refining E with its new role, the corporation has since ning and Mineral Development Corporation.
resulted in an addition of 2,961 metric tons to


Page 112
100
a Kahatagaha| Kolongaha.—At Kahatagah straightering and improvements to the shafi shaft were continued.
Rangala.--Development work has been c until further exploration by diamond drilling
Ragedera.—Major development has been i about 80 metres and in the South tunnel 53
Eppawela Phosphate Project. On 16th Ma in the North Central Province, were tak Department of Geological Survey, the rock The project would be developed with foreig supply the entire phosphate requirements foi
Kebithigollewa Mica Project. These phloge are now being mined by the corporation. Th by individuals who could not meet the dema decided to step in and increase production mica contained at Kebitigollewa and carried {
Sri Lanka Tobacco Industries Corporation The Sri Lanka Tobacco Industries Corpo1 Corporations Act (No. 49) of 1957, by Gazet. commenced its business activities with effect fi industry is the main objective of the corporati
(a) importation, distribution and marketing (6) manufacture and marketing of beedi ; (C) development of tobacco cultivation an
Lanka.
The annual requirement of wrappers for tl mainly imported from India. These importe and supplies agents registered with the corpora
National Textile Corporation.--The Natio Incorporation Order published in the Govern Industrial Corporations Act (No. 49) of 195
Mills and has provided employment to nearly the corporation are
(a) Veyangoda Project (1958) (6) Thulhiriya Project
(1967) (C) Pugoda
(1971) (d) Mattegama Project
(1974) (e) Minneriya Project (1976)
In keeping with the Government policy to have been handed over to the following private
(a) Veyangoda Mill - Lakpili Ltd. (6) Thulhiriya Mill - Industrial Managin (C) Pugoda Mill
-- Jathika Manageme (d) Mattegama Mill -- Lankatech Manage (e) Minneriya Mill -- A.N.S. Consultants

INDUSTRY
Kolongaha Mines, work connected with the at Kolongaha and further sinking of the Kahatagaha
ntinued in adits 2 and 3. In adit 1 work was stalled Is completed.
connection with the two tunnels. In the East tunnel metres of development tunnelling has been completed.
- 1978, the mining of the apatite deposits at Eppawela, n over by the corporation. As estimated by the eposits amount to 25 million tons of proven reserves. a collaboration. When completed the project would Agriculture in this country.
pite mica deposits in the Medawachchiya Electorate e deposits which are in shale land were mined originally nd for this mineral. The Corporation has therefore of this mineral deposits. Processing operations of out at Pallekalle.
ration was established under the State Industrial te Notification on 30th July, 1972. The Corporation com 1st August 1972. Improvement of the local beedi ion. Its main functions include the | of beedi wrappers (leaves) ; egoittoisiaubnik
To os bonorion ESKE d extension of " Kudumberiya” cultivation in Sri
10 te beedi industry is about 2,400 metric tons and is ! wrappers are distributed among production agents tion.
od 20 nal Textile Corporation was established by the zent Gazette of 10th January, 1958, under the State 7. At present, this organisation owns five Textile 14,000. Textile Mill projects so far undertaken by
eerde yaralistes a oito
chieve a greater efficiency, management of the mills
managing agencies :-
Agencies Ltd. ofis belang t Services Ltd. ment Ltd. slett ironnematerialelo Ltd.


Page 113
INDUSTRY
The Corporation has been able to save Rs. 13•6 milli 610,000 kilogrammes of cotton. The operation of th employment opportunities. The Corporation purchases
price.
Ceylon Oils and Fats Corporation. The Ceylon Oi under the Government sponsored Corporations Act o
management of the oil factory at Seeduwa.
Main objective of the corporation is to develop the re-constituted in 1958 under the State Industrial Corp
The ancillary functions of the corporation undertaken
(i) extraction of oil from oil bearing vegetable seeds (ii) production of fatty acids and Glycerine from suc (iii) production of animal and poultry feeds with the
During the last few years however, greater emphasis and poultry feeds.
Sri Lanka Sugar Corporation.--Sri Lanka Sugar C Industrial Corporations Act (No. 49) of 1957. Its obj cane and the production of sugar, sugar substitutes and
There are 5 production units covering the activities
Welco El Production Unit
(1) Gal Oya Sugar Industry (2) Sugar Industry (3) Sugar Project (4) Cane Industry Service (5) By-products Department
Sugar produced at the Corporation is sold to the F as jaggery and sugar-cane syrup are sold to wholesaler Spirits are sold to the State Distilleries Corporation. approved distributors.
Jute Industries Corporation. The Jute Industrie C 1976, under section 2 of the State Industrial Corpo1 purpose for which the Corporation was constituted ar
(1) the collection, processing and distribution of sec (2) the import and export of jute and other materia (3) the manufacture of gunnie or any other materia
or raw materials imported for such purposes ; (4) the cultivation of any plant in Sri Lanka which
packing material. The Corporations sales ol Kuliyapitiya, Amparai and Welimada areas.

101
n worth of foreign exchange by purchasing ; scheme has also generated additional its cotton from cultivators at a guaranteed
I and Fats Corporation was established 1955 for the purpose of taking over the
ils and fats industry in Sri Lanka. It was vration Act (No. 49) of 1957.
are :
Dunifo
1 oils ;
iy-products.
has been given to the production of animal
orporation was constituted under the State ectives are planting and cultivation of sugar
by-products.
of the corporation :--
Hingurana Kantalai Uda Walawe Haldumulla Colombo A loitage
pod Commissioner. Sugar substitutes such and the public. By-products like Rectified Bottled liquor is sold to the public through
rporation was established on 5 January, .tions Act (No. 49) of 1957. The main
ndhand gunnies ; related to the jute industry ;
from jute with locally available raw material
can be processed for the manufacture of ets have been expanded covering Matara


Page 114
102
Production.–Statistics relating to produc the distilleries since 1977 are given below:
TABLE 10.4-DISTI
Distillery
Beruwala Co-operative Sri Lanka Rockland
Wavulugala Seeduwa
Dankotuwa
Kaithady (coconut) Kaithady (palmyrah)
agosto lascia Total..
Arrack sales by blend of manufacture appe
TABLE 10.5—ARRACK SALES BY
Special Arrack
Coconut Arrack Pot and Patent V.S.O.A. Old Seeduwa D.D.A. 10 years old 7 years old Palmyrah Arrack
Total .. 28
Quantity and value of arrack sold each mo
Monthly gallonage of arrack sold.

INDUSTRY
Eon of coconut and Palmyrah spirits (arrack) from all
LERY PRODUCTION OF ARRACK
1979.
1978
1977
Litres) (Litres) (Litrey) ག ང་ 736,852
828,181
819,372 881,326
816,958738,571 ད་ 1,030,060
1,300,1411,017,344 760,168
757,853
732,804 895,163
797,232
748,981 2,295,253
2,341,995
1,900,547 32,239
48,246
54,527 2,243
1,962
3,318 20,174
9,354
6,477
5,563,4786,901,932
6,021,941
ཟar in Table 10.5
BLEND OF MANUFACTURE-1977 TO 1979
1979 1978 ་ 1977
Litres) (Litrey) (Litres)
,749,690 20,083,32719,184,506 ,134,166 9,050,5328,978,465
6,202
5,751 315,952
199,267
196.537་་་་་་་་་་་ 86,436
59,801
33,42901 185,526
92,879 391
92,879
7,4760 35,513
9,027
ཀྱི 1|: 9,787
11,502
7,066
1:གནས ཀྱི
523,66329,604,965 28,407,479
th viz.


Page 115
INDUSTRY
TABLE 10.6–QUANTUM AND VALUE OF AF
19;
1979 Gallonagens Values. Gallon
January February
March April May June July
August September October November December
(Rs. Million) 558,098 ug
62.210 453,114
53.91 557,381
66•08 667,458
79-40 487,488
59.30 462,740
59.56 457,419
58:87 489,003
60-13 469,158
56•50 581,028
69•60 512,092
61:32 574,452
69-39
569,90 501,76 637,77 711,20 578,72 566,57 462,49 492,7 447,58 529,47 476,30 569,89
State Rubber Manufacturing Corporation.--The Sta established on 10.10.1973 under the State Industrial
One block Rubber Factory and five crepe factories been taken to establish Centrifuged Latex Factory for year.
The Mawanella Block Rubber Factory and Pale ( Badureliya, Silver Dale and Kuruwita, manufactured metric tons of Pale Crepe during 1979. Foreign e Rubber and Pale Crepe was in the region of Rs. 30.3 n
Special Boards Supporting Industrial Development The Industrial Sector is supported by three Boards Training and by five Boards for Research and Scientif
Boards for Industrial Promotion, Management and
(1) Industrial Development Board (IDB) The Industrial Development Board was established in Act (No. 49) of 1957. It was later reconstituted un of 1969.
The objectives of the Board as outlined in the Extraordinary No. 14,693/3 of May 1966 were :
(a) The carrying on of the business of providing sery
by or in connection with any industrial underta (6) The purchase and sale of raw material, plant,
and apparatus required by or in connection establishment.

103
LACK SALES-MONTHLY FIGURES
a 1977 gea Value in Gallonage Value
(Rs. Million) (Rs. Million)
CO
w un N unuiv -
54-810 48-25 61:29 68•46 55-61 54:40 50:96 53-37 50•81 ugla
56:29 5 50-90
61:52
534,614
47:96 480,258
43•14 606,505
54•34 624,684
55-92 540,603
50-26 473,166
48-11
460,566
42:37 337,775 34-39 466,798
47:12 510,706
46:06 580,089
53·20 587,639
56•91
ite Rubber Manufacturing Corporation was Corporations Act (No. 49) of 1957.
were in production during 1979. Steps have which machinery. were imported during the
Crepe Factories at Yatideriya, Waharaka,
2,251 metric tons of Block Rubber and 930 xchange earned from the export of Block million.
for Industrial Promotion, Management and c Services.
Training : les
May 1966 under the Industrial Corporations er the Industrial Development Act (No.36)
Incorporation Order published in Gazette
es and facilities of eveey description required ing or industrial establishment in Ceylon. nachinery, components and other equipment ith any industrial undertaking or industrial


Page 116
104
(C) The provision of capital and credit f (d) The promotion of improved techniqu (e) The provision of training facilities of
industrial undertakings. ) The promotion of marketing of locall (8) The undertaking of research and si
industries. (h) The construction, operation and mai
by industrial undertakings or industrie
During the year 1970 on the basis of recom the working of the IDB, a policy decision w. to the promotion and development, of small
Areas of Activity(1) Establishment of Development and Ex)
such as CISIR, RRI, NERDC, etc. e
and Peanut Butter. (2) Consultancy services to Government :
of new projects, e.g. Straw Board Pro
Sugarcane Projects. (3) Provision of Extension Services to sm
industries and expansion of existing ir evaluation, installation and maintenan
and diversification, credit facilities and (4) Financing of Small Industries—IDB/
for expansion of industries, for purcha (5) Development, Adaption and manufact (6) The acquisition and dissemination of
of interest, local and abroad to the sm mation service, Abstract Service, Curre
“Karmantha ”journal. (7) Undertaking in-depth studies in spec
Industry, approved and unapproved in (8) Establishment and Development of Indus
Estates and a mini-estate. More M
infrastructure facilities for industrialist: (9) Management of the Boron Rubberwo
utility value of the boron treated rubbe
The Board actively assisted in establishing opportunities.
Sri Lanka Industrial Development Compa formation of a Limited Liability Company, Industrial Development Board with the obj
utilising local raw material.
Sri Lanka Industrial Development Compar Ordinance on 13 October, 1972 and began op

INDUSTRY
scilities required by industrial undertakings. es of manufacture of industrial products. technical, managerial and other personnel required for
u manufactured industrial products. rveys relating to the promotion and development of
agement of all processes connected with, or required 1 establishments.
mendations made by a Committee appointed to examine as taken to direct the IDB to confine its responsibilities
and medium scale industries.
perimental Projects in collaboration with other agencies -.g. Banana Fibre, Sodium Alginate, Turkey Red Oil
and Private Sector organisations in the establishment jects, Safety Match Projects, Manioc Starch Projects,
eall and Medium indutries in the setting up of new edustries. These services include project selection and ce of machinery and eqipiment, product improvement assistance in marketing. People's Bank/Bank of Ceylon/DFCC Loan Scheme ise of machinery and equipment and raw materials. ure of machinery for small industries. information on current developments and on matters tall scale industrial sector through its Industrial infornt Awareness Service, a pamphlet service and monthly
alised areas, e.g. Cast Iron Foundry, Motor Spares dustries. E rial Estates.--The Board has at present four Industrial ni Industrial Estates would be set up to provide for the setting up of new industries. d Project with a view to study and reserch into the wood.
Tistes es so annolevaidenband of 341 new industrial units generating about 3,000 job
y Limited.--The Government in 1972 approved the the major shareholding of which be owned by the ctive of promoting rural industrial projects, mainly
a leanbrias de loitando in
I was accordingly incorporated under the Companies rations in early 1974.


Page 117
INDUSTRY
0The Nominal Share Capital of the company is Rs. of Rs. 10. The total shareholding of the company is Development Board. I
Projects that are being handled by the company pre areas where the projects are located.
In addition to the nine (9) projects, which the comp Mahiyangana which was the first commercial venture o Corporation in 1976.
The primary functions of this Company are to est rural areas. The Industrial Projects that are being ! (a) The Tractor Trailor Project at Kadawedduwa,
Activities include the manufacture of two Wheel and a variety of engineering items. The proje
two wheel tractors and are stockists for two whe B (6) The Strawboard Project at Makewita, Ja-ela in
manufacture of Straw (card) boards of various si (C) Laboratory Glassware Projects at Makandura,
and Dalugama, Kelaniya Electorate-activities i
condensers, thistle funnels and all other types of (d) Wire Mesh Making Project at Industrial E
manufacture Wire Mesh (No. 30) using SWG 34 (e) Turkey Red Oil Project in collaboration with the
trial Development Board premises, for the man
(2) National Institute of Business Management (NIBM The National Institute of Business Management was i published in Government Gazette of 30 December 1971
The principal objectives of the Institute as spelt out (1) To train and educate managerial and super
undertakings of the public and private sector ano
productivity and to award certificates and diplon (2) To make available to the Government and the cc
the various functional areas of management for i (3) To assist Government and Private organisatie
formance standards, determine rational moi
appropriate programmes for human relations. i (4) To actively co-operate with other organisatio
training, research and related activities in Sri La (5) To train and educate workers for creative parti
organisations functions and problems.
A The National Institute of Business Management and Productivity Centre which commenced as a unit
Subsequent to the re-organisation of the IDB in 197 the Ministry of Industries and Scientific Affairs.
In 1972 this Centre was renamed as “ National Ins and in 1977 it became the National Institute of Busin

105
million divided into 1 million shares each 3.5 million issued entirely to the Industrial
ide employment for the rural youth in the
ny is operating, the Strawboard Project at the company was sold to Ceylon Ceramics
blish and develop small scale industries in Indled by this Company are: Yatiyane in the Devinuwara Electorate:d Tractor Trailers, Agricultural implements t also undertakes the repair and service of l tractor spares. the Gampaha Electorate--activities include res and standards.
Gonawila in the Katugampola Electorate nclude manufacture of test tubes, pipettes
laboratory glassware. state, Ekala in the Ja-ela Electorate--to Wire for Tea, Rubber and Coconut Industry. Industrial Development Board at the Indusufacture and marketing of Turkey Red Oil.
ncorporated in January 1977 by notification 5 in terms of Law (No. 23) of 1976. O
in Section 3 of Law (No. 23) of 1976 are :
visory staff of industrial and commercial
other persons, in modern management and as in connection therewith. untry the services of a group of specialists in zdvice, consultancy and special assignments. ans to improve productivity, establish peretary compensation systems and evolve
s, groups and individuals in management ka and abroad. ipation in management and appreciation of
volved from the Management Development f the Industrial Development Board.
this Centre began to function directly under
ute of Management" with Cabinet approval 3 Management under Law (No. 23) of 1976.


Page 118
106
National Apprenticeship Board (NAB).- December 1971 by order published in the same date under section 4 of the National
The objectives and activities of the NAB
The expanding economy of Sri Lanka se for productivity requirements of installed development was grossly inadequate. Ther programmes of apprenticeship training.
There are 4 main levels of apprenticeship (a) Craft Apprenticeship in skills and serv
(6) Technician Apprenticeship providing la so Technology. e
(C) Special Apprenticeship in areas of En (d) Engineering Undergraduate Apprent
Undergraduates. Boards for Researcl
Ceylon Institute of Scientific and Industrial The Ceylon Institute of Scientific and Indust Act (No. 15) of 1955.
The CISIR has as its objectives : (a) To undertake testing, investigation an
advisable with the object of improving t the expansion of existing or the deve
waste products. (6) To advise on questions of scientific a
natural resources of Sri Lanka, the deve
and employment of scientific research (C) To foster the training of research work (d) To foster the establishment of associa
of carrying out scientific and industrial (e) To undertake or to collaborate in the
technical information. 1) To co-operate with departments of G
bodies in order to promote scientific al
in pure and applied science and of tech (8) To assist otherwise in the advanceme
training.
Established in 1955 on the basis of the reco to Sri Lanka, the Industrial Research Labor ferred to the institute around which the the governing body of the Institute was expan to guide the Governing Board.
Research activities of the Institute centre a (1) The use of local raw materials both veg (2) The development of new technology, ai (3) Improvements to existing technology.

INDUSTRY
National Apprenticeship Board was established on 16 Government Gazette Extraordinary (No. 14,988/46) of apprenticeship Act (No. 49) of 1971.
vould be discussed in a separate chapter. For
on realised that the supply of trained manpower both capacity and for planned programmes of economic e was also the need to organise and co-ordinate existing
training : ices leading to the skilled craftsman status. Gin-plant training for students of National Diploma in
gineering for supervisory or junior managerial grades aceship providing in-plant training for Engineering i and Scientific Affairs.
Research (CISIR) rial Research was established in 1955 under the CISIR
d researches in such manner as the Institute may deem he techincal processes and methods which may promote lopment of new industries or the better utilisation of
nd technological matters affecting the utilisaion of the
·lopment of her industries, and the proper co-ordination to those ends. ers. tions of persons engaged in industry for the purposes
research. preparation, publication and dissemination of useful
overnment, Universities, Technical Colleges and other id industrial research and the training of investigators nical experts, craftsmen and artisans. nt of scientific and industrial research and technical
mmendations made by the first IBRD Survey Mission tory of the then Department of Industries was transnucleus organisation has been built up. In 1973 led and a Research Planning Council was established
pund: stable and mineral in industry ;


Page 119
INDUSTRY
Bureau of Ceylon Standards (BCS) Incorporation.-- Ceylon Standards Act (No. 38) of 1964 and started fur
The principal functions of the Bureau are : (a) To prepare standard specifications and codes of (6) To test products for conformity to the standards (C) To administer a standardisation Marks Scheme. Divisional Committees advise the Bureau in technic (a) Electrical Engineering (6) Civil Engineering
essa (c) Mechanical Engineering (d) Agricultural and Chemicals alonendo (e) Textiles (1) Metrication, Standard Specifications are prepared by Drafting Committees.
The bureau initiated action for the adoption of Met
Standards were declared for double edged carbon asbestos cement corrugated sheets and flat sheets as these products has been carried out by the Bureau.
Pre-export Inspection Scheme was introduced in 1 this Scheme are cloves, pepper, nutmeg and mace, con
1 The Bureau is a member of the International Orgar
Atomic Energy Authority (AEA) Incorporation.—T in 1969 under the Atomic Energy Authority Act (No (a) Promotion of the peaceful uses of Atomic Ene
level. (6) Dissemination of nuclear information among sa (C) Execution of the country programmes of the
organisation for Atomic Energy in the United 1
The Authority was established as a sequel to the recommendation of the National Planning Coul in the precincts of Ministry of Housing and Scientific (a) The production of atomic energy, including pri
production. (6) The utilization of fissionable and radioactive
and other peaceful purposes.
National Engineering Research and Development C National Engineering Research and Development ( State Corporations Act (No. 49) of 1957 by Extra August 1974.

107
he Bureau was set up under the Bureau of itioning in November 1965.
actice. of specifications.
I matters covering the following fields :-
italiano bat baino
Committees appointed by the Divisional
ric System of Weights and Measures in 1969.
steel (untreated) safety razor blades and ! compulsory standards in 1971. Testing of
974. Commodities that are covered un der coa, beans and sesame.
nisation for Standardisation (ISO).
he Atomic Energy Authority was established - 19) of 1969 and has its objectives :-
gy for development activities at the national
ientists and the public. International Atomic Energy, the specialised Tations of which Sri Lanka is a member.
a decision taken by the Government on cil. The Authority subsequently functioned Research in 1969. Aims of the AEA are :- cesses, meterials and devices relating to such
materials for medical, agricultural, industrial
entre of Sri Lanka (NERDC) Incorporation. The entre of Sri Lanka was established under the dinary Gazette Notification (No. 124) of 14


Page 120
108
Main Objectives of the Centre are -- (a) To provide for the institutional mec
indigenous technology by encouragin
talent in Sri Lanka. (6) To provide facilities to co-ordinate t
of various public and private sector inc
co-operative endeavour. (c) To ensure by adoption and adaptatic
with the country's resource endowmer (d) To examine direct and indirect me
appropriate government and private in (e) To promote the optimal exploitation
promoting the growth of suitable techn () To design, manufacture, and test pro
trialists, commercial and other end-use (8) To provide for continuous monitoring
engineering designs and research thre
agencies. (h) To offer sustained consultancy services
research and promote training activities industrial design and research capabiliti
Some of the current activities of the centre (a) Development of Windmill Pumps ; (6) Development of solar devices such as s (C) Development of medical equipments an (d) Development of equipment for use byr
National Science Council of Sri Lanka (N Sri Lanka (NSC) was established under the N and subsequently reconstituted under the Na 1975.
The NSC has been established to serve as
Co-ordinating scientific activities and ad policy.
As the main agency of the Government in 1 of development, the NSC is responsible in branches of science ;
(a) Maintaining liason with national and i (6) Disseminating scientific information in : (C) Studying and reportings on special are
utilization of scientific manpower etc.
To achiever the objectives for which the NS (1) Gives research grants to scientists in th
research. The screening of application of the proposed research is done by a Board.

INDUSTRY
manism needed for the progressive development of -, recognising and developing innovative and creative
ne technological, engineering and research capabilities ustries and institutions in a productive manner through
n the choice of technoligies that would be consistent Its and national planning objectives. chanism of technology transfer and offer counsel to
titutions in Sri Lanka, when so required. on the country's human and material resources by blogy. ototype machinery pilot plants as demanded by indus - is in an economical manner. - of technoligocal data and documentation relating to ough the co-operation of international and national
to public and private sector enterprise and undertake s to broader the base of the country's engineering and Les. Gaeiliuotis ad op 2
include :ogba olduob 10 ansloob say absburg
tela libertarias 09 malades plar water heaters, solar stills, solar cooling.
car coolingborg pada d telecommunication equipment. ubber goods manufacturing industry.
SC) Incorporation.--The National Science Council of Tational Science Council of Ceylon Act (No. 9) of 1968 tional Science Council of Sri Lanka Law (No. 30) of
the control body of the Government responsible for vising the Government on matters concerning science
he application of Science and Technology for purpose a) promoting research, both pure and applied in all
iternational agencies in the field of science ; ri Lanka ; i come giarots to so as such as environmental pollution, availability and
was established it carries out the following activities : e universities and research institutes for carrying out for grants to ascertain the relevance and importance Statutory Board of the NSC-the Research Grants


Page 121
INDUSTR
(2) Administers the grants given to local scientists
for Research Co-operation with Developin
procurement of scientific equipment from abro (3) Maintains a Sri Lanka Scientific and Technical
literature on matters pertaining to science po The council also helps scientists to obtain i scientific subject published in Sri Lanka or els
inter-library lending service. » The NSC in collaboration with the Sri Lanka Four and Technology in developing countries (COSTED) dation Institute. The Workshop on post-harvest fo National Academy of Science, USA, drew participan Corporations associated in this field.
Industrial Progress of the Greater Colombo Econom February 1978 under the GCEC Act (No. 4) of 1978 of the country, primarily by promoting foreign inve commercial projects within an area of authority, 500 2 Foreign investments in collaboration with local in of incentives as tax concessions, exemption from in foreign share-holding, share transfers, etc.
The GCEC has approved a total of 111 projects w Rs. 3,261 million in the Investment Promotion Zon be generated through the 111 proje ts would be arout
Investment approvals in industrial development wit appear in Table 10.7 and 10.8 respectively.
Katunayake IPZ.--The K.I.P.Z. which covers arou national Airport, is a hive of activity with 17 indi provided within the Katunayake IPZ are mainly inter drainage and sewerage, post and telecommunications and banking, etc., and customs offices. The total ca estimated to be around Rs. 310 million. About Employment Opportunities at Katunayake IPZ are es
The internal road network consists of well comp tarring operations have already commenced to raise roads are 20' wide at the narrowest points and consis road. Electrical power to the IPZ is supplied from a double circuit transmission lines and two primary si sites have already been provided with electricity for
Telephone and telex exchanges and associated direct dialling facilities are now available.
- The other important facilities that are being plann efficient system of cargo movement from the zone to th of housing complexes for the workforce along with vicinity to the KIPz.
The second IPZ is being developed at Biyagama flan concentrate on water-consuming industries. The a The third IPZ would be located at Welisara covering would concentrate on electronic industries.
6-A 60689

109
s by foreign agencies like the Swedish Agency g Countries (SAREC) and attends to the ad.
Information Centre (SLSTIC) which procures -licy, science education and the environment. reprints of scientific articles pertaining to any sewhere. The SLSTIC has also established an
adation Institute and the Committee on Science conducted a workshop at the Sri Lanka Founpod losses, organised in collaboration with the ts from the Ministries, Departments and State
ic Commission.--The GCEC was established in to foster and generate economic development stment for the establishment of industrial and
sq. kilometres North of Colombo. avestors were promoted through a “ Package ” enport duties, free remittances of dividends on
ith participation of 26 countries and involving e at Katunayake. Employment potential to ad 49,300 when geared to capacity production. Ehin the GCEC and the area outside the GCEC
ad 200 hectares in close proximity to the Interustries in commercial production. Facilities nal roadways, electricity supply, water supply, , a plaza building as office space for services apital cost of these facilities within the zone is 115 hectares have already been developed. timated at 7,500.
pact gravel roads at present. Metalling and
these roads to international standards. The st of two 30' carriageways on the main access a grid sub-station at Kotugo da via twɔ 33 KV ub-stations at KIPZ itself. AI KIPZ factory
construction and production purposes.
equipment are being installed. International
ed outside the zone are in the provision of an ne port both by road and by rail ; development - development of new townships within close
aking the bank of the Kelani Ganga and would
rea available for development is 85 hectares. an extent of 100 hectares. The Welisara IPZ


Page 122
110
TABLE 10.7-INVESTMENT APP
COLOMBO E
Numb Category
appra
Un
1978
(1) Food, Beverages and Tobacco (2) Textile, Wearing Apparel and
Leather Products (3) Wood and Wood Products (inclu
ding furniture) (4) Paper and Paper Products (5) Chemicals, Petroleum, Coal,
Rubber and Plastic Products (6) Non-Metallic Mineral Products
(except Petroleum and Coal) (7) Fabricated Metal Products and
Transport Equipment (8) Products (n.e.s.)
Total
en Sou
Sou
TABLE 10.8-INVESTMENT API
COLOMBO ECONON
in Numi
Num!
Category
Un
197
10.
1,32.
(1) Food, Beverages and Tobacco (2) Textiles, Wearing Apparel and
Leather Products (3) Wood and Wood Products )
(Including furniture) (4) Paper and Paper Products (5) Chemicals, Petroleum, Coal,
Rubber and Plastic Products (6) Non-Metallic Mineral Products
(except Petroleum and Coal) (7) Fabricated Metal Products,
Machinery and Transport Equip
ment (8) Manufactured Products (n.e.s.)
358
301
Total
2,40
Source : Local Investment Advisory Commi
FIAC

INDUSTRY
ROVALS IN INDUSTRY WITHIN GREATER CONOMIC COMMISSION er of
Foreign
Total its
Investment
Investment vals
approvals
approvals (Rs. million) (Rs. million)
Employment Potentials (Nos.)
1979
1978 1979 1978 1979 1978 1979
220 526 56 351
621 544
914 689 14,301 7,837
44
2 47 2475 43 9,681 1,061
2
497 61 583 68
832 157
7 10
16 159
555 1,585 519 272 25 50 848 1,971
37 1,202 771 1,625 1,040 26,495 13,169
rce : Greater Colombo Economic Commission.
PROVALS IN INDUSTRY OUTSIDE GREATER -AIC COMMISSION-1978-1979
Employment ber of
Foreign
Total
Potentials Investment
Investment -
(Nos.) (Rs. million) (Rs. million) 3 1979 1978 1979 1978 1979 1978 1979
109 68 104
99 180 3,182 1,575
its
e 1,027 366 406 485 1,192 21,559 24,395
4 71 195 18 200 33 1,535 2630
239 157 89 215 149 1,620 3,064
129 25 23 42 57 2,340 4,397
265 112 95 141 220 9,462 4,995
24 -- 24
- 7 - 15
777
1,864 923 742 1,182 1,846 45,698 41,833
tee–LIAC, Foreign Investment Advisory Committee


Page 123
INDUSTRY
Small Industries
Sri Lanka has long been renowned for the exquisitene The Ministry of Rural Industrial Development is woi arts and crafts in the island.
As a positive step towards the preservation of handi has set up a Master Craftsmen's Training Scheme. ( achieved a marked success. A talented craftsman is teach his skills to a batch of trainees. The craftsmi Craftsman with considerable experience over 20 year training class comprises ten students.
Funds have been allocated for such training classes District ; silver work, wood work, brass work, amb musical instruments, brass, copper and silver orna. decorative silver and cane work in the Kandy District ; industrial units in Hambantota, Polonnaruwa and Am activities in the Ratnapura District.
The Department has arranged foreign publicity for of the National Apprenticeship Board, the depart annually. Classes have already been conducted to of the island.
In Kandy District, much has been done by the depa by the Craftsmen of that region. This has involved t land available at Nattaranpotha Craftsmen's village centres. At Giragama an Electro-plating Centre and been established.
Doll making was given a fillip by the department, si countries for such fancy items of local design. The remarkable progress in pottery industry.
One of the main industries that showed marked pro shops scattered over the island had a total turnover of units produced carpentry items to the value of Rs. 3·3
The department has been able to revolutionise the process, for the production of white fibre. This pro and soaking is limited to a period as short as three a in operation at Katunayake, in the Negombo lagoon a This method of coir production resulted in an output had a production value of Rs. 2•0 million.
"Twenty-five operated machines, each costing Rs. 2 rope. The department undertakes to sell the rope i a coir worker to earn between Rs. 15-18 a day. The de with the production of cloth material designed with ti
Thirteen new centres have been opened in various di designing and dying section at Polgolla Institute streamlined. This provides employment for over connected services.

ess and elegance of her traditional handicrafts. rking towards the rehabilitation of indigenous
craft skills, the department of Small Industries Commenced fifteen years ago, this scheme has selected under this scheme and persuaded to an selected is invariably a top-grade Master s and at least over the age of 40 years. The
at the Pottery Centre, Kelaniya, in Colombo Pekka wood work, Dumbara mat weaving, mental ware, lacquer, hide, brass welding,
Mask making and lace work at the respective parai Districts while gem work and lapidary
Sri Lanka's handicrafts. With the assistance nent has planned to train 1,600 carpenters train industrial apprentices in various parts
artment to retrieve traditional crafts practised he settlement of forty craftsmen's families on schemes would help reorganize handicrafts a centre for cane and other industries, have
nce there was quite a big demand from foreign Jaffna and Kegalle Districts have achieved a
gress was carpentry. The 77 carpentry workRs. 3·37 million in 1979. The 76 carpentry million.
coir industry with the introduction of a new =cess involves bearing of husks mechanically nd half months. The new process is already rea and in the Dodanduwa coconut complex. t of 4,500 to 5,000 cwts. The 68 coir units
-50 were distributed among villagers to spin produced by them. This system has helped svelopment of Artline Textile Industry dealing raditional art motifs has expanded rapidly.
stricts. The department has set up a separate - and the production activities have been 1,000 female weavers and those engaged in


Page 124
112
The Batik Industry has been raised to a support. A few hundreds of individuals e department. Bona fide batik workers havi textile manufacture including art designs ha
A range of industries including sweets, pa and ink have been registered by the Depart a Estimated eomployment opportunities in t
7,000.
The Department for marketing and Exp marketing and export promotion of handic Development. Its main objective is to imp Colombo Laksala and its network of sales ce
The Department also promotes expansion market of traditional and novel handicrafts
Colombo Laksala had a total sales turnove Rs. 2'6 million during 1979. Sales at district
Participation in international fairs and exhit
ਬੰਡਹੁ ਹਿਰ Batu 31 o ਤੱਤ
E Pਤੇ ਨ}Bns Badਰ 32
pisngi mot basebagaid insko naselje
oes Tal van sy Kasutamine olla tota
fasihi
Legas di

INDUSTRY
i enviable status, by providing it with the necessary gaged in Batik Industry are now registered with the been supplied with cloth and parafin wax. Quality a turnover of Rs. 4:4 million. ser, soap, sports goods, plastic-ware, cosmetics, polish nent and assistance provided by way of raw material. Le small industry covered by the department are around
ort Promotion of Handicrafts.--The department for afts functions under the Ministry of Rural Industrial ove Laksala products and ensure sales viability of the ntres scattered over the island. of export activities catering to the needs of the export if the local craftsmen.
of Rs. 15:3 million. Exports and tourist sales fetched centres were in the region of Rs. 7:2 million.
vitions earned the department a sum of Rs. 3.1 million.
Dangeboden giderir aois auto
Belovai artTaoin is to semplis adigd
edilililoedd Adareye bal
barettist
baigsliogringo oldest
elle elle risabonos
ogoned dobregation boxaren oile
to ao articole brengetuiltaan


Page 125
oliselt lies as CHAPTE
FISHERI
General Sri Lanka has a coast line of approximately 1,770 k outlets of a number of rivers and streams which flor There are sixteen rivers over. 80 kilometres in length, The continental shelf of the island, averaging about an area of 32,375 square kilometres. The coastal zo1 two monsoons, viz, the South-West Monsoon from M from November to February.
* Fishing in Sri Lanka, except for the limited activity carried on largely as a small scale enterprise by local
Mechanisation of the fishing fleet commenced in 1954 from 1958 when mechanized boats fitted with inboar hire purchase terms. Mechanization was extended i mechanization of traditional craft and 17 feet fibre g fishing crafts in the country which is estimated to be a significant contribution to the total fish production w 1953 to 150,702 met. tons in 1979.
Fisheries Resources There are good resources of pelagic and demersal spec met.tons in the coastal fishing area. Fishing is carri wthin the continental edge. From the edge of the sl Economic Zone, (E. E. Z.) There is a further substa area are mainly large migratory pelagic species. Th fresh water and 120,000 hectares of brackish water.
In 1978 approximately 65,000 persons, 23,000 vesse board or outboard engines were employed to ob which represent 87 per cent of the domestic fish supp yield. In 1978, 16,256 met. tons of fish, viz., 10 per inland waters.
Fishing Methods
More than 1,000 traditional design unmechanized boa the most important method used by nearly 50 per cer seining, hand lining, trawling, pole and longlining are for fish and shrimps is done on a very limited scale. and use of set nets, portable traps and shrimp drag ne
Fishery Limits The fishing grounds which are suitable for commercial fish) are the Wadge Bank, the Pedro Bank and the Gu kilometre exclusive economic Zone and the conclusio Maritime boundary have resulted in the loss of the W in the gain of exclusive rights to about 233,099 sq. k manage the fishery resources in the expanded area to ma

R XI a
ES
ms. which is punctuated intermittently with the v down to the sea from the central highlands. one of which being over 322 kilometres long. 16 kilometres in breadth, is estimated to cover ne on either side of time island is exposed to the Cay to September and the North-East Monsoon
of the Ceylon Fisheries Corporation, has been fishermen using traditional craft and methods. 4 on an exprimental basis and was intensified d_diesel engines, were issued to fishermen on
1962/63 to include outboard engines for the lass boats. At present about one third of the bout 23,346 is mechanized. These crafts make hich has increased from 25,400 met. tons in
ies with an annual sustainable yield of 254,000 ed on allround the coast and is concentrated ielf to the boundary of Sri Lanka's Exclusive ntial fish resource available. The fish in this e inland fishery consists of 140,000 hectares of
Is of less than 32 feet in length and 7,000 initain a production of 137,160 met. tons ly and 52 per cent of the potential sustainable cent of the domestic fish supply came from
La aceasta se pob bosanoile to al
ts are used for the catch. Drift netting was it of the fishing vessels. Cast netting, shore other popular methods of fishing. Trawling Among other methods of fishing are trolling
S.
trawling operations for demersal fish (bottom lf of Mannar. The establishment of the 322 n of the Indo Sri Lanka agreement on the 'adge Bank and one-third of the Pedro Bank ms. of ocean. There is now the necessity to kimise its contribution to the national product.


Page 126
114
Landing Centres.--There are over 400 fish 1 belt. The main producing areas are Negom accounted for about 50 per cent of the total fish in Colombo, Galle, Trincomalee, Mirissa, Ta
The Ceylon Fisheries Corporation This is a State-owned commercial organisation of fish, the export of prawns, lobsters, cuttle f Fisheries Corporation buys and distributes the fish landing centres, operates wholesale mark outlets in Colombo and 25 outlets in the other tains buffer stocks in cold rooms, and also m Anuradhapura and Bandarawela.
Fish supply and ice production of the Ceylor 1979 were :
Production
de 1978
605
1979
604
The Ceylon Fisheries Harbour Corporation This is also a state-owned corporation establist tion and management of fishing harbours in
Myliddy. Facilities at these harbours include other facilities for fishermen such as maintena
Policy Changes in Fisheries Industry Prior to July 1977, the policy and strategies a were increased participation by the State sector. to the industry were brought in because foreign exchange. Fisheries co-operatives wer and boats, engines and fishing gear were chani the off shore and deep sea fisheries was done the monopoly of the Ceylon Fisheries Corpora through which imports of fishing boats and glass material imports were permitted only the
The main change in policy during the post-J the mainstream of activities in the fisheries secte tion of controls in regard to the supply of input fishing industry, the Ceylon Fisheries Corpora while the Department of Fisheries relaxed cont spares. Some investment in Ice Plants by th necessary to supplement such investment by st; development but where commercial profitabilit
ERREFEasserlein
Karier
Investment Programme.--The total investm 1979-82 is Rs. 859 million with a foreign excha

FISHERIES
anding centres scattered throughout the entire coastal
bo, Jaffna, Puttalam and Mannar which altogether a landings. Harbours and shore facilities are available ngalle and Beruwela.
a established in 1964. The activities include the sale Gish and manufacturing of by-products. The Ceylon
domestic fish catch. It purchases fish from over 60 tets in Colombo and Kandy and maintains 16 retail districts. In Colombo, Galle and Batticaloa it mainnaintains smaller cold rooms in Kandy, Kurunegala,
gai
a Fisheries Corporation during the two years 1978 and
(met. tons) urchases
Total Supply
Ice Production
4,278
4,832 no 12,297
2,990
3,594 11,865
ned in 1972 and is solely responsible for the construc - Galle, Trincomalee, Beruwela, Tangalle, Mirissa and e slipways, repair shops, ice plants, cold stores and nce areas, rest rooms, etc.
adopted for the development of the fishing industry,
Regulations and control over the allocation of inputs of severe constraints imposed by the shortage of e made the media for expansion in the coastal fishery nelled mainly through these societies. Exploitation of e through the CFC fleet. Fishing gear imports were tion while the Department of Fisheries was the agency engines were made. Engine spares as well as fibre rough import quotas.
Fuly 1977 period was to bring the private sector into Dr. With the liberalisation of imports and the relaxaEs such as fishing gear, engines, spare parts etc. for the tion ceased to be a imonopoly importer of fishing gear crols over imports of items such as marine engines and e private sector is taking place. However, it will be ate sector investment in areas where there is a need for Ey is not adequate to attract private sector investment.
ent proposed by the State sector during the period, ange component of Rs. 507 million. The on-going


Page 127
FISHERI
projects are estimated to cost Rs. 199 million while inv million. External assistance amounting to Rs. 4. projects.
Achieving self-sufficiency in fish
(i) The declining trend in per capita consumptior
has been arrested. Per capita consumption ii in 1978. This was primarily due to an incre
fisheries. (ii) The removal of regulations and controls and th
supply of inputs for the fishing industry such spare parts and in particular, fishing gear. Si
loss in fish production in earlier years. (iii) Although the production increase occurred ma
in production in the off-shore and deep sea fis This was due to the operation of the 38’-38’ v Coast Project, the operation of the C. F. C. tra 32’ – 46’ boats. Tuna fishing operations wa!
longliners. (iv) Some increases in production was also recorded
intensification of the stocking and harvesting
activities under the Udawalawe Chinese Aided (V) Priority was given to the rehabilitation of the e
Fishery Co-operatives. (vi) A total of 190 boats (28’-32°), 8 boats (171’-
inboard engines were issued under the all-islan (vii) Specific steps were taken in consultation with th
boats to cover the east coast, the south-east c Under these projects, over 1,350 boats would
addition to the issue of 2,000 boats (28') and (viii) Further projects have been formulated to devel
cage culture in fresh water fisheries with IDR (ix) These measures are expected to increase fish pr
to about 304,800 mt. tons in 1983. Per capita
to 20.43 kgs. by 1983 from the present level of Fish Technology and Training An institute of fish technology has been established assist in
(1) reducing spoilage of fish ; (2) finding uses for under-utilised or non-utilised sp (3) furthering knowledge on improved handling, pr
Training.--Training courses of six months dura workshop practice were conducted at the Fisheries Tra and Tangalle. A total of 72 trainees successfully com year 1979.
Fishing technology. The need for a specialised in management, vessel design, fishing gear and fishing te time. No definite measures have been taken to estab

115
Festment on new projects is estimated at Rs. 660 27 million is sought in respect of the new
1 of fish which continued from 1972 onwards ncreased from 10:41 kgs in 1977 to 11:34 kgs. eased local production of fish in the marine
ne liberalisation of imports led to an increased 1 as boat building materials, marine engines, nortages of fishing gear accounted for a major
inly in the coastal fishery, significant increases shery has also been witnessed in recent years. Fessels introduced under the ADB Southeast awler fleet and the operations by the Cey-Nor s also undertaken by one of the C. F. C. tuna
1 in the inland fisheries. This was due to the - programmes in the major tanks, including - Project.
xisting fishing fleet and re-organisation of the
—23°), boats, 2,128 outboard engines and 54° ad mechanisation programme.
e Aid Agencies to finalise projects to introduce Dast, the north-west coast and the west coast. be introduced over the next 5 year period, in 10,000 outboard motors. Lop coastal aquaculture with Japanese Aid and
C Aid. oduction from the 1978 level of 156,464 mt. tons
fish consumption is also expected to increase E 13•48 kgs.
with SIDA assistance. Its functions are to
carina
ecies ; and eservation, processing and marketing of fish.
ation in fishing gear methods, engines and aining Centres in Negombo, Jaffna, Batticaloa bleted their training at these centres during the
stitute to engage in research regarding vessel chnology has been recognised for quite a long lish an organisation that could examine these


Page 128
- 116
aspects of the fishing industry and recomm A UNDP funded project under Mr. J. Schai hensive report on the Development of Fishe is exploring the possibilities of obtaining
Ministry has also decided to establish a i major research divisions under it, viz : M: Technology. The existing Research Divisic Technology Unit would be amalgamated i
Fishery credit
(1) A new fishery credit scheme on et
fishing gear was introduced towar of Ceylon and the People's Bank of the total cost (net of subsidy of fishing gear for the purchase of 2 would also provide the initial cap craft and new outboard engines ai
(ii) Nine fisheries banks have been er
Ambalangoda, Chilaw, Beruwela, als i puwa for the purpose of granting
also to finance other needs such a amongst the fishermen through tl
(iii) Credit was also made available to te
for the purchase of fishing vesse fishing under the ADB assisted S
(iv) Payments amounting to Rs. 23•2 m
the Department of Fisheries for manufacturers, engines and gear s
Fishery Development Project Three major development projects undertal (a) South-west Coast Development Pr (6) North-east Coast Development Proje (C) East Coast Development Project.
About 200 (28 feet) boats and 30 (38 fee Design and specifications of boats under the while provision of housing and dredging
Master Plan for fishery development, 19 entire fisheries sector, covering the full range ture facilities, has been prepared with the as Development Agency. This Master Plan i to develop the fisheries sector and for the co by 1983. It specifies the levels of investmen the fisheries sub-sectors, the nature of proje the means whereby these planned objective Investment Plan is that for the first time a c marketing of fish mapped out with a view i distribution. In order to achieve this end,

FISHERIES
nend ways and means of improving the local technology. rfe from FAO had however formulated in 1978 a compreery Production Technology. The Sri Lanka Government
foreign assistance to establish such an institute. The Central Fisheries Research Institute, which will have 4 arine Fisheries, Inland Fisheries, Fishing gear and Craft on, the Fish Technology Institute and the proposed Fishing into the Central Fisheries Research Institute.
asy terms for the purchase of fishing craft, engines and -ds the later part of 1978. Under this scheme, the Bank
will provide bank financing equivalent to 88 per cent E 35 per cent) of a package consisting of hull, engine and 28’-32boats and 174’—194’ FRP boats. These banks -ital cost of mechanized and non-mechanized traditional nd fishing gear.
stablished so far by the People's Bank in Moratuwa,
Dickwella, Weligama, Gandara, Panadura and Wennap* soft term' loans for craft, engines and fishing gear and as housing. It is also intended to promote savings habit hese special banks.
en fishermen’s Co-operatives through the two State Banks Fls, marketing equipment, etc., for coastal and offshore puth-west coast Fisheries Project.
illion was released from the advance account operated by
the purpose of meeting instalment payments to boat suppliers under the all-island mechanization programme.
zen during 1979 were . Odlalar ultra Gia
pject ; en
ct ;
) boats were issued to fishermen under the first project. second project have been entrusted to a Fishing Authority perations were commenced under the third project.
79—1983.—A comprehensive development plan for the
of activities from direct fishing to provision of infrastrucsistance of two advisers from the Canadian International Tentified the strategies that need to be adopted in order
untry to be self-sufficient at acceptable nutritional levels ut that should be undertaken during the planned period in cts that should be implemented as well as laying down s may be achieved. A novel feature of this Fisheries omplete programme for handling transport, storage and O obtaining nationally desirable patterns of supply and he Plan envisages the establishment of a comprehensive


Page 129
FISHERIES
package, which includes such components as provision vans and refrigerated trucks for proper transport of fi: facilities for warehousing at regional and district levels f
Till now, most of the fish produced in the country is b areas, where the central fish auction and sale points i
markets in Colombo are re-transported to the consume away with the wasteful duplicatory freight charges which and to ensure more efficient distribution patterns W favourable prices in the consumer areas.
Ministry re-organization The organizational set-up of the Ministry has been furth separate divisions for three vital areas in fisheries deve Fishermen's Welfare Division.
Coast Conservation In January 1978 the functions of planning, management were transferred from the Ministry of Shipping and To
Cabinet approval was obtained for a new draft Coast effective control of activities in the coastal zone and for t
Research
(i) The following activities have been undertaken b
(a) Survey of squid and cuttle fish resources ; (6) Monitoring survey and sampling of the prawi
of determining the effect of fishing on stoc (C) Survey and éradication of crown of thorn st (d) Logoon surveys with a view to increasing I (e) Formulation of proposals for the developme (f) Formulation of a programme to conduct exp
fish ; (8) Analysis of whole fish—(20 species) was co1 (ii) The Norwegian Research vessel, Fridtjof Nanse
June 1978 for a period of 6 weeks. This vessel is
(iii) A marine resources survey project was formulated so a continuous programme of research and survey
Tee
IC
ce

117
For manufature and supply of ice ; insulated h; holding rooms and refrigerated storage or efficient distribution.
Fought down to Colombo from the producer ere concentrated and through the wholesale r areas in the regions. It is expected to do inflate the price of fish in the hinterland areas nich would cause greater availability and
e a artista sanoati
er streamlined by identifying and establishing lopment, viz., Inland Fisheries, Training and poei opisanabilirea
and execution of coast conservation works urism to the Ministry of Fisheries.
Conservation Law which provides for more he planned development of its resources.
y the Ministry of Fisheries :
a fishery on the north-west coast for purposes KS ; ar fish from the eastern reefs ; productivity; at of marine culture ; eriments on cage culture of certain species of
npleted.
1, undertook a resources survey during May! expected to arrive again for a further survey.
land CIDA Aid is being negotiated to enable to be undertaken.
ret
TO


Page 130
atrien och
cНА
ENERGY, MINERA
Energy Electric Energy.—Electric power supply was companies to supply electricity to a limited n of Government Electrical undertakings was est established on ist November 1969, as a Statuto and distribution of electricity to the entire isla
The demand for electricity in 1950 was 14 The growth of electricity demand since 1960 is
TABLE 12.1-DEM
Peak
Total demand
annual (MW) consumption
(GWh)
1960
212
64
235
1961 1962
260
1963
15
286
1964 1965 1966
82 89 105
307 331 367 441
531 573
1967
124
1968
135
1969
146
1970
162
811
185
712
200
811
1971
1972 1973 1974
823
198 214
864
957
1975
218
235
1976 1977
983 1,027
261
1978
291
1,142 1,289
1979
325

ਖਾਤਰ ਵਰਤੇ ਮਥਾ ਹਤ
PTER XII secolo
LS AND WATER SUPPLY
first introduced to Sri Lanka in 1895, by private amber of consumers in Colombo. The Department ablished in 1927. The Ceylon Electricity Board was ry Board responsible for the generation, transmission
nd.
MW peak demand and 65 GWH per annum energy. given in Table 12.1:
AND FOR ELECTRICITY 1960-1979
Consumption (GWh)
Households, Industries Commercial Local
establishments authority
$ 51
36 39
83
55
102
55
58
141
132 44
O 141 45 160
213
83 95
160
111
266
78
135
* * * N & & S S & & AS A
293
144
412
117
206
94
180
99
373 447 437 464
521
108
193 198 202
230
117
121
93
139
237
514 515
104
154
254
116
593
158
275
149
638
203
299
Source : Ceylon Electricity Board


Page 131
ENERGY, MINERALS AN,
During the years 1978 and 1979, the proportion of by electricity amounted to about 13 percent. The pea consumed was 1,142 GWh. Available data also rev energy consumption in recent years.
Hydro-Electric Energy.--Table 12.2 gives the gene hydro-power plants as well as the thermal-power plan and energy for each river basin as outlined in the Pfi
TABLE 12.2-GENERATING PLAN
Power Station
George Pote
Old Laxapana Inginiyagala retici
Udawalawe
Wimala Surendra Polpitiya New Laxapana Ukuwela
Thermal Plant
e Pote in Kelanitissa (Steam).
TABLE 12.3-HYDRO-POWER POTENTIAL OF SRI LANKA
Name of Basin
Net yield in million acre feet
S ਮਾਯਣ ਕਰ । Kelani
8:640 Maha Oyana Fonds
0•350 Mahaweli Ganga
10•880 Walawe
- 1:450
1-450 Nilwala
0-350
Gin Ganga at an
0:350 Kalu Ganga
1.000
23•020
The technically attainable and economically feas updated considering recent developments, indicate 1 GWh as the total annual energy supply from medi

D WATER SUPPLY
119
f total energy requirements of the country met ak demand in 1978 was 291 MW and the energy Feal the increasing trend in peak demand and
rating plant potential and energy supply of the at. Table 12.3 gives the hydro-power potential efer Report.
AT POWER AND ENERGY POTENTIAL
Power
Annual Energy ential (MW) Supply (GWh)
270aio
50 10
06
50
22
123 370 504
15
100
38
168
is soissa
329
1,500
Power
Annual Energy ential (MW) Supply (GWA)
50
230.
_(RIVER BASIN-WISE) AS PER PFIEFER REPORT 1958
Installed capacity proposed in MW
Likely primary energy in GWh
Likely secondary energy in GWh.
510 15 745 75
1,620
40 2,270 250
40 i 160 350
| 710 se 30 970 70
10
40
45 120
1,520
4,730
1,830
ible hydro-power resources in Sri Lanka, when ,592 MW as the total power potential and 6,229 um and large hydro-power plants in the island.


Page 132
120
ENERGEY, MINERA
Hydro-electric schemes so far constructed add up which includes 275 MW of power units alread addition of Canyon Power Unit of 30 MW, sch economically viable hydro potential of the Kela
The development of the gross power and ener irrigational benefits has been dealt with under commissioning of the Ukuwela Power Plant, 38 GWh has been already developed and the Bowat increase the development of the Mahaweli Hy energy capability of 108 GWh. It is expected t under way, additional hydro-power projects w
Although demand has risen rather sharply, g. cannot be increased to such extent as construct period of time covering various phases, viz., plar largest power plants now under construction
Programme like the Victoria Project (210 MW) a about 1984.
It would thus appear that the economically e Basin would initially be harnessed at least within
Out of the other river basins, Gal Oya with a to has been developed to produce 10 MW. of power In the Walawe Ganga basin, 6 MW of power with been set up as a part of the Uda Walawe Irrigatio 2,300 square kilometres.
Construction work on a major power project implemented in the upper reaches of Walawe riv energy supply of 630 GWn.
The failure of the monsoon rain and the low re have resulted in enforcing power cuts with lopp bines is being considered as an alternative to tide
Userwise there was an unprecedented increas industrial purposes from 3 percent in 1976-197 to the concentration of energy consuming zones under the Greater Colombo Economic the next 10—12 years, Sri Lanka would need to hydro-power.
Petroleum Products.--The consumption (inter 1972 1979 are given in Table 12.4.
TABLE 12.4—CONSUMPTION OF DIFFERENT OIL
1,000 MET
Year
Motor Gazolene Kerosene Auto Diesel Heavy Oil Furnace Oil L. P. G. (1,000 cu. Imetres)
en een

LS AND WATER SUPPLY
to 329 MW with a total energy supply of 1,500 GWh - developed in the Kelani Valley River. With the eduled for commissioning in 1981, most of the total ni river would be fully developed. gy potential of the Mahaweli River Basin with other the accelerated Mahaweli Programme. With the MW of power with an annual energy supply of 168 enna Power Plant presently under construction would iro potential by yet another 40 MW/with an annual hat with the accelerated Mahaweli Programme now puld be completed. enerating potential of the Ceylon Electricity Board Fon of generating plants would take a considerable aning, equipment availability and installation. The particularly those under the accelerated Mahaweli nd Kotmale (215 MW) would come on stream from
xploitable hydro-power resources in the Mahaweli the course of next few years.
otal catchment area of about 1,800 square kilometres
with a total energy capability of 43 GWh per annum. a an annual energy capability of 22 GWh has already n Scheme which has a total drainage area of around
t (Samanalawewa Power Project) is initially being er to produce 120 MW of power having an annual
-charge inflow of streams in the Laxapana complex ving of supply during peak hours. Use of gas turover the energy crisis. se in electricity consumption for commercial and '7 to 12 prcent in 1978-1979. This is attributable industries being sited in the main industrial Commission. Long-term forecasts reveal that on develop electrical energy from sources other than
nal sales) of different oil products in the years
| PRODUCTS IN SRI LANKA (INLAND SALES IN TRIC TONS)
172 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979
132 130 95 95 101 111 130
115 278 270 213 211 207 213 245 230 64 261 244 264 258 262 310
351 71 68 44 36 3346 61 64 179 235 169 144 126 136 160 162 '10 0-27 0•53 103 2:01 3•10 4:98 6'40


Page 133
ENERGY, MINERALS AND
It has been estimated that about 30 percent of Si The production of different oil products in Sri Lanka
Gazolene Regular Gazolene Kerosene Auto diesel Heavy Oil Furnace Oil L. P. G. (1,000 cu. metres)
Naptha Bitumen Avtur Solvents
Total
Firewood.—Firewood and agricultural waste const About 60 to 65 percent of energy is derived from fire annually from the proclaimed forests, crown forests, ecology has been estimated to be less than 0-1 milli cultivations account for about 0•5 million tons annu estimated to be available due to replanting of unecon estimated around 40 million tons annually of which from unidentified sources.
a Nuclear Energy.--Monazite sands found in certai Thorium ore in the form of oxides to the extent of ab uranium oxide.
The prospect of using nuclear power in the absei exploitation of the hydro-power resources cannot be ri ble discussion during recent years.
Other Renewable Resources.--All other renewable ocean thermal, ocean wave, etc., are of such dilute na such sources for the bulk energy requirements in th cost that would be required to harness such energies
It could still be possible to utilise a given resource f the appropriateness in technologies adopted to suppl
e Animal waste (primarily cow dung) is available in i and Southern parts of the country. The Census of c number of cattle and buffalo amounted to 2 millioi Although the dung is not burnt as any energy source ir to produce bio-gas as an energy source by its anaero substantial quantities of bio-gas could be produced i available throughout the country.

WATER SUPPLY
121
i Lanka’s energy requirements is met by oil. for 1978 and 1979 are given below:
(Metric Tons) 1978
1979
101,924
103,943)
16,680) 211,318 242,200 117,243 547,377
5,355 82,372 24,872 34,465 2,565
189,446 259,863
88,928 542,918
6,116 84,254 24,391 29,131 3,742
1,388,390
1,321,713
itute a major energy resource for Sri Lanka. wood. The firewood that could be extracted and other reservations without damage to the on tons. Saw mills and waste from coconut ually. About 10 million tons of firewood is Lomical lands. The present day demand being a about 2:4 million tons of firewood has come
n parts of Sri Lanka contains Uranium and -out 10 percent thɔrium oxide and 0•1 percent
nce of other proven alternatives, after the full uled out. This has been a subject of considera
energy resources such as solar, wind, bio-gas ture that it would not be realistic to depend on Le immediate future because of the vast capital
or specific purposes with due consideration for ement the overall energy requirements. che major cattle breeding areas in the Northern
attle stock in Sri Lanka indicates that the total a adult animals and about 0-4 million calves. a Sri Lanka, it could very economically be used
bic fermentation. It has been suggested that by using cow dung with other vegetable waste


Page 134
122
ENERGY, MINER
Approximately 3 million tons of peat have extractable quantity of peat in this area has be calorific value of 2,600 K. Gal/kg. Other peat fied and evaluated.
The near equatorial position of Sri Lanka the availability of high solar insolations and rel solar insolation is about 5 kwh per square metre ed in the ocean waves and in the thermal gradi There are no known areas of geothermal ene dilute.
Among institutions conducting studies on rer of Katubedda and Peradeniya Universities, th of Scientific and Industrial Research and the Organisation (NERD).
The UNEP Sri Lanka Project to demostrate t resources at the typical villge level has been Pattiyapola village in Hambantota District.
Economic Minerals The major minerals of the island being mined at clays, limestone, silican sand, felspar, quartx a
Gemstones. -Except in the sedimentary limes cious and semi-precious gemstones occur in the in alluvial deposits in the Sabaragamuwa Provinc of numerous pegmatite which occur in the preca
The most important gemstones are delicately o and ruby), chrysoberyl (alexandrite and cats ey tourmaline and quartzite (citrine, amethyst an is mined from a decomposed pegmatite near N
Mining of the gem is carried out by the traditic gravels extracted from these pits. Lapidary ac well as using modern techniques. The State C
Production figures for the gem industry are i all varieties of gemstones both precious and se 590,000 carats valued at Rs. 490-1 million, a dec ing drop of Rs. 41:8 million in value over the pr
Graphite.--Graphite (plumbago) is the only veins of pegmatites and as disseminated flake only the vein deposits are being exploited at { Lanka has continued since 1821 and in those ea in world markets. The total production of grap and most of these are found in zones and bar nigh during the past 150 years, there are no ind for the grinding of graphite to microsizes and pre large quantity of graphite power after processin graphite in 1978 amounted to 10,748 metric tor the production declined to 9,360 metric tons wb two state-owned mines at Kahatagaha, Kalonga of atural graphite during the year.

LS AND WATER SUPPLY
een discovered in the Muthurajawela swamps. The en estimated to be equivalent to 2 million tons with a deposits though known to exist have not been identi
nd the topographic nature of the island guarantees able wind regimes throughout the year. The average per day. There is also energy available to be exploitent of the warm tropical sea surrounding the island. gy of any significance and the tidal energy is quite
ewable energy resources are the Engineering faculties
· Industrial Development Board, the Ceylon Institute
· National Engineering Research and Development
> the Asia Region the harnessing of renewable energy mplemented by the Ceylon Electricity Board at the
present are gems, graphite, mineral sands, industrial nd mica.
tone area of the North West, many varieties of pree other parts of the island. They are found mostly ce. Their origin is thought to be from the weathering ambrain crystalline granulities, gneisses and schists.
coloured varieties of the minerals corundum (sapphire Tes), bryl (aquamarine), topaz, spinal, garnet, zircon ad smoky quarts). Moonstone (a variety of felspar)
Meetiyagoda in the Ambalangoda area. onal method sinking pits and panning the gem bearing ctivities are carried out in the traditional manner as Gem Corporation is active in this field. not readily available. Based on exports however of
mi-precious stones production has been estimated at line of 268,000 carats in quantum and a correspond
eceding year.
Industry which involves deep mining and occurs as es in Precambrian terrain of Sri Lanka. Of these resent. The mining and export of graphite in Sri rly years the country enjoyed virtually a monopoly hite is from deposits in the Sotuh-West of Sri Lanka ds. Although graphite mining has continued well ustries in the island based on this mineral excepting duction of few items such as crucibles. At present a g and classifying is exported. Production of natural s and exports totalled 11,415 metric tons. In 1979 Ele exports too dropped to 11,154 metric tons. The ha and Bogala accounted for the entire production


Page 135
ENERGY, MINERALS A
Mineral Sands.--The occurrence of minerals such in the beaches surrounding the island has been knowr important beach sand deposit occurs at Pulmoddai,
North of Trincomalee. Ilmenite exports during the y a production target of 72,000 metric tons, a perforn 40,700 metric tons with a production figure of 35,90 tons the preceding year.
Industrial Clays.--Alluvial clay used in the produ basins of almost all the major rivers with the largest d Kalu Ganga and the Kelani Ganga. Though the pro ed, on the major basinal deposits, the industry has als deposits are found
Clay that is used for the production of cement is a of the North-West and serves as a basic raw materia
A total of 13,573 metric tons of raw and refined o ceramic industry during 1979.
Extensive deposits of kaolin of the highest grad and smaller deposits at Meetiyagoda in the Galle the weathering of rocks rich in feldspar like granite ar tion produced 5,870 metric tons of Kaolin at its refin
Limestone.-Large reserves of sedimentary limest Aruvakalu to the North of Puttalam. Limestone and Puttalam factories respectively as raw material Cement Corporation. Pure crystalline limestone in South, South-Western and Eastern coasts are burnt dolomitic limestone are used with fertilizers to remec
Iron Ore.--The iron ore deposits of the island are ores and (b) banded ironstones. The surface ores and are invariably lateritic. These occur as large confined to the South-West sector of the island. Ab ore are present, the higher grades averaging 54 perce
metallic iron.
The banded iron ore deposits found in the Wilage Western Province consist of bands of magnetite, quartz and basic rocks. About 5-6 million tons of have been obtained by drilling at depths ranging Panirendawa-Bingiriya area.
The occurrence of copper-magnetite ore at Seri Department on an inspection of the area in 1971. Be north-east of Seruwila Temple. Intensive magnet to determine the limit of mineralization. Diamond delineated area to determine the quality and quanti of Sri Lanka anticipates foreign collaboration to 1
Water Supply Water Resources Board.--The Water Resources Boa fashioned in accordance with the Water Resources B essentially as an Advisory organ till July, 1977. II

ID WATER SUPPLY
123
is ilmenite, zircon, garmet, rutile and monazite for over 50 years. The largest and the most
North-East coast of the island–55 kilometre ear 1979 amounted to 55,370 metric tons against ance of 77 percent. In 1978 the exports were 4 metric tons as compared with 20,137 metric
ction of tiles and bricks is found in the food eposits being found in the basins of Maha Oya, duction of bricks and tiles is largely concentrato been established in other areas where suitable
Lvailable in the Murunkan and Ralmadu areas, I in the manufacture of cement.
lay valued at Rs. 1:7 millions were used in the
e are found at Borelesgamuwa (near Colombo)
District. These deposits are a product of id pegmatite. The Ceylon Ceramics Corporaeries during 1979 valued at Rs. 6•0 million.
one are found in the Jaffna peninsula and at
is extensively used at the Kankesanthurai in the manufacture of cement by the Ceylon the interior and coral deposit specially of the t for the manufacture of quick lime. Crushed Hy magnesia deficiency in soil.
e of two main types, namely (a) surface laterite are mainly composed of ilmenite and goethite boulders and suface cappings and are mainly -out two to three million tons of easily accessible ent and the lower grade averaging 30 40 percent -sintesilo in
dera Panirendawa--Bingiriya area of the North 5 20 thick interbanded with calc granulites, ore with a metallic content of 65 per cent iron from 21-152 metres below the surface in the
wila was discovered by the Geological Survey st outcrops of copper-iron occur in Kollamkulam ometer surveys have been carried out in order
drilling has been carried out since 1974 in this ty of copper and iron ore. The Government Gevelop this project.
ed Act was passed in Parliament in 1964 and was card Act of Great Britain. The Board functioned July 1977 the Minister of Irrigation, Power and


Page 136
124
ENERGY, MINERA
Highways delegated certain implementation f Energy, Ground Water Investigation, Explo
Watershed Management. The Board's earlie technical personnel.
In early 1978 Ground Water Investigations y of Sri Lanka and the supply of industrial wate water investigations was subsequently suspend Trade Zone. The initial requirements of 1,137, tion Zone Programme has been located and ti million litres of water for the 2nd phase of the water were made available to the Free Trade z
The Tank Rehabilitation Unit conducted a feasibility of renovating minor irrigation wor! Department of Agrarian Servics which function: Research.
The Mulankavil Settlement Scheme for Educa 30 production tube-wells which had already b
wells have been sunk for the private sector on re Investigations for ground water resources have Hambanota districts under district intergrated
The Wind Energy programme funded by the that would be suitable for lifting water for irri parts of Sri Lanka. Two prototypes were desi second generation of windmills has been design of the first prototype. Provision of Rs. 800, Energy utilization from funds available as finan
As part of a national endeavour in the succ campaign the Board has encouraged cultivation also animal feed and plant nutrient.
A considerable demand for ipil ipil exists, pa the dwindling supplies of firewood from forest re
The National Water Supplies and Drainage ) Board was created by the transformation of the ti age under the Ministry of Irrigation, Power and Drainage Board was established in Januar functions of the Board are to ensure a safe and a for domestic needs. The Board however also u and to various other institutions. In the perfori
(1) Investigation and feasibility studies of Wa (2) Design and construction of Water Supply
institutions. (3) Operation and maintenance of water supr (4) To serve in an advisory or consultative
private sector on water supply and sewer
The total capital of the Board amounts to ap amounts to Rs. 30 million. The Board mainta 75 schemes under construction in 1979.

ES AND WATER SUPPLY
inctions to the Board, viz., the utilisation of Wind ration and Development Tank Rehabilitation and - terms of reference, virtually made no provision for
ere confined to some parts of North and North-West - for the private sector. This programme of ground ed to provide for requirements of water of the Free 500 litres for the 1st phase of the Investment Promohe Board has since been called upon to provide 5•69 IPZ programme. A supply of 6·37 million litres of Dne in the construction of 77 tube wells during 1979.
series of surveys in 1977 and 1978, to ascertain the Es. This activity has now been handed over to the s under the Ministry of Agricultural Development and
ted Youth initiated by the Irrigation Department has een sunk and work completed. Twenty-four tube equests for the provision of industrial water supplies.
been carried out in Kurunegala, Moneragala and development projects.
Netherlands Government is working out prototypes gation as well as for domestic consumption in various gned and tested in the test site in Colombo and the ned from information gathered after prolonged tests 000 has been made under the programme of Wind
cial aid of the Netherlands Government.
cessful implementation of a sustained tree planting of Ipil Ipil ’ which serves not only as fuel wood but
erling terlege rticularly with the escalation of firewood prices and :Sources.
Board.--The National Water Supply and Drainage hen existing Department of Water Supply and Drainand Highways. The National Water Supply and y 1975 under Law (No. 2) of 1974. The primary idequate supply of water to the population primarily ndertakes and supply water for industrial purposes nance of its functions the Board is responsible for : ter Supply, surface drainage and sewerage schemes. Schemes for Local authorities and to various other
ply schemes in various parts of the island.
capacity to other Boards/Corporations and the age projects.
pproximately Rs. 430 million. The annual revenue tins about 70 Water Supply Schemes. There were


Page 137
ENERGY, MINERALS A
An agreement with the World Bank for Greater Col for Rural Water Supply Projects and Ground Water
The main component of the South-West Coastal P. supply facilities in Colombo and Towns, South of ( supply schemes to towns North of Colombo and up t rity) and Ambalangoda to Balapitiya. The foreign ex ed for this project is being provided by the World B Association in the form of an I. D. A. credit.
A salient feature of this project is that the entire de and the design was accepted by the World Bank for fin Engineers.
The planning and Designs of Water Supply Schem West Coastal aea. Drawings of 24 schemes were c work of another 22 schemes, which included water sup improvement work, have been carried out during 1978 programmed for investigation and design in the ensui
A sum of Rs. 59 million was spent on construction 1 2 Sewerage Schemes. Work is also in progress on th Schemes and Sewerage Schemes.
The ground Water Division of the Board has rece from UNICEF for Ground Water Development Prog equipped with two down the hole hammer drillrigs commenced in Hambantota District and 29 wells ha 200 wells.
- The South West Coastal Project has been constitut Coastal area extending from Negombo to Galle. Th area, Kalutara and Towns North of Colombo are mai and construction of treatment plants, intake, service res towers. Work under this project has already comm Rs. 600 million.
Colombo and Kalutara Water supplies which hithert have since been taken over by the National Water Su
-la acciduodaisillaajenilaio 30 successivameno o lo abia sitiosoittamaan situas las angਉ ਵੀਰੋ it D Eun siਤੇ ਵਰ੍ਹੇ 28 3
antimono il mondo visine Sonla beberapa gen dwa iooniasteni antibns - aoi ai is coitianta att og Tmol bago sumbersialisa

D WATER SUPPLY
125
embo Water Supply Project and with UNICEF Projects have already been concluded.
pject consists of augmenting the existing water olombo up to Panadura providing new water
Negombo ; Kalutara to Bentota (local authohange component of U.S. $ 14 million requir_nk and Canadian International Development
sign was carried out by the Board’s Engineers ancing without the review by foreign consulting
es cover the entire island excepting the Southompleted while feasibility studies and designs ply, augmentation, surface drainage and minor . There are over 100 Water Supp ly Schemes ng year.
vorks of 16 major, 26 UNICEF, 32 Rural and Le Investment Promotion Zone Water Supply
ently been organised with equipment received gramme in the dry zone. The Board has been
capable of drilling into hard rock. Work ve been completed on a pilot programme of
ed under the Board in bulk to the South-West e projects at Ambalangoda, Greater Colombo in items of work in hand involving installation iervoirs pipe laying and construction of elevated Lenced involving a total cost of approximately
0 a to functioned under the Colombo Municipality pply and Drainage Board.
im We Area no dogodile su
inango bolsaskom ulash bilan od sit gele ederse lo stiliaren 3st olitik ini berapistilleros
bainolta baadab adain silimiana
ਪਰ 5:-ਉਨਤ
latan bas Tad In de Tabeinsaannoilasiga asos
viezinen e baseret et ei langit
piemontangan dari ATT


Page 138
CHA.
dan PUBLIC FINANCE,
The public sector in the country consists of the Statutory Boards, etc., and Local Authorities. the necessary funds through the Government B part of the funds through the Government Budi and also from bank borrowing. The local au ment Budget and from their revenue collection
Government's Fiscal Operations The Budget.A suitable starting point for analy Budget. The Government Budget or the Appr by the Minister of Finance and Planning in P Budget speech the Minister normally reviews t expenditure and also makes an assessment of reviews would outline the Government's prograr ensuing year.
One of the major functions of the Budget is presentation of the annual Budget is also accomp long-term plan of development for the country
Estimates. The draft estimate of expenditur Ministry of Finance and Planning by the indivi After a series of reviews and revisions by officer Ministries concerned at different levels, the estir ment and approved.
Treasury Control.—The authority of the Trea for any increase in expenditure beyond authorise and for extra statutory payments, excepting c: authority to act on its own.
Auditor-General.—The auditing of Governm who submits his report on the Appropriation ascertain whether the expenditure are incurred fo He also reports on matters such as waste and whose accounts are subject to audit by him.
Public Accounts Committee.--A select committ tee consisting of members selected from bot each Government Institution and the Audito committee may be discussed in Parliament and/ concerned.
Expenditure 1977-1979.--Table 13.1 presents the years 1977, 1978 and 1979. The total exp account operations amounted to Rs. 8,900 milli sional) in 1977, 1978 and 1979 respectively. preceding year to 33 percent of total exp 1978. According to the provisional figures for expenditure.

PT ER XIII
BANKING AND INSURANCE
Government Ministries, Departments, Corporations,
Of these, the Ministries and Departments receive all Budget. Corporations, Statutory Boards, etc., obtain get and the balance from their own trading operations chorities obtain fund requirements from the Govern
using the Governments’ Fiscal Operations is the annual opriation Bill is prepared once a year and is presented arliament during the month of November. In the he Government's past and prospective revenue and the performance of the national economy. These nme and proposals to finance its expenditure for the
to assist in the management of the economy. The -anied by a view of the Government's medium and/or
e for a particular year are usually submitted to the idual Ministries by the middle of the preceding year. Ts of the Ministry of Finance and Planning and the nates are included in the budget, discussed in Parlia
asury is required for any new item of expenditure, d limits, for policies which lead to extra expenditure ases when the ministry concerned has the delegated
ient accounts is exercised by the Auditor-General
Accounts to Parliament. His main function is to or the purpose for which funds were made available. inefficiency in respect of Government institutions
ee of Parliament called the Public Accounts Committh sides of the House reviews the accounts of or-General's Report. The recommendations of the or implemented by the Treasury and the institutions
; a summary of Government's fiscal operations in venditure inclusive of net payments under advance ion, Rs. 15,191 million and Rs. 19,465 million (proviCapital expenditure dropped from 37 percent in the enditure in 1977 and increased to 35 percent in 1979 capital expenditure is about 43 percent of total


Page 139
PUBLIC FINANCE, BANKINI
|Included in the recurrent expenditure was a sizeab food subsidy was Rs. 938 million. This rose to Rs.
ment's decision to remove the subsidies on food for t for 1978 was Rs. 2,333 million which is almost 51 per
TABLE 13.1--GOVERNMENT
Revenue(1) Recurrent Expenditure Advance Accounts Operations (deficit—/surplus +) Current Account (+ surplus/deficit) Capital Expenditure Of which sinking Fund and amortionzation payments
contributions to International Financial Organization Budget deficit
Financing of the deficit
(1) Domestic Source
(a) Non-bank market borrowing (6) Non-market borrowing
(C) Banking System (0) (2) Foreign Finance
(a) Project loans (6) Commodity loans (C) Grants
(d) Other loans (5) (3) Use of cash balances
Expansionary impact of Government Fiscal Operatic
Source: C
(1) Excludes Capital Grants in Revenue under Foreign Grant
(2) Includes Special Advances from Central Bank to meet th abroad.
(3) Includes repayment of foreign administrative borrowings am
(4) Not adjusted for a repayment of rupees loans amounting t banking system.
(5) I. M. F. Grant Fund Loan.
Provisional data of revenue and expenditure for t deficit of Rs. 8,791 million.
Government expenditure in 1979 was estimated as million in 1978, an increase of 14 per cent. Recu while expenditure under capital votes was Rs. 8,991 I there was an increase of 2 per cent in recurrent expeno KARA, escribiu univerzitetas
Estimate of total government revenue in 1979 s Rs. 11,688 million in 1978 and an increase of 9 per ce
million in 1979 was to be financed by domestic reso sionary impact of Government's fiscal operations duri

G AND INSURANCE
127
le amount of food subsidy. In 1976 the net 1,424 million in 1977. In spite of the Governne higher income groups, the net food subsidy cent higher than the subsidy in 1977.
FISCAL OPERATIONS
(Rs. million)
1978
1977
1979 (Provisional)
6,686
11,663 6,148
10,408 - 430
- 1,926 +108
- 701 3,182
6,606 (947) (1,165)(8) 3,074
7,307
12,730 11,502 - 1,028
+200 8,991
and) 18
(1,182)
8,791
4,589 2,806 1,103
680
1,786 1,504
505 - 224 1,779
394 885 500
2,777 2,033
578 1670 4,471 1,665 2,128
678
4,229
813 1,434 1,383
599
58
- 28
- 492 - 716
ons
173
634
Central Bank of Ceylon and General Treasury.
ue contributions to International Financial Organisations
mounting to Rs. 174 million. O Rs. 52 milion in 1978 and Rs. 18 million in 1979 to the
consistentorn he fiscal year 1979 showed an overall budget
Rs. 21,521 million as compared with Rs. 18,853 rrent expenditure totalled Rs. 12,530 million, million. Reviewed against the preceding year, diture and 16 per cent rise under capital Votes.
howed a figure of Rs. 12,730 million against ent. The estimated budget deficit of Rs. 8,791 urces and also from foreign sources. Expanng the year was Rs. 634 million.


Page 140
128
PUBLIC FINANCE, BA
Revenue.--Government revenue in 1977-1978 shown in Table 13.1. The table 13.2 shows a
under reference.
TABLE 13.2-REVENUE OF
1. Current receipts
(a) Income tax (personal and corporate) (6) General sales and turnover taxes (C) Selective sales taxes (d) Import duties (e) FEECS (net) () Export duties (g) Licence taxes (h) Property Transfer taxes (i) Profits from food sales
G) Interest and dividends (K) Gross receipts of trading enterprises (1) Other current receipts Capital receipts (a) Estate duty (6) Wealth tax (C) Other (domestic)
(d) Other capital receipts 3. Total
Income Tax.--The responsibility of assessing of Inland Revenue. Income tax collection in 19
million in 1978, thus showing an increase of 17 Rs. 166 million or 18 per cent more than the coll
Turnover taxes.—The turnover taxes collecte While the non-manufacturing sector almost doub facturing sector collection amounting to Rs. the preceding year. In 1978, the turnover tax co 1977 mainly reflecting the increase trunover in t
Selective Sales Taxes. These taxes are norma in 1979 recorded a marginal increase of 1 percent = ed with Rs. 1,884 million in 1978.
Import Duties.--The year 1979 witnessed high of Rs. 2,271 million as compared with Rs. 1,475 in 1978 totalled Rs. 329 million. FEECs paym for imports ceased to operate and recorded only

ANKING AND INSURANCE
B and a provisional estimate for the year 1979 are detailed breakdown of the revenue for the period
THE GOVERNMENTL 1977-1979 GEBIED
(Rs. million)
1978
1977
1979
937
6,543
11,472
1,103 711
1,143 1,407
1,884 518
1,469 1,157 620
4,236 Sirol 54 74
81
12,470 1,288 1,294 1,907 2,271
329
4,168
37
86
—
152
371 514 219
229 812
679
322
321
143
260
18
25
| | | |
| | | |
25
14
6,686
11,688
12,730
Source : Central Bank of Ceylon.
and collecting income tax rest with the Department 79 was Rs. 1,289 million as compared with Rs. 1,102
% in 1979. In 1978 the income tax collection was Lection in 1977.
ed in 1979 showed an increase by Rs. 151 million. led its contribution, there was a decline in the manu
744 million in contrast to the Rs. 834 million ollection increased by Rs. 431 million over the year business and manufacturing activities.
ally collected by the Excise Department. Collections with a total collection of Rs. 1,907 million as compar
mer collections in the form of import duties at a figure
million the preceding year. Net receipt from FEECs ents which were made through the banking system Rs. 7 million against departmental imports in 1979.


Page 141
PUBLIC FINANCE, BANKIN
Export Duties.—Export duty collections in 1979 total tion to revenue by way of indirect taxes. Tea and Rubb of the total collection.
Financial Operations of Local Authorities. The tot: was about Rs. 325 million. This figure increased to revenue for the same period was Rs. 474 million inclu
Economic Planning The policies and programmes of the Ministry of Finance and resuscitating a run down and stagnant economy a development and growth. Such policies and prograr rate, relaxation of import controls and foreign exchar allocation of resources from consumption to develop discipline were key instruments in effecting the desired
The full impact of this major reorientation of econom dous expansion in economic activity resulted in the Grc by 8•2 per cent in 1978. This compares with a growth lower 4-4 per cent in 1977, though averaging somewh period ending 1979.
The gross domestic product in 1978 fell short of the pri But unlike in previous years when growth was confined were evident on a much broader front. The agricult growth in 1977 was responsible for only 17 per cent of th for 16 per cent, trade for 14 per cent, industry for 13 pe other services for 10 per cent. Growth in construction tion to the overall rate in 1979. The rate of growth indicated that the economic reforms initiated during tl sustained rate of growth during this period.
The new monetary policies introduced in 1977 achie for development, moderating monetary expansion and expansion slowed down considerably with money sup as against 29 per cent in 1977 and 35 per cent in 1976, of Rs. 7,669 million. The net increase in savings dep
was Rs. 984 million while the increase in time and sav. 1979 was Rs. 2,483 million. Despite higher lending rose by Rs. 3,120 million or 35 per cent in 1979. A Country firmly on the road to self sustained growth was t the biggest development programme ever undertaken i
An investment programme for the public sector e billion rupees at 1978 prices. Major objectives of th employment, a high rate of overall growth, a progress improvement of living standard and conditions of the inflationary pressures. The Accelarated Mahaweli 1 Colombo Development Scheme under aegies of the G.C the core of this investment strategy. These new pr strategy for the co-ordinated development of the entire number of smaller projects in Agriculture, Industri cations, etc.

G AND INSURANCE
129
lled Rs. 4,168 million, a 42 per cent contribuer export duties accounted for over 85 per cent
al expenditure of local authorities in 1978 O Rs. 358 million, during 1979. Estimated ading general revenue and electricity charges.
e and Planning were directed towards reviving und laying a firm foundation for self-sustained mmes include the unification of the exchange ige regulations and a shift in emphasis in the ment. An active monetary policy and fiscal economic transformation.
nic policy soon became evident. The tremenoss National Product in real terms increasing
rate of 6°0 per cent in 1979 and considerably nat favourable 3-2 per cent over the five year
revious best of 8•3 per cent achieved in 1958. to a few sectors, the growth impulses in 1978 ural sector which accounted for one half of me increase in GDP. Construction accounted er cent, mining and quarrying for 11 per cent,
and service sectors made significant contribuin 1979 even though was lower than in 1978 ne last few years have enabled to maintain a
ved significant results in mobilising resources 1 containing inflation. Even though monetary ply increasing by only 10-8 per cent in 1978 it increased by 29 per cent in 1979 to a level osits mobilised by the National Savings Bank ings deposits with Commercial Banks during
rates, Commercial Bank loans and advances ccelerated development in order to place the he keynote of the 1979 Budget which heralded n the history of Sri Lanka.
overing the period 1979–1983 would cost 45 Le programme are a large scale expansion of ive improvement in the balance of payments, people and containment as far as possible of Project, the Free Trade Zone, the Greater .E.C. and the Housing Programme constitute ojects will be fully integrated into an overall economy. Provision has also been made for a y, Fisheries, Ports, Airports, Telecommuni


Page 142
130
PUBLIC FINANCE,
Major Economic Changes during the Year y (a) Increase in wages of public sector by 10 r
Rs. 50 per mensem. A further increase mensem was also granted to all public
There were also wage increases in the p (6) Abolition of the Bank debit tax ; (C) Introduction of the premiums savings bon
denominations ; (d) Changes in the tax structure, (Inland Re (e) Subsidy for rubber replanting increased fr (f) Subsidy for tea replanting increased from
and from Rs. 6,000 to Rs. 10,000 for the (g) Switch over to the food stamp scheme re
Generous Tax concessions were also afford industrial projects.
i stede groenlo in Foreign Assistance The Ministry was successful in obtaining an a required to finance the country's developmen million have been negotiated during the perio million represents outright grants, the balance c granted an extended fund facility in a sum of R: 1981.
The Planning Division of the Ministry has bility in the Public Sector and a portfolio of pi These would be submitted to donor countries a group discussions would consider requiremen gramme and other development programmes
Joint Committees for Economic Co-operatior number of suitable areas identified. Steps hav
Foreign Investment Proposals for a rivate sector investment with foi Colombo Economic Commission are consider chaired by the Deputy Secretary to the Ti new industry units during 1979, involving a tot component of Rs. 904-9 million. Local share o the figures for the preceding year, 22 approvals eightfold increase in the amount invested. TI services ranging from ready-made garments ar aluminium extrusions and chemical products ventures also include hotel projects, and a te granted for the first time to set up two housing C The projects approved by the FIAC in 1979 v This healthy enthusiasm of foreign participa dministration and active promotion drive of
Tax Reform-Important and far reaching cl 1979 Budget were embodied in the New Co Parliament on 3rd April, 1979. The New Bill which enabled to win the confidence of wo and growth.

BANKING AND INSURANCE
rere : er cent of the consolidated salary with a minimum of by way of a supplementary allowance of Rs. 55 per sector employees effective from 1 September, 1979. rivate sector ;
id scheme of the National Savings Bank in ten rupees
renue Act, No. 29 of 1979); ɔm Rs. 4,000 to Rs. 5,000 per acre ; I Rs. 6,000 to Rs. 8,000 per acre for low grown Teas
high grown Teas ; placing the old scheme of food rationing. led to Hotel Projects, tourist ventures and certain
ppreciable increase in the foreign exchange resources t efforts. Aid agreements to the value of Rs. 8,655 od July 1978-March 1979. Of this amount Rs. 991 onsists of soft-term loans. In January 1979 the IMF }. 260•3 million to be utilized during the period 1979 to
nade progress in building up project preparation capatrojects is under preparation for foreign aid financing. at the Sri Lanka Aid Group discussion. These Aid ts of the Accelerated Mahaweli Development Pro
of the Government. a with India, Pakistan and Iraq were convened and a e been taken for their implementation.
creign collaboration outside the purview of the Greater ed by the Foreign Investment Advisory Committee reasury. The Committee approved a total of 113
al investment of Rs. 1,714•8 million with a foreign of investment was Rs. 809:9 million. Compared with
and a sum of Rs. 195-3 million, there was almost an nese projects cover a varied range of product groups/ ad sewing thread to the manufacture of fishing boats, o electronoic and electrical items. These industrial levision broadcasting station. Approvals were also onstruction organisations with foreign collaborations. Jould generate employment opportunities to 13,400. tion, is attributable to liberal policies of the present the government. anges in the tax structure of the country outlined in the nsolidated Inland Revenue Bill which was passed in characterised a simple, lucid and rational tax system, uld-be investors and ensure sustained development


Page 143
PUBLIC FINANCE, BANKIN
The new law under the Inland Revenue Act (No. current year basis of taxation, for both individua assessment 1979/80.
It also embodies the proposal for completely exem of employees in the public sector including the loca employments. This measure is expected to lead to a would spearhead movement towards economic devel
Another important feature is the non-aggregation It emphasizes the Government's recognition of indivi and the increasingly important role of women in nat
The exemption on limit for the payment of income order to provide some form of relief to those in the lov had borne a heavy burden as a result of inflation stea
The Company form of business organisation whi ownership was given a boost with the reduction of the expenses of company formation being allowed as a d investor was given maximum encouragement with the and People's Companies.
In accordance with the Government's pledge to incentives in the form of deductions from income ar included in the Government's development plans, s companies licensed with the GCEC and in other app
Tax holidays were extended to export oriented co GCEC to afford them similar opportunities as those p
In order to encourage labour intensive industry a system of granting capital allowances in the form of a March, 1980, by a scheme of depreciation on a fixed i
A long standing grievance of taxpayers was also payment of interest on delayed refunds by the Departi each month.
Tax Amnesty.—A Tax Amnesty was declared for 4 the main objective to mobilizing the substantial am
making such money available for investment. The Savings Bank. At the end of the declared period th of this 30 per cent accrued as revenue to the Departn
DANS
Decentralised Budget A sum of Rs. 336 million was approved under the de for each electorate during the period January to D Electricity Board was Rs. 30 million. Highways an another 31 million Rupees. Total allocation thus Rs. 275 million. A further Rs. 64 million was added
Requirements of additional funds for various prog payment of Rs. 156 million which had to be met in t
Central Bank The Central Bank of Ceylon, which was established on (No. 58) of 1949, is the Authority responsible for the and banking system in Sri Lanka. The overall res

NG AND INSURANCE
131
28) of 1979 provides for a switch over to the els and companies commencing the year of
pting from income tax, the official emoluments 1 government service and pensioners of such
contented and motivated public sector which lopment and growth.
of income and wealth of husband and wife. dual effort as the motive force of development cional regeneration.
tax was also raised to RS. 12,000 per annum in ver middle income bracket who in recent times adily eroding their living standards. ich has the greatest potential for diffusion of e rate of tax from 60 per cent to 50 per cent and leduction from assessable income. The small e reduction of the tax rate for small companies
maximise investment and growth, attractive e offered to individuals who invest in projects uch as housing and the purchase of shares in roved areas. mpanies operating outside the authority of the provided to companies operating within it.
end help solve the unemployment problem, the - lump sum depreciation was replaced after 31st nstalment basis depending on the type of asset.
removed with the introduction of a scheme of ment of Inland Revenue at the rate of 1 per cent
months commencing 1st December, 1978, with mount of “ black money" in the economy and
scheme is being implemented by the National ne total deposits amounted to Rs. 29•9 million nent of Inland Revenue.
=centralised budget on the basis of Rs. 2 million December 1979. Direct payment to the Ceylo
1 Kandyan Peasantry Rehabilitation absorbe
available under the decentralised budget wa ( by way of supplementary and other provision.
grammes at the district level entailed a deferred che current fiscal year.
n 28 August, 1950, under the Monetary Law Act e administration and regulation of the Monetary ponsibility for the management operations and


Page 144
132
PUBLIC FINANCE, B
administration of the Central Bank rests with the the Central Bank, the Secretary to the Ministry ed by His Excellency the President.
In performing the functions as laid out by th array of monetary weapons such as the authorit asset ratios of banks to vary the bank rate, to c requirements on letters of credit opened by con
Total assets/liabilities of the Central Bank in at the end of December 1979. International r in domestic assets amounted to Rs. 768 million.
Treasury Bills) by Rs. 2,063 million was the ma national Reserve. Among domestic assets, ho and Government guaranteed securities held by liabilities side, the currency issue of the Central
The total assets/liabilities of the Central Ban Cash balances abroad including Treasury bills side, the increase in currency issues was Rs. 81 Government agencies declined by Rs. 309•0 mill
Table 13.3 provides data on assets and liabilit 1979.
TABLE 13.3—ASSETS
Assets: International Reserve
Cash and Balances abroad including Treasury Foreign Bills discounted Foreign Government Securities Special Drawing Rights
To
Domestic Assets
Fotografica Loans and Advances to Government Loans and Advances to others Government and Government Guaranteed Sec Other Assets and Accounts
case ਤੇ BA ne ਤਪ ਕਰ Liabilitiesiones de las Capital Accounts teeb Surplus
godt savnedslis
Daithe leis an To Currency Issue
Notes in circulation Coins in circulation
on ilmenitencia see ei siaron Densitato ene de old

ANKING AND INSURANCE
e Monetary Board, which consists of the Governor of of Finance and Planning and a third member appoint
ne Statute the Central Bank is equipped with a wide y to fix statutory reserve ratios and minimum capital onduct open market operations, to impose marginal
mercial banks, etc. creased by Rs. 2,596 million to Rs. 16,836 million as eserves rose by Rs. 1,828 million while the increase
The increase in cash and balances abroad (including in contributory factors for the increase in the Inter
wever, the increase was seen mainly in Government - the Bank which rose by Rs. 586 million. On the
Bank increased by Rs. 812 million. k increased by a further Rs. 1,827•8 million in 1979. increased by Rs. 1,963-4 million. On the liabilities 2:5 million. The deposits of the Government and
ion.
ties of the Central Bank as at end of 1977, 1978 ands
5 AND LIABILITIES OF THE CENTRAL BANK
(Rs. Million) 1977
1978
1979 December December December
Bills
3,883.6
5,274.6
7,238.0
275.1 167.9
345.5 512.4
281.5 440.7
tal
4,326.5
6,132.4
7,960.9
617.4 884.6 2,420.1 3,280.5
955.5 1,075.9 2,119.7 3,956.4
1,136.5
648.2 2,706.2 4,284.8
urities
7,202.6
8,107.5
8,875.7
15.0
150
15.0 62.0
63.0
64.0
ptal
77.0
isuoti
79.0
3,088.4
130.7
3,356.5 150.1
4,139.9
181.2
atdala
3,219.1
3,508.6
4,321.1
lay


Page 145
PUBLIC FINANCE, BANKIN
Securities Outstanding
Borrowings from Abroad
Deposits
1. Government 2. Government agencies and Institutions 3. Commercial Banks 4. Interntional Organisations and Foreign Banking
tions 5. Others
Tota
Other Liabilities and Accounts Total Assets/Liabilities
Monetary policy measures introduced in 1977 a months of 1979. Highlights of these policy measure on Central Bank's accommodation to commercial ba on borro wings in excess of this celing, non-recogni and a continuation of the ceiling on advances for non imposed on advances to non-bank companies engage excepting credit granted for financing capital equipm ceiling on credit to public corporations and statutory
During the latter part of 1979, further measures we supply. With effect from 4th September, 1979, the yo rate was realised from Rs. 403 million to Rs. 613 milli
modation, which was 4 per cent of selected assets of 1979, and Rs. 210 million export credit in refinan export credit as at December 31, 1978. Any exce subject to a graduated scale of penal rates which ran
Commercial Banks The commercial banking system in Sri Lanka cons of Ceylon, the People's Bank, the Hatton National B foreign owned banks. Domestic banks opened 70 about 89 per cent of total deposits of the banking syste banks opened branches in Colombo. These were and Commerce International (overseas) Ltd. (BCCI) banks, which were in operation in Sri Lanka, were CH Shanghai Banking Corporation, Indian Bank, Indian the Habib Bank (Overseas) Ltd. Interest rates on Sa Bank and the National Savings Bank remained unchar ial Banks too remained unchanged.

No.
319/STA
ACCA G AND INSURANCE
133
(Rs. million) 1977
1978
1979 December December December
552.3 155.1
69.1
89.9 14.8 606.5
1,033.6
15.8 737.7
728.4
12.0 966.0
Institu
1,257.3
188.0
1,569.3
273.3
2,528.9
239.4
2,156.6
3,784.8
4,474.7
5,524.1 11,529.1
6,868.6 14,239.9
7,891.9 16,835.9
Source : Central Bank of Ceylon.
nd 1978 were continued during the first eight es were a Bank rate of 10 per cent ; restrictions nks at Bank rate and a penal rate of 15 per cent tion of commercial banks’ till-cash as reserves, -essential purposes. A ceiling had further been d in lending money and hire purchae activities, -ent and new commercial vehicles. An overall
boards had also been imposed.
ere adopted to moderate the growth in money olume of accommodation available at the Bank Dn consisting of Rs. 403 million general accom
commercial banks outstanding as at June 30, cing, distributed on the basis of outstanding ss of borrowings above these limits were ged from 15 per cent to 25 per cent.
ists of four domestic banks, viz., the Bank ank, the Commercial Bank of Ceylon and ten new branches during 1979 and accounted for em. During the year, three major international - the Indo-Suez Bank, the Bank of Credit
and the Citibank (IS. A.). The other foreign artered Bank, Grindlays Bank, Hongkong and
Overseas Bank, the State Bank of India and vings and fixed deposits offered by Commercial ged during the year, leading rates of Commer


Page 146
TABLE 13.4DISTRIBUTION OF BANK OFFICES AND DEPOSITS
134
Total
Sri Lanka Banks
British Banks
Indian and Pakistani Banks
Year
No. of
Offices
Deposits
Amount
Rs. (m.)
Per
cent
No. of
Offices
Deposits
Amount
Rs. (m.)
Per
cent
Deposits
Amount
Rs. (m.)
No. of
Offices
Per
No. of
Offices
Deposits
Amount
Per
Rs. (m.) cent
cent
57
12
33
100
100
100
683
801
58.
61
429
412
AD 72
943
65
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
415
1,182
1,301
1,447
1,546
1,502
1,637
GSFS
+ t + t +
100
a un o N o
97
105
81
66
431
8 & 2 R
1,023
1,003
1,157
PUBLIC FINANCE
100
89
419
91
133
100
117
404

100
125
71
73
100
140
14
77
141
155
165
189
204
303
457
562
639
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
409
437
472
471
471
487
152
176
191
293
100
100
100
100
100
1,808
1,917
2,394
2,516
3,277
3,169
3,555
3,611
4,943
6,793
8,846
12,343
1,329
1,405
1,831
1,951
2,707
2,584
3,036
3,076
4,323
5,998
7,811
11,020
str + t + i +
ܘ ܝ ܘ ܟ ܟ ܗ ܛ ܠ ܠܜ ܠܜ ܜ ܢ
E, BANKING AND INSURANCE
82
85
85
ܠܛ ܠܜ ܛ ܠ ܚ ܚ ܚ ܚ ܚ ܚ
449
407
100
554
631
707
100
100
100
100
715
98
112
109
139
205
270
279
os S
426
481
590
765
1,043
729
737
810*
799*
80
Source : Central Bank of Ceylon.
sa
These figures exclude 23 Kachcheri branches, 9 pay offices, 5 extension offices and the foreign branch of the Bank of Ceylon.


Page 147
PUBLIC FINANCE, BANKING
Bank of Ceylon.The Bank of Ceylon was establi Ordinance No. 53 of 1938, in consequence of a recom Under the Finance Act, (No. 65) of 1961, the Bank Ceylon opened 44 branches bringing the total number its 40th year of existence in August 1979 and reached Bank deposits too recorded an increase of Rs. 1,477 m
People’s Bank.--The People's Bank was established Bank. The purpose of the Bank according to the Peo the co-operative movement in Sri Lanka, rural banking and other assistance to co-operative societies and ot branches bringing its total number of branches to 242 statutory functions in the banking structure supervises and thus ensures proper functioning.
Hatton National Bank Ltd.—The Hatton National B mating two branches of the National and Grindlays B 1974, it took over the assets and liabilities of the Me branches of the Mercantile bank were also vested in office. Thus, the total number of branches of the bank
Commercial Bank of Ceylon Ltd.-The Eastern Bank into a Rupee Company with a majority of Sri Lanka the new name of the Commercial Bank of Ceylon from branches of the Mercantile Bank Ltd. in 1973. This ba and the total number of branches remained unchange
Statistics of the total deposits of commercial banks Table 13.4 which also shows the distribution of Bank
Table 13.5 gives statistics relating to bank clearings
TABLE 13.5–BANK CLEAR
(Monthly Average ir
Year
1965
1966
1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972* 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979
* Clearing statistics during the period September ti prolonged strike of Commercial Bank employees.

AND INSURANCE
135
shed in 1939 in terms of the Bank of Ceylon Lendation of the Banking Commission of 1934. was nationalised. During 1979, the Bank of of its branches to 562. The Bank completed I an all time peak in profits during the year. illion over the preceding year. lin 1961, replacing the Co-operative Federal ple's Bank Act, No. 29 of 1961, is to develop fand agricultural credit by providing financial her individuals. The Bank opened 26 new as at end of 1979. The Bank apart from its
· the activities of the co-operative rural banks
ank was established in May 1970 by amalgaank Ltd. and the Hatton Bank Ltd. In May cantitle Bank Ltd. and consequently the two it. In 1979 the bank opened a new branch : at the end of the year stood at 24. Ltd., which was a British Bank, was converted ! Ownership and commenced operations under November 1969. The Bank took over three nk did not open any branches during the year
during tlie years 1962–1979 are presented in Offices in Sri Lanka.
INGS 1965-1979
a Rs. million)
Amount
889.6 928:5
990•4 1,114•4 1,212:2 1,413-6 1,269•5 1,158•6 1,601:4 2,063•6 2,254:3 2,586-9 3,032:2 4,627:3
6,0470
- December 1972 were highly distorted by a
Source : Central Bank of Ceylon.


Page 148
TABLE 13.6-MONEY SUPPLY--1975-1979
136
(Rs. million)
Currency
Demand Deposits
Period Ending
* (1)
Total
(ii)
Held by
Govt.
(iii)
Held by
Banks
(iv)
Held by
Public
(i-ii iii)
(V)
Total
Held by
Govt.
(vii)
Held by
Banks
(viii)
Held by
Public
(v-vi-vii)
(ix)
* Money supply viii (iv + viii) as %
of ix
*0•3
0•6
1975
1976
1977
1978
1,890•4
2,407-2
3,219-1
3,508•6
280•3
326•2
426•2
492•1
1,609•8
2,080•5
2,791-7
3,015•5
3,024•2
4,015•1
5,320•4
7,177•4
426•8
702•4
8704
1,942:0
1,119•0
3 1,227•6
1,875•8
2,314•5
1,478•4
2,0851
2,574•2
2,920-8
47•9
4,165•6
- 50•1
5,365•8
48•0
5,936°4
49•2
PUBLIC FINANCE,
1•3
0-9
1979 Tanuary
3 447.9
SO16

J,42.
JUIS
February
March
April
May
June
3,538•4
3,930•2
3,952-1
3,840-6
3,841-0
3,785•3
3,806•9
3,919•9
4,090-8
4,113•8
4,321-1
1•1
1•4
3•6
3•1
2:5
2:0
1:0
4•0
4:3
4-3
0-8
2,93/10
3,063•4
3,378•5
3,335•2
3,279•1
3,365•6
3,244°3
3,269•6
3,438•3
3,510•9
3,556•6
3,774•2
473•9
550-2
613-2
558•4
472•8
539•0
536-4
477•6
575•6
552:9
5462
6,836•9
7,336•1
7,565•8
7,482-4.
7,366•1
7,479•5
7,640•5
7,683•9
7,588•6
7,603•9
9,069•8
July
1,412•5 E 2,320-8
1,152:5
E 2,258•8
921:3
3,041:5
1,113•3
3,060-2
1,056•2
3,011:5
1,057•2
2,982:2
1,068•2
2,988-1
1,123•0
2,892•1
1,133•5
2,900•5
964-3
2,976•0
1,111•1
2,816-1
O 1,664•4
3,510•3
3,154°3
3,425•5
3,373•3
3,392•3
3,414•7
3,326•7
3,432:2
3,625•4
3,650-0
3,648•3
3,676•6
3,895•1
6,091•4
6,488•9
6,751•8
6,727•5
6,693•8
6,692•4
6,667•5
6,894-9
7,088•3
7,159•2
7,233•2
7,669•3
* 51.8
52:8
50-0
50•4
51:0
49•7
51-3
52:6
51:5
51-0
50-8
50-8
BANKING AND INSURANCE
August
September
October
November
December
Source : Central Bank of Ceylon.
sg C


Page 149
PUBLIC FINANCE BANKIN
Foreign Currency Banking Units.--The Central B Scheme with effect from 2 May, 1979. Any comme Bank is entitled to set up a Foreign Currency Bankir accept time and savings deposits from, and grant loa Greater Colombo Economic Commission (GCEC) in assets and liabilities of these units stood at US $ 39 Lanka currency.
The money supply rose by Rs. 1,733 million or 29 total money supply stood at Rs. 7,669 million at the e
State-sponsored Long-term Credit Institution State Mortgage and Investment Bank (S. M. I. B.). tion (AICC) established in December 1943, and the S December, 1931, were amalgamated on January 1, 19 Bank. According to the State Mortgage and Investm of the Bank are to provide, inter alia, loan facilities f sectors. The Bank has an authorised capital of Rs. 2 including capital funds and reserves transferred from
million.
The Bank lent a total sum of Rs. 23 million upto er
Purpose
(a) Construction and Agricultural Development
Taastaselt se naam is lande
(6) Purchase of Housing Property and Agricul
tural Land
Saeilge
(C) Redemption of Debts
* Loans are granted on primary mortgages of lands is Sri Lanka issues a Mortgage's Title Insurance Policy sions from coverage.
Development Finance Corporation of Ceylon.--Thel was established in 1955 on the initiative of the Goveri expansion and modernisation of private industrial, Lanka.
The DFCC approved loans amounting to Rs. 10 Rs. 15 million during 1979, giving a total of Rs. 1 Rs. 162 million which comprised of Rs. 142 million in

3 AND INSURANCE
137
ank introduced a Foreign Currency Banking rcial Bank, with the permission of the Central g Unit. These banking units are permitted to ns to, non-residents and enterprises under the foreign currency. As at end of 1979 the total million an equivalent of Rs. 602 million in Sri
per cent in 1979 over the preceding year. The end of December, 1979.
The Agricultural and Industrial Credit CorporaState Mortgage Bank (SMB) established on 6th 179 to form the State Mortgage and Investment ent Bank Law (No. 13), of 1975, the objectives or the agriculture, industry, fishing and housing 00 million and the Government's contribution 1 the AICC and the SMB, amounts to Rs. 50
id of December 1979.
oans not exceeding
Interest
Rs.
50,000
10 per cent
100,000
11 per cent
111 per cent
250,000 500,000
12 per cent
50,000 150,000
14 per cent 15 per cent
300,000
16 per cent
(on all loans)
17 per cent
a respect of which the Insurance Corporation of acceptable to the Bank and without any exclu
Development Finance Corporation (D.F.C. C.) ament to assist in the promotion establishment, agricultural and commercial enterprises in Sri
- million and share investments amounting to 21 million. Approvals in 1978 amounted to loans and Rs. 20 million in share investments.


Page 150
138
PUBLIC FINANCE, F
TABLE 13.7-STATE MORTGAGE AND INVESTMEI
AND AM
Perlod
Loans gi during th
1979 January
February.
ang March siti inglesi 1,
April
May.
Junei * title
July
August
ai i & si i
September
October
November
December
* State Mortgage Bank and Agricultural a from January, 1979 to form the State Mortg
Disbursements of loans during 1979 amounte to Rs. 18 million. The overall total of loans million as at end of 1979, compared with Rs.
The National Development Bank of Sri Lanka he National Development Bank of Sri Lanka A 1979. As outlined in the Act, the purpose e commercial and other development in the econ or refinancing loans raised from other sources
* The Bank has an authorised capital of Rs. 2 hundred rupees each. The initial capital of R Sri Lanka (Rs. 400 million), the Bank of Ceyl and the Central Bank (Rs. 100 million). The as determined by the Board of Directors.

BANKING AND INSURANCE
NT BANK* LOANS GRANTED, CAPITAL REPAYMENT -OUNT OUTSTANDING
(Rs. Thousands)
ranted. Capital repayments
Total Loans e period received during outstanding at the
the period
end of the period
161
512 abil 512
103,227
p10
450
103,787
255
738
em 104,304,
520
747
i 104,647
53
445
itongo
106,354
192
601
107,487
252
545
109,194
561
757
111,099
755
848
113.005
109
910
114,805
D64
809
116,960
742
604
118,098
and Industrial Credit Corporation were amalgamated age and Investment Bank.
Source : State Mortgage and Investment Bank.
ed to Rs. 39 million. Repayments by clients amounted and share investments of the DFCC stood at Rs. 254 184 million at 31 December the preceding year.
1.--The National Development Bank established under et (No. 2), of 1979, commenced business on 1 October, of the Bank is to promote the industrial, agricultural, omy of Sri Lanka by lending directly or by guaranteeing
,000 million divided into twenty million shares of one s. 600 million was contributed by the Government of on (Rs. 50 million) the People's Bank (Rs. 50 million.) Bank would offer shares to the public for subscription


Page 151
PUBLIC FINANCE, BANKIN
TABLE 13.8--DEVELOPMENT FINANCE CORPORATI
Loans granted during the
period
* April 1961–March 1962
April 1962- March 1963 April 1963–March 1964 April 1964–March 1965 April 1965–March 1966 April 1966–March 1967 April 1967–March 1968 April 1968--March 1969 April 1969–March 1970 April 1970–March 1971 April 1971–March 1972 April 1972–March 1973 April 1973-March 1974 April 1974–March 1975 April 1975–March 1976 April 1976–March 1977 April 1977–March 1978 April 1978--March 1979 April 1979–December 1979
2,884 3,481 3,175 4,775 3,725 3,625 3,042 11,547 23,926 16,589 6,572 3,478 11,135
17,316
21,263 29,125 32,727 57,391 56,985
Savings Institutions The National Savings Bank.--The National Savii Bank Act. (No. 30) of 1971, with the objective of pi mobilising sayings of the community. It took over Bank, the Post Office Savings Bank and the Savings 16th March, 1972.
The Bank's savings scheme includes savings acco scheme, savings certificates and gift tokens. In additi duced several savings instruments in 1979. The pre at Rs. 10 for a minimum period of 12 months becan Each one of these bond holders participates in a moi investment. Data available upto 31st October, 1979 approximately Rs. 5 million collected as sale proce
The Regular Monthly Income Savings Plan, the F to mobilise savings in the estate sector are other new

G AND INSURANCE
139
IN OF CEYLON-FINANCIAL OPERAIONS
(Rs. Thousands
Equity Invest- Capital Repay- Total loans
ments in
ments during and equities development
the period outstanding at projects
the end of the
period
400
1,672 400
1,686 350
2,375 1,300
2,894 200
3,598 1,000
2,837
3,284
1,000
4,678 1.250
3,426 500
4,941 7,140
7,779 2,500
11,328
7,950
4,317
9,366
9,449
9,075 5,626
12,562 16,471 16,086
4,990
14,523
20,971 23,166 24,316 27,497 27,824 29,612 29,370 37,339 59,089 71,237 70,669 66,368 68,675
78,041
94,255 123,754 149,545 206,886 254,334
Source : Development Finance Corporation.
ugs Bank established by the National Savings oviding an efficient institutional framework for the assets and liabilities of the Ceylon Savings Certificates Fund and commenced business on
nts, 'save as you earn' scheme fixed deposits en to the existing savings scheme the Bank intromium savings bonds which could be purchased ea popular investment among small investors. thly lottery though without loss of the original
reveal that 420,574 bonds have been sold and eds.
xed Deposits Certificates and a special scheme avings schemes introduced in 1979.


Page 152
140
PUBLIC FINANCE, 1
The Bank granted Rs. 14 million as housing housing loans outstanding as at December 197
Nine new branches were opened during the y Growth of savings at the National Savings E
TABLE 13.9—NATIONAL SA
Year*
Savings
Fixed Deposits Deposites
1973 1974 1975 1976
1,043:2 1,244:1 1,413•7 1,678.9 1,727•3 1,825•0 1,890•6
100-3 167•6 243-1 307•6
771:5 1,265°4 2,194•4
1977
1978 1979+
*at end of 31st December. * Subject to revision.
Employees' Provident Fund.--The employee sions of the Employees' Provident Fund Act ( for mobilising savings which are channelled to ( by the Fund in 1979 amounted to Rs. 598 mil year.
Insurance Coverage under General Insurance includes al plant break-down, burglary, personal accide Insurance Corporation also accepts re-insurai
The Corporation issued 34,847 new life poli collections amounted to Rs. 118 million. The was 218,399 with an assured sum of Rs. 2,286
The life assurance fund of the Corporatio giving a total investment of Rs. 795 million as
A sum of Rs. 66 million of the general in Securities during the year.
Sri Lanka Export Credit Insurance Corpora tion was established by Act (No. 15) of 197 The major objectives of the Corporation have Trade.
State Lotteries The National Lotteries Board had a total sales Rs. 17:6 million was allocated as prize mon Commission Agency allocation on sale of tick Rs. 4:5 million as establishment costs, the Bo contributions to the consolidated Fund work

BANKING AND INSURANCE
g loans to 376 depositors during the year. The total 9, amounted to Rs. 62 million. rear giving a total of 36 as at end of 1979. Bank is shown in Table 13.9.
VINGS BANK AND TOTAL SAVINGS
(Rs. million)
Total
Savings Premium Regular Certificates Savings Bond Monthly
Income Savings
97•9
| | |
106:9 112.9 114:9 96•7 75•5 59•7
I TILLIÓ
1,241•4 1,518.6 1,769•7 2,101•4 2,595•5 3,165•9 4,150-3
4•9
Source: National Savings Bank
ES’ Provident Fund, established in terms of the provi
No. 15) of 1958, is an important institutional device Government investment. Total contributions received Alion as compared with Rs. 524 million the preceding
1 risks against fire, marine, motor accidents, sickness, ats, workmen's compensation, etc. The Sri Lanka nce business from foreign companies. cies valued at Rs. 525 million in 1979. Total premium : total number of policies as at end of December, 1979
million.
n invested Rs. 119 million in Government Securities i at end of December, 1979. surance fund has also been invested in Government
ion.--The Sri Lanka Export Credit Insurance Corpora8, and commenced operations on February 8, 1979. already been referred to under the Chapter on Foreign
turn over of Rs. 45•1 million during 1979. A sum of ley. Turn over taxes accounted for Rs. 0•4 million ets totalled Rs. 5.4 million. Leaving an allowance of ard's share of investments to State coffers by way of
d out to Rs. 17.2 million.


Page 153
CHAPTER
FOREIGN TE General Foreign Trade has been a very significant aspect of Sri century. Starting with the export of Coffee, which wa the export sector has held a position of dominance.
Even though the value of exports and imports in from the level of about 35 per cent each in 1948, they 20 per cent each in 1977).
For many years Sri Lanka has been the second bigge of about 25 per cent of world trade in this commodity major export--natural rubber is relatively small (4-2 pe
Recent trends have been in the direction of diversific from the export of industrial products, gems and minor and coconut).
Food items though constituting the major category cent in 1977. Rice, wheat, flour and sugar accounted imports during the year 1979 in contrast to a 24 per ce
Pattern of Trade Information relating to value, volume, composition and exports is outlined in the following paragraphs.
Value and Volume.--Total export earnings rose fro million in 1979—an increase of 15•7 per cent. Impo increase of 53 per cent from Rs. 14,687 million in 197 deficit which stood at Rs. 1,480 million in 1978 increas decline over these two years.
There was also a significant decline in terms of trad and price indices of both imports and exports showed in for 1979 which rose by 52 per cent over the preceding
The value of exports and imports, quantum and pri 1979 are shown in Table 14.1.
TABLE 14.1-IMPORTS
1971 197
Value (Rupees Million)
Imports (c.i.f.)
1,986 5,2: Exports* (f.o.b.)
1,947 3,93 Volume Index Nos. (1978 = 100)
Imports
68 Exports
104 Price Index Nos. (1978 = 100)
Imports Exports
17 Terms of Trade
*Including re-exports
3 Export Price Inde:
97
Import Price Index The figures prior to 1978 have been spliced to the ne
Source: Customs, S Diosis inns ban 7-A 60689

ADE
Lanka's economy since the middle of the last | later replaced by Tea, Rubber and Coconut
relation to national income has declined still play a major role in the economy (over
st exporter of tea and currently holds a share . Its share of the world market in its other r cent). ation of exports with significant contributions agricultural produce (other than tea, rubber
of imports show a declining trend at 35 per for 17 per cent of the total expenditure on at in 1978.
and geographical distribution of imports
m Rs. 13,206 million in 1978 to Rs. 15,273 ts on the other hand recorded a substantial 78 to Rs. 22,560 million in 1979. The trade -ed to Rs. 7,287 million in 1979 a continuous
e 28 per cent over the 1978 figure. Volume ncreases, particularly, the import price index year. ce index numbers for the years 1971, 1975 to
AND EXPORTS
5 1976 1977
1978
1979
F1 - 4,645 6,007 14,687 22,560 3 ir 4,815 6,638 13,206 15,273
ia 57
100
123 102
100
101
NN
13 94
54
152
100 100
55
109
34
101
100
72
- X 100
si aliubos anois v index (1978 = 100) i la alibaiad ei Lanka and Central Bank of Ceylon.


Page 154
142
TABLE 14:2—COMPO
1976
1. Consumer goods are
1,689 1.1 Food and drink
1,491 1.2 Textiles and clothing
49 1.3 Other
149
2. Intermediate goods
2,259 2.1 Petroleumnas de
1,164 2.2 Fertilizer
99 2.3 Chemicals 2.4 Other
906 3. Investment goods
641 3.1 Machinery and equipment 3.2 Transport equipment
175 3.3 Building materials
140 4. Unclassified imports initimos
90
364
54
4,643
Source: C i noe er et nors
TABLE 14:3—-COMPO
Va
1976
Tea
2,100
890
382 231
Rubber Coconut* Minior Agricultural Crops Gems Industrial Exportst
Other Exports
261
782 156
Total domestic Exports Re-exports
4,801
14
Total Exports
4,815
*Major Coconut products, viz. Copra, Coc
Selected items of Industrial Exports.
Source :

OREIGN TRADE
SITION OF IMPORTS-1976-1979
alue (Rs. Million) 1977 1978 1979
Percentage of Imports 1976 1977 1978 1979
2,5345,6187,824
36 4238
35 2,1814,1274,8073236 2821
5311.536 ་ ་ 1 3 4 7 2039591.48133077
150
2,6485,5919,14349443841 1,4412,403 3,912
ལ 25 24 16
17
31
252
673
༡
120 .
446
502
22 1,0362,490 4,056
201717
19 746 3,3675,459
14 12:2324 2861,8462,900
85113 13 232
9881,685
44 77 129 150 368
2212 79 110 134 11 11
6,007 14,686 22,560100 100 100 100
Customs, Sri Lanka and Central Bank of Ceylon.
1:གང SITION OF EXPORTS-1976-1979
Percentage of total lue (Rs, Millio)
Exports
1977
1978
1979
1976 1977 1978 1979
996
3,5036,4015,722
44 53 48 37 931_2,0212,4911814 15 16 931
2,021
2.491 9969721,298851011
972
1,298 3407388515566 340
738
851 298
531
4905444 941
1,940
3,731 16131524 304
289
200
2
6,638 13,206 15,273
100 100 100
6,63813,206 15,273
100 100 100 100
ɔnut Oil, Desiccated Coconut and Fresh Nuts.
Customs, Sri Lanka and Central Bank of Ceylon.


Page 155
FOREIGN TRA
Commodity Composition of imports and exports. — decline in the share of consumer and investment goods in the country's imports. The increasing price of pet constitute the major component of the intermediate go in increasing the relative importance of this group of of capital goods from 23 per cent to 24 per cent in 1 policy of the Government.
Within these overall trends, imports of rice and suga by an increase in the price of these two commodities. in quantum and value. These three food items accc in contrast to 24 per cent in the preceding year.
As in 1978, petroleum and petroleum-based prod among imports—accounting for 17 per cent of the tot
The import of investment goods recorded an incre figure, but its share in total imports increased only mar in 1979.
Sri Lanka's foreign trade has been characterised b commodities--tea, rubber and coconut. Within th welcome trend towards diversification, which has resu in merchandise export earnings, falling from about 90 in the course of the last decade.
Export earnings increased in 1979 by Rs. 2,067 milli million (37 per cent) of total export earnings was co from the major export crop-Tea.
Tea.—Tea, while maintaining its position as the r of 11 percent from Rs. 6,401 million in 1978 to Rs. decrease in total share of exports from 48 to 37. in the quantum of tea exports by 3 per cent and a dro
Pakistan which retained its position (reached in 19 gave way to the U.K. which held this position up to 1 kilos valued at Rs. 646.6 million.
Rubber.--Rubber exports declined from 138•0 millio in 1979 but an increase in the average FOB price bi from Rs. 2,021 million—an increase of 23 per cent ov
The People's Republic of China continued to be the for 45 million kilograms or 42 per cent of total expo
West Germany, U.S.S.R., Italy and Poland.
Coconut.--An increase in local production was ma application of fertilizer during 1979. Volume of co nut equivalent showed a decline of 10 per cent. D
million nuts. In terms of export earnings there was a contributing a major share, 75 per cent of total expor
Other Exports.--Selected minor agricultural crops of 15 per cent. Among minor agricultural crops, cini increase, while pepper, cocoa and papain declined. ] Rs. 945 million increased further during the year to

DE
143
The overall trend in the mid-70s has been a and an increase in that of intermediate goods roleum and petroleum based products, which vods category, has been the determinant factor imports. There was also a marginal increase 979, attributable to the liberalization of trade
edites de ou II, recorded increases in quantity accompanied
Wheat flour imports recorded a decline both iunted for about 16 per cent of total imports
ucts constituted the biggest item by value al value.
ease in value of 60 per cent over the 1978 ginally from 23 per cent in 1978 to 24 per cent
y the predominant share held by three export e last decade however, there has been a ilted in the share of these three commodities ) per cent to the present level of 65 per cent
on over the figure for 1978. Nearly Rs. 5,722 ontributed by increase in the export earnings
major export commodity, showed a decrease 5,722 million in 1979 with a corresponding per cent. This is attributable to a drop op in price by 8 per cent.
75) as the largest importer of Sri Lanka's Tea 974, as the largest importer with 21•5 million
n kilograms in 1978 to 128.2 million kilograms Dosted export earnings to Rs. 2,491 million er the 1978 figure.
largest importer from Sri Lanka-accounting rts. Among the other major importers were
Enly due to favourable weather and increased conut (kernel) products exported in terms of Domestic consumption was estimated at 1,313 n increase of Rs. 428 million, kernel products - earnings.
t Rs. 851 million in 1979 showed an increase amon, cloves and cardamoms had a quantum Petroleum products which in 1978 had earned Rs. 1,926 million attributable to a marginal


Page 156
E 144
quantum increase and an appreciable rise substantially towards export earnings duri
increase of 130 per cent over the preceding y 2o Export of gems including precious and s
• RS. 490 million, a drop of 8 per cent in 197:
Japan (Rs. 238.8 million), Hong Kong ( continue to be the main buyers of Sri Lanka
- TABLE 14:4—PRINCIPAL M
Exports to f.o.b.
United Kingdom China People's Republics U.S.A. Japan Pakistan German Federal Republic S. Africa Union of a stati Australia se ਹੈ ਤੇ ਤੂੰ ਵੀ Canada U.S.S.R.To apie India
*Other non traditional sources
Doga
CET,
a *Include Commonwealth and non-common Baron 2010
OD TABLE 14:5-SRI LANKA'S PRINC
noiilin line Exports from (c.i.f.)
Japan
od Sret i adeila India
a es de United Kingdomareira U.S.A. Australia and organisasi
Iran
China berani
Pakistan situoyal confin 30
France German Democratic Republic Burma
U.S.S.R. ni s Canada inuti TELES *Other non-traditional sources
B*Include Commonwealth and non-commons

DREIGN TRADE
n prices. Other industrial exports which contributed ng the year were textiles and graments with an overall
sar. emi-precious stones declined from Rs. 531 million to
༢s. 95:5 million) and Switzerland (s. 648 million)
Gems.
པ ནི ARKETS FOR EXPORTS 1978 AND 1979
1979
1978 (Rs. Millio) (Rs, Millio@
Percentage
change 1978-1979
766
དེ་
902
1,231
1,038
18•6 857 857
956
-10-3 1,585
925
71:3 ] 1,037
35•4 686
689
-0•4 ་ ་ 56559•6 13
2012129•3_ 1:|:ཀུན 228
བའི་
255 ། དེ ་-10•6 226 .
2912 22:3 1::ཀྱི ལ 477
197 142:1 194
76•8 6,173
6,512
-5:3
260
110
nwealth countries,
SPAL SOURCES OF SUPPLY 1978 AND 1979
1978
1979 ། (Rs, Million) (Rs. Million)
Percentage
change 1978-1979
1,590
3,005 1,242
2,334 1,396
2,015 1,204
1,211 738
1,078 858
740 452
1,039 172493
493 691
482 35 498
196 237 343 291 5,096
9,375
88•9 87:9ན། ་་་་་་་་ 44•3 ་ ་ ་
0:6 46:1 -13•8 129•9 186:6 -30:3
མཆོག་ -60:0
1:|:ཀྱི དེ :|:ཀྱི -60•6 -29•1 +152 83:9
14
168
Yealth countries,
་


Page 157
TRADE PROMO
Te Geographical Distribution of Trade. The U.K. emery in 1979 with Rs, 1,231 million and accounted for 8:
Commonwealth countries. The heterogenous group of had Rs, 1,042:5 million with 6-8 per cent of the export
Among non-commonwealth countries the U.S.A. wa of the total exports with Rs. 1,585.1 million followed by and the German Federal Republic with Rs, 902.4 mill.
As in the case of Commonwealth countries, here a absorbed a large share with Rs. 5,131•8 million and ha 1979. A In relation to our imports from Commonwealth co
million and accounted for 10•4 per cent of Sri Lank Rs. 2,014:8 million and nearly 9-0 per cent of the imp
Among the Non-Commonwealth group, Japan had a followed by U.S.A. with Rs. 1,210:9 million and a per
Non-traditional sources again dominated the intern million and an appreciable share with 31:6 per cent of
Trade Promotion The Trade Promotion division of the Department of exporters in their search for the development of mark - Trade enquiries from abroad for various products ( Sri Lanka’s Trade Commissioners and Commercial Sec government departments and other statutory board country's reputation for reliability in its commercial ac of national traders, the Commerce Department enqi to arrive at amicable settlement of disputes between
A Trade Information Service established in 1973, i (1) The maintenance of an integrated, comprehen an export trade in Sri Lanka—inclusive of commer (2) Processing, analysis and classification of comme (3) Dissemination of information to the Trade throu
“ Expo News. ** Participation in Trade Fairs is an important and eff During the year 1979, Sri Lanka officially participat (1) Frankfurt International Spring Fair, Federal Re (2) Milan International Trade Fair, Italy (14 to 23 . (3) Angua Food Fair, Cologne Federal Republic of (4) Igedo International Ladies’ Fashion Fair, Dusse
September). (5) Zagreb International Fair, Yugoslavia (14 to 23 (6) 17th Overseas Import Fair, “ Partners for Pr
Germany (19 to 23 September). (7) Baghdad International Fair, 16th Session, Iraq {
The department was responsible for the organisati Fairs. Financial assistance is received by Sri Lanka the Economic Community for such participation.

ION
145
ted as the largest importer of Sri Lanka goods ! per cent of total domestic exports among her than countries within the Commonwealth
market. s the largest buyer and showed 10-4 per cent i Japan with Rs. 1,037•1 million (6-9 per cent) on (5·9 per cent). gain it was the heterogenous group, which 133•7 per cent of the domestic exports during
untries India ranked first with Rs. 2,334:3 a's imports. The U.K. followed next with ort market. I share of Rs. 3,005·2 million with 14 per cent centage of 5:4. ational import market accounting Rs. 7,100.8 ithe island's imports.
Commerce provides a number of services to ets overseas. from firms overseas) either direct, or through cretaries, are transmitted to the private sector, S. As a measure of both maintaining the ctivities abroad, and safeguarding the interests uiries into trade complaints and endeavours foreign firms and their local counterparts. includes among its major functions--- sive and up-to-date Data Base relevant to cial intelligence. rcial information. Le ugh publications, including monthly journal
ective method of trade promotion. Ia ed in seven Trade Fairs :-- =public of Germany (4 to 8 March). aast April).
Germany (8 to 13 September). ldorf Federal Republic of Germany (9 to 12
September). ogress ”, West Berlin, Federal Republic of
1 to 15 October). onal arrangements for participation in these from the Federal Republic of Germany and


Page 158
146
The Milan International Trade Fair, t. Progress " Fair and the Baghdad Inter International Spring Fair, the Angua Foo are specialized fairs for display of handic ladies’ and children's fashion wear garmei
The Trade Information Unit of the de through its market intelligence and library the business community which makes regu
Trade Agreements--1979
China.--ATrade Protocol for the exch: Lanka and China was signed in Colombi Protocol to be signed under the current 5countries.
Nepal.--A Trade Agreement of a gener convertible currency was signed between !
Philippines. —A Trade Agreement of a g initiated in June 1979.
International Commercial Relations
UNCTAD.--The 5th Session of the U (UNCTAD) which met in Manila in Ma negotiations being conducted under the aeg Order. The issues before UNCTAD wer developmental problems. Consequently, i issues, but progress was made in a number exert the requisite political will with a vie Fund as a key instrument in attaining the o Other areas of progress were in the field and an international code of conduct on th
UNCTAD V was preceded by a Minist in Arusha, in February 1979 and by a me January 1979. The Minister of Trade an the Sri Lanka Delegation to all three meeti
GATT.--The Multilateral Trade Negotia Round " have been concluded after six years system. These negotiations covered both tariffs, reductions have been made on
most-favoured-nation basis. As far as tr granted on a non-reciprocal basis by deve number of codes or agreements were negoti These include subsidies and countervailing technical barriers to trade, import licens
multilateral agricultural framework. Furthe the framework for the conduct of internati participating countries. The protocol on th countries although all the developed countri
E.E.C. Under the Commercial Co-o Community Sri Lanka received assistance fr include assistance for setting up of Trade C

OREIGN TRADE
ne Zagreb International Trade Fair, the “Partners for national Fair are general Fairs while the Frankfurt I Fair and the Igedo International Ladies’ Fashion Fair raft and applied art products, food and beverage and ats respectively. partment provides commercial information to exporters
of periodicals and books. This service is popular with lar use of his facility.
ange of commodities during the year 1979 between Sri
on 20 December, 1978. This was the second annual year Trade and Payments Agreement between the two
al nature, providing for trade to be conducted in freely Sri Lanka and Nepal on 3 April, 1979.
eneral nature between Sri Lanka and the Philippines was
oiloandaligit
niini atomiast T. nited Nations Conference on Trade and Development y|June 1979 should be viewed in the context of the sis of the UN's system for a new International Economic -e wide ranging, covering the entire field of trade and it was not possible to arrive at an agreement on all the of areas such as the agreement by the member states to w to bringing about the establishment of the Common objectives of the Integrated Programme for commodities. of economic co-operation among developing countries e transfer of technology.
serial Meeting of the developing countries (Group of 77) eting of Ministers of the Asian Region in Colombo, d Shipping who presided over the Colombo parley led ngs,
tions under the GATT, otherwise known as the “ Tokyo
of negotiations, excepting for discussions on a safeguard tariff and non-tariff barriers to trade. In the field of industrial products (BTN chapters 25 to 99) on a opical products are concerned, concessions have been loped to developing countries. In addition to tariffs a ated on specific non-tariff measures and on agriculture.
duties, Customs valuation, Government procurement, ing procedures, dairy products, bovine meat and a rmore, an agreement was reached on texts dealing with onal trade. These codes are open to signature by the le negotiations has been signed by only a few developing es have done so.
peration Agreement with the European Economic om the community during 1979 in several areas. These entres in Denmark and in West Germany. The E.E.C


Page 159
FOREIGN TRA
also financed two trade Missions of Sri Lanka busines participation in certain Trade Fairs and Exhibition addition the E.E.C. undertook to publish an Export joint ventures with community firms were also exami packaging of tea bags and spices, processing of graph
The Joint Commission of the E.E.C. and Sri Lanka
O ESCAP.-Sri Lanka continues to actively supp co-operation among the developing countries in the E the Bangkok Agreement had its sixth and seventh me
Ministerial Conference on Trade Co-operation held u 1978 had agreed upon a programme of action for trade a Trade Co-operation Group was established to implem actively in the work of the Trade Co-operation Group C
-- Commodities.--Development at the national and i position of Sr Lanka's export commodities is closely s to Government on the formulation of commercial and at an international level to arrive at an agreement to establish an International Tea Promotion Association This organisation would co-ordinate policies relating t
markets.
An International Natural Rubber Agreement was co is the first commodity agreement under the Integrated for a buffer stock of 550,000 Metric Tons, and a refere as well as a ceiling and a floor price of 2:70 and 1:50 N agreement seeks to stabilise the price of natural rubl estimated to be representative of the long term trend of prices of natural rubber are higher than the ceiling pi would operate only when the price falls within the pri
Export Promotion Secretariat The Export Promotion Secretariat was established in the expansion of exports and the diversification of ei
In July 1978, the Secretariat came under the main functions outlined as follows:
(1) Formulation of Export Promotion Policy. (2) Co-ordination of export sector to the National E (3) Formulation of export development strategy. (4) Dissemination of trade information. (5) Organisation of export training and research pro
The Secretariat maintains its relations with Internati
An Export Credit Guarantee Scheme was introduce Bank providing initially, a “ Packing Credit Guaran provided guarantees to Commercial Banks in respect to exporters for the purpose of purchasing, manufact export contracts. The Export Credit Insurance Co
operating this scheme.

IE
147
men to Europe and provided assistance for s in European Community countries. In
Directory for Sri Lanka. Possibilities for ned in the field of fisheries, marketing and te and the upgrading of ilmenite.
net in Colombo in November 1979.
»rt efforts to foster trade and economic SCAP region. The Standing Committee of etings in February and August 1979. The nder the auspices of the ESCAP in August > and co-operation in the ESCAP region and ent this programme. Sri Lanka participated luring 1979.
nternational level affecting the competitive crutinised and reviewed and advice rendered
export promotion policy. Work continues stabilise prices of tea. An agreement to
has already been signed by eight countries. > the generic promotion of tea in consuming
included in October 1979 in Geneva. This 1 Programme for commodities. It provides nce price of 2:10 Malaysian dollars per kilo. Malaysian dollars per kilo respectively. The ber around the "reference " price which is the price of natural rubber. Current market rice fixed in the agreement. The agreement ce ranges stipulated in the agreement.
1972 with the prime objective of supporting sport products and markets.
Ministry of Trade and Shipping with its
aasiboano
Export Plan, and its implementation. Entis
Suboticis teatre
gramme. Disanan
-onal Trade Promotion Organisations.
d in 1977 to be operated through the Central ee”. Under this Scheme the Central Bank
of advances granted by Commercial Banks uring or packing of goods for export against rporation has recently been established for


Page 160
148
Sri Lanka Export Credit Insurance Corpor The Sri Lanka Export Credit Insurance Cor commenced operations on 8 February, 19 in the promotion and diversification of the achieved thus (1) Issued of Bank Guarantees—to enco
facilities to exporters on a more liber (2) Issue of Export Payment Insurance Po
by protecting them against losses res and services sold on credit orders ;
In terms of the SLECIC Act, the corpor: 1977, by the Central Bank of Ceylon under summary of business taken over as on date : appears below:
No, of ਤੇਮਾਲ pg Guarantees .
ED
a po j
Pre-shipment Credit Guarantee Scheme.-- “ Packing Credit " Guarantee Scheme whicl (1) Its scope was substantially widened so
Lanka (the earlier scheme was limited (2) The introduction of the whole turno
respect of the entire package of shor Under the earlier scheme cover was the narrow definition of “ Packing Cre
The Banks have responded quite favourab increase in the demand for the Corporation duction in February 1979. There has been a Credit Guarantees issued during the year. non-traditional commodities have benefitted On the other hand, several new and small er business due to security considerations have
The Corporation has also introduced two of business. These are :--
(1) Post-shipment Credit Guarantee Schen (2) Export Performance Guarantee Scheme
The earlier Packing Credit Guarantee to commercial banks in that the cover it pr relevant goods by the exporters. This cons Post-shipment Credit Guarantee by SLECIO Pre-shipment Credit Guarantee, is the appi commercial banks to the export sector.

REIGN TRADE
ation
oration which was established by Act (No. 15) of 1978, 9. The basic objective of the corporation is to help ountry’s export trade. This objective is being broadly
urage commercial banks to extend adequate credit al basis and on easier terms of credit ; licies—to encourage exporters to expand their business ulting from nonpayment by foreign buyers for goods
Piet tion took over the guarantees operated since January,
an earlier “ Packing Credit " Guarantee Scheme. A of commencement of business activities by the SLECIC
Premium alio nortito Values Incomedent de sa
noi Rs. A noite Rs. Tienoismall
0-0 bit soittaisno T 56,359,620 328,457
Two major changes were implemented in regard to the n the corporation took over : » as to include the export of all commodities from Sri | only to the non-traditional export sector) ; ver principle which enables banks to obtain cover in t-term pre-shipment finance extended to exporters. provided in respect of only advances falling within dit ".
ly to these two changes as evidenced in the progressive 's new Pre-shipment Credit Guarantee since its introLlmost a four-fold increase in the value of Pre-shipment A large number of exporters of both traditional and by way of increased credit facilities from their banks. porters who were hitherto constrained in their export since been able to obtain facilities from banks.
new Guarantee Schemes soon after commencement
einense maritimnogo mostra
na Artoista eli mietunionisista
Scheme suffered a serious deficiency in its appeal
vided to banks terminated with the shipment of the raint has been removed with the introduction of the
with cover upto 75 per cent. Combined with the sciable change in the hitherto rigid lending attitude of


Page 161
FOREIGN TRAD
* The purpose of the Export Promotion Guarantee Sch Bonds favouring foreign banks and buyers, local gover export business.
il fidanza A summary of the Guarantees in force as at end of 1
Guar in
Type of Guarantee
& Tਬ ਵm Bat ਸੰo Pre-shipment Credit Guarantee
Tot biolos. Post-shipment Credit Guarantee Export Performance Guarantees
- It would thus be seen that the number of Guarantees is three-fold and the value of such guarantees has registered Corporation from the operation of its Guarantee Sch 1979 has also increased three-fold. There has been a new business activities. The value of bank advances Schemes is considerably higher than the total value of have topped Rs. 100 million mark.
Credit Insurance.--The concept of Export Credit Insu in Sri Lanka, thus removing a vital constraint on the trade. By indemnifying exporters upto 80 per cent of foreign buyers, the Corporation's Export Payments In exporters to accept contracts for the sale of goods on cre standard practice in international trade even for the Corporation's role in promoting the country's exports post-shipment finance on easier terms, but also to fii comparable with those offered by competitors abroad i
Policies in force as at end of December 1979 Value ai
Value
No. of Policies
Rs. 120,465,
Progress achieved in this field of Insurance du quite impressive and augurs well for the future.
Incidentally no foreign aid has so far been utilised by
Tea Export Promotion The Ceylon Tea Promotion Bureau—a division of the export promotional activities. Soos

149
eme is to help exporters obtain Guarantees/ nment authorities, etc. for purpose of their
og avis P79 is shown below:
antees orce
Premium Income
Value
alemana Rs. 5
Rs.
Rs.
Rs. 26 220,760,000
993,686 17.
18,265,000
25,948 2 en 8,000,000 o
45
247,025,000 1,019,634
esued during this period has increased almost
a four-fold increase. Income earned by the eme during 11 months covering December
steady and progressively increasing flow of underwritten under the three Guarantee the guarantees in force and is estimated to
irance has been introduced for the first time rapid developinent of the country's export losses resulting from default of payment by surance Policy has enabled more and more :dit terms. This has become an increasingly
export of traditional commodities. The ; by assisting exporters not only to obtain nd new and profitable markets on terms s therefore significantly important.
nd Premium income were :--se
Premium Income
gilaatsen
ortalartier
Rs. 000 296,624
ring first year of its existence has been
the corporation. Soubog
Dਕ ਵd i ਤੇ ਹਾਰਨੇ ॥
Sri Lanka Tea Board--is responsible for e trail di investimis isessa


Page 162
150
Since 1972--the export level of Sri Lank in terms of markets has been characterise
Promotional activities abroad have been (1) The application of retail price control
resulting in a decline in purchases f market presently average 3:55 kgs. p
(2) The growth of the Middle East Mari
this area, whereby better prices for S
(3) A growth of brand consciousness in
multi-national organisations to retail used for flavour, and the bulk compr
The strategy of the Tea Promotion Burea
Department of Commodity Purchase The Department has as its main functions
(a) Purchase of sheet rubber and shipmen
ments. (6) The export control and issue of licen
or crumb (block), and (C) Export of some grades of rubber to
The Department purchases rubber at fai well as registered smallholders--the latter t production areas of the island, The Depa Acid, and the distribution of planting mate
Coconut Marketing Board The Board is a statutory body, whose chief the external and internal trade in coconut products, the Board is responsible for
(1) The regulation and control of the exp (2) Registration of exporters to ensure co (3) Issue of Export Licences. (4) Assistance to shippers in matters of fr (5) Study of the international market situ (6) Participation in International Trade F
In Internal Trade, the Board's activities ir (1) Conducting of Copra Auctions to estal
and demand. (2) Daily declaration of local market pri
and producers. (3) Registration of dealers and brokers. (4) The operation of a price stabilisations
For coconut oil under which the Board be

DREIGN TRADE
a Tea has declined somewhat—and the export structure
by the emergence of new buyers.
affected by such factors as— in the largest consuming market—the United KingdomFrom that market. The drop in consumption in this er capita.
ket, consequent to the increase in economic growth in
i Lanka teas are evident.
most retail markets which allow the blending/packeting packeted teas with a minimum of Sri Lanka tea, mainly Esing cheap “ filler " teas from other sources.
u has been adapted to these circumstances.
at on FOB terms, and export under various trade agree
ces for all exports of raw rubber--whether sheet, crepe
hard currency" areas.
r prices from registered large-scale licensed dealers, as hrough a network of 49 Rubber Depots situated in the irtment also assists the smallholder by sale of Formic rial and fertilizer at these depots.
functions are the control, regulation, and promotion of products. As regards the Export Trade in coconut
ort, and export prices of coconut products. nformity to acceptable standards.
eight and shipping. atton and collecteon of market data. airs.
icludes blish a realistic price in the context of the current supply
ces for all coconut products for the benefit of traders
scheme.
came the sole buyer of coconut oil for export purposes..


Page 163
FOREIGN TR
Sri Lanka State Trading (General) Corporation Established in January 1971, the Corporation has itself in new fields of business activity.
These include, televisions, newsprint, chemicals, bicycles. The Corporation also imports the requirem other State and Private Sector Institution. Some of present are
(1) Base Metal (Ferrous and non-ferrous). (2) Motor Spares, Tyres and Tubes.
Note (3) Agricultural Tools and Implements. La (4) Chemicals and Laboratory Equipments. (5) Sports Goods. (6) Household Appliances. (7) Guns, Firearms and Explosives. (8) Construction Materials and Equipment. (9) Office Machines. (10) Artist Materials. (11) Photographic Material. (12) Export Packing Material.
Certain items as explosives, shot guns and cartridges with the decisions of the Government.
The Corporation has sole agencies for the importa plain paper copies, bicycles, photographic material and
Sri Lanka State Trading (Tractor) Corporation The Corporation set up in mid-1971 has enjoyed until N the monopoly in importing, distributing and supply spares and accessories thereof.
Import Investment of the Corporation comprising i Rs. 222:9 million with free exchange accounting for R
Sales for the year 1979 was Rs. 243•8 million. Ref during the year. Sri Lanka State Trading (Consolidated Exports) Co The Corporation's turnover in 1979 was Rs. 781 mill Sri Lanka in 1979 with sales amounting to 14,814 m
Exports in other produce amounted to Rs. 125.1 (Rs. 52:4 million), Betel (Rs. 19•5 million), Desiccat (Rs. 9•7 million). Other commodities included Coco:
Sri Lanka State Trading (Textiles) Corporation--Sal The main function of the Corporation is to import the demand and local production. It also trades in lo textiles is also undertaken at two printing units of the
Sales for the year 1979 amounted to Rs. 984·2 mil This unprecedented turnover was due to the fact that to satisfy the consumer demand.

DE
151
xtended its activities considerably engaging
laboratory equipment, motor cycles and nts for Government departments and several the items imported by the Corporation at
instancia para insura
Eskoriisat baino
io aan leiblaid reaga
Filegiateisid
Israeliana
co si failusarjoista jo en
are still imported on a monopoly in keeping
tion of mammoties, typewriters, calculators, I motor spares.
ovember 1977, when imports were liberalised, ing tractors, and earthmoving machinery,
utility of local loans and free exchange was
. 131:5 million.
-air and other services earned Rs. 0-2 million
rporation
on. It was the largest exporter of tea from etric tons valued at Rs. 466:7 million.
million chief among which were Cinnamon ed Coconut (Rs. 18•3 million) and Rubber -, Coffee, Spices, Pineapple and Cut Flowers.
u Sala - shortfall of utility textiles between consumer cally produced textiles. Screen printing of
Corporation.
Lion the highest in the Corporation's history. a large volume of textiles had to be imported


Page 164
152
The consumer was afforded the oppo: reasonable prices, thereby eliminating the “
Additional depots were opened at Ampar
The Corporation also initiated action to Preliminary orders so far received suggest a
Registration of Companies The Department of the Registrar of Compan Concerns, and the Protection of Trade Marl of Intellectual Property Act (No. 52) of 1978
Registration Statistics of the department : activity over the years. Acumulative figure has been recorded as at end of 1979. Reg this activity and covering only the Western I trations at 24,403 as at end of the year.
The aggregate authorised share capital for evincing so much popularity over the con Sri Lanka.
Of the 796 companies registered in 1979, Hotels, 79 Engineering and Construction and Statistics of category-wise investment of ca TABLE 14:6—CATEGORY-WISE INVEST
O LIMITED LIAI
No.
Category
Priva
Ltd.
197 160
Industries
Commerce Tourism and Hotel Agriculture Finance and Insurance Engineering and Construction
Management
Others
& 3 & 2
24
181
Das CagliaTotal 768
The law relating to the registration of Bu Ordinance (No. 6) of 1918. Registration u facilitates the maintenance of records which addresses of proprietors of the business cono legal proceedings, Foreign Trade Commissi registration of Business Names is decentralis taken by the department while those in the

REIGN TRADE
cunity of purchasing all his textile requirements at blackmarket. »
suos e berede i and Angunukolapelessa. Levelop an export market for locally produced textiles. promising future for this activity.
es has as its main activities the Registration of Business Es and Patent Rights. The administration of the Code
is also a function of the department. eflect a remarkable increase in the volume of business
of 6,230 registrations of Private Limited Companies istration of Business Names, since commencement of Province has a figure of 126,335 with trade marks regis
1979 in respect of 796 companies was Rs. 4,444 million cept of limited liability on the part of businessmen in
209 were Industries, 163 Commerce, 99 Tourism and
the Heterogenous Group 'Other’ had 186 Companies. -pital appear in the table below:
MENT OF CAPITAL BY PRIVATE AND PUBLIC BILITY COMPANIES–1979
of Companies
Nominal
Issued Paid up Capital Capital Capital
te
Public Ltd.
(Rs. Million)
12
1,3714 467•9 552:7 170
34:9
9:5 12:7
O5
27-0 7:3 9.9 0:3 1•4 9.4
|
0:3
gaine
73-2
476•2 101-7 1,383-9
2:0 11:7
1:9
1•6
05
50-2
39.0
28
4,4440
123•2
96:9
siness Names is contained in the Business Names nder Business Names Ordinance is compulsory and provide the public with particulars of the names and :rns as well as other useful information in instituting Ins, Embassies and Government departments. The td. Registration in the Western Province is underther provinces are done at the district kachcheries,


Page 165
FOREIGN 1
6,01
8,17
The table below gives the number of Business Nam TABLE 14•7REGISTRATION OF E
No Year
West
provi
1975
3,90 1976
5,39 1977 1978
7,91 1979 Code of Intellectual Property—Act (No. 52) of 1979. operative since January 1980. The Act revises, co of a code the law relating to copyright, Industrial Unfair Competition. It also provides for better re and for matters, connected, therewith or incidental t Right Laws are Worldwide in application and subj “ Paris and Berne ” conventions which Sri Lanka ha Import and Export Control The Legal basis for imports is the Import and the regulations framed thereunder. In terms of I (No. 1) of 1977, a wide range of imports which ea imported during 1979 without obtaining import lice certain essential commodities imported by the State
TABLE 14•8TOTAL VALUE OF LICENCES ISSUI
UNDER FREE E
Category
C.W.E.
(a) Dry ration (6) Milk Food Private
(a) Dry ration
(6) Milk Food alio al 9 Petroleum
arti ini ial ao Sri Lanka Trading Corporation benici
(a) Generalissl is
(6) Textiles sa balangan Drugs
(a) State Pharmaceuticals Corporation linio (6) Private Sector
Paper and Paper Board
(a) National Paper Corporation Other Trade Quota Items
(a) Building Materials Corporation iaid ais(6) C.W.E. Iancis
(C) Private Sector Government Departments and Ministrie! Corporations
ਪਹus

ADE
153
s registered during the period 1975 to 1979 :-- ISINESS NAMES1975–1979 of Registration
Total
Total Others
የዚ
се
1,176
5,076 5,654 11,044 5,052
11,069 5,319
13,232 4,910 - 13,088 -The code of Intellectual Property Act became solidates, amends and embodies in the form Desingns, Patents, Marks, Trade Names and zistration, control and administration thereof nereto. The Trade Marks, Patents and Copyect to international conventions mainly the ; ratified.
Export (Control) Act (No. 1) of 1969 and egulations known as Special Import Licence rlier required import licences continued to be nces. Licences were issued only in respect of sector and also the Private sector. ED AND DEBITS DURING THE YEAR 1979 XCHANGE
- Value of Licences
Value of Debits
(Rs. '000) (Rs. '000)
482,218 268,806
135,569 178,106
37,083
15,306 cattiin 180,629 I 108,245
ni aril 1,432,537 e 204,636 570 ohon gainio
seiniog slikace Enlaces 172,329
99,760. aassub Tonino 473,691
a 491,529 ans dan di s Read
Endoto 134,046
34,702 moi noi
113,832
26,379
3 ਚ ਪ3T Sin
gio ad 10,834
5,145 Tamen alina
i det galnom aon silti
5,836 w 287 i 10 alem te se o 16,988 diaga 7,328io bra si gallois 18,590
7,433 sig sit socia anater 216,743
105,810
vado al 39,787
13,875
Sana ay Total 3,630,949 1,535,110 ins


Page 166
154
FORE
Convertible Rupee Accounts.Licences as iss credit were
A. Trade items B. Industrial Raw Material C. Direct User items
regrotorli albores begabaseerroris
Export Regulations of 1974 were amended i No. 33/24 of April 27, 1979 and No. 47/8 of J. Licences. Eleven minor export crops had thei sits fortnightly and fixes the floor prices in rest through the Commercial Banks. otras
Particulars of export control licences issued by
(1) Commercial Exports (2) Non-Commercial Exp
Changeover to Metric System In July 1969, the Metric Divisional Committee to the Government a conversion from the Impe Committee pointed out that the overwhelming advocated the changeover and that the earlier th in such an exercise. These recommendations w Metric Conversion Authority was established adı of undertaking the progressive conversion from t
The Weights and Measures. Amendment Law ( making the International Systems of Units namel ments for the country while permitting the cont the end of 1975, all exports and imports were effe since the relevant statutory powers for enforcing
Metric Conversion Authority only in 1976, with year onwards, changes were effected progressive sectors and thereafter, in the education and civil

N TRADE
ed to C.R.A. holders on the balances lying to their
Value
Number of Licences
Rs.
17
6,284,864 2,364,725
48,301
34
8,697,890
52
uring the year in terms of Gazette Extraordinary ily 30, 1979. Seventeen items now require Export e prices fixed by a Floor Price Committee, which ect of these crops. This scheme is administered
Ebenso di naiseen al - the department were--
ne bat Valuesit honoris
Rs.
762,044,672 88,598,427
brts
Total
850,643,099
of the Bureau of Ceylon Standards recommended rial System to the Metric System of Units. The onsensus of enlightended opinion in the country s is effected, the lesser would be the cost involved re accepted by the Government and the National ministratively in the latter part of 1973 for purpose he Imperial System to the Metric System of Units.
No. 24) was passed by the legislature in July 1974, 1, the Metric System the legal system of measurenued use alongside of the Imperial System. By ted under the Metric System on a voluntary basis such a conversion were extended to the National le passage of appropriate legislation. From that y in the plantation and the domestic, industrial ngineering spheres.


Page 167
FOREIGN TR
Considerable progress was realised during the yea National Metric Conversion Authority. In the en the assistance of other allied agencies published a 1 enbale building drawings and building plans to be ! production and utilization for the Forest Departme and for the general trade were prepared and publis registration of annual licences for motor vehicles und Dispensing" was prepared by the Department of Hea
Assistance was extended to the Department of Ag end of the year and the change in the textile trade petroleum products by litres commenced in Colombe and Galle, and this programme has gradually extende
Work was commenced during 1979 in commissior Caesium standard time. Similar work was also und equipment for Dimensional Meteorology and Tempe
The National Metric Conversion Authority mad was thus possible to envisage a period of time by wh metric standards, viz., the first of January, 1981.
General trade, transport, land and survey, enginer achieve the objective in adopting metric units of con
District-wise coverage of the conversion programm of the districts for the changeover by October 1980.
Nanooit eers in
Kini si
Arador and

155
1978, in the conversion programme of the neering sector the Authority together with inual titled “Metric Drawing Practice " to epared in metric terms. Tables on timber
and the State Timber Corporation as well d. Specifications were drawn up for the r the Metric System. A “Guide for Metric h for distribution.
culture to operate the Metric System by the ras effected from August 1978. The sale of and in the other two major cities of Kandy I to other areas in the island.
ing the frequency clock and the adoption of ertaken in regard to commissioning standard ature Standards.
! considerable progress during the year. It ich Sri Lanka would substantially be adopting
ring and health services are being geared to version.
Le is being achieved with Colombo as the last
missioned against
nie eine Eino


Page 168
di o atrasos solingvo od alte ਕਤੇ 3 ਦੀ ਹੋਵੈ ਧgਵਸ anijosti gminal sina betina
С Н. 29det to seis anos ata a for an oileogao Srito de serb THE CO-OPERATIVE aixM 30 siglesia oris General The internal distributive trade of the country is business, partnerships and individuals. Besid plays a major role both in internal trade and it Co-operative movement of Sri Lanka dates bac of managed money lending to small farmers in Co-operative Department looked after the or societies. The second world war and its afterma between 1942 and 1945. This enabled decentra distribution of essential goods and household re applied to the organisation of a wide range of act of company form of organisation was not suital pottery, paddy hulling, poultry keeping, carpen among other trades. A Co-operative Wholes
Co-operative unions were formed to assist the entire movement. The Co-operative credit syste Bank which later became a part of the People's at Polgolla to train co-operative departmental Co-operative Federation of Ceylon was formed the movement. This has now become the Nati
A drive for the formation of Multi Purpose C amalgamation and consolidation of smaller so appointed a Royal Commission of inquiry into t chairmanship of Dr. A. F. Laidlaw. The subs been acted upon by the Government in certain
Available statistics reveal that there were 3,45 million and an investment share capital of Rs. also 11 Secondary Societies with a membership million. Total turnover of all these societies wa
Co-operative Structure
No.
Me
3,453
Primary Societies Secondary Societies
11
Total
3,464
(Figures as at 31st December, 1978) The Co-operative Wholesale Establishment The origin of the C. W. E. may be traced to the pe Colombo and Trincomalee were bombed and th in the city. An emergency organisation was set

ET Aortuo
Foi aiub hazinen agente deshirenca
, comogu bili odio io sonsizas odi PTER XV i dag ais gnolialad
Tita be moitoubog 5 AND CONSUMER PRICES ngang all 01 ibns
Girls zodat dol zongoil isungo noitetaan
arried out by the private sector through incorporated es these, the co-operative movement of Sri Lanka
rural credit, inclusive of marketing functions. The E to the year 1911. Initially it functioned as a form societies controlled by the farmers themselves. The anisation, registration, guidance and audit of these th sawa rapid growth of co-operative stores societies lised groups of consumers to have a voice in the quirements. The co-operative principles came to be ivities by men of limited means for whom the concept ple. Co-operatives were formed in dairying, fishing, ry, housing and coconut production and processing ale Establishment was set up by the Government. primary societies and federations to strengthen the m came to be supported by the Co-operative Federal Bank. A school of co-operative was established staff and personnel of the co-operatives. The in May 1955, to represent the_over-all interests of pnal Co-operative Council of Sri Lanka.
D-operative Societies began in 1957, which led to the scietses. In October 1968, the Governor-General
he Co-operative Movement in Sri Lanka under the sequent recommendations of the Commission have
selected fields of the movement.
3 primary co-operatives with a membership of 2:6 96•8 million functioning in the island. There were of 1,392 and had an investment capital of Rs. 1-7 s in the region of Rs. 6,364 million.
nbership Share capital Turnover Net profit
Rs. ('000)
2,635
Rs. ('000) 96,856 1,762
Rs. ('000) 6,277,273
87,316
Rs. ('000) 49,454 1,305
2,636
98,618
6,364,589
50,759
od of the Second World War, when in April, 1942, supply services of essential food stuffs disrupted p with the Civil Defence Commissioner, who was


Page 169
THE CO-OPERATIVES AND
appointed to be responsible for organising the suppl food-stuffs, Co-operatives were started with selling p city. Similar network of stores was also establish importation of essential subsidiary foodstuffs was effe of Co-operative Development. Until these arrangem ment supervised the administration of these function on a permanent footing with the enactment of the Co-( of 1949, which became operative in July 1950.
The general objects of the C. W. E. as defined by la (a) To procure and supply the requirements of C (6) To carry on business as exporters and importers
goods of every description; (C) To carry on such other trade or business, inclu
or the business of banking of shipping, as may 1
concurrence of the Minister of Finance ; (d) To carry on the business of insurance of every o
personal lives. From the beginning, the C. W. E. was handling the categories of goods such as provisions, groceries, texti as household requisites. In early 1970’s the then Gove for the handling of some of these items. Certain sec formed into separate corporations. Thus arose the Sr the Building Materials Corporation, the Sri Lanka SI and the Sri Lanka State Trading (Tractor) Corporat C. W. E. carries on the import and distribution main foods, infant and invalid foods, safety matches, etc. household requisites which have proved to be quite scarcities and controls.
Import and distribution policy of the C. W. E. has contain or minimise, cost of living, and to increase ava items, as well as household and utility items, at reaso eliminate scarcities as well as artificial price escalations importer of subsidiary food items, some of which ha basis, particularly those items where there is a Governi
With the assumption of offices by the present Goveri gowth rate in its trading position. The turnover in 1977 imports in the second half of that year. This trend ha rose to Rs. 864 million. The first half of 1979 showed total of over a billion rupees for the following year
Scani so als
lood goian lod o EO:19 alois-noin Item bi si scoil
ile sa 0019 *
olitinis (a) Sales for food items asirai 149
(6) Sales for non-food items
si 134 to anot (c) Services Ao rological ann anoia ialah
Isto silobus bosco Total 292

CONSUMER PRICES
157
y of food. For the purpose of distribution of oints at 40 to 50 centres in various parts of the ed throughout the country. In addition, the ected under the supervision of a Commissioner cents were stabilised, the Co-operative DepartS. Subsequently these arrangements were put operative Wholesale Establishment Act (No. 47)
silinmesiacoisait aw were eitt a
leuser D-operative societies ; s of, and as wholesale and retail dealers in,
ding any agricultural or industrial undertaking pe approved by the Minister of Trade, with the
description, including the grant of annuities on
2 ad 20 arterilaiset siliciter e import, local purchase and distribution of all les, building materials, hardware items, as well ernment decided to set up separate corporations tion of the C. W. E. were thus broken up and ri Lanka State Trading (General) Corporation, tate Trading (Textile) Corporation (Salu Sala) ion. Since the Liberalization of imports the ly of food-stuffs, grocery items, including milk
The C. W. E. also imports a wide variety of popular, especially preceding a long spell of
been geared towards adoption of measures to ailability of consumer goods, particularly food Dnable prices. Such measures would help to in the open market. The CWE is the largest ad in the past been imported on a monopoly
ment subsidy involved.
nment, the CWE achieved a tremendously high
was Rs. 536:3 million, mainly due to increased -S continued and in the year 1978 the turnover a turnover of Rs. 579 million with a projected -
as Turnover (Rs. million)
75 1976 1977 1978
•3 172•6 336•9 vals 594•5. 7igd 146-6 ano 190-1257-120
•8 se 11:0
93 12•4
330•2.
536:3 864•0 iz
SP


Page 170
158
THE CO-OPERATIV
Subject to world market constraints, the C commodities that are in demand in order to m Purchases are made by resorting to World-wie Organisations or Government sponsored s manufacturers.
National Co-operative Council of Sri Lanka The National Co-operative Council is the ap
Movement in Sri Lanka at the national level a at the International Co-operative Alliance. Societies in Sri Lanka. Total membership of 1
The objectives of the NCC are (a) All aspects concerning the development Lanka, (b) Rendering assistance, imparting knoc sion of Co-operative Movement in the island, operative matters and express opinion on beha
In fulfilling these objectives the NCC has car (1) Co-operative Education Activities (2) Field Educational Activities (3) National Seminars (4) Expert Consultation (5) National Workshops (6) Co-operative Teachers Training Project (7) Women's Consumer Education Project.
Co-operative Employees Commission The Co-operative Employees Commission is plinary matters of all employees in the co-op employment and disciplirary matters fell withi
Food Supply boom The Food Commissioner's Department contis wheat, flour and sugar. Consequent to the G far-reaching measures have since been introd
Up to the end of January, 1978, the ration could purchase from the co-operatives or au and a monthly quota of sugar on the ration b a major change at the end of January 1978. Ui was less than Rs. 300 per month were entitled survey of all families resident in Sri Lanka the ra i.e. those families whose income exceeded Rs books in circulation was reduced from around 1 entitlement was also changed where only childr for 0-68 kgs. of sugar per month at a subsidisec
Prior to the introduction of this scheme, the rice per month through the rationing scheme wl 15,240 met. tons per month. The Paddy Mark tecd Price Scheme and converted the paddy, mi

ES AND CONSUMER PRICES
VE always endeavours to procure large quantities of make available adequate supplies at competitive prices. e tenders and/or price negotiations with Government tatutory bodies in foreign countries or reputed
Faciais de servir
ex organisation representing the entire Co-operative ad also affiliated as one and only Sri Lankan member Its membership is open to registered Co-operative he NCC as at end of 1979 was 722.
and improvement of Co-operative Movement in Sri owledge and giving necessary guidance towards exten
and (c) Act as a veteran consultant in regard to Coalf of the co-operative movement.
cried out the following activities during year 1979:
O sistematici
non tamente in het
interaliere
primarily responsible for the employment and discierative sector. There were 40,000 employees whose n the purview of the Commission,
nued to be responsible for the distribution of rice, overnment's policy of liberalisation of trade, certain
uced.
book scheme continued and the ration book-holders thorised private distributors a weekly quota of rice ook. This scheme of nation-wide ration underwent ider the new scheme only those families whose income to hold ration books. On the results of an income tion books were withdrawn from non-eligible persons, . 300 per month. Thus the total number of ration 4 million to 7:5 million. Along with this sugar quata en below 12 years holding ration books were eligible I price.
Food Department supplied nearly 71,120 mt. tons of nile the open market transactions were in the region of eting Board which procured paddy under the Guaraulled and delivered to the Food Commisioner's Depart


Page 171
THE CO-OPERATIVES AND (
ment for distribution under the rationing scheme set i the open market. The import of sugar was liberalised which any person or business undertaking may import sioner's Department. No Import Licence is required 1 Corporation which produced nearly 20 per cent of thel its sugar without routing through the Food Commiss
Import of rice and wheat flour and the distribution the Food Department. The quantum of imports of rio sioner's Department during 1979 were--
Commodity
Source of Supply
Rice
Burma rice under China contract China Pakistan Cyclone Relief from Pakistan Cyclone Relief from Thailand Cyclone Relief from Italy
agitudinis
Flour
Singapore France Italy
Holland (E. E. C.) U. S. A. (PL. 480) Germany (E. C. M.) Australia Belgium E. E. C. (Gift) F. R. G. (do.) Canada (do.) France (do.) Holland (do.) Cyclone Relief from Italy
Selon ਗਹਰੇ ਦੀ ਬਾਤ ਦੇ ਪਏ ਦੇ
Sugar
Germany logists of India ano seng erotignition
West German Food Aid Belgium (Gift) Cyclone Relief (U. S. S. R.) Cyclone Relief from Italy
Senosia
* Subject to revision.

ONSUMER PRICES
159
p its own retail outlets for the sale of rice in
with effect from November 1978, in terms of sugar in competition with the Food Commisor the import of sugar. The Sri Lanka Sugar sland's requirements was permitted to market ioner's Department.
of wheat flour continued to be a monopoly of e, wheat flour and sugar by the Food Commis
Quantity C& F value Dua ori (Nett)M.|Ton
(Rupees)
52,000 61,587 96,804
100
193,127,720 236,165,019 459,449,194
362,214 1,549,132
18,732
210,896*
890,672,011
100,676
322,997,919 62,279
215,164,167 10,844
34,394,697 64,802
202,913,594 78,188
346,939,291 64,667
202,682,598 9,000
43,662,275 19,850
63,465,522 13,597
41,357,616 7,947
* 31,498,829 25,091
115,964,993 4,305
20,063,260 5,300
26,545,699 iozalari
13,576 Desa
466,550
1,667,664,036 tig is hoitain
10,500
36,847,855 Odesos a 233,150 og 893,188,927
2 oli 1,359
ar 4,864,783
490,169 ito all on
200
Garfi gan
708,467 ammasi
2009
13,940 9 sin elde
245,313
936,114,141
100
olitalnom is role as an


Page 172
160
THE CO-OPERATIVES
Food Stamp Scheme olas The Food Stamp Scheme became operative on food rationing that was in existence since early referred to.
A total of 7-2 million food stamps and 1-6 m this scheme.
Price Conirol Department The Price Control Department was started in 1 Division of the Food Department, the Price
Weights and Measures Division of the Commer for the administration of the Price Control Ac (Cap. 158) and the Licensing of Traders Act (No are, therefore :
(a) the regulation and control of prices of es (6) the requisitioning of articles in order to S e or their availability at a fair price and t
requisitioned ;
(C) maintenance of the standards of measur
standards for other institutions in the
(d) the annual checking to maintain standa
weighing instruments used in the coun
(e) acting as law enforcement agency in respec
- Ordinance and the Licensing of Trade
(f) studying the pricing and distribution of
(8) servicing the National Metric Conversion
of the country.
National Prices Commission The National Prices Commission was estal Prices Commission Law (No. 42) of 1975 and I
(a) to fix prices or set out price structures of :
(6) to report on any proposals made by Ch:
Corporations for the variation of prie services ;
(C) to advise the Government on any question
any service when called to do so.
In performing these functions, the Commissi interest of consumers, while at the same time p articles and ensuring them a reasonable rate of
Functions of the Commission were further ext vested the Commission with certain additional price discrimination and monopolisation. Am

AND CONSUMER PRICES
Denndore 1st September, 1979, and thus replaced the scheme of forties. Objectives of the scheme have already been
ilmsos oculos sobre
rostogo million kerosene stamps have so far been issued under
ialondoni biasasapaitasyon board
971 by the amalgamation of the Price Control (Food) Control (Miscellaneous Articles) Division and the ce Department. The new department was responsible t (Cap. 173), the Weights and Measures Ordinance . 62) of 1961. The main activities of the department
sential consumer commodities ;
ecure their sufficiency or their equitable distribution he payment of compensation in respect of articles so
res of Sri Lanka and the calibration of derivative e country : ards and stamping of weights and measures and atry and collecting prescribed stamping fees ;
et of the Price Control Act, the Weights and Measures ers Act ;
articles ;
Authority to implement the metrication programme
blished in November 1975, under the National has its functions : articles which are subject to Price Control ; virmen of Government Departments and Statutory ces of prescribed articles or charges for prescribed
i relating to the price of any article or the charge for
on's objective is to control inflation and protect the roviding necessary incentives to the producers of the
return on capital invested.
tended by the Consumer Protection act of 1979 which I advisory functions in respect of exclusive dealing, endments to National Prices Commission Law not


Page 173
THE CO-OPERATIVES AND
only gave powers of reviewing prices and charges o Trade and Shipping to prescribe articles and services, i distributed or provided by the State or by the priv
A Cabinet directive issued in January 1978, which i corporations intending to increase prices or charge: before implementation, was rescinded.
The Minister of Trade and Shipping prescribed the manufacturers of certain articles are obliged to ref sion for examination and to refrain from varying the reported on them.
Consumers' Price Indexs yd can bus conscib10 The Consumers' Price Index (1952=100) serves as th basis of payment of special living allowances for wo and collective agreements. The average Index Nun 10-8 per cent as compared with a 12-0 per cent increa
Group-wise analysis of the Consumers' Price Index as 10-8 and fuel and light as 12:3 the former bein Stamp Scheme and the upward revision of wheat flou was due to the oil price hike during the year.
A revised Urban Consumers’ Index (base Aprilthe Department of Census and Statistics as a ‘tryout the Urban Budget Survey conducted in February an
The year 1979 was characterised by the relative pri the year followed by a rapid price escalation toward
Consumer awareness is being focussed to the availa type and prices with the publication of a journal ‘TH
Ministry of Trade and Shipping.
Tomas Panaetion
- ingeniariton alang nani rilir hans
Die nasioevigem la noin

CONSUMER PRICES
161
f its own but also empowered the Minister of rrespective of whether these were manufactured, Fate sector.
nade it obligatory on all state departments and s to obtain the approval of the Commission
I by Gazette order in December 1979, that er their proposals to vary prices to the Commisprices until the Commission has examined and
materiore alleenlike e country's official index number and forms the rkers covered by the Wages Boards Ordinance aber for the year 1979 recorded an increase of
se in the preceding year.
= Number revealed percentage increases in food ng attributable to the introduction of the Food r and bread prices. Increase in the latter group
September 1977=100) has been computed by E’ using the weighting pattern as obtained from d March 1977, within the Colombo city.
se stability observed during the early months of
s the latter months.
bility of consumer items, their quality, product Le voice of the Consumer to be released by the
har en bemas. 95 atvijas sast Owi waivo 1ob boinn arit gaan noinut
Hong galicia poligonomer
itinaitisiaenia hoc
izor ਉs gpਹਰ (0) odstrio arcians on ainoallos ad
Este asteroiining Kitas nomatabastaminen
2. A continuabalala


Page 174
ਨਵ Gਣ ਹੈ
cНАР.
LABOUR ANI
General Sri Lanka is one of the countries in this region administrative measures in labour management
minimum wage in a wide range of specified in Shop and Office Employees Act, Factory Legis Young persons and Children, the Maternity Ben Fund Scheme. There is also an active trade i unions with an estimated membership of 1:4 mil
According to the 1971 census data there was per cent of the population. The Survey of Cor 1973 puts it at a slightly higher level. Recent
million in 1978 which is about 39 per cent of the
Matters concerning labour are under the purvi is entrusted with the duties and functions in rega (i) laying down and enforcing of standards
employment ; (ii) promotion of industrial relations ; (iii) securing the safety of health of workers a (iv) provision of superannuation benefits ; and (v) regulation of private employment agencies
These activities are performed through the en functions. During the period under review two buildings and sites and registration and licen: factory inspection engineer) have been passed in
The Department however has lately been con (a) manpower development through the prom (6) promotion of workers education in whicł
workers ; (c) sponsorship of employment opportunities (d) the collection and analysis of labour statis
Industrial Relations The maintenance of industrial harmony and inve is the main responsibility of the Industrial Relati of the Industrial Disputes Act.

Tr ॥ ਕਹ ਕੋਰਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਾ ਦੇ
bir 'ER XVIe
ਸਰ ਤੇBਤੇ .
EMPLOYMENT
which is well provided with effective legislation and and welfare. There is provision for upholding a lustries. Working conditions are governed by the ation, Act relating to the Employment of Women, :fits Ordinance and also by an Employees Provident inion movement with over 1,600 registered trade lion.
Iseene
i labour force of 4•5 million persons comprising 35 Lsumer Finance carried out by the Central Bank in estimate of the labour force gives a figure of 5:6 ! population.
o noti vennad an be w of the Department of Labour. The Department ird to :
pertaining to wages and terms and conditions of
I work ; t work . 0. Son but duellos Historia bisa menemaniarraro
sie eini
forcement of various enactments relevant to these important factory regulations (approval of factory sing of factories and certificate of appointment of the Parliament.
cerned with increasing activities in regard to :-
otion of training in vocational skills ;
a emphasis is placed on population education for
of Sri Lanka nationals abroad ; and
tics.
estigations into the settlement of industrial disputes ons Division. This is carried out under provisions


Page 175
LABOUR AND I
This division of the department is also responsi employment law under which prior approval of the employment of workers on grounds other than by
Payment of gratuities to repatriates of Indian ori of this division.
ਕਰਤ ਕੋ ਚ ਨੂੰ Employees Provident Fund as The Employees Provident Fund Act has been in employees who are members of the Fund has been employers. This is the biggest social security sc account of monthly subscriptions to the Fund are
The Fund provides for workers in the private a contribute to the fund and for the refund of their retirement or earlier under certain specified payment of benefits to workers in any other form,
Due consideration is being given with regard to t insurance pension scheme which is one of the ma on Social Security under the sponsorship of the Int of the I.L.O., UNDP has been sought to obtain : aspects involved in the conversion of the Provident
Safety and Health Safety and Health of workers is secured through th Ordinance.
The total number of factories registered with the
Occupational Hygiene The Occupational Hygiene Division of the Lat occupational surveys, industrial impact studies Promotion Zones under the Greater Colombo Ecoi
Several environment surveys were undertaken workers. These surveys covered workers in factoi small scale industries sector. The data collected a
Vocational Training The department has given high priority to the tra them with skills that would help them to seek a ca employment. This programme takes shape in two (i) Skilled training at permanent centres which
Marawila. (ii) Mobile training centres operated in various |
Permanent Vocational Training Centres.--Trainin annually in skills such as fitting, machining, moto radio repairs, agricultural and tractor operations number trained in these various crafts has been abi

MPLOYMENT
163
ble for the administration of the termination of Commissioner of Labour is required to terminate
way of disciplinary actions.
gin employed in estates is also the responsibility
operation for the last 21 years. The number of estimated at 2:5 million registered under 85,000 ieme operating in the country. Collections on in the region of Rs. 56·1 million,
nd public corporation sectors and employers to sums that lie to the credit of employees on 1 conditions. The fund does not provide for
he feasibility of converting the fund into a social in recommendations of a seminar that was held ernational Labour Organisation. The assistance an actuary to study and report on the financial
Fund into a Social Insurance Pension Scheme.
1e enforcement of provisions under the Factories
division as at 30th November, 1979, was 11,621.
pour Department is involved in carrying out
and monitoring of hazards in the Investment nomic Commission.
to evaluate special health problems of women ries and the field in the plantation sector and the re being analysed.
ining of young people with a view to equipping reer in industry or to establish themselves in self
forms :
are situated at Orugodawatta, Narahenpita and
parts of the island.
g is imparted to young persons who are selected r-mechanism, electrical work, sheet metal work, including repairs and boat engine reparis. The put 500 a year.


Page 176
164
LABOUR A
Training intake has been strengthened wit and up-grading of trainees at the recently ina Together with this centre, training capacity in around 800 trainees per year.
Main objectives of the project are :- (i) To expand scope and improve effectiven (ii) To provide schemes for upgrading of sl a productivity and earning capacity;
(iii) To establish standards with regard to ti (iv) To organise and implement short skills
urgent man-power demands ; (V) To provide courses in instructor-train
training potential. a The Skill Development Centre would form tt development policy covering foreman training some of the principal activities with which the future.
Manpower Vocational Training Centres. —Th which the department is attempting to extend training capacity has been significantly increase in various trades such as masonry, carpent programme to cover about double the number
Manpower Assessment and Human Resourses I With the projected expansion of training under th to establish a unit to assess manpower needs of needs based on the demand for specific skills.
(i) Identifying the demand and supply situatic
regions of the country ; * (ii) Identifying particular skills that would be
training programme of the Department of (iii) Identifying constraints in developing a
recommend ways and means to overcome (iv) Estimate present and future skilled require
the demand of foreign labour markets for
Foreign Employment Placement of Sri Lankans in employment abroa could be banked on to ease the gripping problem foreign exchange remittance, uplift the material i and develop man-power skills and experience.
The Foreign Employment Division of the Der following needs :-
(i) Functioning as an agency to recruit Sri I
has been largely for the Middle East couni (ii) Control and supervision of recruitment
under the provisions of the Fee-charging I view to safeguarding interests of the poten welfare of the migrant worker.

ID EMPLOYMENT
the provision of facilities for training, re-training igurated Orugodawatte Skills Development Centre. he permanent centres is projected to increase up to
to asibal 1o lainen on petits to inom
diseib iirid !ss of existing training programme ; ills of workers to enhance the career prospects,
ade skills testing and certification of workers ; levelopment courses specifically designed to support
ing with a view to augmenting the department's
e initial focus for a more comprehensive manpower and district level vocational training. These are department would be concerned in the immediate
e mobile centres function as the medium through its coverage to rural areas of the country. The 1 and expands to a coverage of about 3,000 trainees ry, tailoring, etc. It is planned to increase this of those being trained at presente
Development ne aegis of the Department of Labour it was essential the country to gear training programmes to realistic
This unit would concern itself with :- on of labour at various levels of skills in the different
relevant for development in terms of the vocational f Labour ;
meaningful programme of vocational skills and such constraints ; ements in relation to development programmes and
Sri Lanka's skilled labour.
derberi oltar
ud is identified as a multi-purpose expedient which m of unemployment at home, attract much needed vell being of migrant workers and their dependants
partment of Labour fulsls in broad perspective the
Lankans for employment ovesseas, which in effect
ries ; activities of private employment agencies, acting Employment Agencies Act (No. 37) of 1956, with a tial recurit and protect the rights and promote the


Page 177
LABOUR AND E
Recruitment Activities.--The Department has be 3 major foreign companies based in the Middle East 1979, found employment for over 5,000 persons, th Dubai, Iraq and Saudi Arabia. The demand fron craftsmen such as carpenters, masons, bar-benders i motor mechanics, welders and painters. In May drivers placed with the department by a leading stat executed and the workmen were signed on very at Two other new sources one in Nigeria and the oti tapped and some middle-grade technical personne number of Sri Lankans found employment under around 5,000 which compares quite favourably wit working in the Middle East according to a recent su Fund. Judging by the current trends, migration ( predictably increase in years to come.
Foreign Exchange Earnings.--Foreign exchange a the range of 30 to 40 million rupees a month and is
(a) Remittances of earnings by migrant workers ; (b) Commission fees of local recruiting agencies ; (c) Insurance premia on personal cover of employ (d) Royalties and commission charges levied for
Regulating recruitment activities of private employi relative to such responsibilities as :-
(@) licensing the business of private employment (6) regulating and controlling their activities in the
The number of licensed employment agencies wh registration was listed in May 1978, has shot up signifi 1979. The rush of well-recommended applications increasing trend in the offing.
With due cognizance to the woeful inadequacy of tl ing Employment Agencies Act (No. 37) of 1956 for activities in the private agency employment sector, “ Memorandum of Understanding" with the depar observe a well formulated code of conduct in the bu
As a further measure to bring their activities un previously granted to these agencies in the matter of withdrawn. Since then these agencies have been Commissioner of Labour in each and every instance agencies should furnish the department with a copy of and every individual recruit and the police clearance discipline into the business of foreign employment ag
Workers Education This division is responsible for the implementation o
(i) Workers’ education ; (ii) Workers' education in population and family i (iii) Workers' education in population and family
Workers’ Education Project.--The Workers’ Educa prime objective of creating an awareness among le

IMPLOYMENT
165
en supplying tradesmen at regular intervals to and between the period July 1977 to November e majority of whom are distributed over Oman, 1 these companies has predominantly been for and to a lesser extent drivers for heavy vihicles 1978, a “ bulk" job order for 250 omnibus, e-sponsored transport company in Kawait was ttractive terms and conditions of employment. her in the State of Bahrain were subsequently I were selected for employment. The total the sponsorship of the department, is roughly th an estimated total of 20,000 Sri Lankans rvey carried out by the International Monetary of Sri Lankans abroad on employment would
ccruing to Sri Lanka is estimated to be in
in the following forms :-
ees ; allowing landing rights to charter planes.
nent agencies. The two key activities involved
agencies following thorough investigation ; e pre and post-recruitment stages.
ich stood at 21 at the time the restriction on icantly to a figure of 366 as at end of November s for private employment agencies shows an
ne enactment now in force, viz., the Fee-Charg- purpose of effective control of recruitment
these agencies were required to enter into a -tment in June 1978. This enjoin them to usiness of “exporting" manpower. der closer scrutiny the “blanket approval " recruitment of Sri Lankan nationals has been required to obtain formal approval of the of recruitment. Once selections are made the f the contract of employment in respect of each e report. This step has introduced system and encies in the private sector.
of the following projects :-
planning (plantation sector);
planning (urban and un-organised sectors).
ation Project has been implemented with the aders of the trade union movement and its


Page 178
166
LABOUR A
member-ship of the rights and duties in the ligt This would contribute in making them better development plans of the country.
A total of 34 courses were conducted invo 10 months of 1979 under this project.
Project on Workers’ Education in Populatio project is being implemented with financial as: Activities/International Labour Organisation. planning. Three-day worker motivation tra with the participation of 1,878 workers in the
- Project on Workers’ Education in Populat sectors). These Projects are being implemente conducted wiih 3,482 participants during the r
Statistical Surveys The department conducts two main statistical Employment Survey among larger establishm Earnings and Hours of Work.
The annual employment survey covers all private and public sectors including State-s} survey data are used as a multi-purpose regist conducted on a sample basis.
A survey of small-scale establishments h area sampling techniques. The survey atten characteristics and earnings. It has been dec
Youth and Training The high proportion of yough in the compositio countries, finds no exception in Sri Lanka.
TABLE 16-1A-POPULATIC
1981 TO 2001
Age Group
0- 4 years 5- 9 years 10-14 years 15-19 years 20-24 years All ages
TABLE 16•1B-LABOUR FC
197
('000
Male Female
a snager

ID EMPLOYMENT
t of changes in the social and economic environment. workers and citizens and efficient participants in the
ving participation of 1,044 workers during the first
I and Family Planning (Plantation Sector).-This iistance of the United Nations Fund for Population
Its main aim is to motivate workers on family ning and refresher courses have been concucted lantation sector, on and Family Planning (Urban and un-organised d since July 1978. A total of 81 courses have been eriod ending November 1979.
surveys on an annual continuing basis, viz., Annual ents with five or more employees and the survey of
establishments with five or more employees in the ponsored corporations and statutory boards. The er of establishments, while the other survey is being
as also been conducted in early 1977 using the npts to collect data on employment, demographic ided to carry out this survey annually.
on of population, so characteristic in all the developing
ON PROJECTIONS FOR SRI LANKA (MEDIUM PROJECTION)
281
1991
2001
954,000 2,014,000 2,066,000 854,000
1,955,000
1,997,000 709,000 E 1911,000 a 1,975,000 668,000 as 1,841,000 1,942,000 553,000 1,692,000
1,897,000 826,000 18,868,000 21,786,000
noten
RCE PROJECTION FOR SRI LANKA
1 19811991 2001
) ('000) - ('000) ('000) 265 - 4,321 5,440 6,578 ontspannin -69 1,633 2,104 2,567
134 5,954 7,544 9,145
Source: Department of Census and Statistics


Page 179
LABOUR AND
It has thus become imperative to meet trainin population and find useful positions for them in t youth leave school without qualifying in a Certifica formal school education, the majority receive no of any kind.
Whilst evolving a strategy for the future generati unemployed a substantial proportion of school-1 seekers each year need cognizance. A study of these job-seekers as based on a recent Socio-E “ a buoyant " outlook with the initiation of the job and availability of employment opportunities enta
The survey results though void of complete cov some of the cyclone affected districts portray a se situation at present. Incidence of unemployment : force was highest in Kegalle, Galle, Matara and ( respectively with Moneragala 4-8 per cent, Vavuni at the lowest level.
Age-wise the combined group 14-18 and 19-25 force.
At the education attainment level the pre and G. while the Advanced Level had 31:7 per cent, an i unemployed in the secondary and pre-secondary sti
It is statistically evident that the majority of the educational attainments upto grade 9. The job levels. Both these factors justify and emphasise th drop-outs". The training should be at a level ce and the country's requirements.
TABLE 16:2—UNEMPLOYED POPULATION E
Educational Attainment
10-14 15.
No Schooling
9,218 2. Grade 1 to 4 asioista
11,444 3 Grade 5 to 9
10,321 10 Up to G.C.E. ‘0’ level
159 2 G.C.E. ‘0’ levelsteeno ar 10 1: G.C.E. ‘A’ level up to 3 subjects subG.C.E. 'A' 4 subjects
Other
* As recorded at the 1971 Population Census.

EMPLOYMENT
167
s and employment requirements of this youthful ne country's economy. The vast majority of the ce Examination. Even amongst those completing training for employment or technical education
ons, the requirements of the estimated 08 million cavers and drop outs joining the ranks of jobEhe aspirations and educational attainments of conomic Survey of the Central Bank revealis --oriented programme by the present Government ling in mass recruitment.
erage due to non-availability of information for omewhat realistic view of the unemployment ut the district level in terms of the estimated work Colombo with 21:7, 21-2, 20-2 and 20•1 per cent ya 4:3 per cent and Anuradhapura 3·9 per cent
years accounted for 48•5 per cent of the work
C.E. (O/L) qualified accounted for 51.1 per cent, ndicator of the heavy concentration of the ages.
e job seekers are school “ drop-outs" with preferences are also a reflection of educational e need for a programme of training for “ school ommensurate with both educational attainment
Y EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT 1971*
Age Groupe dann hans
19 20–24 25-34 35–44 45-64 65 and
over
1,349 17,606 17,663 12,547 16,072 4,796 3,595 21,406 17,433 10,461 9,502 2,152 ,958 113,616 62,695 23,055 19,553 2,681 ,230 68,827 34,474 3,602 1,161 95 ,729 47,894 33,107 3,549 975 90 410 4,304 2,473 166 31 - 185 2,420 1,228 31 31 10 59 1,980 3,663 553 514 95
ਖੀਰ ਰਖ ਰੋ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ ਪਰ ਖੇਤ॥ datos neste acos sien


Page 180
168
LABOUR A
The development scheme likely to generate 1 project. The estimated manpower requiremer
TABLE 16:3—MAHAWELI SO
Engineers
Middle Technicians Administration Personnel Skilled Workers Unskilled workers
Other major development schemes such as and the Greater Colombo Area as well as Di skilled workers in substantial numbers.
With the “ brain drain" of skilled and sen country has keenly felt the dearth of personn development programmes may perhaps be the semi-skilled personnel.
In the creation of employment opportun of agriculture, commerce and self-employme anticipated to settle 225,000 families constitut colonists may need to be trained to provide settlements.
National Youth Service Council When compared with the training requirements be divided into two broad categories, viz., jobit endeavoures to inculcate in the younger ge national consciousness. Civic training is ge where the village unemployed are given an oppo work. For this purpose village level labour activities, desilting of tanks, etc., are undertak projects involving the deployment of 7,201 yo1 includes 309 projects valued at Rs. 9.1 mil activities have been undertaken by the Council
Of the job-oriented type of training, the m This programme is an attempt to harness the re self-employment opportunities. The youths : training course at one of the training centres C their own. A total of 140 such youths have vending of cigarettes, vegetables, fish, floricu provide employment for 1,200 under this progi
The Council maintains three residential Eraminiyaya. Of these, the Akmeemana Cent industries. Two courses of 6 months duratic Batangala are centres with an agricultural ba

ND EMPLOYMENT
he largest amount of employment is in the Mahaweli ts of the scheme are as follows:
HEME—MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS
1978 - 1980 - 1982
600 2,337
2,806 1,573 do 1,762 6,646 e 12,926 83,368 139,061
635 2,485 1,589 eing out 6.465 tilidsie bis 61,096
Source : Mahaweli Development Board.
the Free Trade Zone, Investment Promotion Zones strict Development Programmes would also require
quo
Dations ni-skilled workers to West Asia and elsewhere, the el in many fields. The greatest constraint on future ; limitation placed by non-availability of skilled and
ities, the biggest potential remains in the fields nt. Under Mahaveli accelerated programme it is ting a population of 1.2 million. The potential
auxiliary supporting services required in their new
, the Council's programme is not extensive and could oriented training and civic training. In civic training, neration of the country a sense of discipline and a nerally linked up with National Service activities, ortunity to constitute physical labour for development
intensive development projects like road widening en. Since the inception of this programme, 165 such uths have been undertaken. The current programme lion. Civic training classes connected with these
pst conspicuous is the youth in business programme. sources of the State and Private Sectors in promoting selected or this programme are given a short-term of the Council and facilities for launching a career of
been provided with employment opportunities in Iture and animal husbandry. It is also planned to -amme.
training centres at Akmcemana, Batangala and re offers training facilities on handicrafts and cottage en are conducted at this centre. Eraminiyaya and ckground. Training at these two centres is usually


Page 181
LABOUR AND
offered to participants of the National Service Proje short-term training in agriculture as well as civic trai short-term training to serve specific projects like yr activities.
National Development Service.—The Council's bigg Development Service. This service was formed as a s to undertake development work which has national
service was given legal status by regulations publishe
The Objectives of the service are :--
(1) to foster among persons in Sri Lanka in gene
national consciousness, a sense of discipline, a
and a sense of dignity of labour ; (ii) to enlist the continuous and active participati
to class, race or religion in national developme (iii) to conduct vocational training of highly effic
skilled workmen for industry, agriculture and
National Apprenticeship Board The National Apprenticeship Board was established required for the industrial development of the country. ting employers, trade unions, those Ministries with fu Planning, Industry, Agriculture and persons speciali board include the formulation, implementation and different categories of trades and currently caters to o The National Apprenticeship Board also lays down i trade tests and issues certificates to those who qualify.
In-plant training is offered by the Board at 4 leve executed solely by the Board. The two schemes relat level, and training of technicians under the Special include such skills as masonry, carpentry, welding, fittir printing, plumbing, textile, weaving, etc., while the Spe in nine disciplines of engineering. The categorisatio process. Besides these programmes the National App of 9 months to 1 year duration to the Ministry of Edu in Technology, and to undergraduates of the Moratum
a All apprentices recruited by the National Apprentice to familiarise them on the correct handling of tools training so imparted serves as an induction to the pa of basic skills is being offered by the Ministry of Educ centres specially equipped for the purpose at Govern National Apprenticeship Board to set up a Training operation in the near future.

EMPLOYMENT
169
cts. Participants of these courses are offered ning. These centres are also used to provide outh in business and Mahaweli Development
est training endeavour is linked to the National section of the National Youth Service Council priority like the Mahaweli Programme. The d in Gazette Extraordinary of August 2, 1978.
cal and among youth in particular, a spirit of n awareness of social and economic problems
on of the youth of Sri Lanka without regard ent schemes ; cient and well-disciplined laymen and semiother services.
1 in 1971 to provide the skilled manpower
The Board consists of 15 members represennctions such as Education, Labour, National sed in selected fields. The objectives of the supervision of a scheme of training covering ver 140 trades and disciplines of engineering. iniform apprenticeship standards, determines
Is, 2 of which are programmes designed and e to training of skilled personnel at the craft Apprenticeship Scheme. Craft level trades ig, electrical wiring, machining, electroplating, :cial Apprenticeship Scheme provides training in of new fields of training is a continuing renticeship Board also offers in-plant training ication for students of the National Diploma la University.
ship Board undergo a period of basic training and use of machinery and eqiupment. The rticular trade. Facilities for the acquisition ation at its Junior Technical Institute, and at nent Corporations. Plans are afoot for the Institute of its own and would commence


Page 182
170
LABOU
National Apprenticeship Committees standards for every trade to eusure the s! throughout the country. These committe unions and the Ministries of Education a are co-opted to the committee to work out are based on the modular system after a d
o Related theoretical instruction is provid order to supplement the practical training i instruction as well as through corresponde by correspondence. The latter courses ha trades and are known as “ general ” mod particular trades.
National Apprenticeship Committees a sample test to be administered to appren receive a monthly allowance during thei Apprenticeship Fund. A separate unit ha assist apprentices in obtaining permanent liaison is maintained with employers, and apprentices in job situations. Constant vig ments for vacancies and assistance is affo Of apprentices trained by the Nationa approximately 90 per cent have secured per
Employment and Manpower Planning This important function of manpower pl division within the Ministry of Plan Imple administered by this unit--
Data on manpower Planning.--Several stu manpower planning.
(a) Survey of employment opportunities
1978 and a Report in respect of the (6) Study on the outflow of skilled ma
been published. (C) Survey of manpower surpluses and
advertisements has been undertaken (d) Survey of engineers, architects and
Employment Data Bank Scheme This has been operated in two levels :
(i) Central computerised scheme whe:
above qualification are registered. (ii) District Level Scheme where applic
are registered.
Under the Central Computerised Sche computerised as at end of December 1 Computerised Scheme over 47,144 person 18,876 vacancies as reported existing by Pu

I AND EMPLOYMENT
are appointed for the purpose of preparing training stematic and uniform training of apprentices scattered Es consist of representatives from employers and trade nd Labour. Expertise persons in the particular trade details of work processes involved. Training standards etailed skills analysis has been carried out.
:d in respect of the relevant trade to all apprentices in eceived on the job. This is done by means of classroom nce. Classroom instruction is gradually being replaced ve been designed to cater to modules common to most ules while others are “ special" modules relating to
e appointed for the purpose of preparing a practical tices on completion of their training. All apprentices r entire period of apprenticeship from the National s been set up in the National Apprenticeship Board to employment on completion of their training. Constant
their active co-operation sought in placing certificated ilance is maintained particularly in newspaper advertiserded to those apprentices to secure suitable positions. | Apprenticeship Board during the past few years,
manent employment.
anning and employment is now handled by a separate ementation. Following are some of the programmes
adies were undertaken to obtain data on employment and
in the private sector. The survey report in respect of period January to June 1979 have been published. npower for employment abroad. This report has since
shortages based on information available in newspaper and is in progress. technologists—the study is in progress.
e applicants with G.C.E. (O.L.) in six subjects and
ants with educational attainment lower than the above
ne 84,285 applications were received, processed and -79. Of the applicants registered under the Central - have been referred for interviews in respect of about -lic Sector Organisations.


Page 183
LABOUR AND
Under the District Level Scheme nearly 29,000 perso of 37,615 vacancies which include permanent and tem term duration.
Women's Bureau of Sri Lanka The Women's Bureau of Sri Lanka was established November, 1978. The Norwegian Government is fund million for its activities during its first two years.
The aims and functions of the Women's Bureau ma participation in national development.
A programme for " Socio-Economic Development would be implemented with the assistance from the FA 7 plantation regions have been selected under the abo
o Hatton
Nawalapitiya
Matale
Kalutara
The first phase of this programme is training in Fa commencing income generating activities for rural wor
As the first step 4 AGA's divisions in each district y cover 500 women in each district, during the first phas
Action has been taken to introduce a developm communities. Fishing villages have already been sele the Ministry of Fisheries.
A preliminary socio-economic survey would be carr development programme for these areas.
A programme for settler women in system ‘H’ of N has been submitted to Mahaweli Development Authori
With a view to improving living conditions of the 1 the Women's Bureau has taken action to deploy these v such as book-binding, coir-rope making, rattan weavin
A National Seminar on the role, contribution and p was held on 14th September, 1979, at the Sri Lanka F FAO. Representatives of Ministries, Government Governmental Organisations which are involved in r participated in this seminar.
A workshop on Income Generating Skills for Women ber, 1979, at the Hotel Ranmuthu, Colombo, in collabor Departments, Corporations and Non-Governmental O Action is now being initiated to publish the report conta

EMPLOYMENT
171
ons have been referred for interviews in respect porary posts and casual employment of short
in the Ministry of Plan Implementation on 6th ling the Bureau and has made available Rs. 1:2
inly focus on the areas of promoting women’s
of Plantation Worker Women and Families ” 10. After a preliminary survey, the following ve programme :-
Nuwara Eliya
Matara
Ratnapura so
mily Health followed by an activity plan for
nen.
would be selected and the programme would se of its implementation.
ment programme for the women in fishing ected for this purpose with the assistance of
ied out shortly with a view to formulating a
Mahaweli area which will be funded by FAO ty for approval.
Dw income families in the urban slum areas, women in vaious income generating activities, g, etc.
articipation of women in rural development Dundation Institute in collaboration with the
Departments, Corporations and Nonural development activities in the country,
in Sri Lanka was held from 17th-21st Decemation with the ILO. Ministries, Government rganisations participated in this workshop. ining its recommendations and the decisions.


Page 184
granitoitain inglesa nedalekiamalgalaibang
CH A
General I The educational history of Sri Lanka is as ol 2,500 years. From the time of the advent o dominations, the centres of learning were Temples. A similar trend followed during t education is now largely in secular institutio and religion has not been broken. Religious
Popular pressure for social justice impell pace of educational development of the cour opening of central schools to extend secon education in all State and State-aided instit pupils from disadvantaged environments, tt Sinhala and Tamil as the media of instructio of accelarated development in the national e
The Free Education Scheme was introdu tongue was adopted as the medium of inst gradually moving in stages to Grade 12 in 19 to expand educational facilities by establis. rural areas. Private assisted schools were re non-fee levying. Private non-fee levying sch and other concessions by the State.
A scheme of scholarships was put into ope economic strata. In response to these po unprecedented rate. Pupil enrolment incre Between 1955 and 1968 the number of scho 115 to over 500 and the number of candic Examination increased from 5,000 in 19 of educational facilities resulted in a massive 139 thousand teachers. The education sect number of personnel employed in all govern
The quantitative expansion of education many spheres. The need for systematic cur was recognized in the fifties and steps were teacher training starting in the sixties. Part
mathematics.
The early seventies witnessed a shift in th fitness of the system. Several reforms were economy. A common curriculum was intr teaching of pre-vocational subjects, science instruction in the primary cycle were chang based curriculum which commenced with ( other grades in subsequent years.
Prior to 1972 the three-tier school system Secondary Education (Grades 9-10) and Ser introduced in 1972 reduced the schoolspan

PTER XVII sbiadi inisiaties, 01
DUCATION
i zlo asiaties ar d as her recorded history which stretches far back over f Buddhism and Hinduism to the beginning of foreign located within the precincts of Buddhist and Hindu he Portuguese occupation of the country. Although ns and of a secular nature, the link between education instruction is part of the regular curriculum in schools.
ed successive governments to take steps to accelerate itry towards the ideal of equality of opportunity. The lary education to rural areas, the introduction of free utions, the liberal provision of scholarships to talented je take over of assisted schools, the introduction of n up to the tertiary level, helped forge ahead the tempo ducational structure.
ced in the second half of the forties, and the motherruction in all schools commencing with Grade 1 and 167. During the intervening years, an effort was made hing central schools and senior secondary schools in quired to be handed over to the government or become ools are now securely placed in the provision of financial
eration to benefit bright pupils coming from poor sociopular reforms, enrolments in schools increased at an Fased from 1:4 million in 1950 to 3•1 million in 1979. ols teaching science in grades 9 and 10 increased from dates offering science subjects at the G.C.E. (O.L.). 57 to over 30,000 in 1967. This rapid expansion e system which today consists of over 9,500 schools and or employees account for nearly one-third of the total
ment departments.
has been accompanied by a qualitative development in riculum development and in-service training of teachers taken in the direction of curriculum reconstruction and icular emphasis was laid on the teaching of science and
e focus of attention from internal efficiency to external
ushered in with a view to aligning education with the oduced into grades 6-9 with particular emphasis on the
and mathematics. The content and methodology of ed by introducing an activity-oriented, environmentally Grade 1 in 1974 and was progressively extended to the
consisted of Elementary Education (Grades 1-8), Junior ior Secondary Education (Grades 11-12). The reforms by one year and restructured the system into Primary


Page 185
EDUCATIO
Education (Grades 1-5) Junior Secondary Education (Grades 10-11). The restructuring corresponded w
New Government that was installed in office in 1977 to these decisions, the age of admission to schools h Secondary Cycle of Education has been increased b Education is being reshaped on the basis of the co The main feature of the emerging system is the empha of Polytechnical Education and provision of more of establishment of an Open University.
TABLE 17.1-NUMBER OF SCHOOLS, PUPIL ENR
EDUCATION DISTRIC
Education District
No. oj Schools
250
200
247 349
465
346 362 284
327 515
418 284
557 aris ano 97
97
Colombo Homagama
Minuwangoda Gampaha. Kalutara Kandy East Kandy West
Matale Nuwara Eliya Galle Matara Tangalle Jaffna
Mannar Vavuniya Batticaloa Ampara
Kalmunai Trincomalee Kurunegala Kuliyapitiya Nikaweratiya Puttalam Chilaw Anuradhapura Polonnaruwa Bandarawela
Moneragala Kegalle Ratnapura
213 241
154
190 382 283 227 137 172
498
141 335 174 571 545
Total
9,052
Note.--Schools under the Ministry of Educatio 8. --A 60689

אר
173
(Grades 6-9) and Senior Secondary Education with the curricular changes introduced. The
took two major policy decisions. According aas been lowered to 5 years and the Junior y one year. Further, the whole system of ncept of recurrent and continuing education. sis on the training of school-leavers, expansion pportunities for Higher Education through the
BOLMENT AND TEACHER POPULATION BY
TS–1979/80
* Pupil
- Teacher E Enrolment Population
226,235 106,036 105,579 183,570 173,175 126,429 129,415
79,910 104,599 190.903 157,089
98,651 191,890 20,397 30,124 64,471 29,689 51,822 54,110 133,645 78,128 67,889 35,428 61.230 122.996 52,294 96,648 51,921 156,033 155,140
8,894 4,789 4,437 8,039 7,283 5,704 6,837 3,710 4,415 8,108 6,697 3,729 1,301
808 1,252 2,362 1,117 1,860 1,867 6,722 3,874 2,322 1,285 2,670 4,836 2,097 4,544 1,981 7,563 6,099
3,135,446
133,162


Page 186
174
Educational Policy The new policy orientations in education w. 1978-1982 are summarized below to indica planning and administration in the ensuing y (i) The development of education with a
pupil in order to enable him/her to me
(ii) The progressive education of the imb:
The problem of imbalance in the distributi schools in each Electorate would be develop to those available in well developed urban s to widen access to such fields as Medicine, E would be recognised to cater more effectively
(iii) The establishment of school farms in
agricultural activities. (iv) The formulation and implementation
the parents in the development of edu
Parent-Teacher Associations would be setthese associations would be at school-level, an meetings at electorate-level. District represe policy problems would be discussed. The ! Development Councils with wider community () The establishment of an Education S
operations involved in recruitment, tra personnel.
An annual Education Conference would h experience among educationists, principals of (vi) The organisation of non-formal progr
viding education and training facilitie
much from formal education. (vii) The dissemination of information o
the regular publication of a journal.
Organization The Executive Head of the Ministry is the
Minister. The Secretary oversees the work
Ministry of Education. For the purpose ( into 30 educational districts/sub-districts.
Each Education District/Sub-District Offic Officer. Personnel management of the 1 Programme in schools and the provision o District/Sub-district office.
Each District/Sub-district is divided into s the Electorates. Supervision of schools in by a Circuit Education Officer (C.E.O.) who Ocer in the District/Sub-District Office.

DUCATION
ich are being spelt out in the Education Sector Paper e the policy elements that would guide educational ars : view to facilitating the growth of personality of the intain his/her self-respect and dignity.
lance that exists between urban and rural schools.
on of facilities will be attacked on several fronts. Two ed in order to provide teaching facilities comparable hools. Science teaching facilities would be improved ngineering and Science. The Scholarship programme to the needs of poor rural children.
order to encourage pupils to participate in productive
of a Parents' Charter for enlisting the co-operation of sation. up in all schools in the island. Monthly meetings of d representatives of the P.T.AA. will attend quarterly ntatives would meet annually at Ministry level where P.T.AA. will in due course be reorganized as School y participation. Service Commission with a view to stream-lining the ining and development of Sri Lanka Education Service
elp to provide a forum for the exchange of views and e schools and teachers. rammes of education and training with a view to pro - s to adults and school-leavers who have not benefited
n innovations and experiences in education through
Minister of Education who is assisted by a Deputy
of all Departments/Institutions which constitute the f decentralized administration the country is divided
e is headed by a Director of Education/Chief Education Teaching Service, Supervision of the Instructional infrastructure elements are the major functions of a
everal Circuits which are nmore or less co-extensive with a Circuit is the most imporatant function performed is directly responsible to the Director/Chief Education


Page 187
EDUCATI
Management Training
The Ministry has recognized the need to provide ke with opportunities for gaining insight into the pres taken some concrete measures for updating and reoriei working at the centre and at the periphery. The co which was recently established for training Educatic meet the widening roles that they will be called upon revitalized. Further, under a Scheme of Internal S practising teachers would be selected for admission to sites where national economic development activitie take place.
Educational Finance
Education accounts for a major part of the budget support extended by parents through payment of facil the public expenditure on education. Rising enrolm. of admission of pupils to schools and the expansion one year necessitate the provision of teachers and ir before. The education system has to operate withir imperatives. An examination of the pattern of educ of either the G.N.P. or the total budgeted expenditur from 1965 to 1975, in contrast to the sharp rise in educ
TABLE 17.2-EDUCATIONAL EXPENDITU
GOVERNMENT BUDGET AND
1975
Total Voted Expenditure in the Government 7,113•0
Budget (Rs. Million) Total Voted Expenditure on Education 715-8
(Rs. Million) GNP at Current Factor Cost Prices 25,746•0
(Rs. Million) Expenditure on Education as a percentage of
9•8 total Voted Expenditure Expenditure on Education as a percentage on
2•8 GNP at Current Factor Cost Prices
Source : Annual Report of the Central Bank of
Community Support to Education The inadequacy of facilities in disadvantaged schools curriculum implementation and the insufficiency of fu meeting the requirements of the ill-equipped schools budgetary support to education. Mobilization of 1 effort of the Ministry requires the active participatio local community in development-oriented activities. scheme to tap the resource potential of local communit

175
y personnel involved in directing the system sing problems of the day. It has therefore ating the functional knowledge-base of officers
urses provided at the Staff Training College. en Service personnel, are being revamped to - to play in the system which is being rapidly cholarships, administrators, field officers and
a training programme which include visits to es and school-based environmental activities
ed expenditure on social services. Financial ities fees amounts to less than 10 per cent of aents consequent on the lowering of the age of the junior secondary cycle of education by nfrastructure facilities on a larger scale. than a financial constraints imposed by, economic cational expenditure expressed as percentage e shows a downward trend during the period ational expenditure in rupee terms since then.
ORE AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE
GNP -1975-1979
1976
1977
1978
1979
8,341:08,383•2 15,856-7 19,311-0
865-8
955•1
1,353•1
28,216•0 34,681•0 40,098-048,885-0
9.7
14-4
1451
3:1
2.7
2:7
2•8
Ceylon for the Relevant Years.
in rural areas and urban slums for effective ids provided in the Government Budget for
underline the need for channelling extra cal support to supplement the educational I of parents and interested members of the The Ministry has, therefore, formul ited a es to supplement and reinforce the available


Page 188
176
facilities in deprived schools. The Scheme y Organization" would be implemented in ever the Regional Director, Chief Education Offic in these districts.
Schools In Sri Lanka, General Education comprises p Primary and junior secondary cycles constit span is open to all students who wish to re secondary cycle, however, is dependent on the which marks the terminal point of the juni the senior secondary cycle has curriculum d leading to the G.C.E. (A./L.) Examination.
The three-tier scheme structure has been fu Arts, Science and Commerce Classes with 1 similar subjects taught but void of residentia at the 11 and 12 grades.
Schools in category 2 conduct classes eithe to grade 10. The last category comprises ps
The re-classification of schools based on i 9,052 Government schools in the island in 19
Re-classif
18 Senior Secondar
Junior Secondary Primary Schools
Special Education Prior to the initiation of a Ministry progran the country, religious and voluntary organizi residential institutions. The existing spec conducted in special residential schools and is to integrate special education into the pati works in close co-operation with the Ministi handicapped, the blind, the deaf and the mer
Non-Formal Education The Ministry's non-formal education progr. recurrent education. A concentrated effort formal education programme to meet the I programme has two major sub-programmes the capacity of the clientele population to pl:
A network of full-time Technical Units cate adults who would wish to establish themsel prepared by the Non-formal Education Div

DUCATION
hich is known as the " Voluntary Service Education s district by an organizational heirarchy consisting of er, Circuit Education Officers and Heads of Schools
timary, junior secondary and senior secondary cycles, ate the basic span of general education. The basic
main in the school system. Entry into the senior level of performance at the G.C.E. (O/L) Examination, or secondary cycle. Unlike the previous two cycles ifferentiated into subject streams (Arts and Science)
rther categorized viz., 1A, schools have grade 11, 12 aboratory and residential facilities, 1B schools have I facilities. The category 1C have only Arts subjects
r from the kindergarten to grade 10 or from grade 6 rimary schools from the kindergarten to grade 5.
he above categories shows that the total number of 79 as comprising of
ication
Number
y Schools
1,470
y Schools
3,994 3,588
Total
9,052
me in 1968 for benefiting the handicapped children in tions provided limited services for the handicapped in ial educational programmes of the Ministry are in normal schools. The present trend in the country ern of general education. The Ministry of Education les of Health and Social Services in rehabilitating the cally retarded.
mme is based on the philosophy of continuing and is now being made to sustain and expand the nonGeds of school-leavers and adults in the Island. The designed to improve the vocational competence and - a dynamic role as citizens in a developing society.
to the needs of young school-leavers and unemployed es in self-employment. Under an expansion scheme ion of the Education Ministry, the present number


Page 189
EDUC
of 1,281 full time and part-time technical educati be increased to 2,160 by 1981. The majority of the on arts and crafts, metal-work, wood-work and trainees with the knowledge and skills required country for self-employment.
A string of Adult Education Centres offer opp formal education to broaden their horizon and p reliance. The training/instruction courses cover development and interpersonal relationship to co subject fields. The Adult Education Centres num 1980. A component of the adult education sub-f for opportunities to acquire a working knowledg already established 100 English Schools within e demand for English. The number of such Englis increasing population of adults seeking a functiona
Several Government Departments are at pres courses in such spheres as health, rural developme co-ordinate the Government sponsored thrusts on the Adult Education Co-ordination and Rural Te at Minuwangoda.
Teachers Recruitment of teachers, teacher-education and dev day requirements of schools are among the major f Service was introduced in recent years with a view District. Under this Scheme, teachers are recruit to which they are posted. Many districts cannot of Science, Mathematics and English. There is a large percentage of teachers are not located in the d of District Teacher Service would help ease the negligible proportion.
The training of teachers is conducted in 28 Tea the country with an intake of 5,000 teacher traine institutions, provide non-graduate teachers in serv years' duration to prepare them for teaching in Pri year Teacher Education Programme has 3 co (6) Académic Education, and (c) General Educatio student-teachers in the professional education comp
Graduate teachers follow a one-year post-gradua at the University level. The B.Ed. (Bachelor of E course for those who wish to enter the teaching p teacher training programmes, Correspondence Tea non-graduate and graduate teachers by she Corresp of the Ministry of Education.
A revision of the teacher education programn implemented under the current educational refor envisages three distinct stages : (i) Pre-service traini year sandwich course in segments of institutional a (iii) Service-long continuing education.

ATION
177
on units, with a trainee output of 35,000, would e courses available at the technical units are based
agriculture. The courses seek to provide the for exploiting job opportunities available in the
ortunities to adults who had not benefited from lay more effective citizenship-roles through self
a variety of topics ranging from personality ommunity development and production-oriented bering 50 at present will be increased to 160 by programme is a scheme for meeting the demand ge of the English language. The Ministry has xisting school premises to satisfy the growing h Schools would be increased to cope with the al knowledge of the English Language.
ent engaged in providing training/orientation nt, social services and allied fields. In order to different development fronts, a centre known as chnical Innovation Centre has been established
Dan Angsont assovih lisoitiin Fabu tuollonioa erros 20
elopment of teachers curriculum to meet day-tounctions of the Ministry. The District Teacher to providing an adequate teaching cadre to each ed on a district basis and serve in the districts
produce their own teachers, specially teachers Iso the problem where permanent homes of a listricts they serve. In the long run the Scheme Iosition as regards inter-district transfers to a
chers' Colleges established in different parts of es. These Colleges, which are all Government ice, an initial teacher education course of two nary and Junior Secondary Grades. The twonponents, viz., (a) Professional Education, n. There is a common core of subjects for all onent.
te course leading to the Diploma in Education lucation) course is recognized as a pre-training rofession. In addition to the institutionalized her Education Courses are provided for both ondence Unit of the Teacher Education Branch
le conducted in Teachers' Colleges is being
ng in Sri Lanka. The proposed programme Ig on or just before joining service, (ii) A threend field training of six months' duration, and


Page 190
178
EDUC
In-service training programmes have come to to upgrade the professional competence of the ] teachers to keep abreast of the latest trends in ed serve as a quick and efficient medium for the diss
The multiplicity of grades and salary struc attributable to growth of the service over deca of several cadres and salary scales presents somew of teachers. In order to mitigate the harsh effect prospects of practising teachers, a Teacher Servic would in future comprise three grades and prom on the acquisition of prescribed pedagogic qualif would considerably reduce frustration and inspire ladder to reach higher rungs.
Pirivena Education A Pirivena originally was a place where Buddhis Dhamma (the Buddhist Doctrine). They forme country. In later years the original curricul such disciplines as Oriental Studies and some o of oriental scholarship.
Traditionally, Pirivenas were independent an any form of government control. Devout Budd contributed materially towards the welfare and Government passed Regulations under the Educa according to their pupil-strength. Criticism of quarters led to the appointment of a Committee to inquire into and report on the changes necess on the recommendations of the Committee w: provisions in the draft legislation prevented its p during the tenure of office of the previous regim the present Government and a new Pirivena Bi new Bill became effective as from January 1981 enrolment of 9,200 Bikkhus and 11,200 lay pu is estimated at Rs. 23 million.
Private Schools piratsiooni Private Schools are categorized as Private Non 25 registered Non-Fee Levying Private Schools Levying Private Schools with 14,000 students ar
Non-Fee Lerying schools are being assisted fi Steps were being taken to pay all the eligible te the form of a grant with effect from January, 1
Free textbooks from Grades 1 to 10 would al and Fee Levying school children in keeping wit books among all school-going children in Sri L
Education Reforms Committee The Education Reforms Committee was appoi to advise him on a broad range of subjects. education but covered almost all other asi

TION
stay as a regular feature of the Ministry's effort ractising teacher. While these programmes help ucational development here and abroad, they also mination of innovations into the school system.
ures which characterize the Teacher Service is es through unregulated accretion. The existence hat of an obstacle to the professional advancement ; of existing regulations governing the promotional e Minute is being prepared. The Teacher Service otion from a lower to a higher grade will depend cations and relevant experience. The new scheme teachers to make efforts to ascend the professional
t monks came to learn, reflect and understand the da unique feature in the educational scene of the um of the Pirivena was expanded to include f these Pirivenas developed into renowned centres
d antonomous bodies which were not subject to Ihists attended to the needs of the monks and also | development of these institutions. In 1947, the ition Ordinance to give financial grants to Pirivenas - the organization of Pirivena Education in many consisting of leading Buddhist monks of the country ary in Pirivena Education. Draft legislation based as subsequently prepared. Opposition to certain assage in the National State Assembly (Parliament) se. These difficulties have been largely resolved by Il was presented in Parliament. Provisions of the D. There as at present 285 Pirivenas with a pupil plis. Budgetory provision for Pirivena Education
-Fee Levying and Fee Levying Schools. There are
with 32,000 students and 1,500 teachers and 12 Fee d 850 teachers.
nancially on the same basis as Government Schools. achers in Non-Fee Levying schools their salaries in 980.
so be distrbuted to both Private Non-Fee Levying a state's policy for the distribution of school text-- enka.
ated by the Minister of Education in January 1978, The Committee's terms of reference excluded higher ects of formal and non-formal education. The


Page 191
EDUC
Committee has invited teachers, parents, profess make representations on the structure and ma practices and mode of examination, recruitment Vocational/technical education, educational resea are among various subjects fields which could em
Higher Education A new Ministry of Higher Education was created the president of the Republic. The organization ti
(a) University of Sri Lanka. (6) Buddhasravaka Dharmapithaya. (c) Technical Colleges and Training of Tea (d) Training of Bikkhus for missionary wo. (e) Fostering researches in Buddhism and ] ) Foreign Scholarships and Fellowships.
Universities Act.--The University of Sri Lanka Universities Act (No. 16) of 1978. Among it Commission and the University Services Appeals for the establishment of Universities, an Open Institutions for higher learning. While deviati University System the Act ensures the establishme! New Universities.--New Universities established
(1) University of Colombo, Sri Lanka. (2) University of Sri Jayawardenapura, Sri (3) University of Kelaniya, Sri Lanka. (4) University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (5) University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka.
(6) University of Jaffna, Sri Lanka. In addition, the Ruhuna University College af set up in the South. The Dumbara Campus of tt at Polgolla,
TABLE 17.3-NUMBER OF STUI
Sri J
Faculty
Peradeniya Colombo wara
ри
Arts
2,298 Management studies
and Commerce Education
382 Law
166 Engineering and Archi
tecture Engineering
795 Medical, Dental and
862
861 Vet. Science Agriculture
436 Science
- 569 731
569
731
si Total 4,960
2,140
Note.--Excludes the newly constituted Ruhuna

CATION
179
sional groups and other interested individuals to
nagement of education. Curricula, evaluation - and development of teachers, teacher education arch and a host of other closely linked subjects abody such representations,
-on 29th March, 1978, which would function under
hat come under this ministry are as fallows:
.chers in technical fields. rk at home and abroad. Buddhist culture.
Act (No. 1) of 1972, has been replaced by a new s innovative features, the University Grants
Board need special mention. The Act provides University, University Colleges and Recognized ng from the existing unitary character of the nt of autonomous universities. under the Act of 1978 are :-
Lanka.
filiated to the University of Colombo has been ne University of Peradeniya would be established
DENTS IN UNIVERSITIES--1979
aya
Kelaniya Moratuwa Jaffna Total
Pang
fa
359 2,473
2,473
922
359 089
7,052 1,089
| | |
382 166 776
776
--
B --
795 - som inte i 1411,864
436 286 2760 i 83 460 2.505
334
2,749
859 rei
1,523 15,065
University.


Page 192
180
EDU
TABLE 17.4-UNIVERSIT
Course Course 1
SCIENCE COURSES
Engineering
Physical Science
Total
Medicine
Dental Surgery no lo
Veterinary Science
Agriculture Biological Science
Total
ART COURSES Cultural Courses
Law
Education
Commerce
Arts
Total
GRAND TOTAL
Open University.-The External Service Agency Lanka Institute of Distance Education (SLID University which will provide further education Universities as well as for the employed adult be provided by the ESA while programmes in be offered by the SLIDE. A multi-media api courses, personal contact at regional centres, 1 when available. Regional centres where sem are enviseged

A FRON
་ ADMISSIONS-1975-1978
75
1976
1:|:1977
1978
270
270
270270
474
488
555
556
744
758
825
826
240
240
240
240.
48.
50
50
50.
30
30
30
ད་ 1:|:ཀྱི
100
109
100
110
£8)
180
240
264
599
609
60
694
105
135
10
30
50
50
150
150
150
150
200
280
295
295
1,650
1,910
1,865
1,895
2,050
2,495
2,495
2,580
3,393
2,862
3,980
4,100
Source : Senate House, University of Sri Lanka.
(ESA) of the University of Sri Lanka and the Sri E) will form the nucleus of the proposed Open a for school-leavers unable to enter the traditional B. It is expected that the academic courses would Technical/Vocational and Science-based courses will proach be adopted consisting of correspondence adio broadcasts, recorded cassettes and television, inars and laboratory classes would be conducted


Page 193
EDUC
University for Buddhists Monks.--The Buddhasrav Act (No. 16) of 1968, is a unitary and residential sacred city of Anuradhapura. This University ha
(1) training of Bikkhus in accordance with the ti (2) encourage meditation among students of the (3) training of Bikkhus for the propagation
and abroad ; (4) encouraging the study of and research in Bui (5) promotion of Buddhist culture.
About twenty-five monks are admitted annually over a five-year span.
Technical Institutes.--The Technical Education 1 under the Ministry of Higher Education, from the of Technical Institutes manned by the Technical I them being Polytechnical Institutes and the rest students were following various courses at thesi recruitment by means of a competitive entrance ex computerised scheme has been introduced.

TION
181
uka Dharmapithaya established under the BSDP University for Buddhists Monks, situated in the s as its objectives the following: -aching of the Buddha ;
University ; of the teaching of the Buddha in Sri Lanka
Idhism : and SEE 19 15d T
to this University for a course of studies lasting
Branch of the Ministry of Education was brought inception of this Ministry in 1978. The number Education Branch has now risen to 18, eight of Junior Technical Institutes. A total of 9,830 e Institutes during the year. The scheme of amination was dispensed with and in its place a
dogolaiteoir ailend odustrials, one grafici
een interestinitaarlashda hans
wordeni al
position parame


Page 194
A HE
General Though Sri Lanka is one of the developing co offers its people a physical quality of life far su This has been the beneficial impact in the prov concern for the maintenance of a minimum level span of years.
* The health status of the people of Sri I life expectation at birth, crude death rate, infant favourably with those of some of the develop period of rapid gain (1956-1963) seems to hav in the last few years.
tudi 000 TABLE 18.1---INDIC
1946
1963
C.D.R. I.M.R.
19•8 1410 43.9
8:5 54:2
61-9 (1962)
61:4 (1962)
Life Expectation F
41-6
Life Ex.
-- Expe CD.R. I.M.R. - Infan
- Crud
Morbidity data continue to portray a trend a: of diseases related to low socio-economic cone problems however seen in the developed contrie diseases have now taken their place amoungst
Malaria which was nearly eradicated in 196 hazards. The morbidity rate of 0-01 per 1,000
Contributory factors to the slowing down of are many, the major ones being the rapid popul and relative change of emphasis from preventiv has already been initiated and are under way to is in progress. Health manpower developmer grammes have once again been given due empt
Health Administration The major department under the Ministry is western allopathic health services. Services in Siddha and Unani are provided by the Depar
Ministry of Indigenous Medicine.

ETH
aconteciteitsprozess
intries with a relatively low per capita income, it
erior to most of the countries in the Asian region. ision of free educational and health services and a. of food consumption at all levels over a considerable
anka as measured by standard iudices such as nortality rate and maternal mortality rate, compares d countries. The trend in health progress after a e however slowed down, becoming relatively static
ATORS OF WELL-BEING
1971 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978
7.7 9-0 8.5 7.8 7•4 66 44-8 51:2 45:1 477 42-4 37.1 64:2
67•1
ctation of Life at birth e Death Rate t Mortality Rate
s that of a developing country with a preponderance Bitions and poor environment. Some of the major s such as cardio vascular diseases, accidents, venereal Ehe leading causes of morbidity in Sri Lanka.
1 has once again become one of the major health in 1961 rose to 23•15 per 1,000 in 1974.
progress in health standards during the last decade ation growth, loss of trained manpower (brain drain) e programmes to patient-care programmes. Action arrest this trend. An active population programme t has been given high priority. Public health proasis.
the Department of Health which provides only the traditional systems of medicine viz.Ayurveda, ment of Ayurveda, which now functions under the


Page 195
The western and traditional systems have rem institutions, medical education and training, pharr
For purposes of administration of the Health i divisions and each division is manned by a senic Health Services. He is responsible for all the ser and community health services. The Health Ser has wide powers in organising the services to me been constituted to develop the Ayurvedic form o
Health Expenditure Annual health expenditure under the Governmen the last 6 years almost doubling itself from a figur in 1976. The larger proportion of the expenditi patient care system, leaving only 20 per cent for th Total budgetary provision for Health Services in 1: million is for community health services. The increased during the last few years, the greater based medical care is becoming increasingly exp equipment consume a large slice of the expenditu fessionals and policy-makers of the need for a ch
preventive and community health care.
Health Services Organisation and Management The Health Services in Sri Lanka are available to remote parts of the island are not adequately sery
In terms of administration and resource allo into :--
(1) Patient Care Services. (2) Community Health Services or Public Heal The integration of these services seems somewh
Patient Care Services.--Elementary or basic m through a widely distributed network of smalle central dispensaries to smaller hospitals (cottage largely in the rural areas of the island. These ins Assistant Medical Practitioners. Facilities for r are available through ambulance services.
Referral Medical Service.--More advanced me care ranging from district hospitals and base ho hospitals mostly provide general medical care, tł as surgery, medicine, obstetrics, paediatrics, etc.
The larger General Hospitals located in the cap specialities, also provide services in the field of Thoracic, etc. The General Hospital, Colombo, wide range of comprehensive and up to-date med
Special hospitals such as the Lady Ridgeway Mental Hospitals, the Cancer Hospital, the two Hospital provides care in the respective speciality

ALTH
183
cined distinct. The organisation, administration, aacopoeia, dietics, personnel, etc., are all different.
Department the country is divided into 16 health r Medical Administrator—the Superintendent of vices in his division viz., pa ient care, laboratory vice is thus decentralised and the Superintendent et the needs of his division. A new Ministry has f treatment.
C's financial provisions has steadily increased over e of Rs. 230,444,123 in 1969/70 to Rs. 416,593,446 are, nearly 80 per cent has been absorbed by the e total public health or community health services. 279 exceeds Rs. 800 million but of this, only Rs. 80 -ugh the overall Health Vote has considerably
portion is absorbed for patient care. Hospitalmensive. Wages for health personnel, drugs and re. There is a growing acceptance amongst proange in emphasis from medical or patient care to
the community free of charge. Some of the more ed but this deficiency is being gradually overcome.
cation, health services may broadly be classified
th Services. at a difficult proposition.
edical care is available to the entire community r institutions ranging from visiting stations and
or rural hospitals and peripheral units) located titutions for most part are manned by Registered/ eferral from these institutions to larger hospitals
lical care is available at the next stage of hospital spitals to General Hospitals. Whilst the district le base hospitals provide specialised services such
ital cities of the provinces in addition to the major
specialisation, such as ENT, Eye, Orthopaedic, is the largest hospital in Sri Lanka and provides a ical care facilities.
Hospital for children, the Eye Hospital, the two
Maternity Hospitals for Women, and the Fever to those referred from other medical institutions.


Page 196
184
HE
General Hospitals-Kandy and Colombo--alse faculties of the University. A multi-million te the Medical Faculty at Peradeniya. These pa the years and have a relatively high resource co Budget).
TABLE 18.2–HosPITALS, TOTAL BED
GOVERNMENT MEDICAL I
nalni
Hospitals Bed strength tuਈ ਤਤੀ ॥੧]ਹਿਰ ਨੂੰ 3 Doctors
da 08 vianos Assistant Medical Practitioners Nursing staff Budgetary allocation (Rs. million)*. Se
*Provision of State Health Service including A
Community Health Services (Public Health).-- operation with the establishment of the health ur area has a comprehensive and well planned prever of the programme consist of :--
(1) Collection, Analysis and Interpretation of (2) Control of Communicable Diseases. (3) Maternal and Child Health including Schoc (4) Environmental Health. (5) Health Education.
There are 102 such Health Units and each unit team of public health personnel comprising Pub Public Health Midwives. This service continue health status of the people. Major communica kept under control. There has been a significant mortality rate. A comprehensive maternal and mothers in their homes, clinics, maternity homes
These services unfortunately have not kept ) population. A health unit originally planned an average has to serve the needs of a population ove for such a comprehensive preventive programme There has been also a shift in emphasis towards in the neglect of the public health programmes. service has now received attention of the Govern of the health programme under the new policy of
Maternal Health Service This forms an important constituent of the heal to the mothers both through the hospital systei ante-natal, natal and post-natal periods. A do field Public Health Midwives is available to all

LIH
serve as teaching hospitals for the two medical :hing hospital complex is under construction for ent-care services have continued to expand over sumption level (80 percent of the annual Health
TRENGTH AND HEALTH PERSONNEL IN STITUTION-1975 TO 1979
1975 1976 1977 1978 1979
345
359
,568 ,113 ,068 ,653
347 39,838 2,248 1,059 5,640 416•6
356 39,879 2,168 1,018 6,266 4710
374 40,335 41,015
2,229
1,936 1,051
931 5,938
6,638 589-0
736°1
140-7
rurveda.
A well organised public health service came into it system as far back as 1926. Each Health Unit itive health care programme. The major elements
i
/ital Data.
I Health.
assy
E is manned by a Medical Officer of Health and a -lic Health Inspectors, Public Health Nurses and s to make a significant contribution towards the
ble diseases like small-pox, cholera, malaria are reduction in the maternal mortality rate and infant
child health care service is generally available to s and other institutions located in proximity.
pace with the demands of a rapidly increasing d geared to care for a population of 40,000 on an r 150,000 at present. The manpower requirements
has dropped appreciably far short of the needs. the hospital or patient care programmes resulting
The need for the strengthening of this important nent. High priority has been given to this aspect health administration.
Ch care programme. Services are made availabl n and the community health services during the micialliary maternal health service conducted by mothers including those even in the more rural


Page 197
HEALTH
areas of the country. Expectant mothers are register these home visits, mothers are examined, and necessary hygiene, etc. They are referred to clinics conducted b subject to a complete examination including blood pr sugar content and haemoglobin estimates. Blood is Research Laboratory (VDRL) examinations. Mothers Toxoid during the ante-natal period. Those suspecte to the nearest institution for specialised obstetric care. parturition. A majority of the mothers deliver in ho homes, but usually with care and assistance provided less than 1 percent in the very remote rural areas, may practice is fast disappearing with the expansion of areas.
The Maternal Health programine also provides f an integral component. The simpler contraceptive ma their homes by the field staff or they could obtain their : resides in the village. These supplies are also available cost and are within the reach of the poorest families i clinics (field and institutions) free of charge. Facilities at the larger hospitals and are also free of charge. priority component of the present Maternal Healt the population programme of Sri Lanka. Since ince decline in birth rates has been observed (1966—32-2, population).
Child Health Service.--Regular home visits are paid wives. The mother is guided and assisted in the are discharged from the hospital within a few days of to post-natal care, cord dressings of the infant, and advi of the infant and general personal hygiene.
Infant care is continued at child welfare centres con centres they are physically examined, regularly weigl special attention are referred to institutions. Supplem to those in need. BCG, DPT and Polio Vaccine are ac at all medical institutions. Regular treatment against
worm, hook worm, is also given at these centres.
Poly Clinics.--A recent development in the maternal poly clinics where ante-natal care, child welfare and fam centre. This helps reduce the number of visits a moth comprehensive care during one visit. The Public He provide a comprehensive maternity care to a populatioi by the larger population. She has to cover at present has been taken to increase cadres of all field staff. Step and provided for in the new proposals of the Ministry cadres of MCH field personnel by way of Public Health be available within the next few years.
Control of Communicable Diseases
Major communicable diseases continue to be those prevalence of respiratory infections in childhood is a di crowding. Diarrhoea, Infective Hepatitis and Typhoi

+85
Fed and are visited in their homes. During
advice is given regarding nutrition, personal e Medical Officers of Health, where they are essure recording, urine test for albumin and also taken routinely for Venereal Disease E are administered with two doses of Tetanus d even of minor coimplications are referred
Almost all mothers have trained care during spitals. A small percentage deliver in their by trained midwives. A very small section, be delivered by an untrained midwife. This ommunication facilities even in these rural
or an extensive Family Planning, service as terials are made available to the mothers in supplies from the field midwife who generally
at the medical care instituitons at a nominal n the country. IUD insertions are done at s for LRT and Vasectomy are also available Family Planning service constitutes a high o programme and is an integral part of eption of this programme in 1965 a steady 1977-27:9 and in 1979–28-7 per thousand
to new-born infants by Public Health Mid
care of her baby. Since most mothers delivery, the Public Health Midwife attends ses the mother regarding feeding and bathing
ducted by M.O.H. and his staff. At these hed, and growth assessed. Those needing entary foods and vitamins are also provided Iministered to children at these centres and common intestinal parasites such as round
care services has been the establishment of nily planning services are provided at a single er makes thus enabling the family to receive alth Midwife who is normally expected to n of 2,500—4,000, is at present handicapped often ranging from 5,000 to 7,000. Action s to strengthen this services has been planned
of Health. It is anticipated that adequate i Nurses and Public Healtlr Midwives would
associated with poor environment. The rect consequence of poor housing and overid are still amongst leading communicable


Page 198
186.
diseasas, Whooping Cough and Diphther Poliomyelitis, Diphtheria. Whooping Coug a considerable decline with the implement
All outbreaks of communicable diseases spread. Most of these diseases however
has to await improvement of the socio-eco for which protective vaccines are available. a decline and a comprehensive expanded im is in progress.
An island wide programme consisting o dogs is being carried out to eradicate Rabie
Special Communicable Diseases.--Malari constitute a group of communicable diseas operation.
Malaria.--Malaria after near eradication once again prevalent in nearly two thirds of for 1976 had increased to 304,487. Fortun of deaths was extremely low. The main ca
(1) Vector resistence to insecticide DDT.
(2) Population movement to malarious ar
(3) Community resistance to residual spra
(4) Environment conditions feasible to t
the wet zone.
(5) Refusal of patients to undergo the ful!
Four deaths were reported in 1976 giving
With due consideration to the above facti DDT has been replaced with Malathion. ( been strengthened. With the adoption of ti declined specially plasmodium Falciparum mortality.
Effective control of malaria has becon programmes in the country such as Mahaw undertaken lies in the malarious belt. Los back to developmental activities. The Mal highest priority and considerable amounts o present declining trend in incidence holds continued till the disease is brought under c

HEALTH
I are not uncommon in early childhood. Incidence of 1, Tetanus and Tuberculosis in childhood have shown tion of an island-wide Immunisation programme.
are investigated with strict surveillance to prevent their re endemic and their complete eradication necessarily omic conditions of the people excepting those diseases The incidence of the latter group of diseases has shown nunisation programme with a view to eradicating them
'mass immunisation of dogs and destruction of stray ; in the island.
I, Filaria, Tuberculosis, Venereal Diseases and Leprosy es against which special control programmes are in
in 1967 (only 17 cases were reported in that year) is the territory of Sri Lanka. The total number of cases ately due to ready availability of treatment, the number uses for the resurgence have been identified as :-
eas for gemming and food production activities.
-ying.
Transmission, such as prolonged drought conditions in
course of treatment.
a mortality rate of 0-14 per million population.
ers, a comprehensive control programme is in progress. Community participation in the control programme has nese new control measures the incidence has gradually infections which always carried the higher risk of
e vital in the context of the massive development =li Diversion where the greater proportion of the work
of man hours due to malaria could cause serious setaria Control Programme has therefore been given the
local and foreign resources have been invested. The good promise. The programme however would be entrol.


Page 199
HEALT)
Tuberculosis.The incidence of Tuberculosis has s
Incidence 100.000
1960
1965
1970
106-3
62-0
46-0
Mortality / 100,000
1960
1965
1970 12:5
16:4
14:5
The present control programme is integrated int programme. Facilities for case detection such as s! all the institutions including the central dispensari cases are referred to specialised chest clinics for cor the treatment. For follow-up treatment the patien Public Health Inspectors of the area visit the instituti a patient defaults he is visited in the home and pers Tuberculosis patients also receive social assistance. pay leave.
This approach involves the total health care sys than a vertical programme. If found to be success of other specific diseases such as Venereal Diseases,
i Venereal Diseases.--There has been an increase i country in the last few years.
This rising incidence seems to follow the pattern a Another disturbing feature is its infiltration into proportion of patients (60 percent syphillis, 63.5 p of 20-29 years. A majority of the patients are fron at present seem to be particularly prevalent among ou low socio-economic conditions, mobility of populatie delayed marriageable age for males and females ai could be adduced as some of the main reasons for in
A specific control programme has been in operat time clinics and several part-time peripheral clinics at detection and treatment, contact tracing and treatme mothers, and treatment of those found positive ar Patient and contact education at the clinics forms a of these diseases. Acute shortage of staff appears t adopted.
School Health Programme There are nearly 3:1 million children attending the foi health programme is the joint responsibility of the National Joint School Health Council with represer of policy for mulation.

187
hown a steady decline.
A
1974
1976
45-7
1974
1976
11:7
o both patient care and special health service rutum examination has been made available at is located in the periphery. Sputum positive Ifirmation of diagnosis and the initial phase of
is referred to the nearest Medical institution. in and check on the treatment received. Where uaded to continue treatment regularly. Needy | Employed patients are given one year's full
tem in the control of a specifie disease rather ful, this could serve as a model in the control
Malaria, etc.
n the incidence of Venereal Diseases in the
s observed in some of the developed countries. the rural parts of the country. The larger ercent gonorrhoea) came from the age group n lower socio-economic strata. These diseases t-of school young population. Over-Crowding, on from rural to urban centres and vice versa, ad the breakdown of some traditional values crease in the incidence of these diseases.
ion for over 3 decades. A network of 12 full tached to them cover the entire country. Case nt, routine blood examination of all expectant e main elements in the control programme. n important aspect on the control programme O thwart effective control measures now being
mal school system in the island. The school
Ministries of Education and Health. The etative of both Ministries assist in the matter


Page 200
188
Health appraisal of the school children w by health staff alone. Since 1976 this activi after a suitable training. First level screeni and referred to the nearest health care new approach covers a larger proportion of been trained and health institutions give pri It is proposed to expand this scheme after su
Health Education A large proportion of the country's problems behaviour and health practices.
In this context major activities in the hea in the following :-
(1) Community Health Education Progr
programmes such as Family H of Communicable Diseases, Environ and are based on the health needs of th others such as teachers and other ext activities. The most recent developm education programme utilising services educated youth.
Hospitals as educational centres hay incorporate patient education as an inte These educational activities are carried o doctors, nurses and others. Suitable re hospitals have established special heal referred. The larger hospitals have be health messages are broadcast for the
(2) Training in Health Education.--Trainir
and pre-service is being regularly condi for other extension workers, teachers,
(3) School Health Education.--This is bas:
(4) Research in Health Education.--Sample :
data to develop the education programı
(5) Mass Media Programme.--Consists of
material, feature articles in the daily p exhibitions.
(6) Dental Health Education.--This forr
programme. School dental nurses w extractions are now actively engaged in
Laboratory Services These services support both patient care and Institute located in Colombo is the main labo out research work and investigations also pi All larger hospitals have their own laboratoi epidemics, these laboratories assist in the inve

HEALTH
s originally confined to medical inspections conducted y has been shared by the teachers and health workers, g of the school children is being done by the teachers institution for diagnosis and management. This hildren. All Grade 1 teachers in the island have now yrity attention to school children referred by teachers. table evaluation.
affecting the community are closely related to human
1th education programme could broadly be classified
imme.--These are in support of ongoing health ealth, Family Planning, Immunisation, Control nental Health, etc. They are carried out by field staff e family or the community. Besides health personnel, ension workers also participate in health education ent in this field has been the expansion of the health of village level health volunteers, mostly out-of-school
e shown great promise. Action has been initiated to egral component of patient care in medical institutions. put in clinics and O.P.D.'s by the general staff including eading material for patients is being developed. Some th education centres or clinics to which patients are een equipped with public address systems and regular
benefit of patients and hospital visitors.
ag of health staff in health education both in-service ucted. Such training programmes are also conducted
voluntary agencies, community leaders, etc.
ically the same as School Health Programme.
studies are undertaken regularly to obtain the necessary
me.
E regular publication of health journals and printed ress, screening of films, radio broadcasts and health
as a special component of the health education hose functions were largely limited to fillings and e this aspect of educational activity.
i public health programmes. The Medical Research ratory in the island. This institution besides carrying Foduces some of the vaccines needed in the country. ries for routine investigations. During outbreaks of stigation of these diseases.


Page 201
HEAI
Food Hygiene. The Food and Drugs Act is in operation in most Department enforce this Act in their respective a regular investigations to ensure standards of pu conform to certain hygiene standards laid down 1 to continue business. Apart from legal action, o in personal and food hygiene.
Blood Transfusion Service The Central Blood Bank functions in Colombo. honorarium is available. The larger hospitals ha officer in charge. The Superintendent, Blood Ti throughout the island.
Dentnd Health Service Dental Services are provided through the larger r Hospitals). These units are manned by qualifie of Dental Surgeons. Dental health needs of the are made through the School Dental Service. TE schools in different parts of the country and are n
Health Manpower Increasing population and multiplication of servi and para-medical professionals and inadequate e for such personnel on the other, have contributed t Shortage of doctors, nurses, physiotherapists, I resulted in a critical situation.
Number of measures have been taken to o Privileges have been given to doctors such as the working hours, special permission to import vehi the expectation that these would act as incentives also been taken to increase the output of medical g to the two Medical Faculties and opening up of nurses have been increased from 400 to 1,250. A trained with U.N. assistance, a short-term progr has been implemented.
Private Sector Health Care Besides Health Care Services provided by the G general practice service. This service which was extended itself into the smaller cities and towns wh selves in private practice. These services are po private clinics and dispensaries. A small number indoor care.
Ayurvedic Medical Services Ayurveda is an important aspect in the provision this form of indigenous treatment has been keenly a new Ministry has been constituted by the present of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani in Sri Lanka.

ΤΗ
189
of the towns. Authorised officers of the Health reas. These officers are empowered to carry out rity. "All food handling establishments have to by the local authorities before licences are issued ffenders under the Act are also given instructions
Donors often give their blood free, although an ave their own minor blood banks with a trained ransfusion Service, is responsible for this service
nedical institutions (Provincial, Base and District d Dental Surgeons. There is an acute shortage e pre-school and school children under 12 years nese School Dental Clinics are located in selected banned by School Dental Nurses.
ces on the one hand, the brain drain of medical xpansion of education and training programmes to the present acute shortage of health manpower. adiographers, laboratory technicians, etc., has
vercome this problem of manpower shortage.
right to engage in limited private practice after cles, granting of leave for higher studies, etc., ia for the doctors to remain in service. Action has raduates from 250 to 350 by increasing the intake 3 more new Medical Faculties. The training of is an interim measure, until adequate cadres are amme to recruit doctors from outside countries
overnment, there is a rapidly expanding private
· earlier limited to bigger cities seems to have ere new medical graduates are establishing thempular as judged by the increasing attendance at of private hospitals in the bigger cities provide
of national health services. The awareness for felt in recent years, as evident from the fact that Government for the development and promotion


Page 202
190
The Ministry of Indigenous Medicine has as it (b) registration and regulations of professiona of indoor and outdoor patients at Ayurvedic hc export distribution thereof, (e) establishment of () grants to Ayurvedic hospitals and dispensar
State iustitutions which help to achieve these Pharmaceuticals Corporation and the Ayurvedi
The Ayurvedic General Hospital Colombo an of Sri Lanka cater to the needs of both indoor a cases and 13,845 indoor cases were treated du was 741. There are about 10,000 registered A
The Free Ayurvedic Dispensaries maintaine patients. State assistance provided to these ins

BALTH
s objectives, (a) training of Ayurvedic Practitioners,
standards of Ayurvedic Practitioners, (c) treatment spitals, (d) manufacture of Ayurvedic drugs, import, research institutes for the development of Ayurveda, ies and (8) maintenance of herbaria.
: objectives are the Department of Ayurveda, State :Drugs Corporation.
d other Ayurvedic hospitals located in various parts nd outdoor patients. A total of 1,032,116 outdoor ring 1979. Total bed-strength at these institutions yurvedic practitioners in the island.
d by local authorities treated a total of 2,187,492 titutions was Rs. 4.4 million as at end of 1979.
ਸ਼ ਬਿਗੇ ਹੋ ਕੇo } Rr Bਨ ਤੋਂ Py


Page 203
CHAPTE
TRANSPORT AND C
By the end of 1979 Sri Lanka had over 26,800 kä gauge railways and 58 kilometres of narrow gauge
Of this network of roadways as much as 8,800 kil national capital and the provincial capitals or main bitumen surfaced. Besides the road system includ i.e., agricultural roads and local roads, mostly m The other roads are gravelled, some of which are i
The Department of Motor Traffic The Department of Motor Traffic is responsible fo and Regulations made thereunder. Its functions ar registration of transfer of motor vehicles, issue inspectors, issue of fitness certificates for commerci involved in accidents and implementation of the Fin certain class of vehicles and the motor cars (Tax superseded the Finance Act, (No. 11) of 1963.
The total number of registered vehicles in the isla 109,273 private cars, 5,180 hiring cars, 45,087 moto 51,665 lorries and vans and 40 other vehicles.
Though there has been a considerable increase island after liberalisation of imports, vehicles which i to change hands as often they did before.
The Licensing Authority for motor vehicles in t Vehicles. The Government Agents are the Licens pective districts.
There are over eighty thousand vehicles in the Co were licensed towards the latter part of December 19 in 1978. A total of 99,797 licences were issued coll
As the department is responsible for the implem Act, (No. 14) ol 1951, the regulations were amended But with the passage of time it has become necess therein to meet present day technological advances heavier, and swifter vehicles.
Ceylon Transport Board The Ceylon Transport Board was set up in 1957 w (No. 48) of 1957. In pursuance of the duties cast u private bus companies, the board took over 76 suci 1,225 routes and a route kilometerage of approxi 15,000 employees of the companies concerned. S growth in the service offered by the C. T. B. to t

OMMUNICATIONS
ometres of roadways, 1,395 kilometres of broad
railways.
ometres were either trunk roads connecting the -roads linked to them. They were metalled and ed another 9,300 kilometres of ‘C’ class roads, metalled but with a small percentage gravelled. notorable only during dry weather.
or the administration of the Motor Traffic Act e the registration and licensing of motor vehicles, of- licences for drivers, conductors and ticket al vehicles, examining and reporting on vehicles ance Law, (No. 47) of 1973, relating to sale of on Transfers) Law, (No. 13) of 1978, which
end as at the end of 1979 was 274,080 comprising r cycles, 17,317 omnibuses, 45,518 land vehicles,
in the number of vehicles imported in to the vere registered and in use in the island continue
he Colombo District is the Registrar of Motor ing Authorities for motor vehicles, in their res
lombo District and the majority of these vehicles 79 though licensing for the year 1979 commenced ecting an overall revenue of Rs. 41:1 million.
entation of the provisions of the Motor Traffic I as and when it was deemed necessary to do so. iry to revise the whole Act and the regulations which have resulted in the production of larger,
ith the enactment of the Motor Transport Act, Don the board, the nationalisation of all relevant I companies in January 1958 with a network of nately 35,400. This involved 3,400 buses and ince nationalisation there has been an overall le public.


Page 204
192
TRANSPORT ANI
In June 1978, the Ceylon Transport Board whi sion of all bus services of the country was decent Transport Board to co-ordinate the workings of
This re-organisation was in pursuance of the repealed the Motor Transport Aet, (No. 48) of 19 established.
Statistical data showing achievements in operate for the years 1978 and 1979 appear below:
Year
Fleet Strength
Áv, No. of
Buses Operated
1978 1979
7,629 7,229
5,097 5,548
With the decentralisation of the Ceylon Trans Regional Boards, it was felt that better attention level of operation. A system of mixed operation
with the participation of private omnibus opera impact on urban commuter services, it did affor which the private sector could supplement. TE fleet-strength of abut 100 vehicles. New services by the Regional Transport Boards to ease as far a
Sri Lanka Government Railway The Sri Lanka Government Railway has been mar tion in December 1864. It has a total network of broad gauge track (width 17 metres) and 58 kil connecting 160 Railway Stations, 99 Railway (Traf of passenger parcels, goods and livestock traffic.
The narrow gauge services which earlier existed and Nanu Oya to Nuwara Eliya (Udapussellawa sent only a commuter service is operated from Colk Avissawella. It is proposed to broad gauge the Ki for areas served by this line.
The Railway Out Agencies numbering 21 are i to facilitate the movement of goods and parcels 1 Sri Lanka Government Railway operates on nine
The railway track is being gradually replaced w and higher speed.
Organisation.--The Railway Department is div
(i) Transportation (ii) Chief Mechanical Engineer's (iii) Chief Engineer's (Way and Works) (iv) Motive Power
(V) Signal and Telecommunication (vi) Commercial (vii) Chief Accountant's (viii) Railway Stores

COMMUNICATIONS
h functioned as a Central Authority for the provi|alised forming 9 Regional Boards with a Central
he Regional Boards. Transport Board Law, (No. 19) of 1978, which 17, under which the Ceylon Transport Board was
d kilometres, passengers carried and buses operated
Kilometres operated (million)
Passenger kilometres (million)
Passenger.
Carried (inillion)
450-7 481-8
17.563.4 19,255•6
1,741•1 1,860-9
port Board by establishing a Central Board and 9 could be focussed on commuter needs at the base was introduced by the Government in April 1979 Cors. Though this measure has apparently a less d some form of relief to the rural sector services ere were 38 such omnibus operators and had a
were commenced and existing services extended s practicable commuter over-crawding.
Haged as a Government Department since its incep
1,453 kilometers consisting of 1,395 kilometers of ometers of narrow gauge track (width 7 metres) fic) Agencies and 27 Train Halts for the movement
from Colombo to Opanaike (Kelani Valley Line) Railway) were gradually closed down and at preombo to Homagama with a subequent extension to elani Valley line in stages to provide better service
maintained at places outside the Railway network o and from the nearest railhead. Basically, the e major lines.
Fith a heavier and welded rails for comfort, safety
ided into 8 sub-departments, namely—


Page 205
TRANSPORT AND COAS
The other units which function directly under the ( (a) Railway Security Service (6) Planning Unit (C) Traffic Costing Unit
Railway revenue for the year 1979 was in the region
Functions.--Sri Lanka Railway along with the Sri L requirements of regular passenger traffic in the countr mainly utilised by the public sector for the bulk mover of raw materials for agriculture and industry and of p
Inland Water Transport Sri Lanka has a series of navigable canals stretching f Negombo and Puttalam. The estuaries of Kaluganga also serve as navigable water lengths. There is thus South to Puttalam in the north covering approximately
A total of about 265 kilometres of inland waterwa kilometres of boat channel in Jaffna Peninsula.
Feasibility studies have been undertaken since 1970 transport of goods and cargo in and around Colombo.
The oil price-hike of 1973 however gave an impetu goods and cargo haulage along the existing network o port costs by road and rail.
In pursuance of this objective the Canal Developme Local Government, Housing and Construction in Ma Colombo-Puttalam canal, in gradual stages.
The restoration of the canal, apart from being an inf drainage, irrigation and region development would co
(i) relieving congestion on roads ; (ii) generating employment opportunities ; (iii) Boosting up the boat-building Industry ; (iv) reclamation of Muthurajawela swamp ;
(V) beneficial impact on the agricultural and fishing (vi) promoting recreational and tourist pleasure as
E
River bank protection and dredging continued de availability of construction material and fewer man-day
Shipping The introduction of the Merchant Shipping Act (No. history of merchant shipping.
The enactment of a rew Merchant Shipping Act was (a) antiquated Colonial Laws under which even a ship
or to fly the national flag ; (6) recent trends in maritime transport and particula (c) government policy to develop a national mercha
provision of necessary facilities.

UNICATIONS
193
General Manager are:
B of Rs. 330 million.
anka Transport Board meet almost the entire y. On the freight side the Railway has been ment of petroleum, cement, fertiliser and food, rimary products for exports.
from the West Coast at Bolgoda to Colombo „Kelani Ganga, Maha Oya and Deduru Oya
a continuous waterway from Kalutara in the za distance of 193 kilometres.
eys are maintained by the State including 73
on the question of developing canals for the
us to the implementation of programmes for f canals to set off the sharp increase in trans
ent Division was set up under the Ministry of y 1975, to handle the re-development of the
ra-structural element serving transport needs, ontribute towards the following ends :--
industries ; water sports.
spite certain constraints arising from nonS worked, attributable to tide variations.
52) of 1971’ was an important change in the
deemed necessary due to the I could not be registered as a Sri Lanka Vessel
irly national shipping legislation ; int marine and other ancillary industries and


Page 206
194
TRANSPORT
The Merchant Shipping Act, (No. 52) of 19 ing and consists of twelve parts dealing wi the Act viz., Registration of Sri Lanka ships tion Equipment and Survey ; Navigation Sa
Ceylon Shipping Corporation The Ceylon Shipping Corporation was esta passengers and mail by sea and also to tran agents. It also undertakes the building, ma
The Corporation fleet consists of eight ves Kalyani, Lanka Kanthi, Lanka Shanthi, La is jointly-owned by the Shipping Corporatio
Assistance is also afforded by the Corpor tions in acting on their behalf as their local C. subsidiaries : Colombo Dockyard Ltd. (75 p share capital), Ceylon Port Services Ltd., (18 Ceylon Shipping Lines Ltd.), Ceylon Shippi Ltd., (51 per cent share capital) and Amalga
The salient features in the progress o round voyages, which was 53 in 1978 ; the cent and foreign exchange savings which re:
A summary of overall performance in 197 Profit Growthronesiosa
(a) Gross Revenue (Rs. million)--468 (6) Net Profit before Interest and Taxati (c) Earnings per Rupee contributed by G (d) Return on Capital Employed (per cen
Foreign Exchange Profitability (Rs. inillion}-
(a) Number of Vessels :
Owned (Dry Cargo)--8
Managed (Tanker)--1 (b) Number of Round Voyages Performe (C) Tonnage lifted by CSC fleet--
Inward (Freight tons)173,402 Outwards (Freight tons)--233,180
Shipping Office : Position as 31st December
(1) 58 Shipping Agents obtained licences (2) Services rendered
(a) Ship masters attended to--723 (6) Change of masters—31 (C) Seamen signed on—3,521 (d) Seamen signed off–2,538 (e) No. of Sri Lankan Semen engage

AND COMMUNICATIONS
71, is quite a comprehensive piece of legislation on shipph the administrative structure necessary to administer ; Control of Shipping ; Master and Seamen ; Construcfety ; Wreck and salvage ; Legal proceedings, etc.
blished to operate services for the transport of goods sact business with ship-owners, charterers and shipping intenance, repair and overhaul of ships and vessels. sels : Lanka Rani, Lanka Sagarika, Lanka Devi, Lanka
ka Keerthi and Lanka Ratna. The tanker Tammanna on and the Petroleum Corporation.
ation to several Government departments and corporanartering Brokers. Its investments include the following er cent share capital), Lanka Tankers Ltd. (50 per cent per cent share capital and 82 per cent share capital with ng Ltd. (100 per cent share capital), Sealand Shipping imated Lines Ltd. (51 per cent share capital). f the Corporation were the increase in number of return on capital employed which improved to 44 per ached the figure of Rs. 130 million.
18 were as follows:
on (Rs. million)--84 -overnment (EPR) (Rs. million}-1•809 at)-44
rins galed motivero Tenebeliloolanan -130 nogriestnootsib olgas bas ies
interade mot en d—53 emanentendre een bu
ob hanginoon linnoitto
1979: under the Licensing of Shipping Agents Act : berri
d on Sri Lankan Ships 2. 334


Page 207
TRANSPORT AND COM
Surveys --The following surveys of vessels were ca
Passenger launches
Passenger and Cargo launches
Central Freight Bureau of Sri Lanka The Central Freight Bureau of Sri Lanka was establisht of the Central Freight Bureau of Sri Lanka Law (No. 2 performed by the Ceylon Freight Bureau, set up under The Central Freight Bureau commenced operations wi Ports in the U. K. and the Continent. Space reserve Gulf, Red Sea, Karachchi and the Far Eastern Ports W
With the conversion of the Bureau to a Statutory Body.tl cargo to ensure the provision of economical loads for
A Research Division was established within the Bur and other surcharges, The Bureau was solely empoy principals of shipping lines on matters relating to al surcharges, etc.
Incorrect references with regard to the operations of prompted the Sri Lanka representative at the 17th sess to state as follows:
“ The Central Freight Bureau was by no means th a link between the shipper and the shipping companie ing activities of the country. Furthermore, the Bu the Shipper's Council and representatives of the looking after the shipping interests of the country. TI tion of the cargo to national ships, but the rationali Its other objectives were the aggregation of cargo t turn-round time of vessels, reduction of costs to ship national merchant marine. **
Activities.--Sri Lanka's total sea-borne exports durir and the number of sailing opportunities which were p statistics for corresponding period in 1978 were:
No. of Sailings
Total Freight (tons)
Percent increase
Negotiations of General Freight Rate Increases.--Being Conferences/Lines, the Bureau was successful in its e freight rate increases or to obtain postponement of the

UNICATIONS
195
rried out during 1979:--
Colombo
Out Poris
41
34
299
ed on Ist September, 1973, with the enactment 5). The Bureau took over the functions then the aegis of the Sri Lanka Shippers' Council,. .th the reservation of space for shipments to ations for shipments to Persian Gulf Arabian was subseqenently taken over by the Bureau. he basic functions performed were to aggregate all vessels and rationalize sailing schedules.
eau to analyse and compute freight increases wered to negotiate on behlaf of shippers with location of space, ensuring economic loads
the C. F. B., in international shipping circles sion of the UNCTAD committee on shipping
hat country's sole shipper but was essentially s. It acted as a catalyst to promote the shippireau had on its directorate representatives of relevant government bodies, thus effectively le prime aim of the Bureau was not the allocazation of shipping services from this country. p provide economical loads, improvement of POwners and shippers and development of the
Ig the period January 1979 to December 1979 rovided by the Bureau with the comparative
1978
1979
935
988
1,108,292 1,291,987
16:9
the sole negotiating authority with Shipping fforts either to reduce the proposed general
effective dates.


Page 208
196
TRANSPORT
The Bureau accepted the following new sailing opportunities :
(i) Blue Star Line Container Services to (ii) Gold Star Line Service to South and (iii) Asia America Line Containers Servic (iv) Shipping Corporation of India Servic
New Ports Authority 1979 was a significant year for the ports of S far-reaching and innovative step to integrate to unify management, cargo-handling ope These activities earlier were performed by t Colombo Port Commission and Port Tally Authority was established on 1st August, 197 Authority streamlined the functions and servi work.
This step has also brought Sri Lanka Ports
By Section 6 (1) of the Sri Lanka Ports A enjoined to :
(1) provide efficient and regular service f
landing and warehousing, wharfage, suj petroleum, petroleum products and lub deposits, for pilotage and mooring of v
other services incidental thereto; at (2) provide efficient and regular tally and pi (3) regulate and control 'navigation within (4) maintain port installations and to promo
ports, etc. Cargo Handling Operations. —Statistics of C appear below:
No. of i los Port No. of callers -- S. to Enola
Food Oti
*2,156
Colombo Galle Trincomalee
93 1. 11
17
53
Total
2,226
115 1.
* Include 257 sailing craft
A total of 22,931 tonnes of Coconut Oil for Installation " Summer Hill ”.
Water Supply.—409,658 tonnes of fresh wi
Transhipment Cargo.--The tonnage of Trar tonnes.
Container Traffic.--16,523 Containers wer cargo during 1979.

ND COMMUNICATIONS
hipping services with a view to providing additional
New Zealand. Vest Africa. to West Coast of USA. to East Canada.
i Lanka. The Ministry of Trade and Shipping took a ind co-ordinate port activities by introducing legislation rations, engineering, maintenance and development. ree State Institutions, viz. Port (Cargo) Corporation. and Protective Services Corporation. The Ports , by Act of Parliament (No. 51) of 1979. The new Ports tas to avoid any form of overlapping and duplication of
in line with other developed ports in the region. athority Act, (No. 51) of 1979, the Ports Authority is
ir stevedoring, lighterage, shipping and transhipping, oply of water, fuel and electricity to vessels, for landing ricating oil to and from vessels and between bunker essels, for diving and under-water ship repairs and any
otective services ; jos the limits of the approaches to, etc.; ete the use, improvement in development of the specified
cargo handling operations in the three ports during 1979
vessels
-- Imports an Exports de Total hers Total (Tonnes) o (Tonnes) bru (Tonnes)
3,005,649
6 - 42
135 1,228 1,936,059
46,261 - 42 53
98,747
1,069,590
17,109 38,309
63,370 En 137,056
183
1,298
2,081,067
1,125,008
3,206,075
export in bulk, were handled at the Bulk Coconut Oil
ater were supplied to vessels. ashipment Cargo handled during the year was 11,535
e handled, viz., Imports, Exports and Transhipment


Page 209
TRANSPORT AND COM
Container Terminal Operations.--Containerisation w Since then the port has gradually increased its capa have indicated to increase their fleet once the Conta import and export cargo in containers and embarke Lines operating feeder services from Colombo to re operation devolving special attention to this aspect
The importance of container traffic and the operatio ciated and the Authority has decided to purchase ne
matter of priority. Port personnel have also been t Singapore.
The Ceylon Shipping Corporation has already entere Lines, National Shipping Lines of Singapore, to open Continental ports. This service was formally inaugu
As a large volume of cargo is now being handled in policy of the Government, steps were taken to obtain the increased quantum of cargo. Action was also initi: to the Customs and the Food Department.
The employees of the former Port (Cargo) Corporati Corporation were deemed to have been transferred to th Port Commission were granted temporary employmen Authority Act. Statistics of the number of employees temporary employment in the Ports Authority, classif
E:
Port (Cargo) Corporation Colombo Port Commission Port Tally and Protective Services Corporation
Total
There were 21,866 employees comprising executive, Ports Authority as at end of 1979.
One of the objects and duties of the Ports Authority provide in any specified port, efficient and regular t continue uninterrupted.
Statistics of services during 1979:
Colombo :
Bagged cargo discharged General cargo discharged Cargo loaded
Protective personnel engaged (man da Trincomalee :
Bagged cargo discharged General cargo discharged Cargo loaded Protective personnel engaged (man day

MUNICATIONS
197
as introduced to the Port of Colombo in 1973acity to handle more containers. More Line
iner berth is completed. The Port handled
d on handling transhipment containers with egional ports. There is much future in this of activity by the Port Authority.
ns connected therewith have been fully apprecessary equipment to handle containers as a cained in container operations at the Port of
ed into an agreement with the Neptune Orients cate a fully containerised service to the UK
rated in June 1980.
- the Ports resulting from the liberalised trade
additional warehouse space to accommodate ated to obtain some of the warehouses released
on and the Port Tally and Protective Services e new Authority. Employees of the Colombo t under the provisions of the Sri Lanka Ports of the three Institutions transferred and offered Sed according to the principal grades were :
xecutives Non-labour Labour Total
137 97 14
3,229
934 908
12,286 4,946
15,652 5,977 1,008
86
248
5,071
17,361
22,637
clerical and labour in the employment of the
- specified under Section 6 (6) of the Act is to ally and protective services. These services
Tallied tonnage 798,656 tons 618,804
965,347 29
es)
40,471
76,871 tons
3,229 tons 40,221 1,646
S).


Page 210
198
TRANSPORT A
Work on the 300 metre extension to the Qu out under an accelerated programme. The te
At the request of the Sri Lanka Governme June 1979 to conduct a study on the Develop conducted by the Japan International Co-oper to Government. The Master Plan envisages (1) Development and construction of a
accommodate three third generation
terminal. Two of these berths are exp (ii) Development of the North Pier for all (iii) Widening of the harbour entrance to s
extension area to the Breakwater for (iv) Carrying out a feasibility study for a n (y) Providing a system of road and rail t
activities,
Civil Aviation Civil Aviation, which was formerly adminis a separate department in February 1947.
The principal recommendations for the deve the Executive Committee of Communications
were:
(i) Applications for traffic rights in Sri La
treated as a matter of policy of consid
on a system of reciprocal rights ; (ii) The formation of an airways corpor
external Air Services ; (iii) The inauguration of air services to In
plan ; (iv) Investigation of schemes for the oper (V) Ratmalana and Kankesanturai to be
flying ; (vi) Telecommunication systems for Civil
ment of Civil Aviation ; (vii) Progressive development of air tra
department ; (viii) The expansion of the meteorological s (ix) The promotion of light plane aviation (3) The establishment of an aircraft inspe
ness standards for Sri Lanka registere
It is broadly within the compass of these I Civil Aviation progresses and indeed, to this when required.
Colombo Airport (Katunayake).--With the other countries has felt the impact of rapid cl passenger and cargo aircraft. The Colombo

ND COMMUNICATIONS
een Elizabeth Quay for container handling was carried otal cost of this project is estimated at Rs. 30 million.
ent, the Government of Japan sent a Survey Team in
ment Project of the Port of Colombo. The study was ration Agency (JICA) and its report has been submitted
- 900 metre alongside Deep Water Quay berth to container vessels, and establishing a proper container pected to be completed by 1983. ongside handling of cargo. secure safe entry for larger and deeper vessels, with an extra protection of the harbour basin. new oil berth. transport in the Port and zoning off areas for various
stered by the Director of Public Works, was made
erlopment of Civil Aviation in Sri Lanka as accepted by and Works of the State Council of Ceylon in July 1946
anka for External Air Services operated by outside to be erations of public convenience and necessity and based
ration with Government capital for the operation of
dia to be given high priority in Sri Lanka's external air
zation of air services to England and Australia ;
developed as major airports for the promotion of civil
Aviation to be maintained and operated by the Depart
fic control services and navigational aids by the
service to meet the need of civil aviation ; n in Sri Lanka ; and ctorate for the regulation and supervision of airworthied aircraft.
recommendations that the work of the Directorate of day, with a few modifications and changes as and
developinent of air-borne traffic, Sri Lanka like many aanges in providing for high speed, increased capacity Airport (Katunayake) designed to serve international


Page 211
TRANSPORT AND COMM
standards functions as the premier Airport for Sri La the country. With a view to facilitating operation and styled Airports Authority of Sri Lanka was appointed (No. 46) of 1979.
Air Ceylon the national carrier ceased to function (in the new International Carrier–Air Lanka. Other In Airlines, British Airways, Garuda Indonesian Airways lines, Korean Airlines, Maldivian International Airli Nepal Airlines, Swissair, Singapore Airlines, Thai Airw
Regular and seasonal tourist charters on an inclusive Hapaglloyd, Japan Airlines, Kuwait Airlines, LTU, 1 european Airways and Yugoslav Airlines. In addition to and from Sri Lanka for the import of machinery and items, fruit and vegetables.
Technical landings during 1979 had to be curtailed ra fuel restrictions.
Aerodromes.---The other Customs Airports available and with certain limitations are :
(1) Colombo Airport, Ratmalana---This airport is si (2) Jaffna Airport (Kankesanturai)--Situated on the
mately 19 kilometres north of Jaffna.
Aerodromes at Amparai, Batticaloa and Anuradhap The aerodromes at Puttalam and Koggala are main Puttalam also functions as a regular Beacon station.
The main development programmes envisaged and w
(i) Construction of Air Cargo Terminal;
(ii) Construction of a Cafeteria and Staff Rest-ro (iii) Improvements to the Fire Station;
(iv) Improvements to passenger terminal facilities
(v) Development work necessitated by the establis
(vi) An extension to the UNDP project to cover co
gational and communicational aids;
(vii) Provision of suitable aircraft for training of pil
sums of foreign exchange have at present to checking of local navigational aids if they are t standards). A suitably equipped trainee aircraft
which should be many times a year compared totally unacceptable for the future.
In view of the major difficulties encountered by the 1 made on it by the rapid rate of aviation development necessary flexibility by its conversion, either wholly body.

IUNICATIONS
199
nka and the gateway for all tourists visiting | management of the airport a Statutory body in October 1979 under the provisions of Act
I the course of the year) and was replaced by iternational Operators were Aeroflot Soviet i, Indian Airlines, K.L.M. Royal Dutch Airnes, Pakistan International Airlines, Royal ays International and UTA French Airlines.
tour scheme are operated by Balair, Condor, Montana, Sterling Airways, Scanair, TransI several ad hoc freight charters are operated other goods and the export of manufactured
ither drastically attributable to the prevailing
for use by International services on request
tuated 13 kilometres south of Colombo city.
northern coast strip of the Island, is approxi
ura are maintained for domestic air services. tained as emergency landing grounds while
Phich are to be undertaken in the future are :
pms; and Canadian piliakalniai
hment of the Free Trade Zone; ibinin
-mprehensively the inadequacies of air navi
pts and associated technical personnel (Large
be expended on the calibration and flight o be maintained at internationally acceptable i to carry out Sri Lanka's own flight checking, to once in several years as is in vogue, but
Department in catering to the heavy demand , consideration is being given to allowing it or partly, into an autonomous or corporate


Page 212
200
TRANSPO)
Air Lanka Services.-Air Lanka's regional
London/Frankfurt/Bahrain/Colombo Colombo/Bahrain Colombo/Madras Madras/Colombo Colombo/Male Male/Colombo Colombo/Bombay Bahrain, Colombo Colombo/Dubai/Zurich/Paris
Post and Telecommunication Services The Sri Lanka Postal Service was inaugurated administration in Sri Lanka is responsible employees, allowances under the scheme of so for the Sri Lanka Broadcasting Corporation.
Telecommunication Services will play a key that are taking shape at present. New pro would deploy some of the most modern form Switching, pulse code modulation and broad already identified are :
if (i) Colombo Area Development Scheme,
(ii) Outside Colombo Area Development (iii) Indo-Sri Lanka Microwave Project. (iv) Telecommunication Services to the Fr
(V) Development of Rural Telecommunic The estimated cost of the Colombo Area D
Outside Colombo Area Development Schem cial cities Jaffna, Anuradhapura,Kurunegala, by modern exchanges within the next 2 year scheme is in the region of Rs. 300 million.
Particular emphasis is being stressed on the Trunk Dialling are being provided to remote munication development would involve abou provided by the International Development
Overseas Telecommunication Services.--Th the Telecommunication Services and provi
Telephone and Telex Services between Sri Lai telegraph circuits are also provided to overseas Transit facilities are provided to Commonwe: the Commonwealth Telecommunication Fine International Telecommunication Satellite o in operation since December 1975 and pro circuits are however still provided by mean expansion and modification of Satellite Earti Telephone and Telex and work to the more a taken.

ET AND COMMUNICATIONS
and international services using Boeing Aircraft are
Paris/Zurich/Dubai/Colombo Colombo/Singapore Singapore/Kuala Lumpur/Colombo Bombay/Colombo Colombo/Bangkok Bangkok/Colombo Colombo/Bahrain/Frankfurt/London Colombo/Kuala Lumpur/Singapore Singapore/Colombo
in 1815. Apart from its statutory functions the postal for payment of salaries, pensions of Public Sector cial assistance and issue of radio and television licences
role in the major development projects of the country vjects undertaken by the Telecommunication Services s of Telecommunication Technology such as Electronic band microwave transmissions. Among such projects
Stage II. Scheme, Stage II.
I bog Tistono ee Trade Zone. ation Services. sevelopment Scheme is about Rs. 135 million.
e (OCADS).--Under the existing exchanges in provinTrincomalee, Badulla and Ratnapura would be replaced s. Financed under a Japanese Loan, the cost of the
e development of rural telecommunication. Subscriber
areas in the island. This programme of rural telecomt 90 million U.S. Dollars, 30 million of which would be
Agency.
e Overseas Telecommunication Service is a division of Hes, operates and maintains International Telegraph, aka and other countries. Photo Telegraph and Lease E countries depending on the demand for these facilities. alth and foreign countries. Sri Lanka is a signatory to encial Agreement of 1973 and is also a member of the rganization. A Satellite Earth Station at Padukka is ovides wide band telecommunication circuits. Some s of high frequency (Short wave) radio circuits. The a Station to cater to forecast increase of International, advanced type INTELSAT V Satellite are being under


Page 213
TRANSPOST AND (
A Submarine telephone cable of 480 channels ca as a joint venture by Sri Lanka, India, Malaysia and would be linked to this submarine telephone cabl link which is under construction. This submarine 1980. Sri Lanka would then have facilities for telephone circuits to Singapore, Malaysia, Hongl the U.S. A.
A high quality 24-hour telephone service is availi countries at present. The capacity of the Cro Exchange was increased from 36 to 60 trunks in D the following routes : London, Hongkong, Singi Delhi, Rome, Kuala-lumpur, Karachchi and U. S Telephone Exchange is being installed by L. M. E shortly. This new exchange would provide interi Export Promotion Zone and subsequently to Colom and provides Automatic Call Ticketing for subscr
Telex service is available to 179 countries. A to most destinations. Direct Telex services are o Singapore, Tokyo, Sydney, Kuala-lumpur, Bombay Scribers at present.
Direct telegraph circuits are operated to London, Tokyo, Peking and Sydney. It is proposed to oper graph Services via. these places are available to al leased telegraph Circuits and 1 leased datacircuit i

COMMUNICATIONS
201
pacity would be laid between Madras and Penang some other Commonwealth countries. Colombo Le (IOCOM) via. the Indo-Sri Lanka Microwave cable is expected to be completed by the end of diversity routing (Satellite/Submarine Cable) of Kong and also to Japan, Australia, Canada and
able to most countries in the world covering 188 os-bar International Semi-automatic Telephone December 1979. Direct services are provided on apore, Tokyo, Sydney, Bombay, Madras, New . A. A Stored Programme Control International Ericsson of Sweden and would be commissioned national subscriber dialling to subscribers in the bo subscribers connected to Electronic Exchanges Fiber billing and international accounting.
fully Automatic Service was introduced in 1976 operated to London, Burma, Rome, Hongkong, , U. S. A. and Paris. There are 327 telex sub
Aden, Karachchi, Bombay, Rangoon, Singapore, na direct telegraph circuit to the U. S. A. Telenost all parts of the world. There are 13 private n operation.
san Eora


Page 214
Codrington C H AP
Το
Located in the warm northern waters of the Ind natural endowments is blessed with a fascinating with cool montane variations, scenic splendour of beaches, a wealth of archaeological treasures and viable tourist industry. A warm and friendly d time from one source of attraction to another
Growth rate in tourist traffic comapres quite favo East Asia and the Far East region.
Tourism Plan The Ceylon Tourist Board, constituted in 1966, 1 visitor-industry. Basic objectives as spelt out in tourist industry over the past years with periodic
mance and trends.
The plan identified 5 regions for the developm facilities :
Sandy beaches, water sports and wildlife
Historic backgorund and Culture Tea Gardens, Scenic landscapes, Golf and Fishin
Performance Over the 12-year span the industry has recorded modest figure of 23,600 tourist arrivals in the yea 1978 with a further escalation to an all-time higt
TABLE 20.1--TOURIST INFLOW, AVERAGE DURATI
TOURIST TR
Year
Tourist (number oj
1975
1976 1977
103,24 118,91 153,64 192,5% 250,
1978
1979
Tourist receipts have stepped up from US $ reached a peak level of 76 million US $ in the fi tains its place as the largest single foreign excha above tourism in the order of importance aret The contribution of the tourist sector to the toti

TER XX TER XX-
RISM
ian Ocean, the Island of Sri Lanka, apart from its variety of attractions. A pleasant tropical climate landscapes, warm seas and vast stretches of sandy colourful folklore, exotic wildlife serve ideally for a sposition of the people coupled with short travel telps maintain Sri Lanka's tourism at a premium. urably with traditional tourist destinations in South
aunched a tourism plan for the development of the the plan continue to guide the development of the : revisions and modifications in the light of perfor
kent of holiday resorts, hotels and ancillary tourist
.. Colombo Resort Region, South Coast Resort.
er Region and East Coast Resort, Region . Ancient Cities Resort Region ng High Country Resort Region
a phenominal growth of over 30 per cent from the er 1967 and increasing nearly eightfold fo 192,592 in
at 250,164 arrivals in 1979.
ON OF STAY AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS FROM
ADE 1975-1979
inflow Average duration Foreign exchange Farrivals) - of stay (days)
earnings
100
10-0 10-7
(Rs. million)
157.1 237•8 363•1
870-0 1,209•4
10-4
10:9
1-2 million in 1967 to US $ 55:7 million in 1978 and llowing year. The tourist sector consequently mainnge earner in Sri Lanka. The sectors which ranked ea, rubber, coconut and petroleum based products. 1 foreign earnings of the country is about 7 per cent.


Page 215
TOURI
The industry has provided direct employment for ments in the tourist trade is in the region of 20,000.
Pattern of Traffic Sri Lanka's tourism is closely linked to air-borne tri special significance 95 per cent of the tourists visite
Western Europe topped the 150,000 mark and acce island. The top markets which generated 65 per European countries followed by the Asian region wit
Resorts and Hotels The establishment of national holiday resorts is gi development programme. These resorts contain a wi centres, picnic areas, recreational outfit, banks, post national and domestic traffic. Holiday resorts in Coast, and Polonnaruwa, Giritale and Sigiriya reso resort at Kalkudah/Passekudah on the East Coast is
The tourist industry now possesses a well distribu concentration of 1,331 rooms in the city of Colombo per cent in the Colombo city, 50 per cent of the beacł country.
Internal tourist transportation has also increased v and charter air services and the railway tourist ser shopping centres.
Sri Lanka's tourist industry has fostered developr remote from urban settlements like Sigiriya. Giritale Kalkudah on the east and distant places in the deep have seen the establishment of resorts, hotels, handi dispersal of tourism development in remote parts of Such areas in terms of employment and demand for }
Convention Facilities In the field of congresses and conventions, Sri Lanka Area Travel Association in January 1978, apart from in this regard include the fully-equipped Internationa 1,500 plus 6 committee rooms--in the city of Colom first class hotels in the island. A programme for pro
Home Market The Board's programme includes the Development pilgrim halls at Kataragama one of the most revered and holiday hostels at Bandarawela and Nuwara El the west and east coasts are being geared to cater to holiday resorts include a picnic area with summer ho ing centres in the Sigiriya and Giritale resorts.
Future Programme Tourism in Sri Lanka has become one of the fast dev covering the period 1978 to 1984 has been formula of the industry. The prospects have been examined international tourism and Sri Lanka's own growth

SM
203
- 18,400 though both direct and indirect involve
ansportation. Accessibility by air is therefore of
d the island by air as against 5 per cent by sea. punted for 65 per cent of the total traffic to the
cent of tourist traffic were those from West ha modest 20 per cent.
ven particular emphasis in the Tourist Board's de range of facilities--accommodation, shopping It offices, railway stations to cater to both interoperation are the Bentota resort on the South rts in the ancient cities resort region. Another s being established.
ated hotel plant containing 5,579 rooms with a . Room distribution is in the proportion of 25 nes and 24 per cent in the ancient cities and hill
with a fleet of cars and luxury coaches, scheduled vices. Other amenities include restaurants and
ment of various parts of the island. Places far and Polonnaruwa in the interior, Nilaveli and south or the northernmost point of the island, icraft and souvenir, spice and curio shops. This the island has brought with it direct benefits to local handicrafts and host of other items.
hosted the 18th Annual Workshop of the Pacific several other non-travel conventions. Facilities il Conference Hall-main assembly capacity of bo together with limited facilities at some of the
motion of conventions is being formulated.
of the market. The 45 roomed resthouses and places of pilgrimage in the deep south, cottages iya in the hill country, holiday bungalows on the needs of the domestic market. Facilities in Ises and a swimming pool at Bentota and camp
loping industries. A development programme ted, taking into account the past performance in the context of world and regional trends of
pattern.


Page 216
204
International tourism has showed a remarkat reaching half a million to one million or more te
The South Asian region despite the energy c 500,000 and Afghanistan and Nepal around 1
Sri Lanka's growth has been projected at a arrivals in 1979 and reaching a figure of 460,800 increase in hotel capacity, transportation, botl
places of special interests.
Some of the measures identified in terms of t (1) a review of the composition for a more
cultural activities, special interests, shopp (2) development facilities and operating star (3) market diversification by develoing poter
and the growing affluent centres in Asia (4) fostering incentive travel and conference
Major Projects A few projects which would constitute the core : (a) the development of a 400 hectare resort co
specially attractive bays. The overall pro of 1,800 rooms, 2 VIP guesthouses, vaca utilities. The supporting facilities envisa life park, aviary, botanic gardens, enterta
restaurants. (b) conservation and promotion of places of :
cultural triangle of ancient cities region = (©) establishment of a new hotel school to pri
thus affording a higher output of trained (d) a comprehensive programme for the pror (e) provision of resthouses for local pilgrims,
Ceylon Hotels Corporation The Ceylon Hotels Corporation was incorporat activities of the Corporation commenced in 196
The Corporation operates 16 Resthouses and and places of scenic splendour. The objective tourist industry in Sri Lanka. With this in v
Hotels and resthouses division Transport and tours division Airways division Tourist shops division,

COUNSA
e performance wish some of the Asian destinations urist arrivals, as Singapore and Hong Kong.
sis showed a continued growth. India has around 0,000 tourist arrivals.
7 per cent rate over the next 7 years with 250,000 irrivals in 1984. This growth requires a substantial | international and internal, shopping centres and
1e future programme are :
balanced tourist product with greater emphasis on ing and outdoor activities.
idards.
tially major markets such as Japan and Australia, itself.
market segments.
in the development programme are:
mplex off Trincomalee on the east coast in a series of Dgramme provides for 9 first class to medium hotels ation cottages and comprehensive resort and public
ged are an international standard golf course, wild inment and shopping centres, marinas and speciality
archaeological and cultural interest lying within the rith international agency support. Ovide training facilities on a more extensive scale and
personnel each year.
notion of conventions and incentive travel.
traffic and holiday traffic at selected points.
ed by an act of Parliament (No. 14) of 1966. Business 7 with an initial of 5 Resthouses.
Inns and 5 hotels located in important tourist centres
of the Corporation is to improve and develop the ew the Corporation has established 4 divisions viz.:


Page 217
TOURISM
The 16 resthouses and Inns and 5 Hotels are located ar catering to both local and foreign needs. The total dou
Ambepussa
Tissamaharama
Ella
Pussellawa
Kantalai
Dambulla Belihuloya
Hanwella Polonnaruwao
aruwa
Medawachchiya
The recent addition to the chain of Resthouses is the Resthouse which has been completely renovated and ref * Thirst Aid Station’ a ‘Wayside' Restaurant at Ambar This has become increasingly popular among tourists for
Hotels maintained by the Corporation are : Lihiniya Surf Hotel -
Bentot Hotel Seruwaza -
Polonr Hotel Dehigama
Kandy Hotel Suisse
Kandy Queens Hotel
- Kandy
The Luxury centrally airconditioned 66-roomed Lihin would be extended with additional 20 rooms.
Hotel Seruwa at she National Holiday Resort, Pol rooms provide facilities such as a swimming pool, orch
Management of the 3 premier Hotels in Kandy, Queen rooms and swimming pool facilities and Hotel Dehigam concern of the Corporation. A 24 roomed extension to
A sum of Rs. 2:5 million has been invested in share caj owning Company of the Hotel Ceylon Intercontinental comprising 252 rooms. The Corporation has also in
Hendala, in the G. C. E. C. area.
Internal transportation of the Corporation consists of air-conditioned luxury vehicles.
The Hotels Corporation operates a Travel Bureau al travel counters at International Airport, Katunayake convenience of foreign tourists visiting Sri Lanka. It fu Airways, one of the largest Airlines operating in the i
Railway catering services are undertaken by the Corp service and providing employment opportunities.
9-A 60589

205
midst picturesque surroundings in Sri Lanka ble room strength is 421 with locations at :
Sigiriya Kitulgala Galle Horton Plains
Weligama Ambanpitiya bilang
Weligama Bay Inn, the former Weligama irnished. The Corporation also operates ipitiya on the Colombo-Kandy main road. ' snacks, tea and fresh tea packets.
iaruwang Tsina
iya Surf Hotel with swimming pool facilities
onnaruwa with 40. centrally airconditioned aestra, well-equipped telephone facilities, etc.
as Hotel with 97 rooms, Hotel Suisse with 66 na with 20 rooms at Rajaweediya is solely a
the Hotel Suisse has been completed.
pital of Hotel Services (Ceylon) Ltd., the a 5-Star fully airconditioned luxury Hotel vested Rs. 250,000 in Pegasus Reef Hotel,
a fleet of 10 coaches and 68 cars inclusive of
E the Hotel Ceylon Intercontinental with and at Pegasus Reef Hotel, Hendala, for anctions as General Sales Agents for British
yorld.
oration with a view to affording a better


Page 218
la lineataibauorsuomala
zuetooli w USA interCH
SOCIAL WE
The Social Framework People in Sri Lanka enjoy a much higher sta countries. Her people are comparatively we services provided by the government over improve any further their standard of living. tion and Housing entails a considerable pre represents a heavy burden for a developing dependency ratio.
Etl nic and Religicus Distribution.--Sri Lan group comprising more than two-thirds of divided as Low-country Sinhalese and Kan Sinhalese population. The Kandyan Sinhale gamuwa Provinces, Kurunegala District in divisions of Amparai, Batticaloa, Trincom
The Low country Sinhalese, who had beo scattered along the Western and Southern co a common language while they have intere
marriage practices.
There are two distinctive Tamil groups-- India several centuries ago, and the Indian oriented plantation sector by the British. T tion and concentrated mainly in the Northern for 9 percent of the total population in 1971
The Moors are the next highest ethnic gro1 into two categories Ceylon and Indian. Th descendants of ancient Arab traders, while th plantation sector by the British. These two language of the religion.
There are two other minor ethnic groups, and Javanese comprise the former group, wh Portuguese, Dutch and British who inter-m: and Eurasians.
There is an exceptionally strong link betwe of the Sinhalese are Buddhists, while Tami Islam is the religion of the Moors and the Ma Census of Population, 67•4 percent were Hindus, Muslims formed 7•1 percent of the
Economic and Social Patterns.--The pop urban population of 22:4 percent as revealed as the chief economic protectional, recreation of social relationship has its origin and deve of he traditional village, however has bre

APTER XXI lo gabiniol a gynig
Seuradnik CFARE AND HOUSING
andard of living than those of many other Third World ell fed and literate attributable to the different welfare the years. A concerted effort is however required to - Provision of welfare services, such as Health, Educaoportion of the national income of the country. This country with a high rate of natural increase and a high
ka is a multi-racial society, the Sinhalese being the major the total population. This ethnic group is again subdyan Sinhalese, the latter being two-fifths of the entire ese inhabit the Central, North-Central, Uva and Sabara- the North-Western Province and also the Sinhalese elee and Vavuniya districts.
n under European rule for a long period, are generally pasts. Both categories speak, read and write Sinhala as esting differences in customs, mostly confined to their
the Ceylon Tamils, whose ancestors came from South
Tamils, who were brought here to work in the export The Ceylon Tamils constitute 11:2 percent of the populan and Eastern Provinces. The Indian Tamils accounted
up in Sri Lanka (6•7 percent). This group again falls Le origin of the Ceylon Moors could be traced as Le latter group may have been brought to work in the groups speak either Tamil or Sinhala with Arabic as the
Malays and Burghers. The descendants of Malaysians nile descendants of both civil and military pessonnel of arried and settled in Sri Lanka, are known as Burghers
een ethnic type and religion in Sri Lanka. The majority Is—both Ceylon and Indian are predominantly Hindus. Llays. The Burghers are mostly Christians. At the 1971
enumerated as Buddhists, while 17:6 percent were total. The remainder was made up of Christians.
ulation in Sri Lanka is predominantly rural, with an at the 1971 Population Census. The family still remains al and affectional unit of the nation. The whole scheme elopment in the institution of the family. The isolation oken down with the development of transport and


Page 219
SOCIAL WELFARE
communication facilities. The villagers now have ch Improvement in literacy and educational standards active interest in current affairs through radio, ne gaining much popularity.
It is convenient to distinguish three main sectors of As mentioned earlier, about 22:4 percent of the coun rural sector comprises mainly villages where subsist part of the rural work force, however, also participate The estate sector includes areas covered by tea, rubbe the principal commercial, crops in the island. Accordi of the total employed population in the country are who are engaged in white-collar jobs amounted to 18 category of other occupations i.e., production and
a Sri Lanka has made marked progress in fields of bot the year 1979, the Gross National Product at current rate in real terms was approximately 8•4 percent. Th Rs. 910. Even though it is evident that there still is a tion of income, the recent surveys show that there appe of income which help ameliorate conditions of the po
Health.--Health Services in Sri Lanka have shown decades, as witnessed by the decline in mortality leve About 13•4 percent of the Gross National Product of th treatment of Government Medical Institutions and in fees to all patients. The Government places an equ aspects of its health programme. Thus to combat pr culosis, tetanus, etc., mass immunisation programm approximately 106 health units scattered throughout tl campaigns to control diseases such as malaria, filaria, 1 of medicine as administered by the State Health servic being the indigenous form of treatment. There y medical institutions, of which 1,227 were in maternity
di Education.–Sri Lanka enjoys a high literacy rate cor and this could be mostly attributed to the prevailing sys in mid 1940s. Accordingly, all children of schoolg Grade 1 up to University level. The mother tongue oftl A considerable sum is spent annually on the mainte including the provision of higher education at the Uni school text books has been introduced covering grad
Latest statistics reveal that nearly 89 percent of the literate in the urban sector, whereas in the rural sector highest rate of literacy (90 per cent) is found in the a 1946-1971, the male literacy rate rose from 78 to 85 increased from 53 to 71 percent during the same perio
i Sri Lanka could well be called a social service State. as its greatest asset and the development of its manpow ment. The State maintains many welfare services fre provision of subsidised food, free education and free cases of unemployment, etc. Assistance in the form of a the disable and the unemployed below a specific incom

IND HOUSING
207
eap means of communication within easy reach. have enabled the rural population to take an wspapers and other mass media which are
'the Island's economy-urban, rural and estate. try's total population live in urban areas. The ence and other food crops are grown. Some in production activities in the plantation sector. !r and coconut lands and constitute the basis of ng to the Census data of 1971, almost 50 percent e engaged in agricultural occupations. Those
·1 percent whereas 32.5 percent come under the services.
th economic and social development. During prices increased by 23:5 per cent, while growth e per capital income in real terms for 1979 was substantial degree of inequality in the distribubars to have been a considerable redistribution lor.
or. Gula 1
remarkable improvements during the past few ls and the changing patterns in causes of death. le country is spent on health services. Outdoor 2-patient care in non-paying wards are offered nal emphasis on preventive as on the curative eventive diseases, such as poliomyelitis, tuberes are initiated in Government clinics and in ne country. There are several other specialised leprosy, venereal diseases, etc. The two systems ces are the western and the ayurveda, the latter vere 42,260 hospital beds in all Government
hospitals as at end of 1979.
npared with that of other developing countries stem of Free Education, which was introduced oing age are entitled to free education from he pupil is the medium of instruction in schools. nance and development of education services versity level. A scheme of free distribution of es 1 to 10 in all schools in Sri Lanka.
population over ten years are found to be r the corresponding figure is 84 percent. The ge group 10-24 years. During the period - percent. The female literacy rate too has
-d.
The manpower of the country is considered Per resources is the foremost task of the governe or at nominal cost to its people, such as the
health services, transport subsidies, relief in - monthly allowance is given to the sick and
e level.
a mo


Page 220
208
SOCIAL WEL
Social Welfare.--Social Welfare Services in under the Ministry of Social Services viz.; the Probation and Child Care Services. The fun workers, both in Government and voluntary se Work, which is a sub-division of the Ministry
The Department of Social Services The Deprtment of Social Services, as a State Sri Lanka, was created in the year 1948, as a Commission of (1947 Sessional Paper 7 of 19. development of social welfare services in this this country had developed piecemeal and ha period it was generally accepted that the whol
Voluntary organisations, specially the tem They made themselves responsible for the wel and the handicapped. Where the services : been encouraged to continue.
The State now supplement these voluntary necessary standards are maintained. State s specially adopted to serve an individual or sp and supplement the State service.
The problems that social welfare services e constraints.
The primary concern of the Department of So disasters and their attendant social disorganis “ an ambulance carrier ", the department has combatant ” in the war against poverty, apat from the gradual evolution of the social we introduced to give the maximum social ben
available are outlined below:
Social Assistance.-(a) Public Assistance n the basic unit of protection and security for it entity in the social structure and the indi dependant on the cohesion and living standar high sense of family obligation certain servic by way of public assistance allowances.
As a major income maintenance programm sick, the aged, the infirm, physically and me widows with dependants and women in their help by imprisonment, incurable illness
maximum of Rs. 20 for a single person to Rs. the annual cost is in the region of Rs. 42:3 m
(6) Financial Assistance to T. B. patier financial assistance to indigent tuberculosis unable to maintain themselves and their de advice and prescribed course of treatment i
The patients are medically treated in Goveri tests are also carried out by Social Services The rate of payment varies from Rs. 55 to a

FARE AND HOUSING
Sri Lanka are handled by the departments that function Department of Social Services and the Department of ctions of social work education and training of social ctors, are performed by the Sri Lanka School of Social
irm for the administration of social welfare services in I result of the recommendations of the Social Services 47). The object was the co-ordinated and organised
country. Prior to 1948 the social welfare services in .d never been considered as a whole. During this e community had a responsibility for social services.
ples and churches, were pioneers of welfare services. fare of the very young and the very old, the homeless ind facilities they provided were adequate they have
services, provides financial assistance and ensures that ervices are often provided through voluntary agencies ecial needs. Many voluntary social services surround
ncounter in this country are mainly due to financial
pcial Services has always been for the victims of natural
ation. Instead of remaining in the conventional sense - evolved a developmental perspective to be an “ active hy and dependence. This is a striking feature derived elfare services. Some of the schemes that have been efit to the deserving people with the limited resources
nonthly allowance–In Sri Lanka the family provides s members. The family unit is recognised as a well-knit vidual's security and welfare is to a large extent ds of the family. In order to strengthen and sustain this es have to be provided. One such service is rendered
e it is geared to the alleviation of distress among the ntally defective persons and their families as well as families deserted by their husbands or deprived of
or other similar cause. The allowance varies from a - 75 to a family. There are 173,000 such recipients and Ellion.
ats and their dependants--The scheme provides for
patients, who owing to loss of earning capacity are ependants. The patient is expected to follow medical
n order to be eligible for assistance.
ament clinics and have to be certified as such and means
Officers in order to establish eligibility for assistance. un individual to Rs. 110 per family, depending on the


Page 221
SOCIAL WELFARE AND
nature of circumstances. This scheme of assistance alo marked effect on the incidence of the disease, which reco1 in 1953.
There are approximately 4,300 recipients in receipt of approximately Rs. 4-9 million.
(c) Financial assistance to leprosy patients and their tance to disabled non-infective leprosy patients was intr adequate hospital accommodation for leprosy patients be
Health Services, since all patients afflicted with the di unwilling to leave the hospital owing to their inability to 630 patients are in receipt of assistance and the annual ce
Relief, Resettlement and Rehabilitation of victims of I of this relief scheme is to assist persons in isolated cas houses, and to repair or replace their implements of trade sea erosion or other similar causes. Assistance to perso the loss of their earnings or food supply through calan under this scheme.
(6) RELIEF FOR DAMAGE CAUSED TO CROPS BY WILD A tion of wild life prohibit destruction of wild animals, espe crops, which is the only course of livelihood of farmers. relief to such farmers, when the crops are so damaged.
Wild Life as a compensation scheme and was subseque Services in 1966.
(C) RELIEF OF WIDESPREAD DISTRESS DUE TO FLOOD, I CAUSES.--Widespread distress due to floods, drought, e social and economic life of millions of people in diffe must make adequate provision for such contingencies. Sri Lanka has been the recurrent seasonal incidence of Sinhalese kings tackled this problem wisely by diverting conserved water for use in times of drought, but also servi floods. In later years these tanks fell into disuse with E systematic restoration of such tanks and the construc Gal Oya Project, the Walawe Scheme and the diversi Province more recently, alleviate the rigours of these se causes cannot be prevented, their effects on human 1 various relief measures available.
The object of the widespread distress relief scheme is i circumstances by loss of, or damage to, dwelling house from natural causes of a widespread nature, such as floor etc. Such assistance, include supply of food or dry ratio: Rs. 500 for the reconstruction or repair of each house they resume normal occupation, and supply of drinking
(d) RELIEF TO FISHERMEN IN DISTRESS.–Fishing fori people living along the coastal belt. These fishermer their normal work. The scheme is intended to assist p tances by loss of fishing gear, or their boats being dame causes.

(OUSING
209
g with the curative programme has had a ded a favourable decline since its inception
assistance and the annual cost amounts to
lependents—The scheme of financial assisoduced in January 1960. The question of ame an acute problem to the Department of sease and in destitute circumstances were
• maintain themselves. A total number of st is Rs. 625,000.
isasters :-(a) CASUAL RELIEF.--The object !s of distress to repair or reconstruct their : damaged or destroyed by fire, rain, storm, ns in distress of casual nature as a result of nities and natural causes is also considered
NIMALS.-The legal provisions for preservacially the wild elephant, even if they damage
This scheme of assistance provides financial The scheme originated in the Department of ntly transferred to the Department of Social
DROUGHT, EPIDEMICS OR OTHER EXCEPTIONAL pidemics or other exceptional causes cripple rent countries in varying periods. Society
The main cause of widespread distress in drought and floods. In ancient times the rivers and constructing tanks which not only ed as a protection against dangers of seasonal reached drains and empty tank beds. The tion of large irrigation schemes such as the on of the Mahaweli into the North-Central
asonal drought and floods. Where natural peings are modified and mitigated through
o assist persons who are reduced to destitute 3, crops, implements of trade, etc., resulting s, drought, cyclones, earthslips, epidemics, s, temporary shelter, payment not exceeding damaged, temporary financial assistance till
water in case of drought, etc.
as an important traditional occupation of the
are exposed to a large number of risks in rsons who are reduced to destitute circumssed by storms, fire, accident, or other similar


Page 222
210
SOCIAL, V
Provision under casual relief drought, f This figure includes Rs. 125 million as assis East and North Central Provinces.
Welfare Services
(a) Care and Welfare of the Aged and Inf infirm live in their own houses, or those of the provision of public assistance monthly a there is an appreciable and progressively inc care in the absence of dependant support in
The Department of Social Services runs i in-aid for running of such homes by local ai ing large and expensive homes for the aged cottage homes, each catering for about 25 € better personal attention under normal en
(6) Promotion of Voluntary Community recognised that the welfare services rend services rendered by the State and as su social services. At the same time these vo of funds to pursue their objectives. The there is a need for it.
The task of looking after children afflicted or desertion by either or both of the parents immoral surroundings, etc., is the respon: Services. Children who are handicapped d the responsibility of the Department of Soc as at end of 1979 involving expenditure to
Protection of Workers against Injury and In
(a) Workmen’s Compensation.--The W. came into operation in 1935. Prior to the administration of the Ordinance was vested
with the establishment of the Department fell under the Director of Social Services Compensation. The Workmen's Compens tion to workers who suffer personal injury employment. Where death results from inj in the Ordinance.
It has been found necessary to enact a n those who suffer accidents whilst on duty n tion to extend relief to a larger cate of enhanced compensation.
Rehablitation Services
(@) Rehabilitation of Public Assistance Rec was introduced into the Social Assistance Sc a selected number of public assistance reci departmental officers, utilising local commu This experiment proved a major break throu functioned as a monthly 'dole ' to destitut succeeding years and soon became a positi

ELFARE AND HOUSING
pod and cyclone relief totalled Rs. 130 million in 1979. tance provided to those in the cyclone hit areas in the
rm.—By far the larger number of the destitute, aged and their relative of friends. Their needs are often met by lowance already referred to. Apart from these, however, reasing number of aged and infirm who need institutional
any form whatsoever.
s own homes for elderly people and also provides grantsathorities or voluntary agencies. The policy of establish
was revised and instead it was decided to establish small elderly persons. The object of the new scheme is to give vironment to the aged persons.
- Participation in Social Welfare Work. It has been ered by voluntary agencies are complementary to the ch are becoming increasingly important in the field of luntary agencies encounter great difficulties in the raising e Department has to augment voluntary effort wherever
- by destitution through poverty of their parents or death , abandoned children, children who need protection from sibility of the Department of Probation and Child Care ue to mental or physical disabilities on the other hand are ial Services. A total of 56 State homes were functioning the tune of Rs. 3.3 million.
validity prkmen's Compensation Ordinance (No. 19) of 1934 establishment of the Department of Social Services, the in the Commissioner of Labour and subsequently in 1948
of Social Services, the administration of the Ordinance , who also functions as Commissioner for Workmen's ation Ordinance provides for the payment of compensa* by accidents arising out of, and in the course of their iry, compensation is payable to the dependants as defined
ew Ordinance to make the payment of compensation to 1ore broad-based. Draft legislation is under consideragory of workers and provide for the payment
angebbi
ipients.--The rehabilitation of public assistance recipients 1eme in the year 1971. As a pilot project in rehabilitation vients were taken up for intensive case study by trained nity resources and existing vocational training facilities. gh in the public assistance programme which has hitherto | families and persons. It received a greater impetus in te and constructive developmental programme geared to


Page 223
SOCIAL WELFARE AND H
achieving self-reliance, productivity and economic gr significant social change in that positive results were ob community life and made self-respecting and productiv image of social services in the country.
The financial cost of rehabilitating a family umt } method employed is to grant this sum to recipients as an ad up in some satisfactory economic activity under the gui Once the recipients are successfully established their publ ted. Activities pursued are poultry farming, retail tra agriculture, animal husbandry, beedi wrappping, etc.
Since inception of the scheme it has been possible to island.
(b) Rehabilitation of physically and mentally handica gives increasing attention to serve the disabled particula from direct services provided by the department, the volu department, render valuable services in this field. Ther of the community's responsibilities for the welfare and Voluntary organisations engaged in outdoor relief wo Rs. 76,000 during 1979.
The services in this field could broadly be categorised a (i) MEDICAL REHABILITATION.–Disabled persons in Orthopaedic clinics of the General Hospital for medical . The Transit Hostel run by the friend-in-Need Society wi enables outstation patients to stay in Colombo and atter poor economic circumstances who show reasonable pr department by the free fissue of tricycles and wheel chair vocations.
Free spectacles and hearing aids are similarly provided The audiological tests are done at the audiology centre and Blind with the co-operation and financial assistance (
(ii) EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANCE.--Education and custo solely by Voluntary Organisations. The nature of as maintenance and block grants for residents and ad hoc necessary. The State also assists disabled persons of p providing financial assistance. Students are given assist annum. The ' talking book' project maintained by a v for the Deaf and Blind with the assistance from the d available books recorded on tape. Under the existing se
given Rs. 2.1 million during 1979.
(iii) VOCATIONAL TRAINING FACILITIES.--The depar to provide vocational training facilities to deaf anc persons. These are :-
Sias
(a) Workshop for the Deaf and Blind, Seed
(6) Training Centre for Blind, Wattegam belitano
(C) Training Centre for the physically han

DUSING
211
pwth. This scheme also brought about a -tained since the recipients were restored to Fe units. It has also helped to remould the
nas been estimated around Rs. 750. The Ivance on public assistance to set themselves dance and supervision of the social workers. lic assistance, monthly allowance is terminade, tailoring, cottage crafts, bicycle repair,
emancipate over 3,500 families all over the
epped.--The Department of Social Services arly those in indigent circumstances. Apart untary organisations in co-operation with the
e is indeed a greater awareness at present a rehabilitation of the less fortunate ones. rk were financially assisted to the tune of
S :
destitute circumstances are referred to the attention and supply of aids and appliances. eth financial assistance from the Department ad the clinic regularly. Disabled persons of Fospects of rehabilitation are assisted by the s, to enable them to continue in their normal
to those with weak sight and hearing defects. set up by the National Council for the Deaf of the Department of Social Services.
dial care of the disabled persons is handled sistance given to these institutions include C grants for buildings and equipment when por income to continue higher education by tance varying from Rs. 600 to Rs. 1,200 per oluntary organisation, the National Council Iepartment helps blind students by making cheme of assistance 36 such institutions were
tment runs three major training centres a blind and physically handicapped adult
arit ioce 19lgedd Huwa (Colombo District) imse na (Kandy) dicapped, Ketawala Leula (Kandy) como


Page 224
212
SOCIAL WE
Of these, the workshop for the Deaf and It provides training facilities to about 150 per
(a) Textile weaving. (b) Needle craft. (c) Carpentry.band (d) Handicraftsste eilanne
The training covers a period of two years.
The training centre for the blind at Watteg males. The training so provided includes (a)
Most important experiment in the rehabilita Leula in Kandy district. The training cen Vocational Training Programme for Disabled and Rehabilitation Services Division of the Through foreign aid received, the project w
material and grant the payment of stipends in the following fields :-
(a) Motor mechanism : automobile tinke (6) Tailoring. (C) Carpentry : wood-work, machinery, b (d) Welding : metalling, fitting, smithy and (e) Electrical work : re-winding and motor () Spray-painting : lettering, polishing, et (g) Sheet metal work : cutting, rivetting, s (1) Tinkering : automobile tinkering work
Apart from the above schemes, facilities ar skills to be trained in a craft or a trade whic employment in an establishment. Such pers public sector for courses of practical apprent by the department.
(iv) PLACEMENT SERVICES.--The placemen two broad avenues :
(a) to place such persons in employment in to offer suitable employment to the physically!
(6) to absorb those who have completed the Home Workers' Scheme assisted by the S homes and to market finished products thro
(C) Rehabilitation of the Socially Disadva Detention and the House for Vagrants, whic Chapter 33 of the Legislative Enactments. Home for Vagrants was amalgamated with Gangodawila. In recent years since the pr expansion has been made for a larger intake Homes have been established at Mirigama a to the custody of the institution by the Juven

LFARE AND HOUSING
Blind at Seeduwa is among the oldest and the largest. ersons in the following trades :
gan De la manico ESCO a doua etapo
cu, inutilidonio ostalari
ama provides training facilities to about 50 adult blind = textile weaving, (6) rattan work, and (c) Braille study.
ation of the disabled is the Training Centre at Ketawela - tre “ The Pilot Project to Demonstrate the Need for d in Ceylon”, was financially supported by the Social U. S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare. vas able to purchase machinery, equipment and raw to trainees. Training is provided to about 75 persons
ring and spray painting. Sy
Jue print reading and estimating., zainspirere at d sheet and metal work. rs, etc.
Boldering, gas welding, heat treatment, etc.
e provided to needy disabled persons with aptitudes and ch could enable them to be either self-employed or find sons are attached to establishments in the private or the ciceship. A per diem allowance is paid to such persons
t and settlement of disabled persons are directed under
the private or public sector by persuading the employers handicapped, expecially to those who have been trained ;
training at Seeduwa and Wattegama workshops into State and offers certain facilities to work in their own
ugh the department.
antaged_This function is performed by the House of ch were established in 1913 in terms of Section 3 (1) of The Homes were operated as seperate units upto 1961. the House of Detention and provided with a Centre at oblem of vagrancy has become a major issue, further e. In addition to the Home at Gangodawila two other und Ridiyagama. The residents are persons committed nile District and Magistrate Courts.


Page 225
SOCIAL WELFARE A
Special attention is paid to rehabilitation of resider Training in various fields, such as agriculture, texti embroidery, mat weaving, coir work, etc., forms an in Young females are in addition trained as Girl Guides.
Department of Probation and Child Care Services The activities of the Department of Probation and C Probation Service and Child Care Services. The reha the Courts and placed under supervision is carried out
are entrusted such duties in connection with marriage care of persons discharged from institutions, inquiries i and other miscellaneous duties assigned by the Cot delinquents, protection, education and placement of well as day-care services for children of working i Care Services.
Non-Government Organisations.--Non-Governmen Department of Probation and Child Care Services, pla provides them with necessary advice and assistance in and orphaned children. Maintenance grants are I the children. Ad hoc payments are also made for pui and additions to buildings and other capital ne non-government Agency Homes, which have been este denominational auspices, perform bulk of the child ca
Probation Service. This is the primary field service rehabilitation of offenders in their own environment. Officer, the latter investigates the circumstances that le mends, in a suitable case, that the offender be released applicable to persons of either sex, irrespective of the 120 Probation Officers who were deployed in 41 Judica rate has been achieved by these officers.
Child Care Services—(i) Protection for Children. -Th for orphans and abandoned or destitute children who are 140 Homes run by Voluntary Organisations. Thes on a long-term basis. Orphans and abandoned chi children, so as to enable them to be within the fam grant of Rs. 55 a month for children under 2 year between the ages of two and sixteen and girls between 16 and 18 are eligible for a monthly grant of Rs. 15.
(ii) Facilities for Education.--One of the aims of career to every child who is institutionalised. Accor Soon as he attains school-going age. In the matter of : its maximum co-operation. Apart from school educ tional training to boys and girls, according to their a
(iii) Placement.--The department pays special att institutionalised. Every effort is made to trace the restore the child to the family. When this is not pos after careful investigation of applicant's suitablity f finding employment for children in voluntary agency in appropriate instances.
(iv) Juvenile Correctional Services.Correction ( function of the department. This is carried out throug Schools. There are five State Remand Homes and se

D HOUSING
213
ts committed to these Houses of Detention. e weaving, sewing, needle-work, handicraft, portant part of the rehabilitation programme.
hild Care Services fall into two categories — bilitation of pessons convicted of offences by by the Probation Services. Probation Officers
reconciliation, habeas corpus inquiries, afterento means under payment, of Fines Ordinance arts. The institutional treatment of juvenile orphans, abandoned and destitute children as mothers, fall within the category of Child
= Organisations, in collaboration with the y a vital role in child welfare. The department affording long-term care to destitute, deserted paid by the department for the upkeep of echases of material and equipment, extensions eds, based on a matching principle. The ablished under denominational as well as nonre work in a laudable manner.
e of the department and is responsible for the
When Courts refer an offender to a Probation d to the commission of the offence and recomI on probation. This method of treatment is
age or the nature of the offence. There were 1 Divisions in the Island, an 80 per cent success
e department maintains seven receiving Homes ɔ need urgent care. In addition to this, there e Homes offer care and protection to children ildren are given priority as against destitute ily unit. The department pays a per capita s of age, and Rs. 50 per month for boys the ages of two and eighteen. Boys between
the department is to provide an education dingly, every such child is sent to a school as idmissions, the Education Department extends tation, steps are being taken to provide voca
ge and aptitude. ention to the placement of children who are parents or the closest relative of the child and sible, suitable children are given on adoption for such adoption. Placement also involves Homes and also giving older girls in marriage
of juvenile delinquents is another important h Remand Homes and Certified and Approved ven Certified Schools. There is one Approved


Page 226
214
SOCIA
School in the Island run by the Roman Cat The department assists 10 after-care cer participate in self-employment-oriented tra
(V) Day Care Centres.--These Centres e for pre-school children of working mothers is carried out by trained day-care workers State pays a per capita maintenance grant voluntary agencies.
Sri Lanka School of Social Work The School offer both to the public and pr Social Work Education and Social Welfare Children's Fund (UNICEF) plays a major r
The Sri Lanka School of Social Work off which is open to both state and private secto minimum of five years experience in stip Services Officers, Probation Officers, Rural 1 (Advanced Level) and possess the same exp sional Social Work Educational programme
The School also trains and provides induct of Social Services, the Department of Probat organisations which are assisted by these tw
Welfare has been a main undertaking of the Workers, in Children's Homes and Day-Car a major portion of training under the parafor the tea and rubber estates is done under
Housing units The increase in the occupied living units i growth. Between the 1963 and 1971 inter but the increase of occupied housing units w 90 percent of the housing units were occupie shared by two or more households. 70:7 p figure however, is low in the urban sector. were occupied by the owner himself though it At the all-island level average number of oc number of occupants for a housing unit in u rural and estate sectors.
Of the total housing units, about 70 percei was available only for 20 percent. The ba streams and tanks, etc., for their water sup of the housing units had no toilet facilities. households depending on kerosene for ligt
Between the years 1976-2001 the populat to 18-9 million persons. Of this population, progressively from 23 percent to 30 percen is expected to decrease from 6:0 to 5•6 by 200 to about 5•5.

E WELFARE AND HOUSING
holic Mission for young persons of that denomination. tres, where children leaving Certified Schools could aining schemes.
stablished by voluntary agencies provide day-time care - Besides provision of day meals, a variety of activities
to facilitate the ‘ socialistation' of the children. The of Rs. 15 per mensum to supplement the efforts of the
ivate sector training courses and in-service training in e. In the execution of these tasks, the United Nations
ole in funding and sponsoring these project functions.
ers a two year full-time Diploma Course in Social Work, Drs. Those eligible for admission are required to have a pulated social work practitioner positions, e.g. Social Development Officers, or should have passed the G. C. B. erience in Social Service work. This is the only profese available in Sri Lanka.
ion and in-service training for the staff of the department ion and Child Care Services and also the staff of voluntary o departments. Training of para-professionals in Social = School for a number of years. Training of Child Care e Centres run by the State or voluntary bodies constitutes -professional programme. Training of Creche Workers
this programme with UNICEF assistance.
n Sri Lanka has lagged behind the rate of population censal period the population increased by 19.9 percent Pas only 12:7 percent. According to the Census of 1971 d by single households, while the balance 10 percent were ercent of the housing units were owner occupied. This Only 46•5 percent of housing units in the urban sector the rural sector this figure has increased to 85•0 percent. cupants per occupied housing unit was 5:6; the average rban areas was 6-0; it showed 5:6 and 4•8 respectivel in
nt were supplied with well water, while pipe-borne water alance 10 percent of the housing units depend on river ply. It has also been estimated that almost 34 percent
Electricity was available for only 9 per cent, most of the ating purposes.
ion of Sri Lanka has been projected from 13-8 million it is estimated that the urban component would increase t by 2001. Household composition in the urban sector 1 while in the rural sector the decrease would be from 5•6


Page 227
SOCIAL WELFARE AND H
The increase in population, urban-rural migration, and has resulted in the need to construct about 107,000 houses by 2001. Of this number, the urban sector would require about 73,600 houses each year.
In numerical terms the housing problem in Sri Lanka is that the present construction rate in the urban sector is less Construction rate in the rural sector could match the requir the worst affected within the urban sector and estimates urban housing Construction should be within the metropo
In addition to physical problems created due to insuffi also the socio-economic aspects. These relate predominan lighted by the social problems emanating from slum and s
Housing Policy.--Housing Policy is formulated by the and Construction and implemented through State depart under the Ministry.
Housing Policy developed to cover the period 1978-19 solving the problem within the economic limitations of the Lanka would eventually consist of a home-owining society.
to With the above in view, two broad policy strategies we
the improvement of rural and urban housing and the contro ed the construction of houses both by the public and the pr demand due to increase in population, and the demolition
Department of National Housing
The Construction Programme which was hitherto carried o was handed over in April 1979 to the newly set up Nationa
With the takeover of the housing construction programme of the National Housing Department have been restricted
(1) The Housing Loans Programme. (2) Allocation and Maintenance of Flats ans Hou (3) Implementation of Housing Regulations name
the Rent Act, and protection of Tenants (Speci
Housing Loans Programme.--A sum of Rs. 140,126,100 Loans such loans up to Rs. 10,000 have been offered on pe extention and repair of houses ; Rs. 10,000 to Rs. 50,000 f. have been given on hypothecation of property.
Apart from the grant of loans the department has initi "housing. Owners of rural housing under this scheme ar
maximum of Rs. 3,000 for the upgrading of houses. TI branches of People's Bank of the respective areas. A to been offered up to end of September, 1979. Implementation a network of regional offices of the National Housing D
Allocation and the Maintenance of Flats and the Hous flats constructed and handed over by the National Housi not been possible to accommodate a large number of appl the extended programme of construction of flats it would to a large number of persons who are in need of housing

DUSING
215
obsolescence of the present housing stock annually, if the problem is to be alleviated aout 33,400 houses and the rural sector
- mainly an urban one, in view of the fact s than 50 percent of the requirement while rement. Colombo being a primate City is indicate that approximately a seventh of
lis.
cient and low standard housing there are tly to the urban sector and have been high -quatter settlements.
Ministry of Local Government, Housing ments and State sponsored organisations
982 was based on a realistic approach in country, and based on the concept that Sri
re outlined. Short-term policy envisaged ol of rents, while long-term policy envisagrivate sectors to meet the existing shortage,
of obsolete dwellings.
ut by the Department of National Housing 1 Housing Development Authority. e by the Authority, the scope and functions 1 to :
ising Schemes. ly the Ceiling on Housing Property Law, al Provisions) Act.
) during the year was offered as Housing rsonal surety for construction, completion or construction, completion and extention
ated a programme for upgrading of rural e eligible for an interest free loan up to a iese loans would be granted through the stal amount of Rs. 11 million has already 1 of the programme is being geared through epartment.
ving Schemes.—The Department allocates ng Development Authority. While it had icants for these flats it is expected that with be possible in the near future to offer relief g accommodation. The day to day main


Page 228
216
SOCIAL
tenance and repairs to flats which was hit! or on contract has now been handed ov functions. The Government has also a Scheme of Flats under which tenants of fl fiats.
Implementation of Housing Regulations, ment in the implementation of the Ceili Ceiling on Housing Property Law (No. 9 houses vested in the Department of Nation per month, free of any further payment. fer deeds are now being issued by the depa
The Rent Act.--The purpose of the Rer exceeds supply. This Act, however, is ap sector to invest in housing and obtain a steady increase in rents exists with the init the supply should equal demand resulting
Protection of Tenants Act.—This Act wh The main purpose of this Act is to prote by the landloards. As in the case of the housing is increased and the objective o would tend to decline.
Private Sector.-In keeping with Gover housing and produce about 80,000 housi tax relief and other benefits.
National Housing Development Authority The National Housing Development Auth Auchority Act (No. 17) of 1979. The Au among its objectives are :
(a) To directly engaged itself in the con
of buildings ; (6) To formulate schemes to establish
housing shortage ; (C) To cause the clearance of slum and (d) To promote housing development (e) To make land available to any perso (f) to provide financial or other assista
any of the objects of the Authority
The Authority has undertaken a prog Programme envisages the construction o areas, 50,000 houses on an Aided-Help ba home builders on a loan programme.
Direct Construction Programme.--The distributed in and around Colombo, where have also been programmed for major o carefully designed to ease the present ur

WELFARE AND HOUSING
herto carried out by the department through its own labour er to Common Amenities Board which carries out these iccepted in principle the introduction of Rent purchase lats are entitled within a period of time to be owners of the
-One of the most significant steps taken by the Governng on Housing Property Law was the enactment of the ) of 1977 which provides for the transfer to the tenants of nal Housing where the standard rent does not exceed Rs. 25 About 9,000 tenants would benefit from this law and transartment in respect of these houses.
at Act is to establish the rents in a situation where demand plicable only to existing houses, thus encouraging the private return based on a law of supply and demand. Though a iation of the new building programme of the Government,
in lower rents.
ich came into operation in 1970 continues to be in operation. ect the tenants against harassment and other malpractices Rent Act it would again be seen that once the quantum of f a home-owing society is achieved, the need for this Act
nment's policy to encourage the private sector to invest in ng units each year, incentives are being provided through
nority was set up under the National Housing Development uthority commenced functioning in May 1979. Important
astruction of flats, houses and other living accommodation
a housing development projects in order to aleviate the
shanty areas and the re-development of such areas ;
en for housing development ; ence to persons engaged in any activity which is similar to
gramme to construct 100,000 houses before 1983. This f 36,000 houses on a direct construction basis in urban asis in semi-urban and rural areas and 14,000 houses for
36,000 housing units under this programme are mainly e the housing shortage is most acute. A few large Schemes cities like Kandy and Jaffna. The programme has been ban housing shortage taking into consideration the main


Page 229
SOCIAL WELFARE
constraints that would arise when housing developm adopted is to remove the pressure for housing in th fully integerated large neighbourhood within easy re-developing completly blighted areas in the City. scarce, the National Housing Development Auth housing estates in areas like Kottawa, Seeduwa, M. areas like Pettah, Borella, Grandpass, Colombo No planned basis to obtain the fully economic potential
A large number of these re-development projec where the commercial element is to a large extent e such development. Due to the heavy load on the and water supply, the Authority has planned to de
Performance on this programme up to the end o
(a) Units completed (b) Units under construction (C) Units where land identified, desig (d) Units to be planned
Total cost incurred up to the end of 1979 on the a
Aided Self Help Housing Programme.—This prog units in the rural areas on an Aided-Self-Help basis. material and technical advice would be provided b while the allottee would contribute the labour comp of 1,737 housing units have been completed while 17,
The total cost incurred up to the end of 1979 was
Electoral Housing Programme. Undertaken on : ages construction of 26,040 units on a distribution per electorate have been completed and occupiec under construction. The estimated cost of this pr Expenditure incurred up to the end of 1979 was F
Model Village Programme.—A model village is p the Government's popular village re-awakening n gramme is expected to have a catalytic effect on rur and would in turn provide an impetus to economie
A total of 56 model villages have so far been d initiated by Sri Lanka Prime Minister. These co1 areas in the island.
Common Amenities Provision of common amenities is a function of the Common Amenities Board Law (No. 10) of 1 needs of the National Housing Department the Bo

ND HOUSING
217
int is undertaken in urban areas. The strategy
City of Colombo by developing self contained ommunicating distance from the City, and by
As buildable lands within the city limits are rity has commenced the development of large ratuwa and Attangalle. Within the City itself, 'th and Wellawatte are being re-developed on a of these prime lands in the metropolis.
s are commercial cum housing developments, xpected to generate income to cover the cost of nfrastructure facilities in cities, such as sewerage velop extensive neighbourhoods in the suburbs.
f 1979 is : ainsanatooritatea
(Number) na
2,760 16,000 16,500
ns are completed
740 R.
36,000
Lbove programme was Rs. 517•6 million.
cramme envisages construction of 50,000 housing - Under this programme buildable land building y the National Housing Development Authority, onent for the completion of these houses. A total 278 units are under varying stages of construction.
s Rs. 104 million.
a direct construction basis, this programme envisof 155 houses per electorate. Already, 15 houses 1. A further 20 houses per electorate are now Fogramme on current prices, is Rs. 1,204 million. Cs. 88-2 million.
lanned to be constructed in each electorate under novement. The model village development proal areas in the general social and moral upliftment e advancement.
eveloped under the GRAMODAYA programme nprise some of the hitherto least developed rural
the common Amenities Board established under 973. Primarily an institution which caters to the ard has widened its activities to include such func


Page 230
218
SOCIAL WELF
tions as upgrading of slums and shanties, prov shanties, transit camps, effecting improvments of House and Property Law, parks and playgro Common amenities were afforded to 3,599 hou 80 UNICEF Assisted Projects. A total of 30 comprising 6, 192 Housing Units were maintai
Programmes covering the other parts of th initially be extended to Nuwara Eliya, Jaffna,
Building Materials Corporation 1920 The Building Materials Corporation is the larges tion industry in the Island. The main objectiv building materials to meet the demand. An u building materials consequent on the implements
Mahaveli Scheme, provision of infra-structural Programme of the Government. The Corporat The present boom in construction activities ur and private house builders has resulted in an
Particular emphasis is being stressed in chan aided self help housing schems which has been 1 first two housing projects were initiated a
Mawathagama electorates. The Building Mate million in 1979.
A feeder institution, the Building Materials community in the manufacture and availability
Town and Country Planning Planning and zoning schemes undertaken by the
1 Town Planning.—Town Improvement and T Beliatta, Ridigama, Elpitiya, Divulapitiya, Bibile Katukurunda, Warakapola, Hanguranketa, JaKamburupitiya, Medirigiriya, Polgahawela, Pot Dambulla, Hingurakgoda, Kahatagasdigiliya, Medawachchiya, Ukuwela, Diyagama, Kotaweł
W Model Villages.--Layout for Model Villages Suvineethagama Kanadullawatta, Kolongoda, V (Kalutara), Providence Estate (Ambalangoda), Demodera, Elpitiya (Marawilawatte) Chilaw, Badulla (Vinithagama) and Galgamuwa. ann.
3 Housing Schemes : Layout for Housing Schem uyana, Dankotuwa, Dehiwela, Elpitiya, Wadugodawatta, Urugodawatta, Pandateruppu
Sacred Area Development Programmesoaising
KATARAGAMA PRESERVATION SCHEME:
(1) Construction of Roads, (2) Electricity Supply, (3) Water Service, tiam ne liceret, (4) Sewage Disposal. var en barnsby

ARE AND HOUSING
riding common amenities to tenement gardens and and maintaining of houses vested under the Ceiling unds for children in tenement gardens, sewerage, etc. uses, comprising 200 gardens, 2 special projects and - Housing Schemes within the District of Colombo ned by the Board.
e island are envisaged. These programmes would Kandy, Galle and Trincomalee.
st State sponsored institution catering to the construcve of the Corporation is to ensure regular supply of nprecedented increase is reflected in the demand for ation of major development projects as the accelerated
facilities for the Free Trade Zone and the Housing ion had a sales turnover of Rs. 549.9 million in 1979. andertaken by State and Private Sector undertakings ever increasing demand for construction materials.
nelling its activities to cater to requirements of the launched under the re-awakening programmes. The t Udagama and Udaragama in Yapahuwa and rials Corporation had a sales turnover of Rs. 549-4
Manufacturing Corporation serves the needs of the - of construction materials.
- Department of Town and Country Planning were :
own Expansion schemes : Gampaha, Wariyapola,
, Medagama, Wellawaya, Tanamalwila, Agalawatte, -ela, Maho, Wanathawiluwa, Ragama, Hakmana, huhera, Maha Illuppalama, Talgaswela, Minneriya,
Wattala, Kalmunai, Na-ula, Walasmulla, Buttala, nera and Pannala.
Kanpola, Welimada, Dodampitiya, Kottabadda, inithagama, Richdale (Kurunegala), Millagahawatta Sanquare Estate (Dalpitiya) Polonnaruwa, Mannar, Kegalle, Anamaduwa, Hakmana (Dehigahahena)
a git nes.--Moratuwa, Miritigala, Wanathamulla, EgodaBandarawela, a Maskeliya, Beruwela, Kerigala,
and Modarawila (Panadura).
oggi Taipinili od 8 d gribe
no coinarrit alico romance opozivom Roo, et nooitieron como el The Argegna snjaual kenging Malaya


Page 231
SOCIAL WELFARE AND
1o PRESERVATION OF KELANIYA SACRED AREA :
(1) Construction of Roads, 000 istigao (2) Electricity Supply, (3) Water Service,
Навагроз Indтеологий (4) pilgrims' Rest, balletsitsas (5) Shopping Centres.
is fearr Urban Development Authority The Urban Development Authority was established the Urban Development Authority Law (No. 41) of 1 functions within any area declared as such for purpos
Major functions of the authority include inter alie (1) to carry out integrated planning and physical de (2) to implement related programmes of developme
consistent with integrated planning. (3) to formulate and submit development plans to
of development projects and schemes as appro (4) to develop environmental standards and prepar
areas within its authority. (5) to formulate and execute housing schemes. (6) to cause clearance of slum and shanty areas for (7) to accept grants donations or subsidies for purg
The initial capital of the Authority is one hundred m fund in such instalments as determined by the Ministe the Minister of Local Government, Housing and Coi released towards the initial capital. The Authority i by the Government for provision of working capital
The twenty-four District capitals of Sri Lanka, in a Mount Lavinia, Urban Councils of Kotte, Moratu Jayawardenapura Parliamentary and Administrative
Urban Development. Action is being taken to declai ment areas. This however excludes local authoritie: Economic Commission.
Echelon Square and Lotus Centre. The Authority hectares of land at Echelon Square with a heavy concei complexes. A similar extent of 6'5 hectares presenti
metropolis (Chalmers Granary) is planned to be large national suqare of the Lotus Centre.
Private Development.—Two valuable sites at Galle have been identified for development as Hotel sites
Sri Jayawardenapura Complex.--The major task so of the Sri Jayawardenapura Parliamentary and Admi construction of the new Parliament has been signe buildings are scheduled for completion by 1982. Vi

HOUSING
219
fisio owTandoriai Europos atit Den orang awamon svijetainierbato Ei enwaardbwynthe is bothnabi nood
joonanova pensie-insen Gud elamitz an ente imme swSamolot door Ilzes fosse
e eerstated 0oC lo instro nizolitalni
na goreios no Rotondo on 1st October, 1978, under the provisions of 978. The Authority exercises its powers and 2 of Urban Development.ST
musrommaltri ed bloot zitaocionig ceart :
velopment within and among such areas. nt work, activities and services in such areas
the Government and undertake the execution ved by Government.
e schemes for environmental improvements in
purpose of development. pose of achieving the objects of the Authority.
Ellion rupees and is paid out of the consolidated r of Finance and Planning in consultation with Enstruction. Twenty million rupees have been s empowered to issue debentures guaranteed or the investment capital.
ddition to the Municipal Council of DehiwelaNa, Kolonnawa, and the area within the Sri
Complex have been declared for purpose of ere the rest of Urban Council limits as develops within jurisdiction of the Greater Colombo
- has finalised plans to develop and utilise 6.5 atration of office buildings, hotels and shopping
y being used as a granary in the heart of the e redeveloped as a shopping centre and a
Face and another site adjoining the Beira Lake
far undertaken is the planning and construction nistrative Complex at Kotte. Contract for the d with an international firm of repute. The arious Government departments are providing


Page 232
220
SOCIAL V
the necessary infra-structure. Two other i of Administrative Complexes each of 500,0 been identified at Sri Jayawardenapura for: Government.
Slum and Shanty Improvements.—Shanty Street, Vauxhall Street, Kolonnawa, Sumit
Industries.--An extent of 200 hectares of construction of warehouses and to shift in the city.
District Towns. —Planning proposals have These proposals would be implemented in te taken up in due course.
se ei ole se
ਸੰਤ ਬਡਬਲ ਕਰ ਕ
Trenutno

FELFARE AND HOUSING
nternational firms have been selected for the construction 20 sq. feet at Pelwatte and Battaramulla.A site has also hospital with 1,000 beds a proposed gift by the Japanese
improvement schemes are being undertaken at Steuart Dura, Wanathamulla and Kandy Town.
marshy land at Peliyagoda are being reclaimed for dustries now occupying valuable land space within
e been prepared for Batticaloa, Kandy and Nuwara Eliya stages. Planning work for other district capitals would
ਨlts ਓ ਤisons13 ਸਵੇਰੇ 1
ਵਕਤ ਦੇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਨਾਕਾਮ ਕਰਤੇ 3Glavਰ ਦੀ ।
1 ਵਡ ਹੈ ਤੇ ne a 22 g R)
ਤੇ synie ਵਗਦੇ Doqਹੈ
ਹੈ ਰਲ ਕਿਤੇ Rs 19E ਨੂੰ RE. ਕਹੈ ਨ ਕਿ ਧਿਰ 33
ਪਰਹਿਤਕ ਤੇ ਅਤੇ 30
a Seeਈ 1 lutuba ਏ ਸਦਾ


Page 233
CHAPTER
INFORMATION A
Information Service The Department of Information was established in Specifically the functions of the departments are :
(a) Distribution of official news to the press th (6) Arranging press conferences for the variou (C) Preparation of special booklets, broachures
and emphasising government activities. (d) Publishing regular journals for disseminatio (e) Giving advice to other Government Der
requirements. (F) Preparation of films projecting government
state functions ; distribution of these films tt (8) Conducting film shows at the island level depl (h) Sale of Government Publications.
Publicity Abroad.--An important activity of the Lanka for readers overseas. For this purpose the which are sent to Sri Lanka Missions abroad. Th (Weekly publication), “ FOCUS” (Fortnightly new The Department also supplies these missions with readers abroad. The Department in addition s
missions.
Policy Changes.—Among the important pledges r campaign in 1977 was the guaranteeing of fundam of the individual and freedom of the press. Several decision as regards advertising policies of the previ newspapers to obtain State benefit on the basis of tł which were denied to certain newspapers are being
The department has established closer links with and other news media agencies in affording faciliti covering national events.
With the assumption of office by the present C Puwath' was established by the department in o Corporation and the leading Newspaper groups. media organisations the world over, to obtain bett
A new Sinhala Fortnightly publication entitled I soon after the present Government was installed.
Two sub-departments, the Films Division and the sale of Government publications, function under 1
Films Division.--The Films Division produces doci to the country's socio-economic development cove. irrigation and industries.

XXII olidos los
ND PUBLICITY
1948. It functions under the Ministry of State.
Fough press communiques. s Ministries. , pamphlets, etc., explaining Government policy
-n of information about State activities. artments and State Corporations on publicity
activities relating to development work and other arough the commercial cinema circuit.
oying its vans at public rallies, State functions, etc.
department is to prepare publicity material on Sri department has three regular English publications ese publications are “ Sri Lanka News Bulletin ” s magazine) and "Sri Lanka Today" (Quarterly). special English publications that are of interest to ends documentary films on Sri Lanka to these
nade by the Government party during its election ental rights, which include freedom of expression
steps were taken to implement this policy. The ous regime were completely changed to enable all heir circulation figures. Public transport facilities s provided to all newspaper groups.
a the management and staff of newspaper groups, es such as free transport for working journalists
Government a national news agency the 'Lanka collaboration with the Sri Lanka Broadcasting
The national news agency would enable mass ser coverage of the activities in Sri Lanka. DESATHIYA was commenced by the department
e Government Publications Bureau which handles che Director of Information.
aumentaries and newsreels with particular emphasis ring fields such as education, health, agriculture,


Page 234
222
INFORMAT
All these productions are presented to the Lanka and through a fleet of mobile cinema v
Publication Bureau.—The Government Pul
The Bureau seils mainly Government Gazet is a great demand. Total sales turnover duri
Family Planning Communications Project The Family Planning Communications strate funded by the UNFPA, also functions under Information services as the Project Director a
The principal function of the Project is to pr and interpersonal channels of communication. the radio, besides printed literature to put ac unit is a happy family. It has based its multiconducted by its own staff or in collaboration y Research and Training Institute and private Brothers (Ceyion) Ltd. The Project gives commi Planning/Population Projects in the Island an Health. The project beams a weekly radio prog and also conducts workshop training for villag
The Preas The first publication that served as a Newspa career during the early years of British rule. existence it gave way to the Observer, later cha a group of European merchants in 1833. About
made its appearance in opposition to the Obse and the Ceylon Times in 1846. These two p which laterly was changed to Times of Ceylon Newspapers of Ceylon Ltd., and the Times of (
Since these early beginnings the publishers oft tions, the principal ones being the Ceylon Dai Lankadipa and Ceylon Daily Mirror by the lat
A third group of newspapers entered the ne Tamil daily called ‘Virakesari’. The publish added many other Tamil publications since the
A fourth group of newspapers made its appe Newspaper of Ceylon Ltd. started a Sinhala da part “ The Sun". Since then, this group has i
As regards ownership of these newspaper co1 underwent a major change when a greater part o passed by the former regime. As a result it is p hand Times of Ceylon Ltd., became insolvent in purchase it thus converting it into a State own
The other two major groups, namely the Exp Newspapers of Ceylon Ltd., are privately owne

EON AND PUBLICITY
people through the commercial cinema circuit in Sri ins.
lications Bureau is the Government's Book Shop.
ce, Parliamentar y Hansards and Acts for which there ag 1979 was Rs. 763,190.
By project which is sponsored by the UNESCO and
the Department of Information. The Director of and has his own specialised staff.
omote the small family norm using both mass media
The project has made extensive use of the film and cross the family planning message that a small family media approach to put across the message on research vith outside Government Agencies like the Agrarian sector Marketing organisations like Messrs. Lever unication support to all other UNFPA funded Family d works in close collaboration with the Ministry of gramme in the three language services of the S. L. B. C. e level officers in population communication.
per was the Government Gazette, which started its
Then came the Colombo Journal and after a brief nged to the Ceylon Observer, which was founded by the same time another paper, the Colombo Chronicle erver. Its name was changed to the Herald in 1838 Papers, the Ceylon Observer and the Ceylon Times , came to be subsequently owned by the Associated Ceylon Ltd., respectively.
Ehese two newspapers have added many other publicaly News, Dinamina and Janatha by the former and ter, aftens beleid
ter.
Fwspaper business in 1930 with the publication of a er of this, Express Newspapers (Ceylon) Ltd., have 1. reneg
Les still in
earance in 1961 when the Independent Newspapers, ily ‘Davasa” followed later by its English Counteralso added many other publications to its list.
mpanies, the Associated Newspapers of Ceylon Ltd. of its shares were vested in the State under Legislation resently being controlled by the State. On the other
1978 and the present Government had to step in and ed concern.
ress Newspapers (Ceylon) Ltd., and the Independent d and run as private enterprises.ni bus noite


Page 235
INFORMATION AND
The Aththa Publishers and Suriya Publishers tho dailies and a weekly are published by them.
These four newspaper groups and the two publishe 1 fortnightly and a monthly magazine in Sinhala, 4 3 weeklies and 2 fortnightlies in English and accounter for issue of news material published in Sri Lanka.
Sri Lanka Press Council The Sri Lanka Press Council was set up in 1973 followi Press Council Law (No. 5) of 1973.
6 The Council consists of seven Members, six of whom cratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka and the other is the tion. Of the six members appointed by the President, the other represents the employees (printers) of newsg Council is the Press Commissioner.
The objects of the Council are : (a) To ensure the freedom of the Press, to prevent
character of the Sri Lanka Press. (6) To ensure that newspapers shall be free to publi
comments based upon true statements of facts. (C) To ensure on the part of the newspapers and jour
journalistic ethics. (d) To improve methods of recruitment, education a
(e) To undertake research into the use and needs of th s Steps have been taken to set up a Code of Ethics for
Sri Lanka Broadcasting Corporation omogo! TRH The radio was introduced to this country a few years af was established in 1925. This grew upto an important known as Radio Ceylon. To give it more autonomy Corporation, it became a State-run venture in 1967, ur in pursuance of Act (No. 37) of 1966.
The Corporation operates two services in each of the English. Of these services, the National Service, known which project the Government's image giving due pla relation to socio-economic development. The other, the carries sponsored programmes, mostly light music and or services.
sa Sinhala Service. The most remarkable event in the h of the Regional Station at Anuradhapura during the ye Regional Broadcasting station“ Rajarata Sevaya ”, ha in the North-Central Province and around villages exte emphasis is being stressed on the accelerated Mahaweli rural nature. Publicity was given to the Maduru Oya people associated with the project. Special programmes

UBLICITY
223
gh private are politically controlled. Two
s had a circulation of 6 dailies 12 weeklies dailies and 4 weeklies in Tamil, 4 dailies for an average sales coverage of 1:7 million
ng the passage in Parliament of the Sri Lanka
are appointed by the President of the Demoperson holding office as Director of Informaone represents the working journalists and -aper business. The Chief Executive of the
abuses of that freedom and to safeguard the
sh as news true statements of facts and any
nalists the maintenance of high standards of
.nd training in the profession of journalism. le Press.
Journalists. Ang Eucerol
ter World War 1, when a small radio station Government department in later years to be in keeping with the British Broadcasting der a Chiarman and a Board of Directors
three languages beams, Sinhala, Tamil and
as Channel I has all the regular programes ce to Government activities particularly in
· Commercial Service, known as Channel II, drama, to advertise commercial products
istory of broadcasting was the establishment par 1979 for the people of Jaja Rata. This s become increasingly popular among listners nding to other regions of the area. Special Project while broadcasting programmes of a complex and Shramadana activities of the high lighted various phases of the Mahaweli


Page 236
224
INFORMA
accelerated project, viz. Kotmale, Jaya G: regards to the “ Gramodaya ” projects—th the Prime Minister is piloting have been h
The state visit of the President of the Rep visits to Japan and Singapore were covere Prime Minister's visits to Britain, Germa sources were helpful to the press in the avail social, political and of religious significano broadcast to highlight such activities. Apa programmes were put over the air depicting the Sinhala Services.
- Musical programmes had particular emp to grade performance of singers of the Cor was commissioned for this purpose. Every of traditional and classical music. The giving adequate coverage to all political part pation of Indian Singers.
Tamil Service.--A weekly Documentary during the year 1979. These programmes de development in such fields as handlooms, fis programmes were broadcast highlighting the and Amparai districts.
A new programme depicting the cultur was beamed twice a month on the Tamil s for the people of the hill country highligh Religious hymns with illustrative meaning sequence in the mornings and became quite to the maximum, Conjal songs, devotional broadcast coinciding with the temple festiv A comparative study of classical and Hindi A children's show was held at Ramakrishi Child. A drama festival was also conducte by Prof. T. N. Krishnan as recommended Services have comparatively increased during the Tamil Service broadcast programmes ar Rs. 11,000 a month.
English Services.—During the year, cons and documentary programmes in significa addition several programmes from abroad topic, development-oriented items were programmes such as Radio Journal, Wome ful of the fact that a greater proportion of years. Maximum use was also made of pro programmes, which have proved to be « coverage was given to local Theatre, Publ “ Literary Quarter ” and “ Arts Magazine' ing countries and produced by the World F on Health ”. It is heartening to note that sponsorship of Quiz programmes and othe Two of the English service.

ION AND PUBLICITY
aga, Randenigala, Lunugamvehera, etc. Activities as re-awakening of village and housing programme which Ehlighted in the national programme.
blic to the Non-Aligned Conference in Havana and state
by telecast system and broadcast on this service. The y and China, had special coverage. S. L. B. C. news bility of news items. All activities in regard to cultural,
were covered and various types of programmes were rt from several spoken word programmes, special rural agricultural and farm information over Channel III of
aasis on traditional music. A special audition was held poration and a reputed Indian Artiste, Mrs. Deepali Nag effort is being made to reach new dimensions in the sphere
proceedings of the May Day Rally were relayed es. A musical show highlighted the occasion with partici
Feature and a weekly panel discussion were broadcast picted activities of various Government departments and heries among local industries, salt production, etc. Special e development activities in the cyclone affected Batticaloa
Fe and arts of the people of the Eastern Province, service. Magazine programmes were broadcast specially ating its culture, traditional arts and life of the people.
under the title of Pamalai were broadcast on a regular popular. Local compositions were given encouragement
hymns in praise of deities of temples in Sri Lanka were Fals. Light songs of local composers only were recorded. ustani Music by Mrs. Lakshmi Shankar was broadcast. na Hall to commemorate the International Year of the d. Special auditions were held for all performing artistes by All India Radio. Earnings of both local and Asian g the year. For the first time in the history of S. L. B. C. re being sold to Singapore as transcription service earning
iderable prominence was given in a number of featurised nce of 1979 as the International Year of the Child. In LUNESCO, Deutsche Welle, Netherlands, etc., on this more meaningfully interwoven into popular magazine en's Magazine Programmes, etc. The S. L. B. C. is mind
the local listening audience is in the age group 20 to 30 pgramme material (local and foreign) relating to science of immense educative and informative value. Greater lications, Music Festivals, etc., on such programmes as ". Programmes specially geared to the needs of developHealth Organisation were broadcast in the series " Accent e a number of sponsors have evinced keen interest in the er programmes of educative value beamed on Channel


Page 237
INFORMATION A
News Service.--Further strides were made, dur and facilities provided by the News Division, 1 effecting an overall improvement in the performan in this regard has been achieved. Coverage of 1¢ Parliamentary proceedings were treated in depth w menting the limited coverage that was possible i Opposition as well as Government members were to provide a wider coverage during the peak liste extended from 10-15 minutes. Information nes prompted the introduction of a special overseas appreciation from Sri Lankans abroad. A speci in English, Tamil, Hindi and Arabic was introduce perspective for the benefit of overseas listeners.
were covered exclusively by the S.L.B.C. during Nations inaugurated by Sri Lanka's President Singapore which were covered for both Radic Commonwealth Heads of Government Conferenci dasa and his visits to Britain, China, Kenya and Si required to undertake such major tasks as the pre Ministerial Meeting of the Co-ordinating Bureau o was concerned, the most significant change was programme.
Sports Service.--The Sports Service was inaugi cast on this service, besides carrying out sport i cover special feature programmes, panel discussion tions in Sri Lanka and abroad as regards their a of important sports activities have been broadcas gramme on the all Asia Beam in English continue
Education Service.--This Service, broadcast Programmes are mainly based on the subject sy directed mainly to schools in the morning hours children at home in the evening.
The aims of this Service are to-- (a) improve educational opportunities, particu
by lack of qualified teachers ; (b) improve the quality of education by demor
Middle East Service.—On 2 November, 1979, This service, though of short duration, had been
Middle Eastern countries.
Engineering Division.--The Engineering divisi broadcasting complex at Anuradhapura. This s transmitted via Anuradhapura Transmitting Sta Regional Studio was inaugurated in February 198
National TV project planning was finalized in Ju: tion of site is complete. The last stage of mediu transmitting stations at Kanthalai, Ambewela, M also equip existing stations with additional transr.
Finance.--The total revenue for the first nine against Rs. 59•7 million for the whole of 1978. 1979 was Rs. 26·2 million. The sale of air time

AND PUBLICITY
225
ring the year, to improve and expand the services while new initiatives considered with a view to ce of S.L.B.C's personnel. Considerable progress Scal and foreign news is given a wider dimension. with the introduction of a commentary, thus supplen the 15-minute final news bulletin. Speeches of
broadcast on several important debates. In order ening time, the final composite news bulletin was eds of Sri Lankan residents in the Middle East
bulletin of local news. This has received wide al overseas bulletin predominantly of local news ed in addition to project local events in their proper Two International conferences of great importance the year, as the Havana Summit of Non-Aligned Mr. J. R. Jayewardene and his visits to Japan,
and Television. The other was the Lusaka2, represented by the Prime Minister Mr. R. Premangapore. During the year, the News Division was ovision of round-the-clock coverage in June of the of the Non-Aligned Nations. As far as local news the effort made to enhance credibility of news
urated in October 1978. The programmes broadtems from the local as well as foreign scenes also ns and dialogues with persons from various instituactivities and achievements. "Live' commentaries t almost every week. A 30-minute special proes to be broadcast.
educational programmes in Sinhala and Tamil. Jiabuses planned by the Ministry of Education and
with repeat programmes to teachers, parents and
larly in rural schools which are handicapped
astrating good teaching methods. this Service completed its first year of institution. successful in making its existence felt all over the
on was responsible for putting up a studio and tudio opts into the main network programme ation for about four hours a day. The second 50. Studios at Jaffna and Kandy are being planned. ne 1979. The preliminary work involving acquisi
m wave expansion scheme consists of constructing Mahiyangana and Ratnapura. This stage would nitters.
months of 1979 amounted to Rs. 51-7 million as The revenue on Radio Licence fees up to September recorded a significant increase during 1979. The


Page 238
226
INFORMATION
income on this account for the first nine months Rs. 18•9 million for the preceeding year. Two
Medium wave Expansion Scheme Stage III-estin Project estimated at Rs. 306 million.
Television in Sri Lanka The independent television net work of Sri Lan million in local currency. The Television netwo on the T. V. project commenced in October 1979.
SV Studios are being constructed at Independence transmitting station located at Sri Lanka's highe elevation. The two repeater stations are being Sri Lanka.
Coverage of these three transmitting stations we
With a view to preparing ‘Soft Wave' or pro being set up under the aegis of the Ministry of Sta
The National T. V. Network operates 2 Servi where an additional service is provided. Topics economic and social aspects and also highlights of s
The Film Industry in Sri Lanka There is evidence to show that a film titled “ Rajak ed in 1925 and had been exhibited in countries lik film in Sri Lanka was produced in 1947.
With the establishment of the Government Film of documentary films too.
Upto 1972, every aspect of work connected with handled by the Private Sector without any interv
The State Film Corporation In 1962, the Film Commission was appointed and mission, the State Film Corporation was constitut of 1971. Since then the Corporation has initia industry.
(a) Action was taken to give prominance to loca
imported films. (6) The screen time for nationally produced film
foreign films was reduced. (C) Importation and sale of raw films was unde
! The Corporation has also encouraged the local general practice among the film producers in Sri La special credit scheme launched by the Corporatio facilities were made available for films to be produc Assessment Board.
B A Script Bank was also established. Outstandin payment of an advance to the script writer. An in After successful negotiation the script is sold to t

AND PUBLICITY
of the year amounted to Rs. 20-6 million as against
Major Proejcts were undertaken in 1979—viz; the nated at Rs. 124 million and the National Television al 10 agstevo bavicios sed si bien irls ni
diagogasidioma institucijom. . ka is a State owned venture costing about Rs. 306 -k is a gift from the Japanese Government. Work
Square with signals beaming via. micro wave to the st mountain peak, Pidurutalagala 2,500 metres in located at Kandy and at Kokuvil in the North of
ould be about 84 per cent of the island's population.
egramme material a national Television Centre is
te.
ces daily of 5 hours duration, except on Sundays
covered on T. V. programmes include, political, significant development activities of the government.
eeya Wickremaya ” a non-feature film was producke India and Singapore. The first sound feature
Unit in 1948, there began the systematic production
n the production of feature films in Sri Lanka, was vention by the State.
! on the recommendation made by the Film Comsed under the State Film Corporation Act (No. 47) ted many steps for the improvement of the film
1 film industry as a measure of protection from the
as was increased while the screen time devoted for
er taken by the Corporation.
1 film production in many ways. It was not the nka to produce films based on scripts. Under the n in collaboration with the People's Bank, credit ced on outstanding scripts, approved by the Script
g film scripts are purchased by the Script Bank on terested producer negotiates with the script writer. he producer.stoirt ar 21 were


Page 239
INFORMATION AND
Meanwhile the Corporation has introduced a 100 meeting the full cost of production, with a view to p quality films. Under this scheme, two films were
The Corporation safeguards the technical perso1 film industry by registering them with the Corpora (1) To improve the patrons’ taste films from vario
Corporation. (2) To rationalize the distribution of locally pro
distribution centres.
It is evident from Table 22.1 that the income of i have been increased substantially as a result of the the producers was also substantial.
TABLE 22.1-NUMBER OF
Number of cinema halls
Number of seats in cinemas
of Number of Patrons - Total annual income
Important among the many proposals envisaged f (a) Provision of loan facilities to colour film proc (6) Production of a children's colour film. (c) Action initiated for the establishment of a film (d) Initiated for tãe first time a scheme of Preside
production. Di (e) Construction of new cinemas and theatre halls
Film Production.–New films released for exhibition
a digili HIT lastudh pascit Csa ( bE s 10 sigo 8ovie0e Locally produced filmsLil Tiangs
Percentage of screen-time duration
Jednogguanalinis aussi sonoogallo T

PUBLICITY
227
percent loan scheme for exceptional scripts by romoting of outstanding directors to make high produced in 1977.
anel, actors and directors engaged in the local tion. us countries were imported and exhibited by the
oduced films the Corporation has set up five
he exhibitors as well as the number of patrons steps stated above. Accordingly the income of
as a
CINEMAS AND INCOME
1978
etdi 3542 do
354 186,166 68,688,933 Rs. 94,273,849
or development in the future are the following: ducers.
n Institute. ential awards for those actively engaged in film
; and also providing facilities to existing ones.
1:
Saab bas eftin 1978 bod od Sinhala nolasllo 26oin edi at Tamil
daoilsild
English Hindi
Candia
si 03
Total
91
allaib
9)
isinhala films dan 56•67 (percent) is ad 'amil films ir 34:98 samodtuigfood
nglish films
6•64 lindi films
1:71
>> Americanai 100-00


Page 240
228
INFORMAT
National Library Services The creation of a library authority for plann is being considered as a matter of high priori this purpose, the Ceylon National Library Ser as a statutory agency under the Minister of E
In terms of the Ceylon National Library S
(a) to plan and assist in the promotion, orga (6) to establish and maintain the Ceylon N (c) to advise and assist in the promotion o (d) to advise and assist in the promotion ar
(e) to advise and assist in the publication
aids ;
C) to advise and assist in the co-ordinatic
College libraries, library services of loca other special libraries ;
(8) to advise and assist the Government in fi
tions for those employed in library ser
(h) to promote the development of library
(i) to carry out such other functions as m.
services.
The Board is assisted and advised by severa bilities of the Ceylon National Library Servic and the Documentation Centre.
In 1975,the Cabinet approved a sum of Rs. 1 building and a plot of land in the heart of the c for the building site. UNESCO provided th
Financial provision is made in the estimates The Board solicits gifts and donations of rar for the national collection. The National di all UNESCO publications.
Library Development Project.--The devel commenced with a pilot project begun in 19 has been extended to cover the entire island, development on a district basis.
Under the development programme a total far been assisted. A large number of non-pre book clubs of rural development societies, temp
Libraries which do not fall within the ani assistance in matters relating to their establish building plans, specifications for library furr assistance.

ON AND PUBLICITY
ng and developing library services on a national scale y in the educational programmes in the country. For rices Board was set up in 1970 by an Act of Parliament, lucation.
rvices Board Act, the Board is empowered
nisation and development of library services in general ; tional Library : school libraries ; d development of Public Library Services ;
f reading material and the production of audio-visual
n and development of University libraries, Technical il authorities, Government departmental libraries and
xing the minimum academic and professional qualificavices ;
education and training ; and
ay be necessary for the general promotion of library
al Committees. One of the most important responsies Board is the establishment of the National Library
1:5 million for the construction of the National Library ity, valued over Rs. 2 million was granted to the Board
e services of a Consultant Architect.
to recruit necessary staff as and when the need arises. e and valuable books, documents, manuscripts, etc., eposit library for local publications receives copies of
ppment programme of the library Services Board -70 with UNESCO aid. Since then this programme approximtely 50 libraries being selected annually for
of 175 school libraries and 175 public libraries have so ject libraries comprising those in agricultural colonies, les, village societies, etc., have been similarly supported.
ual project programme also are given considerable ment and advice in services. Supply of model library ature and equipment are two widely sought forms of


Page 241
INFORMATION ANI
Library Education and Training.–On an evaluatio library education and training, the Board has isolate attention :
(1) provide educational and training facilities to u
library service ; (2) provide facilities for continuing education and
have obtained basic qualifications and/or trai (3) to make available educational facilities to fresh
With these objectives the Board would commence a tion science supplemented by necessary practical wor
The Education Advisory Committee of the Board in Library Science and certificates issued by various the Board. The Board act as the final authority in a on fixing minimum qualifications for librarians in the recognition of such certificates.
As a logical step to training of staff and provision assessment of the progress made by the librarians wh this objective in view periodic inspections are conduc findings analysed and studied with a view to reviewin conveyed to the appropriate authorities for remedia
Publication of Professional Literature.—The acute sł Tamil has considerably hampered the efforts of ma activities, particularly in the field of education. The steps to publish standard works in these languages. translated and published in 1977. A complete list o The Board also publishes a quarterly journal which se the Board and those interested in library activities.
With the establishment of the National Library a that bibliographic activities of all types could be under tion centre would be the focal point of national and in

PUBLICITY
229
1 of the facilities available in the country for 1 the following priorities, which need urgent
ntrained and unqualified personnel already in
up-dating knowledge of library personnel who ing ; entrants who choose librarianship as a career.
correspondence course in library and informak experience, discussions, seminars, etc.
is delegated the authority to evaluate courses library schools and make recommendations to idvising the Ministry of Public Administration Public and Local Government Services and the
of assistance to libraries is the evaluation and o come under the development project. With ted by the Board's professional staff and their ng the methodology applied. The findings are 1 action, if necessary.
Lortage of professional literature in Sinhala and any organisations concerned with professional e Library Services Board, has, therefore, taken
The IFLA standards for public libraries was f Board publications are available on request. erves as the medium of communication between
und the Documentation Centre it is envisaged taken. The National Library and documentanternational library activities in Sri Lanka.


Page 242
ਗਗਨ
ਵੱ12 agigkjA SaTTEਪੈ ਕੇ
ouse log PB/ ਵਹਿ॥
Eaw ਦੇ ਬੰ
ਕੀu dE ਤ959 ptialE 15
ਤੀਲ ਸੀ inc
B੪ਟੀ ਨ ਹੋਤ ਨ ਰਹ ! ਖgh ਲੇ ਦੇusT 1

a orilognini boleroidoubs obliviong ()
ਤੇ Bni nilallpap ii Dainis qo su .
1 | bt Z10 si : pido ਦੀ towaniemiggunaannise neil
Lessimo anotaan reunirnicima
mit atole andmationen omatunda
sisulisellai ghaliniustrace


Page 243
CHAPTE.
toitiin osibilismo
SUMMARY OF EVEN
Constitution and Parliament
On the recommendation of the Special Parliamer the principles and ordinances relating to conduct and Referendums, the following three Acts of Parl Elections, Act No. 1 of 1981, Referendum Act, No of 1981.
Delimitation Commission has handed over its accordingly the island has been divided into Commission has taken into consideration the Cons Electoral District should be constituted of one ort
Except the Electoral Districts, “ Wanni ” which Vavuniya and Mulativu, the other Electoral Dist Districts. The Administrative District of Ampara
During the year 1981 Parliamentary seats of Hang those vacancies were filled by nomination of meml Panadura Electorate fell vacant towards the end o vacancy too.
Local Government.--No Local Government Ele period under review 48 vacancies occurred in those vacancies were filled in terms of Section 65
Development Councils.--Provisions were made to island by Development Council Act, No. 35 of Sep Councils were formed on the basis of one Develo Elections were held for these Development Coun Representation System.
Minister of Local Government, Housing and 18 (2) of the Development Council Act, No. 35 of 19 med by Town Councils and Village Councils shoul
Accordingly all Town Councils and Village Cou 1981.
Ministry of Cultural Affairs.--On a recommenda re-organisation of the then Department of Cultur Department of Buddhist Affairs was commissioned
The Central Cultural Fund of the UNESCO-Sri the end of 1980, for the preservation of places of h under the Ministry of Cultural Affairs.
Ministry of Transport.The Department of Mu established under the Ministry of Transport. TI fostering and promoting of Muslim religious and ci Muslim Mosques and Charitable Trusts or Wakf: Mosques and Muslim Charitable Trusts of Wakfs (

ETHING TO
ਨੂੰ 2 ਮਰ JLage 22G "
R XXIII leido ir rinomi i gipinas
ITS IN 1980 AND 1981 bol mnogo bolla tardi
tary Committee appointed to consider in detail of Presidential Elections, Parliamentary Elections iament were passed in 1981, viz., Parliamentary D. 7 of 1981 and Presidential Election Act, No. 15
report to the President in January 1981 and 22 Electoral Districts. In this connection the titutional requirement that as far as possible each
wo or more Administrative Districts.
includes the Administrative Districts of Mannar, ricts coincide with the respective Administrative ei has been called Digamadulla.
guranketa, Kopay and Baddegama fell vacant and bers in terms of Section 161 of the Constitution. f the year and action has been taken to fill that
ctions were held during the year. During the Municipal Councils and Urban Councils and of the Local Government Elections Ordinance.
establish Development Councils throughout the ptember 1980. In March 1981, 24 Development pment Council for each Administrative District. cils on 4th June, 1981, under the Proportional
Construction has made an order under Section -80, to the effect that all functions so far perford be taken over by the Development Councils.
ancils were abolished with effect from 1st July,
tion made by the Committee appointed for the al Affairs, a new department by the name of
with effect from 01.06.1981.
Lanka Project of the Cultural triangle started by istorical and cultural value, has been established
slim Religions and Cultural Affairs was newly me main activities of this department was the altural activities and the implementation of the - Act (51 of 1956) as amended by the Muslim Amendment) Act, No. 21 of 1962.


Page 244
232
SUMMARY OF EVEN
Defence, Security and Foreign Affairs Sri Lanka Army.--The Army has contributed a g participating in engineering and construction ac labour, material and equipment to other Gover.
when called upon to do so.
Duties connected with the prevention of smug |Authorities in the maintenance of Law and Ord
period. a The Army happened to be in a continuous sta able to perform its primary role.
Sri Lanka Navy.—Among its many of varied with such activities as surveiling the coast, checki and rescue of fishing and other crafts in distress of 28 vessels including seven 20 metre and four
The earnings to the Government revenue by th of Rs. 447,783.
Sri Lanka Air Force.--There were Four Overs Training Programme in Male was arranged on Sri Lanka Air Force in liaison with the Sri Lank for the Anti-Ganja Operation. Flying standard categorized by a three-men team from the Centi Lanka Air Force also assisted the Surveyor-Ge: Project and the Water Resources Board in their
During the year 1981, the Sri Lanka Air Foro on Commercial Flights provided to Government and Livestock activities the Air Force earned a 1981.
The unused airfields at Koggala and Anur
Courses on Fire Fighting and Fire Prevention on Aircraft Engineering were conducted during t
Police.—Police strength as at end of 1981 wa 52,151 in 1980 to 53,964 in 1981. Road traffic 945 over the preceding year.
The Department of Immigration and Emigr Persons of Indian Origin :-
Travel Documents.--The department has :
Certificates to citizens of Sri Lanka durin renewals are recorded during the year.
Visit Visas.—Bangladesh, Republic of Kore
Maldives, Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Saudi A of obtaining prior Visas for entry to Sri I
were already exempted from this condition. Residence Visas.—3,321 Residence Visas havel Illicit Immigration.--252 Illicit immigrants hav Indo-Ceylon Agreement.—Indo-Ceylon Agree
was incorporated in the series of Acts so f of Sri Lanka citizenship on the ratio of 4 pi by the Indian High Commissioner and not prior to the amendment.
The number of repatriates to India in 1 Lanka citizenship was around 7,084.

IS IN 1980 AND 1981
reat deal towards National Development by actively tivities. Apart from this the Army also provided iment Departments, Corporations and Institutions
gling and illicit immigration and assisting the Civil er are among the activities performed during the
ite of training and readiness in order that it will be
I functions, the Navy's primary role is connected ig of illicit immigration and smuggling and search i at sea. The sea-going unit of the Navy consists
14 metre Coastal Patrol Crafts. e Sri Lanka Navy in the year 1981 was in the region
seas Trainings during the year 1981. One Overseas
special instructions from the Ministry of Defence. a Police performed a major role by providing flights
of the Sri Lanka Air Force Pilots were tested and ral Flying School of the Royal Air Force. The Sri neral's Department to conduct Aerial Mapping e effort to induce artificial rain. e Helitours has earned approximately Rs. 5,315,614
Departments and Tourists. From the Agricultural an income of Rs. 304,554 (approx) during the year
adhapura were re-commissioned during the year. e for Public and Mercantile sectors and also courses the year. as 15,933. Incidents of grave crime increased from accidents with 24,656 cases recorded an increase of
ration and the Department for the Registration of
issued 168,797 Passports and 10,235 Emergency ng the year under review. Apart from this 96,223
ca, Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Republic of rabia and Spain were exempted from the requirement Lanka in 1981, in addition to the countries which
been issued and 3,837 renewed during the year 1981. e been arrested and 73 removed during the year. ement (Implementation) (Amendment) Act No. 47 ar enforced. Accordingly it provides for the grant ersons to every 7 persons granted Indian citizenship according to the number repatriated as was done
1981 as estimated was 16,713 and the grant of Sri


Page 245
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN 191
Population, Vital Statistics and Migration Population Growth.—According to the Census of Pop country was 14,850,001. The previous Population C 12,689,897. The increase in population between these a 17-0% increase.
Mortality.--The crude death rate was 6:0 and 6:1 per respectively. When comparing this figure with that of
Causes of Death.—A careful study of the pattern of de due to infectious diseases have further decreased even te caused by Typhoid Fever and Rabies. It should also I to Malaria have decreased from 243 in 1978 to 142 in 1 blood pressure have increased. The number of deaths 8,416 in 1976 has increased to 8,974 in 1979 and the r was 1,513 in 1979 as against 1,449 in 1976. The num 2,636 in 1976 to 3,632 in 1979. O Fertility.--According to the statistics recorded for 19: population. This rate was 27:6 per thousand for 1980 thousand) in 1971, it shows a gradual decline till 1980
It is a significant fact to observe a decrease in the url 21:5 per cent in 1981. One reason for this may be the Mahaweli Development area under settlement schemes
Age and Sex.--The children under 15 years of age co while population of 65 and over accounts for 4-3 per ce
According to the last census figures the male compo female component. It reports that there were 7,509,12 wise, male constitute 50•8 per cent of the total populati
Religious and Ethnic Distribution.--Other than the Sinhalese group from 73·3 per cent to 74°0 per cent in the ethnic composition of the population.
TABLE 23.1-POPULATION OF SRI LANKA BY E
CONTINUATION OF
Ethnic Group All the ethnic groups Kandyan Sinhalese Low country Sinhalese Ceylon Tamils Indian Tamils Ceylon Moors Burgher and Eurasians
Malay
Others TABLE 23.2—POPULATION OF SRI LANKA BY ]
CONTINUATION OF Religion
All Religions Buddhists
Hindus Roman Catholics and other Christians
Muslims Others

30 AND 1981
233
ulation of 1981, the total population of the ensus taken in 1971 recorded a figure of two census years was 2,160,104 representing
1,000 population for the year 1980 and 1981 1971, it shows a significant drop in 1980s. aths in 1979 shows that in general the deaths 1ough there is a slight upward trend in deaths se emphasized that the number of deaths due 979. Deaths due to heart attacks and high
due to heart attacks which was recorded as number of deaths due to high blood pressure ber of suicides committed has increased from
31, the crude birth rate was 28-0 per thousand }. In comparing these figures with 30:4 (per . Thereafter it showed a slight increase. ban component from 22:4 per cent in 1971 to : recent inflow of people from urban areas to
institute 35·3 per cent of the total population ent.
nent of the population is little more than the 28 males and 7,310,873 females. Percentageon. increase of Kandyan and Low Country - 1981, there were no other major changes in
-THNICITY AS AT 17TH MARCH, 1981
TABLE 5.3
%
100-00
74:00
Number 14,850,001 10,985,666 1,871,535
825,233 1,056,972
38,236 43.378 28.981
12·60
5•60
7:10 0:20 0-30
0-20
RELIGION AS AT 17TH MARCH, 1981 TABLE 5.4
Number
%
100-00 69:32 15:46
14,850,001 10,292,586 2,295,858 1,111,736 1,134,556
15,265
7:48
7:64 0•10


Page 246
234
SUMMARY OF E
Marriage Pattern.--The average age at m: upto 24•4 by 1981. As census figures on m age group 15-19, 43•8 per cent of the female females in the age group 25-29 were recorded in percentage-wise as compared with 1971 da
Population density and Urbanization.-The 230 persons per sq. kilometre. In Colombo density was recorded as 2,297 persons per population is being recorded, the population in the 1971 census.
Migration.--According to the 1981 Census of immigrants. Kandy, Matara, Galle, Ke comparatively high rates of out-migration di largest number of out-migrants. Even thoug remained to be from the dry zone ; as revealed one of the immigrating districts, in the wet ze
The net migration rate which was 6:9 per i National Economy Gross Domestic Product.—The gross domesti Rs. 37,209 million as compared with Rs. 35,3 years in terms of red prices was 5:7 per cent
NARA
* The growth rate in the Agricultural Secto Considerably in 1981. The growth rate in 19
During the last two years the growth rate cation and Banking was comparatively high.
TABLE 23.3-SECTORAL COMPOSITION (1975) PRICES AND VARIATION I
CONTINU
Sector
1978
1. Agriculture, Dairy farming,
Fishing...
8,811-9 2. Mining and Quarrying
4,36-4 3. Manufacturing
6,866:0 4. Construction
1,504-8 5. Electricity & Gas
131:8 6. Transport & Communication 2,781-5 7. Wholesale & Retail Trade .. 5.925-1 8. Banking & Insurance
3871 9. Ownership of Dwelling
649-2 10. State Services
2,208•1 11. Private Services
1,077•4 12. Import duty. .
7124
Total
. 31 492-1

VENTS IN 1980 AND 1981
arriage of females, which was 23:5 in 1971, has risen arital status reveal, 10-1 per cent of the females in the es in the age group 20-24 and 68-2 per cent of the las currently married. These figures show a decrease
ta.
average population density of the island in 1981 was City this was 2,603 person per sq. kilometre. In 1971 sq. k.m. In the Vavuniya district where the lowest density per sq. k.m. was 36. This was 23 as reported
figures, Colombo district ranks first with the majority galle, Kurunegala, Kalutara are the districts having uring 1971-1981. As earlier, Kandy district had the h till now all the in-migrating districts except Colombo 1 in the 1981 census, Ratnapura district has also become Dne. 1,000 has decreased to 3•4 in 1981.
Cautant c product in 1981 in terms of fixed prices (1975) was 07:5 million in 1980. Growth rate during the last two t and 5:4 per cent respectively. $ or which dropped to 16 per cent in 1980 improved -81 was 6•5 per cent.
in the spheres of Construction, Transport, Communi
E IN GRoss NATIONAL PRODUCT AT CONSTANTES IN PERCENTAGE OVER THE PREVIOUS YEAR
ATION OF TABLE 6:1
(Rs. million)
Variation in percentage over the previous year
1979 1980 1981 1978 1979 1980 1981
9,209.3 9,357:39,968-1 6:5 4•5 1:6 6:5
410:7 475 3 500•0 14:5 -59 15•7 5:2 7,043•4 7,071-0 7,217-21-6 2-60-4 2:1 1,649-6 1,946:9 2,208-0 9.7 96 18-013-4
165·9 1810 203•4 4:4 25·9 9:1 12:4 2,999.9 3,459•9 4013-2 10:3, 78 15·3 16:0 6,794:5 7,564.3 7,670•5 6·2 14:7 11:3
| 1:4 426-0 493•0 562.4 7:3 100 15:7 14:1
6622 675.4 682·2 1:7 2:0 20 1:0 2,195•4 2,206:3 2,231:9 s 74 -0.5 0.5 1:2 1,119•4 1,163•6 1,2219 1623•9
5•0 729.3 713•5 7302 - 24 -2-2
3:9
- 2:3
33,405•6 35,307•5 37,209-0 7-0 i 6'15:75•3


Page 247
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN
Private Consumption Expenditure. —Private Consu current market prices amounted to Rs. 4,175.3. TI the expenditure in 1980. In 1981 the private consul per cent.
Capital Formation.–In 1981 the total gross fixed million which is 7:7 per cent higher than the previous
During the year under review the Capital Investn while the capital investment in the Public Sector shoi In 1980 the Capital Investment in the Private Sector W.
million in 1981. Capital Investment in the Public Se and declined to Rs. 4,242·4 million in 1981.
Balance of Payment.--During the year under review the balance of payment as compared with the previ stood at Rs. 10,912:4 million in 1980 declined to Rs.
The continuous decline experienced in the Trade Aci Trade Policy showed an improvement for the first time million in 1980 dropped to Rs. 15,614 million in 19 Rs. 20,507 showing an increase of 16 per cent over Expenditure from Rs. 33,915 million in 1980 to Rs. 3 due to the increase in prices of imports. Prices of considerably during the year under review.
During the past increase in official and private tran to a certain extent the imbalance in the overall bala official and private transfers amounted to Rs. 4,541 m in 1981.
The Government has taken a few policy decisions to improve the Balance of Payment situation. Restri expenditure and removal of tax relief such as the Li troduced in May 1981 contributed to restrict imports of restrictions on export of coconut contributed to inci
Exchange rate played an important rolein reducing th 1981 Sri Lanka Rupee, depreciated by 14 per cent aga the Japanese Yen. This resulted in reducing the Impe
Land Development
The Department of Land Development has launched ment. With regards to this the major services rende replanting and supply of plants. For this purpose th Banks' in different geographical & climatic areas of this scheme, the preparation and supply of marco important activities. These instant trees are being ex and kept in the Tree Bank’ for use whenever necess this system about 8,500 trees have already been resc under Mahaweli Scheme. Preliminary work for the under Mahaweli water are nearing completion.

1980 AND 1981
235
mption Expenditure (per capita) in 1981 at is shows an increase of 17•1 per cent over aption expenditure on food increased by 20•4
capital formation amounted to Rs. 23,955-3 year. mis
bad Lent in the Private Sector shows an increase is a decrease as compared with the year 1980. es Rs. 5,494°4 million and it rose to Rs. 7,122.1 ctor amounted to Rs. 5,171.9 million in 1980
- a considerable reduction was recorded in pus year. The current account deficit which 9,090-2 million in 1981.
count Deficit, since the introduction of Liberal in 1981. The deficit which stood at Rs. 16,312 81. Export earnings in 1981 amounted to the previous year. The increase of Import 5,121 million in 1981 was to a certain extent Rice, Sugar, Wheat, Crude oil inereased
sfers contributed considerably to reduce over nce. Total foreign exchange receipts from illion in 1980 and rose to Rs. 6,966-8 million
during the period under review with a view tions in borrowing, reduction in Government imp Sum Depreciation allowance scheme in
while the reduction in Export duty, removal ease exports.
e Balance of Payment deficit in 1981. During inst the US Dollar and 7 per cent against rt demand.
new project for the development of environed by the Department are landscaping, tree
· Department has opened a number of “Tree f the country. Among the other activities ted branches and instant trees are the most racted from forests and are 'Root balled ' ry or are transported for replanting. Under ed from the forests which are to be cleared escue of valuable trees in areas coming


Page 248
236
SUMMARY OF EVE
River Valleys Development Board.--Ulhitiy Oya downstream work and work of Kirindi construction work carried out by the Board du under Walawe Project were also accomplishe
Ulhitiya.--The work of this reservoir star By the end of 1981, 21:36 million cubic metres capacity was restored and work on both spill a
Kirindi Oya Reservoir.--This is one of th Development Board during the reference p commenced in 1980. Under this project a lai be developed. Putting up of this left bank ca total expenditure is estimated as Rs. 129 milli
Watawe Project.—As a result of a decision water management work of the Walawe Projec
The staff of the Board has also been reduc were taken over to the Mahaweli Authority an
Mahaweli Project.--In view of the urgent separate Ministry known as Mahaweli Devel Minister of Irrigation, Land and Land Develo Mahaweli Authority, all the activities coni Mahaweli Development Board were vested in work in the downstream area including othe Development Board.
Kotmale Project.—Under basic construction places have been completed by August 1981. and about 70 per cent of the tunnel No. 1 ha the dam is being continued and is also expecte
By the end of 1981 about 59 per cent of the of the underground Power Station has been chamber, the lower expansion chamber service
At the present rate of progress it would be i
Victoria Project.--The Stage I of the diver functions of this project is the construction of curved portion of the dividing wall in the rig the upstream coffer dam is in progress.
Upstream rock excavation of the diversion of thirty of the 36 pre-diversion blocks of the project is porgrammed for completion in 1984
Madura Oya Project.-Under the preliminar site at Elawakumbura and the Central Labour

IS IN 1980 AND 1981
Reservoir Project, Victoria Roads Project, Kirindi Oya Reservoir-Lunugamwehera are the major ng 1981. Besides, other trivial construction work
d in 1979 was scheduled to be completed in 1981. of water which formed 20% of the full supply d sluice were almost over.
major projects performed by the River Valleys riod. The preliminary work of this project was d area of 33,889 acres in the Southern region is to al of the reservoir has been executed in 1981. The
n.
taken by the Government, land, agriculture and
· was given to Mahaweli Authority.
ed by a considerable number. About 700 workers 1 another 600 resigned from service.
asteroibi
completion of the accelerated Mahaweli Project, a opment Ministry was established in 1978 under the spment. Apart from that, having established the nected with the major projects handled by the the Authority. Irrigation work and infra-structure er trivial work were performed by the Mahaweli
vork, all housing facilities, access roads and work
The arch of the tunnel No. 2 has been completed s been over. Digging work for the foundation of d to be completed in 1982.
excavating work of the tunnel complex in the vicinity ompleted. Besides the access adits to the machine tunnel and draft tubes are all complete.
Possible to complete the project by April 1985.
ion of the river has been initiated. The main che main dam for the diversion of the river. The at bank is concreted to full height. Concreting of
you are not
hannel was over by the end of 1981. Construction Townstream and 53 dam lifts were completed. This
work programme, the building of residential town Camp were accomplished.


Page 249
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN 198
At the dam site 32 per cent of the work related to co drilling and grouting for the curtain and consolidation irrigation outlet works, rock excavation on the Right B: structure is under way. An ancient sluice has been une are presently being taken to preserve this archaeological work of the Maduru Oya Reservoir would be over by the
Randenigala Project.--Related hydraulic studies and tenders in respect of civil work commenced in the latter for these construction works and preliminary studies in are: end. Infra-structural works as building of access roads a that the completion of the work of the project would be rei
System H.-Out of the total allotments of 22,697, about end of 1981 the number of settlers amounted to 125,000. meet the basic infra-structure need of original developmer
Under the cultivation programme, a land area of abou paddy in 1979/80 Maha. This increased up to 15,400 hec 1981/82 Maha seasons respectively. Agricultural credit ha loans granted in 1979/80 was Rs. 2-4 million whereas it banks have already started special schemes and other facili
System C.-By the end of the year 1981, 87 per cent of th in to the Zone 2 project area. These settlers employed th has earned a sum of Rs. 2 million. Around 56 per cent o 1,207 highland housing allotments, and 1,184 irrigated allo At the end of 1981 there were 623 houses constructed by i
System B.--Under this project it is intended to develop stream. Both the Left and Right Bank main canals two Rehabilitation of 20 other rural tanks has been completed erecting of highways and buildings are in progress.
Timber Production.--In 1981 the total sales of Timber b million and indicated an increase of 49•9 per cent over th recorded a high value, net profit was considerably low aft
was Rs. 88 million fell to a figure of Rs. 61:4 million after timber production also showed a decline of 23 per cent.
With the minimising of capital Expenditure in the pub standstill. As a result of this, not only marketing was a production had to be limited. The Government Railway purchased.
no)
The Corporation is successful in its progress of reforest reached 1,660 hectares, and this exceeded the target figure
Wild Life Conservation. The conservation of Wild Lif entrusted to the Department of Wild Life Conservation. approximately 2,500 sq. miles. This comprises 6 National which is nearly 10 per cent of the total land area of the cou 10-A 60689

30 AND 1981
237
ore and rock-fill excavation is over. All
under the Right Bank is over. At the ank is continuing and work in the intake arthed at the Right Bank sluice and steps
find. It is expected that construction end of 1982.
have been Empleted
designs have been finished. Issuing of - part of 1981. The taking over of land as coming under water were brought to an ere nearing completion. It is anticipated alised in 1986/87.
93 per cent have been distributed. By the - All the major civil works necessary to at plan have been fulfilled.
t 8,300 hectare have been brought under etares and 16,200 hectares in 1980/81 and is also increased in amount. Agricultural
was Rs. 25.4 million in 1981/82. Some ities for loans.
ae total settler capacity had to be inducted nemselves in the excavation of canals and
f the total estimated length is being over, iments have been handed over to settlers.
the settlers.
o an area of 39,000 hectares lying down
other branch canals have been mapped. 1. Other infra-structural work including
y the Corporation amounted to RS. 335 e previous years sales. Though the sales er deducting for taxes. The profit which - deducting for taxes. However, the total
lic sector, construction work came to a problem, due to available excess timber, has also reduced its quantum of sleepers
ation for 1981, the total area reforested
of 1,000 acres each year.
e in Sri Lanka forms part of the duties The extent allocated for this purpose is Parks and a large number of sanctuaries atry.


Page 250
238
SUMMARY
A large number of visitors both foreig together with their wide range of wild li bear, the prolific abundance of forests, a
The ecological changes that have taker ment have brought about rather detrime of Mahaweli and Lunugamvehera Schem A special programme for the safe mover reserves has been projected.
In the Mahaweli area, a stretch of fo Maduruoya Park. Most wild life which will find sanctuary within this park.
Action has already been taken to take the Yala National Park as these private la from the adjacent Yala National Park. of corridors for the safe movement of w to the other. Two large tanks have been benefit of the migrant elephants particul
As a matter of significance during the y the developed areas to the Wilpattu prox and brought to the safe custody of the pa
National Zoological Gardens.--The Na Dehiwela, about 9 kilometers south of ( State as an educational, recreational and representative collection of fauna-animal undulating land. The natural beauty attractions of visitors.
A record number of visitors totalling 86 in the year 1981. The gate receipts total
** Min Medura ” which forms part of fish in tanks designed to stimulate the n
The other highlight of the Zoo is the r reptileshoused in large enclosures depicti
The Student Guide Scheme under the schools in the city and the suburbs are ti Garden, has become very popular. 413 school children participated in the Zoo's
An auditorium cum library fully equip to large number of school children who
Cultivation of animal food at “ Lihin during the year. 4,500 Kgs of fresh a represents 40 per cent of the Zoo's anima
Integrated District Development Program Apart from the districts where integrates similar programmes have been initiated i of districts coming under the programr Kurunegala, Matara and Hambantota and Puttalam districts in the year unde 1982 was Rs. 315 million. Out of this another Rs. 50 million to Badulla district

E EVENTS IN 1980 AND 1981
and local are attracted by these areas of scenic splendour 2, the tuskers and elephants, deer, sambhur, leopards and quatic and bird life.
place in the recent times in the country through developital impact on the Wild Life. The lower catchment areas es are some of the areas so effected through development. lent of wild life from such affected areas to other wild life
rest of about 15 sq. miles has been reserved and named might be desplaced due to land development programmes
over land area in between the Kotagamuwa Sanctuary and nds leave room for much poaching of wild life that migrate In addition to this the department envisages establishment ld life specially the wild elephants from one reserved area restored in the heart of the Wilpattu National Park for the arly in the dry season. ear, a herd of wild elephants of about 65 were driven from imity, a large number of other animals have been collected
irk.
tional Zoological Gardens in Sri Lanka is situated at Colombo city. It is fully finanted and maintained by the | aesthetic value. The Dehiwela Zoo has a rich and 3, birds, reptiles and fishes spreading out on 52 acres of and the scenic landscaping of the gardens are added
3,455 of all classes both local and foreign has been reported ed Rs. 4,776,712. e the Zoological Gardens display large and small tropical atural habitat of the fish. eptilium where many species of both indigenous and exotic
ng their natural habitat. - sponsorship of the Zoo under which senior students of ained as guides to school children who visit the Zoological schools availed of these facilities during 1981 and 124,021 educational programme for schools. ped with usual teaching aids is an added amenity available visit the Zoo. iya " the Zoo farm at Ratmalana was further increased nimal food were produced in the farm in 1981. This 1 fodder requirements.
Agong ai i nes I development programmes have been commenced by 1980, a Badulla district from 1982. With this the total number ne amounted to seven. The programmes were started in listricts in 1979, Nuwara Eliya district in 1980 and Matale - review. The total money vested in this programme for Rs. 70 million was allocated to Kurunegala district and


Page 251
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN 19
Besides these district development programmes attenti integrated programmes. The A.G.A. divisions namely have been selected for this purpose. Even though th indicate a satisfied level of development, comparing at with a considerable level of population density seemed to ments. Rs. 10 million have been allocated for the devel programmes have been scheduled to be completed with
million each.
Kurunegala District._The major items for developmen 9 major and 500 minor irrigation systems, establishing of: 25,000 acres of coconut land and rehabilitation of another of this project is being continued successfully under the s
Matara District.--As it was failed to complete this pro extended up to 1982. Yet most of the important items the past 3 years. This involved several programmes e activities and improving educational facilities of the area.
Hambantota District.-The programmes that have been Supply Scheme in Tissa-Kataragama area, (2) Rural D
maduwa Handicraft Centre, (3) Agricultural Developme of Vegetables in Paddy lands, (5) Supply of machinery &
It is expected that it will take 6 or 7 years altogether this programme.
Nuwara Eliya District. Some of the sub-projects are a necessary machinery to a number of departments in the coming under this project. Apart from that, developmen strengthening the veterinary service, collection of milk, development &reconstruction of selected roads, providi and staff quarters, are the major programmes under this !
Matale District.--The establishment of a plant nursery in an area covering 7,600 acres and improving research ar proposed programmes for the development of minor exp The work connected with regard to the above programme
Puttalam District.—This project is also being implemen coconut production, provision of loans for agricultural ac supply and transport facilities are the major items of the p
Badulla District.—Preliminary project documents wei Agricultural Development (IFAD) in Rome and final pr and the World Bank is now engaged in appraising this fo has been estimated as Rs. 600 million.
The implementation of development programmes in Ra gala are being carried on by the Ministry of Plan Im policy of not initiating any new development projects, the pura district in 1981-84, investment programmes. Hov development of Ratnapura district has been pointed out vising the project.
saj 19

P80 AND 1981
239
on has also been directed towards regional Deraniyagala, Karandeniya and Hewaheta e districts under which these areas come,
national level, the above-mentioned areas o be devoid of the most essential requireppment of A.G.A. divisions in 1982. These a period of five years a cost of Rs. 5
t under this project are the rehabilitation of a water management system, replantation of r 60,000 acres of coconut land. The work supervision of the World Bank.
ject as scheduled, the time period has been
of the project has been completed within on training and expansion of agricultural
en completed were as follows:-(1) Water Pevelopment Training Centre and Agulent Centre, (4) Pilot Project on Cultivation
equipment.
for the completion of all the work under
already being commenced. The supply of
districts was one of the major activeties t of minor irrigation schemes, assisting in improving the condition of cattle sheds, ng the selected hospitals with equipment project.
G , the replantation of minor export crops d agricultural extension activities are the ort crops under this development project.
has been initiated in January 1981.
ted from January 1981. Development of ivities and make avail of irrigation, water Foject.
e submitted to International Fund for pject documents have been received back - IFAD. The total cost for this project
napura, Mannar, Vavuniya and Moneralementation. Following the government Finance Ministry has not included Ratnaever the necessity of giving aids for the ay the A.D.B., who are engaged in super
Which ) sg


Page 252
240
SUMMARY
Projects for Vavuniya and Mannar ar These projects may be commenced und now engaged in a basic study for the p district.
Agriculture and Food Tea.--The total tea production of the o 210.1 million kgs. in 1981 representing gated as based on the elevation as follow
Total High Medium LoᎳ
However, the production has only incr with the year 1979.
The total acreage under tea as registe replanted increased from 2,078 hectares public sector.
Although a meagre increase of 5 per ce the high cost of production tended to s kg. of state-owned tea which stood at Rs. sector too followed the same trend and Private sector profits were lowered from
Among the remedial measures taken o in place of the cash incentive scheme i this year emphasis had been placed on t} ted tea and tea bags.
Subsidies afforded by the Tea Small H the period under review the Authority
Rubber, --The total rubber production cent in contrast to the 137,150 tonnes in
The total acreage under rubber in S as against 652,349 acres at the end of 18 is estimated to be 508,060 acres.
Under the five year plan of the Ru acres during the five-year period cor received in this connection. Under t in 1981 alone was as high as 15,917 :

! EVENTS IN 1980 AND 1981
also not included in the current investment programme. : World Bank aid. A team of Norwegian officials are inning of a development programme for Moneragala
untry rose from the previous year's 1914 million kgs. to n increase of 10 per cent. Production may be disaggre
1980
1981 million kgs. million kgs.
2101 80-6
191•4
72:6 55-6 63:2
59:3
70•3
eased marginally by 2 per cent in 1981 when compared
red in 1981 stood at the same level as in 1980. The area (1980) to 2,627 hectares in (1981) and was mostly in the
nt was shown in the average tea export price (f.o.b.) in 1981, queeze the profit margin. The cost of production per 17.17 in 1980 rose to Rs. 18.73 per kg. in 1981. The private
suffered erosion in profit margin due to increasing costs. Ehe level of Rs. 3.50 per kg. in 1980 to Rs. 1.40.
uring the year 1981, the introduction of duty rebate scheme
is notAJO LA or export of packeted tea and tea bags was one. During e grant of Promotional Support for the marketing of packe
oldings Development Authority were also enhanced. During had purchased 8,066,694 kgs. of tea leaves and processed.
in Sri Lanka in 1981 was 123,946 tonnes, a drop of 7 per the previous year.
Lanka in December 1981 as registered was 653,549 acres 30. Nevertheless the actual acreage cultivated under rubber
ber Control Department, it is envisaged to replant 47,000
mencing from the year 1981. World Bank assistance is e Rubber Replanting Subsidised Scheme the area replanted res, an increase of 15:6 per cent over the preceding year.


Page 253
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN
m tem Rubber exports in 1981 totalled 132,524 ats. while 1 mption, an increase of 96 per cent and 8-6 per cent res
The average price of sheet rubber No. 1 during the Rs. 9.95 per kg. The price of latex crop IX regained p previous low average and stood at Rs. 11.50 per kg.
Rubber Research Institute has recommended after 121 and RRIC 103 for planting, in all districts. Alth to have given satisfactory yields is not yet ready for large that puncher tapping gives relatively low yields comp experiments are being carried out to see whether any sy yields together with greater tapping facility.
Application of sulphur to the soil after careful remova ful in the control of white root disease considered to Sri Lanka.
Coconut.---Coconut production in 1981 has been esti from the previous years production of 2,026 representi it is less than the production in the year 1979.
Enhanced subsidies were afforded under coconut su the highest progress achieved by these schemes. Sul Rs. 13,775,122 were paid to under re-planting and new* Removal of restrictions on the export of coconuts in result the desiccated coconut production increased by 27 oil production too increased by 21 per cent (605 million related products totalled 1,438 million rupees.
Field experiments done by the Coconut Research the black beetle have brought about satisfactory resu results were made available to the public in the Eastern national Atomic Energy Agency a series of experiments of the predatory insect known as Parauchaltes Psedoi the pernicious whead, Chromolaena odorata.
Long-term experiments on the major nutrient elemer magnesium were satisfactorily conducted. Increased soil moisture conservation and laboratory experiments of coconut soil.
Soil survey and mapping of estates, farm sites and nu Institute were completed.
Minor Crops.--As it is revealed by the annual stati subsidies as well as the amount for minor crops coupled their better production performance during the year.
Kashew.--An extent of 5,320 acres was brought under Government Subsidies Scheme. The production of cash cashew processing centre valued at Rs. 2,634,257 (38.0
Paddji. -Paddy production in the year 1981 has been increase of 4-6 per cent over the production in the pr 1981 was estimated at 73 million bushels and showe preceding Maha season.

1980 AND 1981
241
mtotus 6,210 Amts, had been used for local consupectively over the past year.
year 1981 fell by 6:8 per cent and stood at rice by an increase of 8:6 per cent from the
intensive research the two clones RRIC ough the RRIC 121 quality has proved e scale planting. Experiments have revealed nared to the traditional tapping. Further estem can be developed which will give high
el of infected roots has proved to be successbe the most serious disease of rubber in
mated to have risen to 2,258 million nuts ng an increase of 11 per cent. Nevertheless
bsidy schemes and the year 1981 recorded bsidies to the value of Rs. 5,146,564 and planting respectively. the year 1981 is of significant value. As a
per cent (276 million nuts) and the coconut nuts). Export earnings from coconuts and
Board on the use of repellents against Its, and recommendations based on these
Province. In collaboration with the InterI was carried out to evaluate the efficiency insulata-Amalo Insulata in the control of
its, nitrogen, phosphorous, potassium and attention was diverted to the problems of yere conducted to study the Sulphur status
Irseries which were started by the Research
istics the significant increase of number of with the favourable export prices explain
cashew during the year 1981 under the ew kernnels during 1981 at Nedagamuwa
Mts.).
1 estimated at 106-9 million bushels, an revious year. Paddy production in Maha d an increase of 4:8 per cent over the


Page 254
242
SUMMARY OF BY
Purchase of paddy during the year by the production, a decline by 40 per cent over the and the direct intervening by the Co-oper
who were the main buyers of the PMB till for this.
A new measure adopted by the Paddy M up of a Tender Scheme which warranted from the farmers even at prices above the Marketing Board as its main role functioner
Sugar. Sugar production of the Sri Lan 24,997 ME." contrast to the previous 23,45
Subsidiary food crops.--Production of su area under cultivation in all subsidiary foo and meneri has also increased over the past
Animal Husbandry.--The major compone Board was spent on the I.D.A. Dairy Dev and coconut triangle. The investments ir developing of selected pastures in the hill Project in connection with the Board and i place during 1981. The Dry Zone land dev capital expenditure of Rs. 1:7 milliom.
Special Projects.--Approximately 700 acr the Victoria Dam under the Mahaweli Pr farm. The Ambewela Farm which was ea
Health was handed over to the Board. A is being implemented. The New Zealand
Aid.
s Among the rest of the projects commis Co-operation Project involving the breedin ment of Libya to establish a Stock Compa are of immense significance.
Under the Board's livestock salvage pro 40 goats owned by a private farm were sa became normal.
A very successful cattle fair was held at There the farmers were able to purchase as
Animal health.--Seven new Veterinary field extension activities, priority was given islandwide vaccination programme for the the Department of Animal Production and
National Fertilizer Secretariat.--The Nat Ministry of Plan Implementation. The m Co-ordinate the activities of the Govern fertilizer as well as formulation and implem
Government fertilizer subsidy and the pric after discussing with the relevant institution of fertilizer was dependent on the overall C rupees in the reference year. In 1980 the

VENTS IN 1980 AND 1981
Paddy Marketing Board was only 6 per cent of the total previous year. The high competition in the open market ative Societies in purchasing paddy from the farmers, | recent past, are among the main contributory factors
arketing Board in the arrest of this situation was setting the Paddy Marketing Board to make direct purchases e guaranteed minimum price. Nevertheless the Paddy 1 as a floor-price operator during the year. ka Sugar Corporation in 1981 has been estimated at 31 Mts.n tom Ibsidiary food crops has increased during 1981. The d crops with an exception of potatoes, chillies, gingelly
year. ent of the capital expenditure of the National Livestock elopment Project covering the up country, mid country I this regard totalled Rs. 7 million. Accordingly, the country and mid country areas under the World Bank the establishing of Milk Producers' Societies were taken elopment and pasture establishment programme involved
es of Mahaberithenna farm is inundated by the waters of oject. Hence work continued in the relocation of this arlier under the Department of Animal Production and
new work programme was drawn up for this farm and Farm is also being streamlined under the Netherland's
esioned in the year 1981, the Indo-Sri Lanka Economic g programme and an agreement signed with the governny for carrying on an agricultural and livestock projects
ject, a valuable dairy herd of over 100 cattle and about aved and handed over to the former owners when they
'Kirimutty' in the Batticaloa District in October 1981.
well as sell their animals.
Offices were opened during the year 1981. Among the to the formation of Dairy Producer Associations. An prevention of animal diseases was also carried out by Health.
Fonal Fertilizer Secretariat was established under the main functions of the Fertilizer Secretariat were to Lent and other private institutions in connection with entation of fertilizer policies at a national level. es of fertilizer are being fixed by the Fertilizer Secretariat ns. The fertilizer subsidy and prices for different types Government subsidy which was limited to 1,000 million
Government overall subsidy was around 900 million


Page 255
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN
rupees. Prices of different types of fertilizer increase in February 1981. Again in September 1981, there high cost of fertilizer.
A scheme to help the M. P. C. S. in establishing thei second half of 1980 with the intention of encouraging Under this scheme 30 per cent of the estimated cost Fertilizer Secretariat. By the end of 1981, 12 stores under construction. Under this programme action ha help the authorised private dealers by the end of the ye
Besides, the Secretariat has done a study on the use with the assistance of the other relevant research instit study it was estimated that the use of fertilizer as a pe in the order of 63 per cent, 61 per cent, 36 per cent and 3 and coconut.
As compared with the quantity recommended by the of fertilizer in 1980, in the paddy cultivation has increa the coconut cultivation it has risen from 21 per cent to
Fertilizer Corporation of Ceylon.--The Corporation ha the year 1981. In addition to that the Corporation
Manufacturing Corporation about 66,000 metric tons of
Industries
The value of industrial products in 1981 was Rs. 23,0101 in 1980 showing an increase of 26 per cent. The increase sectors ranged from 6 per cent to 58 per cent during th products which recorded a decrease of 10 per cent. A output of manufacturing industries showed an increase o with an increase of 6 per cent in 1980. Power cuts, closi factors which contributed to the reduction in the rate of the year 1981.
63 Foreign Investment Projects and 699 Local Investi been approved during the year under review.
Certain changes have been made in the Industrial Pol respect of certain imports and levying a B. T. T. on o changes so made. Customs duty on machinery and ra was reduced from 12 1/2 per cent to 5 per cent toward were made available to Industrial Organizations in the P loan fund.
Foreign Exchange earnings from Industrial Exports increase of 28 per cent in 1981.

1980 AND 1981
243
a ranging from 74 per cent to 140 per cent was a price increase of 30 per cent due to
r own fertilizer stores was introduced by the
the distribution of fertilizer at retail level. non construction work was provided by the
were completed and another 30 stores are s been taken by the Fertilizer Secretariat to ear.
of fertilizer for four main agricultural crops cutions in the year 1980. According to the ercentage of the recommended quantity was 1 per cent with respect to tea, paddy, rubber
research organisation in 1979, the stage of sed from 41 per cent to 61 per cent and in 31 per cent.
as imported about 204,000 metric tons for has purchased from the State Fertilizer f urea. Di saadi silioane de E 18E
nillion as compared with Rs. 18,311 million ; in the nominal value of output in the sube year. This is exclusive of the base metal cording to Central Bank Reports the total of 2 per cent in real terms in 1981 compared ng of the oil refinery, etc., are some of the 'growth of manufacturing industries during
nent Projects in the sphere of Industry have
icy in 1981. Variations in customs duty in rtain imported products are some of the v materials required for industrial purposes
the end of 1981. Further, loan facilities Iblic Sector from the medium and long-term
Imounted to Rs. 7,193 million showing an


Page 256
244
SUMMARY OF E
TABLE 23.4-VALUE OF INDUS
CONTINUA
Category
(1) Food, Beverages and Tobacco (2) Textile, Wearing Apparel and Le (3) Wood and Wood Products. (inclu (4) Paper and Paper Products (5) Chemicals, Petroleum, Coal, Rub (6) Non-Metallic Mineral Products (e (7) Basic Metal Products (8) Fabricated Metal Products, M
Equipment (9) Manufactured Products, n.e.s.
*Provisional.
Ceylon Cement Corporation.--The first pro commenced in 1961 was to expand the pr from 80,000 Metric tons to 2,75,000 Metr achieved by reaching a capacity of 298,000
By 1981 the total capacity of the three fa
Annual production of the Corporation i increase of 45,078 Metric tons in 1981. Th
Rs. 8,069,699 in 1979 by Rs. 5,017,617.
Ceylon Ceramic Corporation.-Increase Corporation could be ascertained by con that of 1979.
Main Product
yerbalin selon les
Crockery are Sanitary Ware. Rani
Mosaic Tiles in einer Pirisidu Electric Insulators Non-Explosives

VENTS IN 1980 AND 1981
STRIAL PRODUCTION FROM 1980 To 1981 ITION OF TABLE 10.1
(Rs. Million)
eta 1980 1981*
1980
1981*
4,496 ather Products as a 1,923
S 3,040 ding furniture) setorerna 289
315 476
626 iber and Plastic Products
9,416
12,015 xcept Petroleum and Coal)
1,156
1,250 478
428 lachinery and Transport
620 782 ਉ। ਤੂੰ, ਤੇ ਤਰ ਦੀ ਦਾ
58 =
Total
18,311
23,010
Source : Central Bank of Ceylon.
bject of the development programme of the Corporation oduction capacity of the Kankesan Cement factory ic tons of clinker per annum. This target has been
Metric tons of clinker.
ctories is 838,000 Metric tons. in 1979 was 660,597 Metric tons and it has shown an e annual income of 1981 exceeded the annual inEome of
and decrease of productions of Ceylon Ceramic nparing the annual production of main items with
Production in Metric tons
1979
1981
3,572 3,572
3,281 El teisalt 805 1.075
IT 1,734
e 1,879 55
26 286
361 149
jos
253
Total
6,595
6,875
Source: Ceylon Ceramic Corporation.


Page 257
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN 1
The Lanka Porcelain Limited, a joint venture of the Limited, was able to earn a sum of Rs. 90,646,815 from and other products and the profit made was Rs. 16,542,
Ceylon Plywoods Corporation. The annual producti Corporation was 33,512 Cubic Meters and this was an 1979 figure.
Ceylon Petroleum Corporation.-Supply of bunker ar Metric tons earning Rs. 2,436•5 million compared w Rs. 2,168-9 million.
2,001,652 Metric tons of Petroleum Products amount the Corporation in 1980. In 1981 the quantity import value of which was Rs. 9,907 million.
Ceylon State Hardware Corporation.--In 1979 the mammoties exceeding the annual production target o: the production target of the Corporation was 341,000 1 only 251,810. This only 79 per cent of the producti mammoties which sốnly 71 per cent of the target.
In 1980 production of the Cast-iron Foundry of the which is only 75 per cent of the target. Percentage rose went up to 169,912 Metric tons.
On the whole, productions of the Corporation in 19 figure rose to Rs. 46,455,154.
National Paper Corporation.--National Paper Con Corporation), had to face problems in selling its produ of the Government and the high cost of raw materials
The total production in the two factories of the Co was 23,156 Metric tons in 1979 and during the year un
During this year the Corporation has used more local Cyprus Wood that was used on a trial basis earlier, wa
Consequent to production of paper the net Foreig amounted to Rs. 202•5 million approximately during thi
Paranthan Chemicals Corporation.--Negotiations we to inaugurate a Second Caustic Soda Chlorine Proj August 1980 to augment the production of Caustic S main functions of the Corporation. Hindustan Heavy made suggestions in this connection. Their offer has to prepare a technical and economic-wise feasibility rep
Sri Lanka Flour Milling Corporation.---A gradual the Flour Milling Corporation. The total productio declined to 85,117 Metric tons in 1980 and 81,713 in 19

30 AND 1981
245
Corporation with the Noritake Company ne sale of Porcelain Ware, packing materials 31.
-n of the K.D.N. Wood Project of the increase of 8,090 Cubic Meters over the
oragsod d aviation fuel in 1981 totalled 4,03,688 th 489,704 Metric tons in 1980 earning
ng to Rs. 8,156°4 million was imported by ed was 1,349,485 Metric tons and the total
factory at Yakkala produced 319,487 the Corporation by 101 per cent. In 1980 nammoties but the actual production was on target. Production in 1981 was 219,451
e Corporation totalled 142,867 Metric tons to 81 in 1981 when the Cast-iron production
80 totalled Rs. 44,756,061 and in 1981 this
poration (formerly Eastern Paper Mills cts due to the import liberalization policy , petroleum and energy.
poration at Valachchenai and Embilipitiya der review it was 23,746 Metric tons.
raw materials achieving one of its objectives. | used more extensively in 1981.
n Exchange Savings of the Corporation 5 year,
e held with a few Indian representatives Pct in response to a Cabinet decision in
da and Chlorine which was one of the Chemicals Co. was one of the firms who which been accepted and they have been requested
ort.
lecline is observed in the production of n which was 97,958 Metric tons in 1979 31.


Page 258
Це песс ромисло метал, исполит доолдо тогогцр
that there was a favourable atmosphere. It only implies the proper implementation of some of the projects of the Corporation. Production target could not be achieved during the year under review due to power cut and high cost of fuel, electricity and petro-chemicals.
The Corporation has exported Rs. 160,000 worth of solid tyres during this year and manufacture of more tyres for export is under consideration. Motor cycle tyre project was due to be launched in 1981 and steps have been taken to expand production with the introduction of new sizes and Radial Tyres.
Ceylon Oils and Fats Corporation.--Shortage and high cost of raw materials experienced towards the latter part of 1980 continued throughout 1981 also. Consequent to the withdrawal of Government Subsidy to the Corporation from the beginning of 1981 the prices of poultry and cattle food had to be increased resulting in a drop of sales by about 40 per cent. The record production of poultry and cattle food in 1980 dropped to 51,464 metric tons in 1981.
The demand for coconut oil and miscellaneous products decreased to very low levels in the foreign market and the export of fatty acids was stopped altogether due to the low demand.
However, the Corporation was able to earn a net profit of Rs. 5,944 million during the year under review despite many hardships it had to undergo.
National Packing Materials Corporation.--Jute Industries Corporation that came into existence in 1976 was renamed as the National Packing Materials Corporation with effect from 03.07.1981. In 1981 the Corporation suffered a loss of Rs. 5-7 million mainly due to lack of buying and selling. 1.9 million gunnies were purchased during the year and this is less than half the number of gunnies purchased in 1980. Stores in Kohilawatta, Bulathkohupitiya, Matara and Ratgama were closed down.

246
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN 1980 AND 1981
Number of factors contributed to this decline. The Corporation had to face certain milling problems due to modifications carried out at the factory in the past. During the first quarter of 1981 steps had to be taken to cut down production at the factory in response to a request made by the Ministry of Food and Co-operatives. Further, the inferior quality of the wheat received during the second half of the year also contributed indirectly to the decline in production. At times the Corporation had to limit its production consequent to the failure on the part of the Oils and Fats Corporation and specially the Food Commissioner to remove flour and unpolished grain from stores in time. During certain periods of the year the Corporation was compelled to stop production altogether.
Flour Milling Corporation carried out its functions amongst many hard ships. Some of these are summarised below: (1) Due to the Price Control imposed on unpolished grains the Corporation had to sell unpolished
grains to the Oils and Fats Corporation at a price very much below the price fixed by the
National Price Commission. (2) The Mill had to be closed down for three weeks due to the decline in profits, production and
operational ability of the Corporation as a result of the short-sighted measures taken by Oils
and Fats Croporation. (3) Unlimited import of flour by the Food Commissioner irrespective of production of the
Corporation and the National requirements.
Sri Lanka Tyre Corporation.-The Corporation exceeded its annual production target in 1980 also fed and this was the third successive year, to exceed the target. The production in this year recorded an increase of 6•5 per cent over the previous year resulting in a neti profit of Rs. 52:2 million.
However, the production has dropped in 1981. The total effective in standard tyres in 1980 was 193,371 while in 1981 it was 152,808.
In spite of the adverse conditions experienced for the last few years the Corporation has recorded the highest nroduction so far achieved in 1980. The record nroduction in 1980 does not imnly


Page 259
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN 19
State -- Distilleries Corporation.--The total quantity 1,937,965 litres less than the quantity sold in 1981, sales has increased from Rs. 976·17 million to Rs. 1, increased income was the price increase effected three
As usual the highest sale was recorded in the month not take place in December probably due to the second
Sale of Special Arrack continued with a slight increase the sale of Coconut Arrack has decreased by 45 per cent
State Mining and Mineral Development Board. TH Kahatagaha/Kolongaha mines was recorded as 3,7 respectively. In 1980, the demand for graphite in the metric tons, but the inability of the country to supply t production in the other countries followed by a reduced our graphite in 1981. In 1981 the total exports of graph metric tons and the total income was Rs. 96•7 million.
The total production of plumbago was 182 metric i figure with the previous year, it denotes an increase of 25
Phosphate Project.--Under this project it is expected t dissolved in water and “Dye-ammonium Phosphate' for appetite, production exceeded the target of 14,000 metr
metric tons.
ਪRਆ ਸੋਚ ਤੋਂ.. Research.—Research activities are being carried on i and geo-physical surveys with respect to graphite ores
were completed,
Industrial Development Board.--The number of new collaboration with the Industrial Development Board w Rs. 28:8 million creating 2,598 employment opportuni existing industries. With an increase of investment by ! opportunities were also created.
Some of the important functions undertaken by the Be out on the use of alternative energy sources and more energy.
National Business Management Institute.--The Institut training courses in 1981. The assistance of the Institu conducting training courses in Sri Lanka for Officers in
Further, this Institute has carried out 39 Advisory S 30 projects as the National Production Centre attached
Income from the activities undertaken by the Institu 58•5 per cent over the year 1980.

80 AND 1981
247
- sold by the Corporation in 1981 was
However, the income realised from the 104-32 million. The main reason for this
times during this year.
of April. However, the next increase did price increase in November 1981.
of 18 per cent (20,671,991 litres). However, (6,243,230 litres).
me annual production of the Bogala and -62 metric tons and 3,015 metric tons e world market stood at a level of 30,000 hat amount together with the increased a price caused a decline in the demand for ite of the country was limited to 4,490
tons in 1981. Comparing this production 5 per cent.
o produce 'Triple Phosphate' which can be r export as well as for local use. In 1981 the Fic tons with a production figure of 15,294
n the Ragedera mine in the Rangala - area in areas of Paragoda and Siyambalapitiya
v industrial units set up during 1981 in as 282. Total investments amounted to ties. Assistance was also provided to 261 Rs. 5:8 million 546 additional employment
vard during 1981 are the experiments carried efficient utilization of traditional forms of
e organised the largest number of in-service te was extended to various organizations in | the Asian-Pacific Region.
ervices during this year and participated in to Asian Production Organization.
ite during this year shows an increase of


Page 260
248
SUMMARY OF
Ceylon Institute of Scientific and Industri the past for better utilization of waste mate of silver from waste materials in the Pho coir dust as a component are some of the
Further, the Institute is engaged in long Charcoal stove desigend by the C.I.S.I.R.
Atomic Energy Authority.--Arrangement in Nuclear Science under the sponsorship
The Authority has undertaken various some of the main projects are :
(1) Sedimentology Project, as he (2) Hydrology Project, (3) Environmental Radioactivity Project
(i) Utilization of radioisotopes in ind project under the International Atomic En nearing completion.
The Authority has decided to set up a N at Peradeniya.
National Science Council of Sri Lanka.-- 1981 for research work in Science Educati
Various projects were handled by the St In addition to these committees a Committe of electric power in Sri Lanka has been a Sinharaja Forest Reserve during the year un
Industrial Progress of the Greater Colomb Commission progressed further during th number of project approved in 1981 was les Investment involved in each project has sho were approved in 1980 while the numbe expenditure of these 18 projects amounted
Employment opportunities provided by t achieved by the commission in that year. employed in different projects under the Co
Demand for land in the Investment P Commission increased considerably during stage and 41 acres under the second stage
Consequent to the high demand a Secon the third Stage and the extent of land leases of main roads is in progress.

EVENIS IN 1980 AND 1981
il Research.--This Institute has taken a keen interest in ials. Adoption of an electrical method for extraction ographic industry and manufacture of light bricks with achievements.
-terms research in finding alternatives for certain items. ecently has become popular.
graduate $ have been made to conduct a Post-Gracle Course
of the Atomic Energy Authority. research programmes during the year under review and
a di airgea i brismebel e de o zinaweg a biograficatore
les in the indigen
ustry, (ii) Continuation of research, (ii) Radioactivity ergy Agencys Regional Agreement on co-operation are
uclear Medicine Unit in Colombo in addition to the one
12 grants were awarded by the Science Council fer on. 215 grants were in operation during this year.
atutory Committees and Study Groups of the Institution. ce of Inquiry into the use of Atomic Energy for generation appointed. A Field Research Centre was set up in the nder review.
o Economic Commission.--Greater Colombo Economic e year under review. In spite of the fact that the ss than the number approved in 1980, the average Capital Dwn an increase over the preceding year. 47 projects er of projects approved in 1981 was "18. The capital
to about Rs. 1,571 million.
he Commission in 1981 indicate the outstanding progress
At the end of the year under review 19,921 people were ommission in contrast to 10,581 people employed in 1980.
romotion Zone under the Greater Colombo Economic
1981. At the end of the year, 103 acres under the first have been leased for industrial purposes.
d Investment Promotion Zone (Biyagama) was set up as d during last year was 2 acres. Further, the construction


Page 261
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN
TABLE 23.5-INVESTMENT PROMOTION ZONE--E
TABLE 10.
at Industry
Employn
(at the e of Decen
9,14 24:
28:
(1) Ready made Garments (2) Fishing Gear and Equipment (3) Rubber Products (4) Lapidary and Jewellery (S) Tea Packing (6) Cadju Products (7) Electrical Appliances (8) Others
48.
32
Total Total 10.58
10,58
*Provisional.
Handicraft Marketing and Export Development Depa turnover at the Colombo Laksala was Rs. 19•8 million si the year 1979. Income from Divisional Centres in this of Rs. 1:3 million below the year 1979.
The Department has participated in two Internation: earning an income of over Rs. 1 million. However, tt the 1979 figure. The actual income earned by the Dep tourists was Rs. 3·3 million.
Fisheries
Fishery Resources. According to the provisional est 207,000 Ms reflecting an increase of ten per cent ovei production has shown a relatively sharp increase. The 1980 to 30,000 Mts in 1981. The low energy intensity Governmert for the development of fresh water fish production Subsidies are provided by the Fisheries ) ponds. 275 unmechanized boats were issued during th
Off-shor fishing is yet to be explored. The pri marginally from 2,148 Mts in 1980 to 2,178 Mts in 1981
Significant measure taken for the promotion of Fish of an independent research institute, i.e., in the Nation

980 AND 1981
MPLOYMENT AND EXPORT EARNINGS
1980
1981
ent Gr'OSS Employment Gras nd EXPONt (at the end Export ber) Earnings of December) Earnings
RS. million
Rs. million
490-0
17,386
199
1,002-1
8:5
11:4 12:6
1:0
830
45:6
3-4
3:9
9-3
140 23 265 286
14:5
20-2
0-6
792
524:3
19,921 1,1087
Source : G. C. E. C.
Central Bank of Ceylon.
rtiment.-During the year under review the howing an increase of Rs. 4•5 million over s year was Rs. 5·9 million indicating a drop
al Trade Fairs and Exhibitions in 1981 also
is shows a drop of Rs. 2.1 million below partment from exports and sales of goods to
Limates the fish production in 1981 was e the previous year. The fresh water fish rise in production was from 20,000 Mts in required and the prominency given by the breeding may explain relatively the high
Ministry for fish breeding in estates and e year 1981 on subsidized rates.
oduction in the off-shore fishing increased
Trade during the period was the setting up al Aquatic Research Association (NARA).


Page 262
250
SUMMARY OF E
Ceylon Fishery Harbours Corporation.--An the period under reference are the Man work in 1980 and the Valachchenai Comp
Installation of a hoist for the Tangalle Fis. Harbour are some of the other activities Construction work of the Kalpity Jetty is nea centres by the Fisheries Harbour Corporatic Minneriya and Nuwara Eliya is under way.
Corporation has also to its credit comp housing units under the Fishery Housing Pr
The capital investment involved in 1981 in the range of Rs. 30 million.
Coast Conservation.--Programmes conne Management Plan continued during this yea
At the close of the third quarter of the revetments and 675 feet of groynes in 8 coas
Under the Work Programme on the Coast the Moratuwa University is under constructic of next year. However, the Research Cent the building. The laboratory once complete Research requirements of the entire South E
The investigations unit of S.E.A.R. has ca Colombo areas during the year. During th Valachchenai area, in collaboration with the
Energy, Minerals and Water Supply Electricity.–In 1981 the total electricity cc million k.w.h. in 1980. During the period This amounted to 1,872 million k.w.h. compared to 9•4 per cent in 1980. Accordin to 501 m.W.
Another important factor is that out of per cent is from thermal power. In the earlie was about 2 per cent and this has gone up to respectively. Because of the cost incurred to levy these expenses from the consumers fr
The Board has also taken steps to streng from the Bowatenna hydro-power plant and 2
Oil production. The total cost on impor 1981. The importation of 1,710 metric tons on oil imports. Besides it was 46 per cent of
However, in 1981 the prices of crude oil im somewhat static. According to the Central due to the deterioration in Rupee Value than

VENTS IN 1980 AND 1981
nong the major activities of the Corporation during har Fishery Complex which commenced construction lex which commenced construction work in 1981.
nery Harbour and 6 ice plants in the Negombo Fishery
of the Corporation during the year under review. ring completion. Building work on fresh water fishery n at Panapitiya, Ginigathhena, Pitipana, Polonnaruwa,
leted building 22 housing schemes incorporating 447 pject on behalf of the Housing Development Authority.
was Rs. 180 million and the Corporation's income was
cted with the preparation of the Coastal Zone
year the Coastal branch had constructed 2,090 feet of tal districts.
cal Research Centre the Hydraulic Laboratory adjoining on and is expected to be fully functional at the beginning
re activities are carried out in the completed parts of ed will be capable of servicing the Coastal Engineering East Asian Region. arried out investigations in the Hambantota, Imaduwa, ne year under review a Project was carried out in the Survey Department on a Food and Agricultural Project.
onsumption was 1,509 million k.w.h. This was 1,392 under review, the total production has also increased. and records a growth rate of 12:2 per cent as gly installed capacity has been increased from 421 m.w
the total installed generation capacity 130 m.w. or 26 r periods the share of thermal power actually generated | 11 per cent and 16 per cent in the years 1980 and 1981 due to the use of thermal power, it was also arranged om 1981.
gthen its installed capacity by an addition of 40 m.w. 20 m.w. from each of the gas turbines.
rts of petroleum products was Rs. 9,967 millions in of crude oil accounts for 87 per cent of the total cost the total export income in 1980 and 48 per cent in 1981.
iports as well as the local petroleum products remained Bank, the increase in the cost of oil imports is rather
the rise in oil prices.


Page 263
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN 198
During 1981 the Co-operation has earned an income of by-products.
TABLE 23.6--SALES OF PETROLEUM PRODUC
(Metric tons) CONTINUATION OF TAB
Year
Petrol
Kerosene Auto Diesel
1980 1981
107,691 109,017
188,288 168,248
397,710 421,107
Gems.—In 1981, the total gem exports by governmen to 128,177 Karats worth Rs. 500 million.
Graphite. The total graphite production which was 7, a figure of 6,777 metric tons in 1981.
Mineral Sands.—In 1981 there was a total production of an increase of 50,671 metric tons over the previous year.
metric tons.
Water Supply.—The National Water Supply and Drair million on its activities. This figure includes foreign aids
The taking over of all the 24 districts as areas under tr of Water Supply and Drainage by means of a special gazet distribution units in the following areasColombo, Avissa Kotte, Kolonnawa, Dehiwela-Mt. Lavinia, Matale and I took place during 1981.
Under the programme of fixing of water meters, 11,753 in areas coming under the local authorities of Kotte,
Panadura. In addition to that another set of 2,000 meters given by the local authorities.
The wor connected to the scraping and lining of pipe completed ly mid 1981.
The projet to dig 200 deep wells have been complete deep wells.
The numer of water supply and drainage schemes con year amound to 23 and another 71 projects are nearing
Finance, Baning and Insurance
Expenditur. —Total Government Expenditure in 1981 increase of per cent over the previous year as compare increase of 4 per cent.
Capital Ependiture decreased by Rs. 481 million on Advanced Acount Activities decreased by Rs. 1,517 mill expenditurencresed by Rs. 2,756 million or 21 per cent.
Revenue.-Total revenue during the year under rey compared vth Rs. 14,068 million in 1980. This shows ar
The bud¢t deficit of Rs. 16,274 million in 1980 decrease
Income 'zx.—Total Income Tax receipts during the yea a decreasesf 3 per cent over the previous year.

AND 1981
251
Rs. 3,375 million by exports of petroleum
TS IN THE LOCAL MARKET
LE 12.4
Heavy Diesel Furnace Oil L.P. Gas (c.m.)
63,953 106,625
193,800 244,295
7,1106,645
t and non-government sources amounted
794 metric tons in 1980 has decreased to
80,011 metric tons of ilmanite and records The total exports amounted to 42,130
nage Board has spent a sum of Rs. 589-3
also.
ne authority of the Board for the purpose. te and the taking over of water supply and awella, Tangalle, Ratnapura, Mawanella, Panadura are the important changes that
5 meters were installed by the end of 1981.
Kolonnawa, Dehiwela-Mt. Lavinia and s have been installed with new connections
; lines in Greater Colombo Area has been
d and was extended to dig another 1,000
apleted by the Board during the reference completion.
reached Rs. 31,101 million showing an d with Rs. 30,343 million in 1980 with an
E 3 per cent and the Expenditure on ion or 47 per cent while the recurrent
view amounted to Rs. 16,228 million as 1 increase of 15 per cent. ed to Rs. 14,873 million in 1981. r amounted to Rs. 2,029 million showing


Page 264
252
SUMMARY
Turnover Tux. Annual Turnover Tax 1980. Total annual Turnover Tax amour
Selective Sales Tax.-Total collections of 8 per cent over the previous year.
Import and Export Duty.--Total Impor has dropped to 10 per cent when compar is mainly due to the decline in the growth Total Export duties amounted to Rs. 3,
Main Economic Changes during the year (6) Increasing the price of Rice, Suga charges.
Foreign Aid.--Net Foreign Aid Receipt aid receipts in 1981 amounted to Rs. 4,8 financed by foreign resources.
Restructure of Taxes.--The Inland Reve 24 of 1980, were amended by the Inland E
made in the budget speech of 1981.
Under this Act provision have been ma allowances, Tax holidays, reducing the Ta Tea Tax under Selective Sales Taxes was products was withdrawn. Export duty o tax on mattress fibre and coconut oil wa revised during the course of the year.
Decentralized Budget.-Of the budgetar spent under Capital Expenditure and Rs.
Central Bank.--Total assets of the Cent recording an increase of Rs. 4,520 over tr Assets of the Bank rose by Rs. 2,262 mill liability side currency issue increased by
Monetary policy measures introduced in of export credit refinance facility, reduction Credit facilities to Commercial Banks in M Treasury Bill Market.
Commercial Banks.---There were only 10 to 20. 54 Branches of local Banks were owned 83 per cent of the total deposits with viz., Dubai Bank Limited, Union Bank o Bank NV (Amro Bank) opened their bran
Bank of Ceylon.--With the opening of 33 of Branches reached 627. Bank of Ceylo the end of the year total deposits amount
million.
People's Bank.-19 more Branches were Branches 290. As at December 31, 1981, Fixed Deposits amounted to Re, 11,475'6 m
Hatton National Bank.--One Branch number of Branches to 28.

F EVENTS IN 1980 AND 1981
eceipts recorded an increase of 73 per cent over the year ted to Rs. 2,829 milion.
mounted to Rs. 2,028 million. This showed an increase
duties in 1981 amounted to Rs. 3,226 million. Growth ed with the preceding year's growth of 29 per cent. This rate of imports. 585 million showing an increase of 1 per cent.
-(a) Changing the Tax Structure. , Flour, Radio Licence fees, Postal and local telegraph
s in 1980 totalled Rs. 3,516°0 million while net foreign $0•1 million. 57 per cent of the net deficit in 1981 was
Rue Act, No. 28 of 1979 and the Inland Revenue Act, No. levenue Act, No. 40 of 1981, incorporating the proposals
de for widening the Scope of Tax Exemption relief and
Rates and amendments to the Business Turnover Tax. increased while Administrative levy on Coconut Kernel n rubber and desiccated coconut was reduced and the 5 withdrawn. Import duty on a number of items were
y allocation of Rs. 420 million, Rs. 404 million was 10 million was spent under recurrent expenditure.
cral Bank reached Rs. 27,352 million in December 1981 ne preceding year. International Reserve and Domestic ion and Rs. 2,258 million respectively. Considering the Rs. 634 million.
- 1980 continued and the main features were the increase
of credit facilities to Commercial Banks and restriction of ay as a temporary measure and introduction of Secondary
O foreign Banks in 1979 and that number has increased
opened during the year under review and ocal Banks in the Banking system. Three main International Banks f the Middle East Limited and Amsterdam-Rotterdam ches in Colombo.
- Branches during the year under review the total number n opened its second International Branch in Male. At ed to Rs. 9,682 million and the gross profit vas Rs. 645
opened during the year making the total number of the total deposits which included Current, Savings and illion. Office was opened during 1981 bringing the total


Page 265
SUMMARY OF EVENTS
Foreign Currency Banking Units.--As at the en totalled Rs. 7,516 million.
Money Supply.--At the end of 1981 total money an increase of Rs. 4,587 over the year 1980.
State Mortgage and Investment Bank.--At the er million.
Development Finance Corporation of Ceylon.--Du by this Corporation amounted to Rs. 235 million in 1981 amounted to Rs. 160 million.
National Development Bank of Sri Lanka.--Outsti Rs. 275 million and ordinary share investments i million. Total outstanding refinanced loans amour
National Savings Bank.--Total savings in the amounted to Rs. 5,439-3 million. It shows an incre
Housing Loans amounting to Rs. 24 million have Housing Loans as at the end of 1981 totalled during 1981 bringing the total number of Branches
E. P. F.--Total Contributions during the year t compared with Rs. 523 million in 1980.
Insurance Corporation of Sri Lanka.--In 1981, Co Policies valued at Rs. 214 million bringing the tot as at the end of the year. The amount issued was R a sum of Rs. 89 million was invested as fixed de shares in the Property Development Co. Ltd. of C
National Insurance Corporation.-National ] National Insurance Corporation (Amendment) A Insurance and Ordinary Insurance Activities on 2 Policies were issued during 1981 and the amount co respect of Ordinary Insurance Activities amounted to in Commercial Banks as at the end of 1981 amounte
Export Credit Insurance Corporation of Sri Lanka. new Schemes, viz., Credit Guarantee Scheme and Export Trade. As at the end of 1981 the value of were Rs. 749 million and Rs. 285 million respectively,
F: VL National Lotteries Board. '68 Sweeps were dr Lottery was reintroduced from March 1981. Out of ti
million was paid to the Consolidated Fund. Prizes i other Ministries too coming into the scene the sale considerably.

IN 1980 AND 1981
233
d of 1981 Assets and Liabilities of these Units
supply amounted to Rs. 24,447 million recording
ad of 1981 loans granted amounted to Rs. 162
ring 1981 loans and share investments approved and Rs. 9 million respectively. Loans granted
anding loans as at the end of 1981 totalled n Development Schemes amounted to Rs. 11 ated to Rs. 130 million.
Bank as at the end of the year under review ease of 9•8 per cent over the year 1980.
e been granted during the year and outstanding
Rs. 83 million. 3 more Branches were opened to 45.
under review amounted to Rs. 486 million as
orporation has issued 25,168 new Life Insurance al number of Life Insurance Policies to 209,956 s. 2,643 million. During the year under review eposits in Commercial Banks and as ordinary Ceylon.
Insurance Corporation established under ct, No. 22 of 1979, commenced it's Life 28th March, 1980. Only a few Life Insurance llected was Rs. 52,334 million. Collections in o Rs. 1925 million. Corporations investments ed to Rs. 114 million.
---In 1979 the Corporation has introduced two
Export Payments Insurance Scheme for the Guarantees and the value of Insurance Policies
awn per month and Mahajana Sampatha
he total annual income of Rs. 52 million, RS. 19 amounted to Rs. 20 million. However, with the of Lottery tickets by the Board has dropped


Page 266
254
SUMMARY OF EVEN
Foreign Tradeildar bre
Exports and Imports.--The total export ear million and recorded an increase of 17 pe which was Rs. 17,595 million.
Tea export earnings amounted to Rs. 6,444 n the previous year and represented about 31 p income of Rs. 2,889 million was earned by exp increase of Rs. 299 million. Exports of coconu earnings of this product comes to about Rs. 1
However, the position of these traditional exp further declined. In 1980 the earnings of tradit earnings. Yet by 1981 this has further decrease
On the other hand the value of industrial ex the year under review as compared to Rs. 5,485 is due to increased textile and apparel exports.
million with an increase of 65 per cent over the i
The total expenditure on imports in 1981 Rs. 33,942 million in 1980. In money value th in the cost of imports is due to high price of impo According to the Central Bank import volume period as against 14 per cent in the previous year
Food imports showed a further decline. It h per cent in 1981. The main reason for this decl wheat flour and accounted under intermediate go
Geographical distribution of Trade.–United St. of Sri Lanka exports. In 1981 U.S.A. had bou for 14:4 per cent of the total exports. In 1980 th is the second largest buyer followed by German
Out of the total imports in 1981, 15:17 per value of these imports comes to about Rs. 5,24
million over the previous year. Japan and U sharing 14:4 per cent and 7-2 per cent of the tota
Promotion of Trade.--In 1981 Sri Lanka has a Fairs. The Igado International Ladies Fashion trade fairs of the year. About 31 local business
Trade Agreements.—In accordance with the fiv China a trade protocol was signed for 1982 in Be
International Trade Relationships.--A high 1 developing countries was held in Venezuela in of the Standing Committee of Bangkok Agreer common fund for commodity was signed in Janu
A new protocol extension was signed extendin 4 years and 7 months, effectivefrom January 1982 with European Economic Community, Sri Lan Community for a number of projects.
Sri Lanka Export Credit Insurance Corporai issued by the Corporation was 357 and the app During the year under review 65 exporters had At the end of 1979 the number of policy holders was Rs. 13 million and this has gone up to Rs. 30

IS IN 1980 AND 1981
nings for the year 1981 stood at Rs. 20,585 e cent over the previous years export earnings
million with an increase of 274 million rupees over er cent of the total export earnings in 1981. An ports of rubber in 1981 and it showed an annual at products too has increased and the total export ,011 millions. This is an increase of 34 per cent. orts in the country's overall export earnings have ional exports accounted for 57 per cent of the total ed to a level of 52 per cent.
ports have gone up. This was Rs, 7,059 millon in million in 1980. The main reason for this increase
The value of these exports amounted to RS, 3,000 previous year. - amounted to Rs. 35,251 million as compared to is showed an increase of 4 per cent. This increase orts together with a slight increase in import volume. index has gone only by 4 per cent in the reference
as come down from 21:3 per cent in 1979 to 13:9 ine is attributed to the import of wheat instead of Dods. ates of America ranks first among the major buyers ght goods worth Rs. 2,805•6 million and accounted Es component was 11:16 per cent. United Kingdom
Federal Republic. cent has been imported from Saudi Arabia. The 6:9 million, and has been increased by Rs. 2,040 nited Kingdom are in the second and third place l imports to Sri Lanka. officially participated in eight International Trade
Fair and Anuga Food Fair, are the most important s organisations took part in these trade fairs.
e-year Trade and Payment Agreement of 1977 with eijing on 20th November, 1981. evel conference on economic cooperation among May 1981. Sri Lanka also participated in meetings ment in 1981. Another agreement on UNCTAD sary 1981. ng the period of Multi-Fibre Agreement by another 2. Under the Commodity Co-operative Agreement ka continued to receive assistance from European
tion. By the year 1980 the number of guarantees roved credit limit ranged up to Rs. 748•7 million. | new insurance policies totalling to 188 altogether. was 62. The income of the Corporation in 1979
million in 1981.


Page 267
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN
The corporation has introduced a new guarantee scł covering all the Commercial Bank advances to export
The Corporation has been of service to the model ex ment Board and the Trade & Shipping Ministry, by on an easy-term basis. For the first time the Corpor: in the Free Trade Zone.
Sri Lanka State Trading Tractor Corporation.The Corporation was Rs. 138 million and is half of the i
The Corporation has started assembling tractor p Corporation has also started a new method of appi part in the Mahapola exhibition held in various parts
Registration of Companies.--The number of public 1980 and 1981 was 966 and 1,014 respectively. In registered in 1977, with that of 1981 it showed a thre This indicates a rapid growth in business undertaking there were 30 public sector companies and this has i the 1,014 companies registered in 1981 was as follow
& hotel services, 96 engineering and construction 56 financing organisations, 19 agricultural institutes
Conversion into Metric System.--The Metric Conv persons to repair and manufacture weights & measi
During the period under review the Department ex units, particularly the work in the Survey Department. petrol pumps with the help of the Petroleum Corporati the readability of 1 kg. balance. In collaboration wit of Colombo three under-graduate projects were initiate
Co-operative Societies and Consumer Prices. In 198 Societies in the island with approximately 9,000 ret
The sales turnover of the Co-operative Societies for Rs. 6,342:2 million & Rs. 10,733·9 million respectively could mainly be attributed to the economic inflation w and services. The commodities marketed by the Cocantly under the Open Economic System.
As a result of the withdrawal of Rice Ration Boo the income of the Co-operative Societies has suffere resort to obtaining more and more loans in order to The loans obtained by these Societies during the yea
The Co-operative Societies have offered loans for ag loans totalling Rs. 10,805,307 for 1980/81 Maha and ] 44,766,164 kg. of fertilizer has been supplied during til facilities in each area has also been initiated.
The number of Co-operative Rural Banks at 1981 was Rs. 8•6 million.

1980 AND 1981
255
eme, namely, “Pre-shipment Credit Guarantee? ers, with effect from August 1981.
ort villages established by the Export Develop
way of providing various insurance facilities tion issued insurance policies to the exporters
Bill: 120 annual income from sales activities of the ncome of 1979.
arts and also welding and lathe work. The oaching the farmer for their sales by taking of the island.
R private sector companies registered during comparing the 317 companies, the number efold increase during the period under review. ss both in private and public sector. In 1977 ncreased to 47 in 1981. The classification of B: 228 commercial establishments, 184 tourist institutions, 56 managerial establishments, and 236 various other enterprises.
ersion Authority has authorised about 10 ures in 1981.
tended its activities on converting into metric
A pilot project was started for the testing of on. Work was started with regard to improve h the Department of Physics of the University
ed.
og fo
1, there were 289 Multi-Purpose Co-operative ail branch depots. 1977, 1950 and 1981 was Rs. 2,583•5 million, indicating an upward trend each year. This hich has resulted in high cost of commodities operative Societies have not increased signifi
ks followed by the Open Economic System, :d a gradual decline. The Societies had to alleviate the difficulties encountered thereby. r under review amounted to Rs. 387 million.
gricultural activities in the form of cultivation Rs. 5,962,428 for 1981 Yala season. Further he year and a programme to provide storage
was 744 and the annual income recorded


Page 268
256
SUMMARY OF EV
In 1981, there were 471 registered Industri open Economic System together with the by the non-availability of raw material has cri are the mostly affected in this regard.
With a view to improving the production programme was launched for setting up of co
Food Supply.--In 1981 the private sector e the position of main importer of sugar.
With the commissioning of the Prima Flo Food Commissioner's Department started in first time. This Complex has a milling capac capable of milling the entire requirement of v
In accordance with the Government's Poli new trade strategy to price its commodities 01
The import of food by the Food Commissi
Commodities
Rice
Wheat flour Wheat grain Sugar
ConImodities
Rice Wheat grain Sugar
National Price Commission.--During 1981 1 reviews. In addition to this the Commissio provisions relating to exclusive dealings of pric Protection Act.
Labour and Employment
New Legislation.--Several new Labour Law They were aimed at regulating the quorum at Employment Agencies, setting up an Employ only and enabling full maternity leave withou
The Employees' Provident Fund.Contribu increased to make it 20 per cent of the total ea subscriptions to the Fund are in the region o tions in the year 1980 was Rs. 747-05 million :

NTS IN 1980 AND 1981
I Co-operative Societies. With the adherence of the ladequacy in the technical know-how accompanied pled these establishments. Textile Industrial Societies
activities in tea, rubber, coconut and milk foods a nmittees in respect of each.
itered the sugar import trade and gradually it gained
ir Mill Complex in Trincomalee in October 1980 the porting wheat, grain instead of whear four, for the ity of 1,800 M. per day for 325 days per year and is heat flour of Sri Lanka. y the Food Commissioner's Department launched a la “no-loss-no-profit ” basis.
Dner's Department for 1980/81 is as follows: at
1980
Qanity (net) MIT
CIF Value
Rs.
189,450 360,938 163,969 198,968
881,537,967 1,824,933,930
575,400,175 2,026,212,720
1981
Quantity (net) MIT
CIF Value
Rs.
137,032
934,819,421 439,175 a 1,696,903,767 168,317 2,077,198,450
che National Price Commission carried out 103 price n examined 02 applications for exemption from e discrimination under sections 20 and 21 of Consumer
s were passed by the Parliament during 1980 to 1981.
Wage Board Meetings, regulating activities of Foreign -ees' Trust Fund with contributions from Employees t restriction. tions from both employee and employer have been nings with effect from 1982.01.01. Average monthly Rs. 85 million. Collections on account of subscripnd Rs. 923:07 million in 1981.


Page 269
SUMMARY OF EVENTS
A system of pass book for each member has bee of the accurate amount that is available to his cr whereby members can opt to credit their ber introduced with the co-operation of the Bank of Ce A sum of Rs. 1,095 million has been paid out as it taken to conduct district level educational programr in order to provide information on all aspects of E
Security and Health.--The occupational Hyg research laboratory in the field of occupational optimisation with workers' health, well being an factories registered in the Labour Department.
Vocational training.--The total number of traini were mobile training centres. Females were en Electronics and Electrical trade and Masonry. Th Employment Assistants undertake the task of placin
Foreign Employment. The regulations under th 1981 is in force at present. All employment Ag satisfying requirements which include furnishing a used to provide relief to prospective employees. A if the interests of that particular category of worke have been taken to ensure favourable conditions Missions in West Asia are available to migrants for Office is functioning in Abu Dhabi.
The number of Foreign Employment Agencies 1981. It has been estimated that in 1981, there w Registrations were cancelled for 35 Employment A
Employees Trust Fund.--Employees Trust Fund i was effective from 15th January, 1981. Employer every month an amount equivalent to 3 per cent contributions from the employee himself. Over 1 at the moment. The Fund's collection during 1981
The coverage of the Act has been extended to th and Private Sector. Stage I covers employees in th employees and employees in all Public Sector und Sector undertakings with less than 150 and not le employees in Private Sector undertakings with less
Education The Educational White Paper incorporating propos ment needs of the country was submitted to the P
General Education. --Total number of schools in population in that year is reported to be 3,389,7 141,185. The number of schools in the year 1981 t
The expenditure on education showed an upwa general education which stood at Rs. 934•9 million 1,712-7 million in 1981. However, as a percenta
Gross National Product, the total expenditure of This may be attributable to the resource and budget

IN 1980 AND 1981
257
n introduced in order to keep members informed -edit at the Central Bank. A voluntary scheme nefits to a saving scheme in their names is being eylon, People's Bank and National Savings Bank. penefits up to the end of 1980. Steps have been mes with the assistance of the Labour Department .P. F. scheme.
iene Division is being developed as a national
Hygiene. This division is concerned, non-task d efficiency in view. There are about 13,123
ng units as at 1980 was 340. Among these, 330 rolled for the first time for training in Radio e stipend paid to the trainees was also increased. ng the trainees in employment.
e Foreign Employment Agencies Act passed in sencies are required to obtain new licences on
bank guarantee for RS. 100,000 which may be Provision has been made to prohibit recruitments Ers are not regularized. Administrative measures
of work for the migrant workers. Sri Lanka advice and guidance and also a Labour Relations
which stood at 388 in 1979 increased to 567 in Pere 60,000 Sri Lankans working in West Asia. gencies, during the reference period.
was established under Act No. 46 of 1980 and Es are obliged to make remittance to this Fund
of the earnings of every employee. There is no 10,000 employers are contributing to this Fund
totalled Rs. 6-34 million. aree stages to include all employees of the Public ne private sector undertakings with less than 150 ertakings. Stage II covers employees in Private ess than 50 employees and Stage III covers all
than 50 employees.
sals to allign formal education with the developarliament by the Minister of Education in 1981.
the island as at 1980 was 9,794 and the student 76 and the total number of teachers stood at otalled 9.789.
ard trend throughout. Current expenditure on a in 1978 shot up to 1,284-0 million in 1980 and =ge of entire Government expenditure and the an education has witnessed a gradual decrease. cary constraints the Governments were compelled


Page 270
258
SUMMARY OF EVEN
to face in the recent past. As a percentage of tł expenditure on education worked out to 11:9 pe and 62 per cent in 1981.
Education Service.--The issue of free school te directive by the Government continued in the year books printed in all three languages valued at Rs
Higher Education. The number of Higher E by addition of two new Higher Education Insti University College which began functioning in m
The Open University.— 12 study courses were and total number of 3,379 students followed the
This University was commissioned in the temp site at Nawala and the extension work on this i Institute has undertaken construction work on some of these have already been completed.
The Sweden International Development Agency Education Programmes of the University in numl and UNESCO Fellowships were awarded and er the UNDP/UNESCO funds.
Batticaloa University College.--The Battica Universities Act, No. 16 of 1978. During the students were granted enrolment to this College. Agriculture (with 3 departments of study) and th
The Government has recognized the need for has provided for establishment of Government i purpose of conducting courses of study and e: the many institutions that applied for recognitic Medical College and Kotelawela Defence Academ
Steps have been taken to strengthen the intake afforded opportunity to obtain University Edu further increased to 5,004 in 1981/82 academic yez
Cultural Affairs.--During the period under r attention to preserve historical and cultural herita called " Cultural Triangle “ was inaugurated. conserve and renovate the places of historical i includes three ancient kingdoms, viz., Anuradhap
Cultural Triangle Project is the outcome of of the total expenditure of this project is financ are handled by the Central Cultural Fund create
Original estimates for the Cultural Triangle ui Rs. 100 million approximately. However, accor for 1979 it amounted to RS. 137 million,

TS IN 1980 AND 1981
Le entire Government expenditure in 1972, the total e cent. This was diminished to 4-9 per cent in 1980 a preto e o mendiam videri
- do nelaos oittagioni ext books which was in operation from 1980 on a
under review as well. About 4,743,000 copies of text .. 59•7 million were distributed free during the year.
Education Institutions were further strengthened itutions, i.e., the Open University and the Batticaloa id 1980 and mid 1981 respectively.
e conducted by the Open University during 1981 se courses during the year.
orary buildings constructed at the Open University s in progress. The Sri Lanka Distance Education Laboratories and workshops at 16 locations and
y has supported the 1981 Technical and Vocational per of ways. United Nations Development Project quipment worth 160,000 US $ werĘ granted from
loa University College was established under 1981/1982 academic year a total number of 75
The courses of study consists of the Faculty of e Faculty of Science (with 6 departments of study).
expanding the facilities for higher education and recognized Higher Education Institutions for the xaminations approved for Higher Education. Of on two have been selected, i. e., North Colombo
e of students to Universities. 4,857 students were cation in the 1980/81 academic year. This was ar.
-eview the Government of Sri Lanka paid special -ge of the nation. Consequently a massive project
The main object of this project is to preserve, mportance lying within the triangular area which pura, Polonnaruwa and Kandy.
UNESCO-Sri Lanka co-operation. 60 per cent ced by the UNESCO. All activities of this project
d under the Ministry of Cultural Affairs.
nder a five-year plan envisaged an expenditure of -ding to the Archaeological Department's Budget


Page 271
SUMMARY OF EVENTS IN
Several measures were taken to meet the Sri Lai expenditure. From April 1979 a fee is levied from area and an additional amount of Rs. 12-3 millio A major portion of this money will be utilized for the
With the Central Cultural Fund Act which came was given the necessary incentives to assist the Crim in cash or kind is exempted from the Income Tax,
Customs Duty.
Assistance has already been received from Japan, World Food Programmes, Asia Foundation, etc., i to obtain assistance from foreign countries and orgal
Following items are included in the Programme : (i) Stupas and monasteries of Jethawana and Abh (ü) Excavation and reservation of Alahana Piriven (iii) Renovation and preservation of the Tooth Rel
with Malwatu and Asgiriya Maha Viharas and (iv) Lighting and renovation of caves and painting (y) Excavation, renovation and preservation of
and Rock premises together with the flight of (vi) Construction of a Cultural Complex in Colom
and an Auditorium. (vii) Training of Technical personnel for such work (viii) Improvements to Research Institutes for handi (ix) Supply of necessary photographic equipment
connection. At the meeting of the Sri Lanka-UNESCO Plan 1981, approval has been granted to commence Jetha
Alahana Pirivena.--Excavations commenced in Aj and the Institutes of South-East Religious Civilizati excavations. Initial work for preservation of Rank
with the above work.
Jethawana Viharaya.--Jethawana Dagaba preservat campus is in charge of this work.
Abhayagiri Viharaya.--Excavations commenced in Campus is in charge of the work A Czechoslovakia cavation work. It is anticipated that the Preservati continue beyond the Five-Year Plan.
Kandy.—Excavations at Natha Devalaya commen is in charge of the work.
Training programme for Sigiriya excavations is due
Health
Expenditure on Health Services.--The expenditure million in 1980 and this has gone up to a sum of R per cent of the total expenditure has been spent on ci

E 1980 AND 1981
259
nka Government's share of 40 per cent of the a the tourists who visit the Cultural Triangle
n is anticipated annually from this source. e Cultural Triangle.
to force in December 1980 Private Sector aral Triangle. Any contribution to the Fund realiti TasG Tax, Entertainment Tax and
France, Czechoslovakia, USA and UNDP In response to a special programme anche nisations for the Cultural Triangle. approved by the UNESCO for this project - bayagiri in Anuradhapura. Las in Polonnaruwa.
ic Temple in Kandy, the four Devalas together a layout of the gardens around these. s in the Dambulu Viharaya.
Sigiriya frescoes, canals, tanks, ponds, etc., steps in Sigiriya. bo to meet the requirements of an Art Gallery
K as renovation of ancient rocks and paintings. ing basic research work. and drawing up of other programmes in this
Implementation Committee held in February swana, Abhayagiri, Alahana and Kandy Project. pril 1981. Peradeniya campus of Sri Lanka on Project in Cambridge are in charge of these ot Vehera too commenced in December along
tion work commenced in May 1981. Colombo
a September 1981 and Sri Jayawardhanapura en team is due to arrive in Sri Lanka for exon Programme of the Abhayagiri Vihara will
ced in December 1981 and Peradeniya Campus
e to commence in January 1982.
on Health Services amounted to Rs. 875 S. 951 million in the reference year. About 60 arative services. 30 per cent was spent on Public


Page 272
260
SUMMARY OF EV
Health Services and it denotes an increase of A big portion of this amount was allocated alone account for 50 per cent of the total cost
The expenditure on health as a percentage with that of early 1970s it indicates that this was 3-1 per cent in 1980 and has increased to
Organization of Health Services and Administ primary health care under the objective of goo to the national health council for the improve functions of health services enabling the achie institution named 'Gramodaya Health Centre
with the other small and large institutions all the guidance of family health workers.
Patient Care Services.--The number of in-pa The number of out-patients amounted to 31,89 were 2,283,000 and 30,247,000 respectively. In by the patients and not the number of indivi
Health Personnel.--The shortage in the nun two years. According to the estimate made b of doctors was 38 per cent less than that of the doctors in health service amounted to 2,233 in 1 categories of attendants and other health staff.
As a solution for the shortage of medical do college. The number of medical officers trained
Ayurveda Medical Service.--The total number i Dispensaries amounted to 843,361. About 28 in the department. This consists of 50 gradua institutions, 92 general practitioners (hereditary)
The Ayurvedic Research Institute is engager Rheumatism and have been successful in its rese
A training programme was held for these Ayum training, A number of seminars were organise Department in co-ordination with the Family ] India to undergo a training programme on ‘I review the Department released a number of boi
Transport and Communications
| Department of Motor Traffic.--The total nur against 37,391 in 1981. The new registrations fi 17,160 motor bicycles, 8,036 lorries and vans,

ITS IN 1980 AND 1981
per cent over the corresponding figure of 1979. combat the spread of Malaria. Wages & Salaries n health services.
of the total Government expenditure and comparing ercentage is low in 1981. However, this percentage 5 per cent in 1981.
ation.-A special emphasis was made towards the health for all by year 2000'. Suggestions were made ment of basic sanitary services and reforming the vement of the above-mentioned objective. A new ' came into being to provide health services along over the country. These are functioning under
esir
tients treated in 1980 is recorded as 2,360,000. 2,000 in 1980. The corresponding figures for 1981 fact these figures reveal the number of visits made Jual patients.
aber of health personnel was felt during the last y the end of 1981, it was observed that the availability total requirements. The total number of western 981. There was also a shortage of 48 per cent in the
-ctors, it was allowed to establish a private medical
was also increased.
of patients treated in Ayurvedic Hospitals and Central 5 Ayurvedic physicians have registered themselves tes from the Ayurvedic Medical College and other and 144 other special practitioners (hereditary).
in research action on diseases like Psoriosis & arch work on Rheumatism.
vedic practitioners who are without any institutional d for the Ayurvedic practitioners by the Ayurveda Health Ministry. A group of doctors were sent to anchakarma Chikitsa’. During the period under oks on Ayurveda.
nariai
aber of vehicles registed during 1980 was 63,776 as r 1981 included 2,354 buses, 5,760 private vehicles, -.045 land vehicles and 36 other vehicles, es


Page 273
SUMBMARY OF EVENTS
Sri Lanka Central Transport Board.–During the operational sphere of the Board was the minimisir Board. The losses incurred in 1980 which was esti 1981. The fleet strength of this year comprised providing travel facilities for 1,386 million com
Sri Lanka Government Railway.--The number of o Railway in 1981 has been estimated at 70 million figure of 84 million an indicatat decline of 17 per transport which rose from Rs. 222,793 million in 19 attributed to the increased fare by 66 per cent in th stood at Rs. 369 million in 1980 rose to Rs. 484 m
New Projects.--A Railway Training Centre with c being constructed at Ratmalana. Suggestions ar
miles in length acorss the Mahaweli development ganaya, and another connecting line extending 4} T Urea Factory.
Preliminary studies are being carried out pertain Sub Urban Railway network on the main lines fre from Maradana to Kalutara and along the Puttalam
Inland water Transport.--The reconstruction work This is utilized for various industrial purposes and
Once the reconstruction work of the Maha Oya car the conveyance of bricks, sand and clay economicall
Ceylon Shipping Corporation. The cargo transpo 1980 as against 623,038 in 1981. The profit made i and further increased to Rs. 118 million in 1981.
Port Authority.--The profit earned by the Author Rs. 331:5 million as against Rs. 235•7 million earr transported amounted to 3-6 million Mts as agains 1:4 per cent may be explained by the drop in the equipment necessitated by the development activitie ports in Sri Lanka was 2,222 which is 179 less tha previous year, the decrease of 179 vessels during tl the actual overall operational capacity.
The Authority has provided more extensive facil and this was given a high publicity over the world. cargo handling. Accessories were also made ava was cleared and made available for use as a contai this year for the purchase of two giant cranes for tt
Under the work programme of dredging of the ! truction work of the Kochchikade container jetty, di completed.
Construction work on the bridge connecting Beir is in progress.

N 1980 AND 1981
261
year under review a significant feature in the g of the heavy recurring losses incurred by the mated at Rs. 278•9 million was 49-4 million in 7,725 buses and operated 493•50 million Kms
muters.
ommuters carried by the Sri Lanka Government vhich is in comparison to the previous years ent. The enhanced revenue earned by passenger 30 to Rs. 255,191 million in 1981 could mainly be at year. The overall loss of the Railway which llion in this year.
omprehensive technical facilities for assembling is e made for construction of a Railway line of 49 area connecting Manampitiya and Mahiyanniles for the requirements of the Sapugaskande
ning to introducing electric locomotives to the om Maradana to Veyangoda, on the coast line
I line up to Negombo.
on the Kelani River Canal has been completed. for the needs of many tourist resorts.
ial is completed it is envisaged to make possible
m dowy ested by the Corporation totalled 519,901 Mts in or the year 1980 works out to Rs. 80 million
ity during the year under review is estimated at ed during the previous year. The total cargo t previous years 3:7 million Mts. This drop of
nflux of luxury items and the machinery and 3. The total number of ships called at the three a the previous year. When compared with the is year is negligible in view of the increase in
ties for the transport of cargo during the year Special facilities were afforded for containerized lable for container transport. A warehouse aer yard. Action has also been initiated during e purpose of loading and unloading containers.
Colombo Harbour in connection with the consedging of 327,000 cubic yards have already been
lake and Colombo Harbour and the Chaittiya


Page 274
262
SUMMARY OF EVEN
Post and Telecommunication Services.--Post ai one department was separated into two dep of postal delivery areas which stood at 5,925 i offices too increased from 3,341 to 3,515. 5 agen The volume of local letters handled by the depa
According to the Central Bank Report the dem
estimated at 90,578. The number of telephon 60,070 in the previous year. The rapid growth from 1977 to 1981 with the introduction of the o that the demand for telex telecommunication se
cent.
Tourist Industry The Tourist Industry in Sri Lanka has gained co though the touring countries, have suffered an tourist arrivals, even though the set target was 15 per cent over the year 1980.
In comparison with the other countries in the in Sri Lanka seems quite satisfactory. The rat 28:6 per cent over that of 1979 representing a hig! figures for Thailand is 16:8 per cent, Singapore
As far as the country's foreign exchange ea growing industry. The foreign exchange earnir up to Rs. 2,500 million in 1981 reflecting a gr earnings have shown a 7 fold increase during tl position of fourth largest foreign exchange earne
Tourist Resorts and Hotels.--The total room rooms giving a total of 7,000 in 1981. Further to be completed by the end of 1981. Sanction 12,450 rooms in the forthcoming year. The To new Hotel and Restaurant Projects submitted by
102 Tourist inns with 846 room capacity and been approved for Tourist accommodation for the private housing room scheme.
The total number of persons involved directly totalled 56,000 in 1980. This is an increase of 1
Travel Framework.–Tourist arrival in 1981 v cent from Asia. Despite the constraints such a arising from the distance to Sri Lanka from co the number of tourists from these countries has Bank Report although the arrivals from these remarkable increase, their importance in relativ

TS IN 1980 AND 1981
nd Telecommunication which so far functioned under iartments in the latter part of 1980. The number i 1980 rose to 5,939 in 1981. The number of post cy post offices came into existence by the year 1981.
rtment was 640,745 thousand per annum.
land for new telephone connections as at end of 1981 e lines as at end of 1981 totalled 63,819 as against
in the number of telex subscribers during the span pen economy is a significant event. It is recorded rvice in 1980 has reflected a growth rate of 88 per
ntinuous expansion surpassing the 1981 target even economic setback. In 1980 there were 370,742 only 348,000 and denotes an increase of 48,962 or
region the progress achieved in the Tourist Industry e of growth of tourist traffic in 1980 amounted to rest rate of growth in the region. The corresponding 14-0 per cent and India 4•6 per cent.
enings are concerned tourism remain as the fastest ngs in 1980 totalled Rs. 1,830 million and was shot rowth rate of 36•6 per cent. The foreign exchange he span from 1977 to 1981 and tourism gained the er of the country.
capacity increased by an addition of 950 more new
3,000 rooms are being constructed and scheduled a has already been granted for putting up of further arist Board has made its observations on the 30 y the Foreign Investment Advisory Committee.
1 308 private houses with 514 room capacity have the year. Further 42 rooms were approved under
and indirectly in the servicing and supplying sectors 7 per cent over the previous year. E bes baigia
pas 66 per cent from Western Europe with 24 per s costs and accommodation encountered in travel untries like Australia, North America and Japan,
recorded an increase. According to the Central = countries during the past decade have shown a e terms has resulted in a decline.


Page 275
SUMMARY OF EVENTS
Social Welfare and Housing
Department of Social Services--Social Assistance. persons and the total amount involved was Rs. 41, T. B. patients and 733 leprosy patients have 1 respectively as assistance. During the latter part victims in the Northern and Southern parts of the A sum of Rs. 540,000 has been provided to repa amount granted as drought relief was Rs. 41,46 distribution of 4,757 metric tons of wheat fou districts about 200,000 people were granted assista water supply in districts where drought was severe as relief for damage to crops by wild animals Rs. 674,700 has been sent as casual relief. The ar riots in August 1981 was Rs. 576,000.
Welfare activities. In places where there are no S are required small cottages have been established. each Kegalle and Matara district and 1 in each G the year the total number of inmates in these cotta
Rehabilitation of Physically and Mentally handicap handicapped youth in Pelawatta (Kalutara) was op could be provided for 25 inmates in this Governmen is in progrees to open up a vocational training cei physically handicapped persons.
- Voluntary Organizations engaged in Social 40 voluntary service organizations engaged in out under review a sum of Rs. 132,393 has been paid providing institutional care to children and unmarri during the year from CARE, Europeon Econom were distributed among the recognised institutions NNOM
Requests made by Social Welfare Institutions f organizations and for the waiver of Customs duty w
Department of Probation and Child Care-Prol Probation Officers were in service in 43 Judicial Di
Day Care Centres.—The department pays an a voluntary organisations. There are 164 such centr childrens’ homes have been converted to children delivery of services both to the child and the family
Beggar Rehabilitation Centres.-There are centre and vocational training facilities.
Vocational Social Work Educational Programme selected for the 1980/82 course. A revised syllab onwards.
Vocational training for intermediate staff.--The Corporation took over the training of attendants fo of staff for the day care centres to be set up und entrusted to the School of Social Service.

IN 1980 AND 1981
263
--In 1981 assistance has been granted to 194,850 989,660. During the year under review 5,702 been granted Rs. 3,494,296 and Rs. 552,680 of 1981 flood relief has been granted to flood island up to a maximum of Rs. 750 per family. ir the damaged houses. During the year the 53,289 and arrangements were made for free E under the World Food Programme. In 14 nce. A sum of Rs. 993.440 has been spent on . During the year Rs. 200,000 has been spent and relief for distress among fishermen while nount paid as relief to victims of communal
State Homes for the Aged and where such Homes
There are 7 cottages in Kandy district and 2 in alle, Matale and Hambantota district. During ges was 325.
iped persons." Senehasa ” Home for mentally vened in the latter part of 1979. Accommodation It Institution, which is the first of its kind. Work ntre at Muruthavela in Hambantota District for
Welfare Work.—During the year there were door social service activities. During the period as grants to voluntary organizations engaged in Ted mothers. Food and Commodity aid received ic Community and the Australian Government
by the Department.
or permits for foreign gifts required by charity zere allowed.
sation Service.—At the beginning of 1981, 142
visions of the island.
ssistance of Rs. 15 per month for a child to es in the island. Selected day care centres and - and family welfare centres for the convenient
under one roof.
s to rehabilitate beggar children with educational
.--Under this programme 45 trainees have been us has been introduced for courses from 1981
JANAWASAMA and the State Plantation e the day care centres in estates while the training er the Mahaweli Development Scheme has been


Page 276
264
SUMMARY OF EVEN
Research. --A data Bank was set up during th research. A study on physically and mentally district with assistance from the NORAD Org: tionists in the Asian Region and International Region was held in August 1981 at the Sri Lan!
Housing.--During the period from 1971 to 1 * and the number of houses has increased by 26:8 p
with the period before 1971.
According to the 1981 Census the number of from 924 to 95:2 per cent while the number has decreased further from 7-6 to 4:9, Census r are being occupied by the owners themselves. housing unit has decreased from 5-6 in 1971 to urban, rural and estate sectors. The decrease ir other two sectors it was from 5:6 to 5:1 and 4
In 1971 only 9 per cent of the houses had elec Census 1981 shows that it has gone up to 14:9 facilities has declined from 35•5 per cent in 1971
Department of National Housing--Housing Lo the department all loans have been temporaril of loans and rent was intensified,
Renting out and Maintenance of flats and houses Housing Schemes administered by the departmer ment Authority. Implementation of the rent the period under review. Issuing of deeds for has commenced,
Implementation of Housing LawS, --Law relating amended in 1980 and the payment of compensa number of excess houses taken over by the depa
Rent Act.--According to the amendment to th of which exceeded Rs. 100 had to deposit 5 yea for their use. Under this provision house owne in 1981 in respect of 109 premises.
Tenant Protection Act. -1,464 complaints have
Private Developers.--Approving of Private De Act, No. 28 of 1979, is one of the functions of Developers were approved in 1981.
National Housing Development Authority.-- prepared with a target of 6,950 units of houses, income and skyscraper flats. During the year shops were completed as compared with the 5,000 number of units of Government quarters complet
Rural Housing Programme.--Self-help housi Fishermen's housing schemes and housing schem have been prepared for 15,070 housing units and

TS IN 1980 AND 1981
is year to collect necessary information for social handicapped persons was launched in Hambantota anization, 6th session of the Social Work Educa
Social Workers Conference of the Asia-Pacific ka Foundation Institute.
981 the Population has increased by 17•0 per cent ser cent. This is a great achievement when compared
nouses occupied by a single household has increased
of houses shared by two or more households eport shows that in 1981, 69.4 per cent of the houses
Generally, the average number of occupants in a 5:2 in 1981. The above decrease was common to I the Urban Sector was from 6:2 to 5:4 while in the
·8 to 444 respectively.
ctricity but the information collected at the Housing
per cent. The number of houses with no lavatory to 33:4 per cent.
man Scheme.--In view of the financial position of y suspended from the beginning of 1980. Recovery
sin Housing Schemes.--Ratmalana and Maligawatta it have been handed over to the Housing Developpurchase policy was a significant event during houses in Housing Schemes under the department
3 to the housing property ceiling of 1973 was tion to original house owners was expedited. The rtment in 1981 was 103.
is Act in 1980 the owners of single houses the rent rs rent before going to courts claiming the houses rs have deposited Rs. 1,821,865 in the department
been received from tenants during the year.
velopers under section 31 of the Inland Revenue | this department. Two applications of Private
Direct Construction Programme.---Plans have been
flats and shops consisting of low income, middle under review only 3,537 units of housing flats and D units completed during the preceding year. The ted was 239.
ing schemes, Middle Village housing schemes, es in electorate basis are included in this. Plans 7,199 units have been completed during this period.


Page 277
SUDIARY OF EVENTS
In both these programmes targets could not be estimates consequent to high inflation and inade Further allocations for rural housing programme tractors who were engaged in direct construction complexes, etc., and thereby reducing the funds av
Income from the sale of flats/houses and Gor amounted to Rs. 117,988 million as compared w During the year under review income from rent ar million recording an increase of 95 per cent over the
Public Convenience Board. —Public Convenience UNICEF organization which came into operation to extend the facilities of the present Water Supp dwellers in the Colombo city and to up-grade the ex to 15 per cent of the slum and shanty dwellers by 1
U.S. $ 88,000 and U.S. $ 96,000 have been rece Board for 1980 and 1981 respectively. The Boa
Building Materials Corporation.--The total inc in 1980 to Rs. 500 million in 1981. This is mai
materials consequent to implementation of the Go tructions during the previous year.
Expansion of commercial operations of the Co defaulting the payment of loans granted by the the Corporation lost its monopoly in the sale of ast cement and steel too declined. Another reason for of defaulting the payment of loans by those who ol
However, the Corporation is still the chief impo local market. During the year under review a sigi Corporation was the adoption of a new policy for fi: the Corporation to compete in the open market su the decline experienced in the profits.
Last year the Corporation made a special attemp cularly to builders of small houses. The profits dr in 1980 to Rs. 3,634 million in 1981.
Department of Town and Country Planning.-I completed the Town and Country Planning Scheme Minneriya, Polonnaruwa, Kumbukduwa, Giriulla, Naiwala, Ragama, Udispattuwa, Mirissa, Vehe Galgamuwa, Kotavehera, Batapola, Talgaswela, K
During the period under review the department and preliminary work on some schemes has alre plans for 24 model viilages and completed the pre number of urban buildings.
Urban Development Authority.--In connection w city, fish market and vegetable market are under o truction work has commenced on office premises i in connection with the other projects in the Color purposes in the race course and approved schemi allocated land. Chalmers Granary has been st being taken to develop the Manning Market area w complex. Night Bazaar in Galle Face Area has b to a place near Colombo Fort Railway Station.

N 1980 AND 1981
265
achieved cue to increased prices in the original nacy of the allocations made by the Treasury. have been utilized for making payments to con
work such as putting up of arts, shopping tilable under that programme :rnment quarters during the year ander mensen th Rs. 7,753 million during the preceding year d purchase instalments amounted to Rs. 13.304 è preceding year. pard entered into a five-year agreement with the
since 1979. The target of this agreement was y Scheme to 15 per cent of the slum and shanty sting lavatory facilities or to provide new facilities
ved for the purposes of the Public Convenienco d has maintained 38 housing schemes in 1981.
me of the Board declined from Rs. 845 million nly due to the drop in the demand for building vernment policy of reducing provisions for cons
irporation was adversely affected as a result of Corporation during the previous year. Further sestos and the position it held in the sale of local the drop in profits is excessive interest on account btained loans from the Corporation, orter and distributor of building materials in the nificant event in the commercial activities of the sing the prices of products. This measure enabled ccessfully and to render a valuable service despite
it to give price concessions to its customers, partiopped from Rs. 18,436 million (before taxation
euring the year under review the department has s in the following areas:Pallegama, Ukuwela,
Meegahakirula, Koslanda, Passara, Divulapitiya, rahena, Denipitiya, Lunugamvehera, Andana, ankasanthurai, Kilinochchi and Kantalai.
has prepared plans for 19 Sacred Area schemes dy commenced. The department has prepared paration of initial plans and estimates for a large
ch the re-development of the heart of Colombo onstruction on the eastern side of Pettah. Consad hotel complexes in Echelon Square. Besides, bo City land has been allocated for construction s are being prepared for the development of the sted from Pettah to Orugodawatta. Action is nich is the transport centre of Pettah as a shopping en converted to a day and night bazaar and shifted


Page 278
266
SUMMARY OF EVI
Sri Jayewardenepura Kotte National Capital L in respect of ten small towns. During the pe internal and external features of the Parliamer Has commenced towards the end of the year.
Shifting of Industrial and Warehouses to other Ratmalana and Athurugiriya have been ide located in valuable lands in the Colombo city
Planning of District Capitals.—In pursuance of planning district capitals, the Urban Develop Anuradhapura, Nuwara Eliya, Badulla, Kuru in respect of Jaffna, Galle, Hambantota, Kalut
Management of resthouses.--Resthouses unc over by the Urban Development Authority wit were given on lease to thirty-two selected Resth
Information and Publicity
Publicity.--The publicity division of the Depa the Radio 679 news reports and 82 photographs review. It also published the visits both here
Hon. Prime Minister and also the visits of for Among the activities the publicity division of review, the visit of Her Majesty Queen Eliza were held in participation by the Ministers and auspices of the department.
Besides, a poster competition of an exhibition franchise and a booklet on communication a embodying lectures by Arthur C. Clarke were a
As a policy, the Department of Information dignitories who visited as State guests, a pho functions, conferences, seminars and other tour
Family Planning Communication Project.--UI were distributed among the respective sectors. book printed in Tamil, 5,000 copies of the pu and 5,000 copies of the publication "Changin tributed. Two popaganda films “ Mala Hath Television and Radio Programmes and conduc
Film Unit.—This division has produced 37 d
Publications Bureau.-The sale of Govern turnover in the year indicates an increase of Rs.
Sri Lanka Press Council.–The code of ethi passed in the Parliament in August 1981 was 14.10.1981 as regulations enacted under the S . uncil received 37 complaints during the year.

NTS IN 1980 AND 1981
evelopment Project.—A detailed study has been made riod under review a finishing touch was given to the tary complex and the construction of the hospital
- places.--Four sites in Orugodawatta, Peliyagoda, ntified for shifting of warehouses and industries
and action is being pursued in that connection.
of the Urban Development Authority’s responsibility ment Authority has completed the planning of Kandy, negala and Trincomalee main towns and planning ara and Matara is in progress.
ler the management of local authorities were taken h effect from 15th September, 1980. 32 Resthouses Louse Keepers.
artment of Information has released to the Press and
pertaining to important events during the year under and abroad of His Excellency the President and the eign delegates, the seminars they have participated. the department performed during the period under beth was given high publicity. 45 news conferences 1 Heads of Departments during the year 1981 under
1 was held in commemoration of 50 years of adult mong asian countries, a booklet and 4 pamphlets so published.
continued, during this period to present the foreign to album covering their participation in various s during their visit.
ider this project 8 publications and “ Sandesaya " Apart from this 5,000 copies of the Trainees’ handblication "Attention Please" in the same language ; Needs of the Children" in English were also disi ?” and “ Nayanathara " have also been produced. ting of training classes are also in progress.
nale cumentaries during the year 1981.
droite
Lent publications recorded an increase. The sale 223,144 over the previous year.
s for the journalists formulated by the Board and published in the Gazette extraordinary No. 162/5 of i Lanka Press Council Law, No. 5 of 1973. The


Page 279
SUMMARY OF EVENTS
Film Industry in Sri Lanka.30 local Sinhalese during the year under review. The number of E 50 per cent over the preceding year. 25 foreign period. Besides the above feature films, 10 co-productions with ten initiative from Sri Lanka reference
The total number of cinema halls operate seating capacity is estimated at 202,000. The na total gross collection per annum is estimated at R in this year despite the drop recorded in the film ticket fare effected many a times.
Department of Government Printing.-Switch ove work was given effect to from 1981. The machinery countries were imported and installed in the de letter-type machinery and the modern off-set mach
A heavy responsibility devoted on the department policy of distributing free text books. The printin even surpassed the normal speed during this year.
State Printing Corporation.--The main objective text books required by the Educational Publication from Government departments, corporations, s undertaken.
A number of school text books totalling 6,985,690 during the year 1981. The total revenue collectie Rs. 21,888,000.
A modern fully equipped stationery factory, ci books of 40 pages in one normal work shift was i reference. It is a gift by the Japanese Governme

IN 1980 AND 1981
267
ilms and 5 Tamil local films has been screened nglish films screened totalled 109, an increase of Tamil films have also been screened during this short films have also been produced. Two had been undertaken during the year under
d during the year stood at 357. The total imber of filmgoers totalled to 63 million. The 5. 169 million. The enhanced revenue collection viewers is mainly attributable to the increase in
e to adopting latest technology in the printing and equipment that are being used in developed partment during this year. The computerized ines considered important among these.
in this year was the execution of the Government g needs are in an excalating trend ; this situation
of this institution is the printing of educational is Department. In addition, the printing orders tatutory bodies and other individuals are also
) in 39 categories were printed by the Corporation on from 1,042 other jobs of work amounted to
apable of producing 60,000 copies of exercise inaugurated in the latter part of the year under
nt.


Page 280
ਸਬ ਕੁਝ ਸਤਰ 11
Seਈ ਸਮਤ
ਮf32 ਪE ਮਨ ਦੀ ਵੀ ਮਾਰ ਖੇਡ ਸਮt ਮਰ
ਲr agਰ ਦੀ ਸੜਕ leiਤੇ ਕਰਫ ਪੈਸੇ ਹੋ ਕੇ ਮੈਂ 33 ਏ
ਤੇ ਸਨ ਤੇ ਉਸ ਨੇ ਬਰੀ ਏਡਲ ਨ ਕਰ , ਸਰੋਤ
ਤਿਨ ਮਾਨ
G6 ਵਜੋਤ ਸ
Bਰ ਆ ਰਹੀ

ਨਾ ਮਨ ਗr s ਸੰਤ ਨੂੰ ਵੀ
ਤgਰਕਾਰੀ ਤੇ 2 ਹੋਰ ਦੋ
੩ib 2 ਕਰਤBe ਕਰੇ ਤੇ
ਤੇਤੇ ਉੱਤਰ
ਪਰ ਹਨ ਬਹੁਤ
ਰੂਪਨਗੀ ਮਾਤ ਕਹੀ ਥਾ ਕਿ
ਕੋਚaRD Sq i 3 .ਬੇੜਾ


Page 281
Class.. TITLE. S AUTHOR. PRICE
Date Lent

BOOK CARD
No,.......
YEAR BOVI
NT OF CENSLIS AND STATIST DATE P
Borrower
Date Returned
Remarks
CLASS
NO.
ACCN -
NO.


Page 282
Printed at the Depar
Price : Rs. 21.00

AFSNA
neat of Government i vinting, Sri Lanka
Postage: Rs. 4.00